Ancient Astrology in Theory and Practice - A Manual of Traditional Techniques, Volume I - Assessing Planetary Condition

A N CIEN T
ASTROLOGY
IN THEORY AND PRACTICE
VOLUME ONE: ASSESSING PLANETARY CONDITION

A N C IE N T A S T R O L O G Y
IN T H E O R Y AN D P R A C T IC E
Ancient Astrology in Theory and Practice:
A Manual o f Traditional Techniques
Volume One: Assessing Planetary Condition
By D em etra George
First published in 2019 by
RUDEDO PRESS
Auckland · New Zealand
is b n : 978-0-473-44539-3
Second edition, with minor corrections, March 2019
© Demetra George 2019
Demetra George asserts the moral right

to be identified as the author of this work.
All rights reserved.

No part of this work may be reproduced
without express permission from the publisher.
Brief passages may be cited by way of criticism,
scholarship, or review, as long as full
acknowledgement is given.
Design and Typography

by Aaron Cheak
The cover image represents the astronomical ceiling

from the Temple of Hathor at Dendera, as illustrated in
Description de l'Égypte, ou Recueil des observations et des recherches
qui ont été faites en Égypte pendant l'expédition de l'armée française
(Commission des sciences et arts d’Egypte; Paris: Imprimerie impériale, 1809-1822)
The illustration facing page 23 is a representation of the geocentric
or Ptolemaic universe, from Bartolomeu Velho’s Cosmographia
(Bibilotèque nationale de France, Paris, 1568)
SCRIBE SANGUINE QUIA SAN G U IS SPIR IT U S

A N C IEN T
ASTROLOGY
IN THEORY & P R A C T IC E
M anual o f Traditional Techniques
DEM ETRAGEORGE
VOLUME ONE
ASSESSING PLANETARY CONDITION
SA N C < >
<*> P t«'
ë 3 2
7 I <0*
•^ G U IS ^
RU B E D O
2019
CONTENTS
VOLUM E ONE
Assessing Planetary Condition
Dedication xxiii
Acknowledgements xxv
FOREWORD xxvii
By CHRIS BRENNAN
PREFACE
My Long and Winding Road to Hellenistic Astrology i
IN T R O D U C T IO N AND OVERVIEW 9
INTRODUCTION 11
A Brief Historical Overview
Babylonian Astrology 12
Hellenistic Astrology 13
Persian Astrology 14
Arabic Astrology 14
Medieval/Byzantine Astrology 15
Renaissance Astrology 17
Seventeenth-Century England 17
Modern Astrology 18
Further Reading 19
1. THE HIERARCHY OF THE COSMOS 23
Hierarchy of Planetary Condition 26
2, THE FIRST FIVE STEPS 31

in Learning Traditional Astrology
v
Step One: Suspend Use of the Twelve-Letter Alphabet 31
Step Two: Use Only the Seven Visible Planets 32
Step Three: Use Traditional Rulerships 33
Step Four: Use Whole Sign Houses 34
Step Five: Planetary Condition 35
A Remark on Fate and Free Will 37
PART ONE: PLANETS AND SECT 41
3. THE PLANETS: 43
Their Names, Significations, and Classifications
The Names of the Planets 43

The Traditional Significations of the Planets 45
The Two Lights: The Sun and the Moon 46
The Five Planets 47
4. CLASSIFICATION: 53
Benefic and Malefic
Elemental Qualities of the Planets 54

Benefic and Malefic Nature of the Planets 55
Exercise 1: Characteristics of the Planets 58
5. GENDER OF THE PLANETS 61
Planets and Gender 62

Example Charts 67
Example Chart One: Jacqueline Kennedy Onassis 68
Example Chart Two: Pablo Picasso 69
Exercise 2: Gender Modifications of the Planets 70
6. SECT OF THE PLANETS 73
Diurnal and Nocturnal Sect 74

The Sun and Moon as Sect Leaders 75
Sect Mates 76
Exercise 3: Sect Determinations 80
Interpretation Using Sect Considerations 81
Exercise 4: Identifying Benefics and Malefics by Sect 87
vi
7. PLANETARY JOYS AND SECT REJOICING 89
Rejoicing by Hemisphere 90
Exercise 5: Sect Rejoicing by Hemisphere 94
Rejoicing by Zodiacal Sign 95
Exercise 6: Rejoicing by Zodiacal Sign 98
Sect Rejoicing by Solar Phase 99
Exercise 7: Rejoicing by Solar Phase 102
Summary of Main Points Concerning Sect and Sect Rejoicing 104
Judging the Nativity 105
Exercise 8: Final Judgment for Sect and Sect Rejoicing 110
8. SUMMARY AND SOURCE READINGS 115
Primary Source Readings for Part One: Planets and Sect 117
PART TW O : SIGNS AND RULERSHIPS 119
9. ZODIACAL SIGNS 121
In the Heavens 121

Hie Zodiacal Constellations and Zodiacal Signs 121
Sidereal and Tropical Zodiacs and Precession 122
Which Zodiac to Use? 126
10. FU N C T IO N S AND C LA SSIFICA TIO N S 127

o f the Zodiacal Signs
Zodiacal Signs as Images 128

Characteristics of the Twelve Zodiacal Signs 131
Exercise 9: Characteristics of the Zodiacal Signs 147
11. ZODIACAL SIGNS AS C O N FIG U R A TIO N S 149
The Hexagon: Polarity and Gender 150

Exercise 10: Gender of the Planets Zodiacal Sign 152
The Square: Quadruplicity and Modality 154
Exercise 11: Quadruplicity (Modality) of the Planet s Zodiacal Sign 159
The Triangle: Triplicities, Elements, and Winds 161
Exercise 12: Gender, Quadruplicity, and Element of a Planets Zodiacal Sign 165
vii
Other Classifications of the Signs 166
12. SIGNS AND RESIDENCES OF THE PLANETS 169
Domicile Rulerships 171

Thema Mundi: The Creation Chart of the World 171
13. PLANETARY RECEPTION 177
Planetary Guest and Host 177

Mutual Reception 179
Summary of Important Points 180
Exercise 13: The Planet and its Domicile Lord 185
14. THE EXALTATION LORDS 189
Exercise 14: The Exaltation Lord 196
1$. TRIPLICITY RULERSHIPS 199
Other Uses of the Triplicity Lords 202

Rationale for Triplicity Lords and the Joys of the Houses 202
Exercise 15: The Triplicity Lord 207
16. BOUND RULERSHIPS 209
Other Uses of the Bound Lords 214

Summary 215
Exercise 16: The Bound Lord 218
17. DECANS 221
Interpreting the Decans 224
18. THE JUDGMENT 229
Exercise 17: Final Judgment of the Planets Condition 237

Based upon its Zodiacal Sign
viii
Primary Source Readings for Part Two: Signs and Rulerships 244
PART THREE: THE SOLAR PHASE CYCLE 247
20. SPECIAL SOLAR CO N SIDERATION S: 249

A n Overview
Diurnal and Zodiacal Motion 250
21. THE SYNODIC SOLAR PHASE CYCLE 253
The Synodic Cycles of the Superior Planets: Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn 255
The Synodic Cycles of the Inferior Planets: Mercury and Venus 258
22. PLANETARY SPEED, D IR E C T IO N , AND V ISIB IL IT Y 263
Planetary Speed and Direction 263

Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn 264
Mercury and Venus 265
Determining Speed and Daily Motion 266
Interpreting Speed and Direction 266
Interpreting Retrograde Motion 267
Fast and Direct versus Slow and Retrograde 269
Exercise 18: Speed, Direction, Station 272
23. V IS IB IL IT Y AT THE H O R IZ O N 275
Interpretation of Visibility 276

Summary 279
Exercise 19: Solar Phase Conditions 282
24. PLANETARY PHASES 285
Interpreting the Phases 287

Determining Phasis 289
Interpreting Phasis 290
Exercise 20: Phase and Phasis 295
ix
25. FINAL OVERVIEW OF THE SOLAR PHASE CYCLE 299
Superior Planets: Mars, Jupiter, Saturn 299

Inferior Planets: Mercury and Venus 301
Exercise 21: Final Evaluations for Solar Phase Conditions 307
26. THE SYNODIC CYCLE 309

and the Minor Years of the Planets
Primary Source Readings for Part Three: The Solar Phase Cycle 313
PART FOUR: THE LUNAR PHASE CYCLE 317
28. SPECIAL LUNAR CONSIDERATIONS 319
Lunar Applications and Separations 320

Moon Void in Course 323
Interpreting Lunar Applications and the Void in Course Moon 325
Exercise 22: Active or Void Moon 329
29. THE LUNAR PHASES 331
Determining the Lunar Phase 336

Lunar Rejoicing 337
Exercise 23: Lunar Phase and Rejoicing by Sect 339
30. BONDING 341

and the Moon under the Bonds
Loosening the Bond 342

Interpreting the Moon under the Bond 342
Exercise 24: Moon under the Bond 344
31. PHASES AND ILLNESSES OF THE MOON 347
32. NODES, BENDINGS, ECLIPSES 351
Bendings of the Moon 354
X
Eclipses 354
Exercise 25: the Moons Nodes and Eclipses 358
33. the lot of fortune : 361

The Special Lot o f the Moon
Lot of Fortune and Illness 362

Exercise 26: The Lot of Fortune 366
34. ZODIACAL RELEASING FROM THE LOT OF FORTUNE 369
The Days of the Moon 370
35. THE PRENATAL LUNATION 373
Exercise 27: The Prenatal Lunation 376
36. FINAL JU DGM ENT ON THE INFLUENCE OF LUNAR CON CEPTS 377
Exercise 28: Final Judgment on Lunar Concepts 379
37 SUMMARY AND SOURCE READINGS 381
Primary Source Readings for Part Four: The Lunar Phase Cycle 382
PART FIVE: ASPECTS 385
38. ASPECTS: 387

The Cosmic Dance o f the Planets
Historical Overview of Aspect Doctrines 389

The Seven Visual Rays 39*
39. W HOLE SIGN ASPECTS: 395

Witness and Testimony
The Configurations 397

The Nature of the Aspect Configurations 399
Rationales for the Nature of the Aspect Configurations 400
The Thema Mundi 401
xi
Another View 402
Perfection 403
40. INTERPRETATION OF WHOLE SIGN CONFIGURATIONS 405
Guidelines for Interpreting Witnessing

and Whole Sign Testimony Configurations 406
Exercise 29: Whole Sign Testimony by Benefics and Malefics 4 11
41. ASPECT RELATIONS 415
The Cycle of Aspect Relations: An Overview 415
42. BONIFICATION AND MALTREATMENT 419
Maltreatment and its Modern Application 419

Bonification 420
43. COMING TOGETHER 423

Adherence, Connection, Flowing A p a rt
Coming Together Bodily:

Co-presence, Assembly, Adherence, and Neighboring 424
Maltreatment and Bonification by Adherence 426
Maltreatment and Bonification by Aspect Rays 427
Flowing Forth and Separating (aporroia): Emanation, Effluence 429
Exercise 30: Maltreatment or Bonification by Connection or Adherence 437
44. SUPERIOR ASPECTS 439

Left- a n d R ight-sided Figurations
Right and Left Figures 439

The Directions of the Rays 441
Exercise 31: Right-sided Superior and Left-sided Inferior Aspects 445
45. OVERCOMING AND HURLING RAYS 447
Overcoming 447
Hurling Rays 450
xii
46. MALTREATMENT BY OVERCOMING 451
Maltreatment and Bonification by Overcoming 451

Exercise 32: Maltreatment and Bonification by Overcoming 456
47. MALTREATM ENT BY STR IK IN G W ITH A RAY 459
Exercise 33: Maltreatment and Bonification by Striking with a Ray 463
48. THE O P P O S IT IO N 465
Maltreatment by Opposition 466

Exercise 34: Maltreatment by Opposition from a Malefic 469
49. ENCLOSU RE, CONTAINM ENT, AND IN TERV EN TIO N 471
Exercise 35: Maltreatment and Bonification by Enclosure

or Containment 477
50. MALTREATM ENT BY D O M IC ILE LORDS 479

a n d H o u s e L o c a tio n s
Exercise 36: Maltreatment and Bonification by Domicile Lord

and House Location 482
51. FINAL JU DGM ENT OF A PLANET 485

B a se d o n A s p e c t C o n d itio n s
Chart One: Onassis 486

Chart Two: Picasso 490
Exercise 37: Final Judgment of Planetary Condition based upon
Testimony and Aspect Relationships 494
52. D O R U PH O R IA :
S p e a r -b e a r in g B o d y g u a r d s 501
Unraveling the Source Texts 502

Three Types of Bodyguards 504
Exercise 38: Spear-bearing Bodyguards 508
x iii
53. SIGN-BASED SYMPATHIES AND PLANETARY CONNECTIONS 511
Signs Sharing the Same Ascensional Times 512

Signs Sharing the Same Domicile Lord 513
Planets in Signs that See and Perceive One Another 515
Signs that Command and Obey One Another 517
Summary of Signs Sharing Sympathetic Relations 519
Exercise 39: Sign-based Planetary Sympathies 522
54. SUMMARY AND SOURCE READINGS 5^5
Main Points of the Aspect Doctrine 525

Conclusion 526
Primary Source Readings for Part Five: Aspects 527
PART SIX: THE ART OF JUDGMENT 531
55. THE CELESTIAL CONDITION OF THE PLANETARY GODS 533
56. SUMMARY FOR FINAL SYNTHESIS 535
Sect 536
Zodiacal Sign Rulerships 537
Solar Phase 539
Lunar Applications 540
Aspect Testimony, Maltreatment, and Bonification 541
Mitigation, Counteraction, and Transmutation 543
57. CHART ONE: JACQUELINE KENNEDY ONASSIS 547
Sun in Leo 547

Jupiter in Gemini 548
Saturn in Sagittarius 548
Mercury in Leo 549
Moon in Aries 550
Venus in Gemini 551
Mars in Virgo 551
Master Tables: Onassis 553
xiv
58. CHART TWO: PABLO PICASSO 561
Sun in Scorpio 561

Jupiter in Taurus 561
Saturn in Taurus 562
Mercury in Scorpio 563
Moon in Sagittarius 563
Venus in Libra 564
Mars in Cancer 564
Master Tables: Picasso 567
59. FINAL EVALUATION OFPLANETARY CONDITION 575
Master Tables of Planetary Condition 577

Ranking and Judgment 584
60. AFTERWORD 587
ABOUT THE AUTHOR 591
XV
L IST OF F IG U R E S
1. Divine Unity and Cosmic Hierarchy 24

2. The Seven Visible Planets 32
3. Traditional Sign Rulerships 33
4. Chart of Maria von Trapp: Porphyry Houses, Whole Sign Houses 35
5. Morning and Evening Planets 64
6. Masculine and Feminine Quadrants 65
7. Horoscope of Jacqueline Kennedy Onassis 68
8. Horoscope of Pablo Picasso 69
9. Diurnal and Nocturnal Charts 74
10. Sect Rejoicing by Hemisphere (Diurnal) 90
11. Sect Rejoicing by Hemisphere (Nocturnal) 90
12. Sect Rejoicing by Zodiacal Sign 95
13. Rejoicing by Solar Phase 99
14. Tropical and Sidereal Zodiacs 124
15. Equinoctial Precession 125
16. Hexagons Link Same Gender 150
17. Tetragon (Four-sided Figure) 154
18. Cardinal Modality 155
19. Fixed Modality 155
20. Mutable Modality 155
21. Triplicities (Trigons) 161
22. Fire Triplicity 162
23. Air Triplicity 162
24. Earth Triplicity 162
25. Water Triplicity 162
26. Northern and Southern Zodiacal Signs 166
27. Commanding and Obeying Zodiacal Signs 166
28. Signs of Short and Long Ascension 167
29. Equipollent (Equal Rising) Zodiacal Signs 167
30. Zodiacal Signs that See and Behold 168
31. Solar and Lunar Signs 168
32. Thema Mundi: The Creation Chart of the World 172
33. Domicile Rulerships & Detriments (Based on the Thema Mundi) 173
34. Domicile Rulerships & Exaltations 190
35. Triplicity Lords & the Joys of the Houses 203
36. Decan Rulerships 223
37. Diurnal and Zodiacal Motion 251
38. Morning and Evening Planets 254
xvii
39· Superior and Inferior Planets (Geocentric) 255
40. Synodic Cycle of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn 257
41. Conjunctions of Inferior and Superior Planets (Heliocentric) 259
42. Solar Phase Cycle of Inferior Planets: Mercury and Venus 260
43. Applying and Separating Lunar Aspects 321
44. Void in Course Moon (Medieval and Modern) 324
45. Void in Course Moon (Hellenistic) 324
46. Twofold Division of the Lunar Cycle 331
47. Threefold Division of the Lunar Cycle 332
48. Fourfold Division of the Lunar Cycle 332
49. Eightfold Division of the Lunar Cycle 333
50. Elevenfold Division of the Lunar Cycle 335
51. The Lunar Nodes 351
52. Eclipses at the Nodes 355
53. Planet Casting Seven Visual Par tile Rays 391
54. Whole Sign Aspects: Trigons, Tetragons, Diameters, Hexagons 397
55. Aversion 399
56. Aspect Relations Derived from the Thenia Mundi 401
57. Left-hand Side and Right-hand Side of a Planet 416
58. Co-presence (suniparousia) 424
59. Assembly (sunodos) 424
60. Adherence (kollesis) 425
61. Neighboring (homoresis) 425
62. Maltreatment by Adherence 426
63. Bonification by Adherence 427
64. Maltreatment by Connection 428
65. Bonification by Connection 428
66. Neighboring by Aspect Configuration 429
67. Planetary Separation 430
68. Right- and Left-sided Aspect Figures 440
69. Forward and Backward Rays 442
70. Overcoming and Hurling Rays 447
71. Jupiter Overcomes Saturn 448
72. Saturn Overcomes Jupiter 448
73. Maltreatment and Bonification by Overcoming 453
74. Maltreatment and Bonification by Striking with a Ray 460
75. Maltreatment by Opposition 467
76. Bodily Enclosure 472
77. Enclosure by Rays, Intervention 472
78. Enclosure by Bodily Presence and Ray 473
79. Enclosure by Containment 473
xviii
80. Maltreatment by Badly-placed Domicile Lord 480
81. Spear-bearer, Type 1 505
82. Spear-bearer, Type 11 (Diurnal) 505
83. Spear-bearer, Type 11 (Nocturnal) 506
84. Spear-bearer, Type in (Diurnal) 506
85. Spear-bearer, Type in (Nocturnal) 506
86. Shared Ascensional Rising 513
87. Shared Domicile Lord 514
88. Seeing and Perceiving 516
89. Commanding and Obeying 517
90. Chart of Jacqueline Kennedy Onassis 546
91. Chart of Pablo Picasso 560
xix
LIST OF TABLES
1. Hierarchy of Planetary Condition 27

2. English, Roman, Greek, Babylonian & Indian Planetary Deities 44
3. Attributes of the Babylonian and Greek Planetary Deities 51
4. Modern Archetypal Meanings of the Seven Planets 52
5. Classifications of the Planets 54
6. Range of Benefic and Malefic Outcomes 57
7. Gender of Planets 62
8. Range of Feminized and Masculinized Planetary Expressions 66
9. Diurnal and Nocturnal Sect Mates 76
10. Characteristics of the Zodiacal Signs 133
11. Gender, Sect, Element 151
12. Quadruplicities (Modalities) 157
13. Elements and Winds 162
14. Domicile Rulerships and Detriments 173
15. Domicile and Exaltation Rulerships 189
16. Triplicity Lords 200
17. Bound Lords (Egyptian) 210
18. Decan Rulerships I 223
19. Decan Rulerships II 228
20. Planetary Speed 264
21. Minor, Mean, and Greater Planetary Periods 311
22. Elevenfold Division of the Lunar Cycle 335
23. Maltreatment and Bonification Conditions 421
24. Pairs of Signs with the Same Ascensional Rising 512
25. Pairs of Signs with the Same Domicile Lord 514
26. Pairs of Signs that See and Perceive One Another 516
27. Pairs of Signs that Command and Obey One Another 517
28. Signs that Share Sympathetic Relations 519
29. Good and Bad Planetary Conditions 535
30. Ranking of Planets from Best to Worst: Ohassis 552
31. Master Tables: Onassis 553
32. Ranking of Planets from Best to Worst: Picasso 565
33. Master Tables: Picasso 567
xx
SYM BOLS AND A B B R E V IA T IO N S
USED IN TH IS BO OK
PLANETS SIGNS
o Sun q9 Cancer
Moon Leo
9 Mercury Virgo
9 Venus Q Libra
o* Mars Hl Scorpio
% Jupiter / Sagittarius
D Saturn VS Capricorn
Aquarius
Part of Fortune M Pisces
4> Part of Spirit T Aries
ft North Node 0 Taurus
U South Node n Gemini
ft Retrograde
ASPECTS
o' Conjunction
* Sextile
□ Square
A Trine
0° Opposition
ABBREVIATIONS
ASC Ascendant
DSC Descendant
MC Medium Caeli
(Midheaven)
IC Imum Caeli
(Lower heaven)
CCAG Catalogus Codicum
Astrologorum Grcecorum
(Catalogue of Greek
Astrological Codices)
xxi
DEDICATED TO
Robert Schmidt and Alan White

who taught me Hellenistic Astrology
And to Lama Tsering Everest

who asked me to write this guide
ACKNOW LEDGEM ENTS
Demetra George would like to thank Robert Schmidt, Ellen

Black, Alan White, Chris Brennan, Benjamin Dykes, James
Holden, Robert Zoller, Robert Hand, Malcolm Wilson, Da
vid Calderwood, Tony Howard, Jeanette Girosky, Scott Sil
verman, Alecs Garrett, Priscilla Costello, Curtis Manwar
ing, Bill Johnston, Slaven Slobodnjak, Marcus Kuenzel,
Dennis Harness, Claudia Lapp, Gary Rabidou, Paul Saffel,
Douglas Bloch, Bruce Schennum, Leisa Schaim, and Aar
on Cheak. Diagrams courtesy of Katy Mumford, Lara Wol-
lock, and Aaron Cheak. All translations are her own unless
otherwise noted.
The publisher would like to thank Austin Coppock, Chris Bren

nan, and Tony Howard for the series of fortunate events that
brought this book to Rubedo Press. Particular thanks is owed
to Leisa Schaim, who made a truly heroic effort in her detailed
proof of this volume (any lingering errors are, of course, the
responsibility of the publisher alone). The deepest gratitude,
however, must be given to Demetra George, who has been both
an absolute pleasure to work with, and an honour to learn from.
xvv
Foreword
CHRIS BRENNAN
IT IS AN HONOR FOR ME TO WELCOME AND INTRODUCE THE PUBLICATION

of Ancient Astrology in Theory and Practice: A Manual of Traditional Techniques,
by Demetra George. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the tech
niques of what has come to be known as Hellenistic astrology, which was prac
ticed in the Mediterranean region around the time of the Roman Empire. This is
not meant to be a purely historical survey, but is instead designed with the intent
of teaching contemporary astrologers how to use ancient astrology in practice.
The goal of the book, then, is to help revive an astrological tradition that has
been lost for centuries until now.
I first met Demetra as a student at Kepler College. She was teaching a course
on Hellenistic astrology, which I took in the second year of the program in 2004.
The primary text was a 150-page sourcebook of translations from a number of
Greco-Roman astrologers, prepared by Robert Schmidt based on translations
that he had been working on over the course of the past decade through Project
Hindsight. These primary texts were meant to be read alongside an extensive set
of lessons and commentary that Demetra had prepared for the course. However,
due a communication error, I didn’t receive Demetra’s notes until a few weeks
into the semester.
I struggled through the lessons initially, because even though the excerpts in
the sourcebook had been translated into English, it was difficult to understand
the meaning the original authors were trying to convey without context. The
ancient astrologers’ approach to the field, and the technical terms they used to
describe it, were so radically different from modern western astrology that my
prior knowledge was of little use. Despite these issues, I stuck with the course.
Though I wasn’t able to comprehend everything I was reading, I could tell the
texts contained something extremely valuable. Eventually Demetra realized that
I was missing an integral part of the course, and she sent me her written notes.
Suddenly everything I was reading made sense and became much easier to un
derstand. Working through the ancient texts went from being an agonizing and
xxvii
bewildering struggle to a more approachable and enjoyable exercise, because I
now had a guide to help initiate me and lead the way.
This book is rooted in the course lessons that Demetra wrote all those years
ago, and has grown to include more than a decade of additional historical, con
ceptual, and technical research that she has done in this field. Demetra is not
only uniquely qualified to write this book due to her background in ancient
Greek and the history of astrology, she is also a gifted teacher known among
her many students for her ability to make complex concepts understandable.
It is also fitting that Demetra should be one of the first astrologers to publish a
work on ancient astrology of this kind, because due to either luck or fate, she
was the very first subscriber to the Project Hindsight translation series in the
early 1990s, and also the person to whom Robert Schmidt dedicated his first
published volume of his final translation series in 2009.
In the mid-1990s, there was much excitement in the astrological commu
nity surrounding the translations that were being produced by Project Hind
sight and the quest to revive ancient astrology through this community-funded
translation project. However, the revival didn’t impact mainstream practice as
quickly as one might have expected given the initial enthusiasm surrounding
the material. This is because astrologers who purchased the translations gener
ally found them just as difficult to understand as I did during my early attempts
to read them. It took the efforts of astrologers like Demetra to not only trans
late the Greek texts, but also to unpack the concepts they contained, before the
techniques would start to be adopted more widely. In some instances this work
involved quite a bit of reconstruction, since the texts that have come down to us
are often fragmentary. This process was then followed by a period of starting to
put the techniques into practice, testing them out, and refining them. Over time,
ancient astrology has been slowly brought back to life, and some Hellenistic
techniques such as whole sign houses, sect, and annual profections have started
to enter the mainstream of contemporary astrological practice.
When she was in college, Demetra initially trained to be a math teacher.
Though she pursued a career as an astrologer instead, she is known among her
students for her innate ability to break down advanced concepts and teach them
in a way that is approachable for beginners. This talent was first demonstrat
ed with her second published book, Astrology For Yourself (1987), a workbook
for modern astrology. The book you are about to read represents a similar ap
proach, now applied to ancient astrology. While Demetra does not shy away
from delving into more complex technical concepts, she recognizes the impor
tance of written exercises and the educational value of the workbook format to
help commit complicated principles to memory.
In many ways this book represents the culmination of numerous threads in
Demetra s life, and the intersection of several paths that have made her uniquely
xxviii
qualified to help revive and teach ancient astrology. I consider myself incredibly
fortunate to have learned from Demetra at the point in my career when I did,
and I am excited for those of you who are beginning a journey into ancient as
trology through her work. Good luck in your studies.
CHRIS BRENNAN
Author of Hellenistic Astrology:
The Study of Fate and Fortune
September 24, 2018
xxix
Preface
MY LONG AND WINDING ROAD TO
HELLENISTIC ASTROLOGY
5 IN THE FINAL DECADES OF MY LIFE, AS I REFLECT BACK UPON THE PATH

that brought me to writing this practical manual of ancient astrology, it seems
as if this destination was already embedded in the fate-lines of my birth. My an
cestry arises from the land of Greece. All of my Greek grandparents immigrated
to the United States at the beginning of the twentieth century. In my early years,
I was raised by both of my grandmothers and learned Greek as my first lan
guage. By day, I accompanied them to the Greek Orthodox Church where I was
immersed for hours at a time in the chanting of the liturgies, enchanted by the
wafts of incense and the luminescent glow of candles. By night, my yia-yias held
me spellbound with the myths of the Greek gods and goddesses in lieu of other
bedtime stories.
It was only when I went to kindergarten that my family realized I needed to
learn English. Between the ages of six and eight, the outer circumstances of my
life began to change as Pluto crossed my Ascendant. No longer in daily contact
with my grandparents, I lost my memory of the Greek language. But the stories
lay sleeping deep inside of me, waiting to be awakened at some future time.
In the spring of 1970, after studying mathematics, physics, and philosophy at
college, I was living on a commune in the remote mountains of Southern Ore
gon. I found myself isolated with other young spiritual seekers surrounded by a
metaphysical library of dozens of books on astrology, tarot, numerology, eastern
religions, and yogic practices. In the summer of 1971, while I was pregnant with
my first child, I taught myself how to cast a chart using Llewellyn Georges abc
Horoscope Maker and Delineator. I deepened my studies with correspondence
lessons from the Rosicrucian Society in Oceanside, California. I attended my
first astrology conference in April 1973, drawn to San Francisco to hear Dane
Rudhyar teach on person-centered humanistic astrology.
But the very first person who spoke to me as I stood in the lobby waiting for
the doors to the auditorium to open was Eleanor Bach. She had just published
the Asteroid Ephemeris—in fact she carried copies hot off the press in her satchel.
2 PREFACE
Upon hearing that my name was Demetra, and that I lived on a commune
growing organic food, she made rapid associations with Ceres, the asteroid god
dess of agriculture (the Roman version of the Greek Demeter). She opened the
ephemeris and discovered this asteroid was opposite my Sun! She then gave me
a copy of her book. This was the kiss that awoke the sleeping beauties, and the
stories of the Greco-Roman goddesses once again came to life inside me.
When I returned to my alternative country life, well outside the box of the
mainstream astrological community, I simply retold the myths of Ceres, Pallas,
Juno and Vesta in my chart readings as a way to access their astrological m ean
ings. Transiting Uranus in Libra was conjunct my natal Jupiter/Juno, and the
doors to a brilliant new world of wisdom were suddenly flung open; but the soil
from which they arose were rooted in my ancient lineage.
By 1980 I was moved to set down my insights about the asteroids thanks in
large part to the encouragement and assistance of Douglas Bloch. But it took
another six years for the book to be published, with the support of the Dobyns/
Pottenger/Michelsen family at Astro Communications, to whom I’m eternally
grateful. In June 1986, Tony Joseph, my mentor/teacher in using myth as the
basis for astrology, passed away well before his years, and one week later, my
book Asteroid Goddesses was in print. The following week was the first United
Astrology Conference (u a c ), and due to a last-minute cancellation, I was given
an opportunity to present this material. In the midst of my Uranus opposition,
my national and international astrological career was launched, and my reputa
tion grew as a modern mythic archetypal astrologer with an inclination towards
womens spirituality.
The Pluto transit to my Ascendant during my childhood that had severed
my connection to my Greek roots moved onto my Imum Coeli (ic) in 1989,
bringing me back to the old homeland. I took my first trip to Greece on a tour
led by a friend of a friend and experienced the power of sacred sites that are still
vibrant with ancient energies. Somewhere along the way I realized that I could
be a tour guide too.
1992-1993 was a threshold year in my life. In July 19921 attended the Amer
ican Federation of Astrologers Convention in Chicago, the place of my birth.
There I m et Robert Zoller and Robert Schmidt, both of whom would become
my teachers in ancient astrology. But at the time I had no idea who they were
professionally. In September of that year, I led my first archetypal astrology/
mythology/archaeology tour to Greece and was impressed by the qualities of
one of our participants who facilitated past-life regressions. I arranged to have
a session with her the following spring. My focus was to gain insight into why
I had lost knowledge of the Greek language and what I had to do to reclaim it.
MY LONG AND WINDING ROAD 3
Given my romantic expectations of what would surface, the images that

emerged during the regression were puzzling. I found myself in the seventeenth
century as a young woman somewhere on the west coast of the English Isles,
perhaps in Wales. My grandfather observed the stars as part of his work prepar
ing mapping charts for celestial navigation. He sent me to a nearby abbey where
I learned Greek and Latin, and I ended up in a large city associated with occult
circles and spent the remaining years of my life transcribing and translating
ancient astrological texts.
A few days after the regression, I spoke for the Boston n c g r . While there, I
became curious about a brochure I found on my hostess Joyce Levines coffee ta
ble: Archive for the Retrieval of Historical Astrological Texts (a r h a t ), which ex
plained Rob Hand’s latest endeavor. Ihe following weekend I was at the North
west Astrological Conference (n o r w a c ) in Seattle, where Robert Hand and
Robert Schmidt announced Project Hindsight, an organization started along
with Robert Zoller with the mission to translate the corpus of ancient Greek and
Latin astrological texts. It turns out that I was the first subscriber to the project,
instantly handing over my credit card based upon the sequence of events of the
previous week. I had returned to Greece to connect with the person who would
help reveal my past life, which was to be a foreshadowing of the destination
ahead. And within two weeks, the vision began to come into physical manifes
tation.
During the next three years, I gradually crossed the bridge between my
identity as a modern feminist goddess astrologer to that of a student of ancient
astrology. Both passions ultimately had their origins in the classical antiquity
of my ancestors. My books, Mysteries of the Dark Moon, and Finding Our Way
Through the Dark, were published in the early 1990s, completing my mythologi
cal and astrological studies of the Moon Goddess. Ihe middle of that decade was
marked by my attendance at the historic Project Hindsight Conclaves. Here, in
a spirit of intoxicating excitement, students, scholars, and astrologers converged
to reveal the origins of our tradition. I had only the vaguest idea of exactly what
the three Roberts (Schmidt, Hand, and Zoller) were saying, but emotionally
speaking, I was overcome with the conviction that it was extremely important,
and that it would revolutionize the shape of astrology’s future.
By 1997, my children were grown and on their own. I had been patiently
waiting for this time when I would have the opportunity to return to university
and obtain my graduate degree. That summer, I moved away from the Oregon
Coast, my home for almost twenty-five years, and enrolled in the Classics De
partment at the University of Oregon. At the time, I was thinking that I would
develop the language skills in ancient Greek and Latin to further my mytho-
4 PREFACE
logical research, but the universe had other plans for me. Midway through the
program, I was contacted by Kepler College, which had just received authori
zation to grant bachelor’s degrees in astrology. They asked me to be part of its
first-year faculty to teach the history of ancient astrology. I would have the right
degree—an m . a . in Classics to satisfy the requirements of the Washington State
Board of Education—at just the right time: the opening of the college. Using the
Hellenistic time-lord procedure of Zodiacal Releasing from the Lot of Spirit, a
“loosing of the bond” had just occurred (May 1998), spinning my life into an
entirely new direction.
Malcolm Wilson, my advisor par excellence, prepared me for the job. The
next two years were an intensive period of assembling the history of astrology
from its Babylonian origins through to the Hellenistic, Arabic, and Medieval
periods, as viewed through the lens of politics, philosophy, and religion. I grad
uated in June 2000 and Kepler College opened its doors the very next month.
Over the next six years, I taught the history of ancient and Medieval astrology as
part of Keplers first-year program, and as an adjunct professor at the University
of Oregon for several terms.
Keplers final symposium of the first-year college program in spring 2001
was held to coincide with the n o r w a c conference so that our students could
attend both gatherings. Representatives from Project Hindsight had a booth at
the trade show where they were promoting their translations, recordings, and
an upcoming intensive course in Hellenistic astrology. Alan White gave an im
promptu talk, and the Kepler students were intrigued about the astrological
techniques practiced during the period that they had just been studying from a
historical perspective. In fielding their questions to me, I realized how im port
ant it was that I attend Robert Schmidts upcoming Hellenistic intensive being
held that summer.
During one week in July 2001, the tower of astrology that I had carefully
constructed over twenty-five years fell like a house of cards. The very founda
tions of how I thought about and practiced astrology were overturned. But in
the midst of this catastrophe was the wildly thrilling excitement of the begin
ners mind. I had an opportunity to rebuild the edifice of my practice utilizing
the wisdom of the ancients. “What a tragedy it would have been”, I thought, “had
I dedicated my life to astrology and never opened this ancient treasure chest”.
I returned to Kepler College the next semester with the conviction that the
techniques of Hellenistic astrology should be added to the curriculum in order
to keep integrity between the historical and practical educational objectives. Be
cause the founders of Kepler College, like the general community, were not yet
aware of the newly-released Hellenistic material when they designed the pro-
MY LONG AND WINDING ROAD 5
gram, there was no space for it. However, Dennis Harness, who was slated to give
a module on Vedic astrology during the second year, generously offered to open
up his course so that we could do a cross-cultural comparative study of eastern
and western astrological traditions. That winter, I spent four months in Virgin
ia, staying at the home of Alan White with weekly visits to Robert Schmidt in
nearby Maryland. Under their instruction and with their assistance, I designed
the beginning and intermediate courses in Hellenistic Astrology, which I taught
and refined at Kepler College over the next five years.
In 2004, a young student named Chris Brennan enrolled in the course,
which ultimately inspired him to pursue Hellenistic Astrology as a dedicated
field of study. Thirteen years later, he brought this to fruition with the publica
tion of Hellenistic Astrology: The Study of Fate and Fortune. In many ways, my
years teaching at Kepler College were the high point of my professional career.
I had the opportunity for creative collaboration with Nick Campion, Robert
Hand, Lee Lehman, Dennis Harness, Maria Mateus, Georgia Stathis, Bruce Sco
field, Maggie McPhearson, and others. We were gifted with students who were
eager and dedicated to learning the very best we collectively had to offer. How
ever, the wheel turns, and in the fall of 2006,1 left Kepler College as transiting
Saturn crossed my Ascendant, and my path took another bend in the road.
In the intervening decade I wrote Astrology and the Authentic Self (2008)
as a bridge book introducing modern astrologers to the simpler doctrines of
ancient astrology which could be easily integrated into their modern practices. I
have since focused upon teaching ancient astrology to individual students over
a lengthy series of one-on-one conversations. I took this approach because I
wanted to make sure that each student actually understood the material and
knew how to practically apply it. In addition, I wanted to discover where the
students had difficulty in comprehension so that I could develop better ways of
presenting the teachings.
I have reexamined the primary source texts, compared various translations,
and have done my own translations in order to clarify and deepen my under
standing of the doctrines. In the process, my studies took me into the Arabic
and Medieval material to see how certain doctrines were transmitted, where
they were preserved, and how they changed or fell out of the tradition. For this,
much gratitude goes to Robert Schmidt, Benjamin Dykes, James Holden, Rob
ert Hand, and Robert Zoller for the many translations they have published and
their responses to my many questions.
Ancient Astrology in Theory and Practice is the result of my efforts to deci
pher the core principles of traditional astrology and make them accessible to
the modern practitioner. It is not an exhaustive study, but one which will allow
6 PREFACE
a person to understand the rationale behind many techniques of the Hellenistic,

Medieval, or Renaissance traditions, along with examples and self-guided exer
cises for their application. There will undoubtedly—and hopefully—be works
by others that will follow this, adding to our body of knowledge. I am grateful,
honored, and humbled to have been a small part of this living link in the trans
mission of traditional astrology.
The final and seventh major work that is still ahead of me is the comple
tion of a set of my own translations in the Hermetic medical astrology, iatro-
mathematika, with accompanying historical and contextual commentary. This
includes a text on the construction of healing amulets based upon the thirty-six
star decans, a katarchic treatise on diagnosing and prognosticating the course
of an illness based upon the motion of the Moon, and the earliest herbal giving
the zodiacal correspondences for botanical medicinal plants with instructions
and timing for the preparation and administration of remedies. With the grace
of the heavenly deities, I pray that I will have the years of life and soundness of
mind to make this last offering at the temple of Lady Astrologia.
DEMETRA GEORGE
December 16, 2016
IN T R O D U C T IO N
A N D O V E R V IE W
IntrodudlioiL·
A BRIEF HISTORICAL OVERVIEW
EARLY PEOPLES HAVE LOOKED TO THE HEAVENS AS A SOURCE OF SPIRITUAL

guidance for earthly affairs since at least the third millennium b c e . Western
astrology originated in Mesopotamia, was consolidated during the Hellenis-
tic-Egyptian era, diffused throughout the Roman Empire, returned to the Per
sian and Islamic empires in late antiquity, reintroduced into Medieval Europe
in the twelfth century, spread northwards into France, Germany, and England
during the Renaissance, and eventually made its way to America and the Antip
odes in the twentieth century. It also spread eastwards. During the first century
c e , it spread to India and from there to Tibet, China, Southeast Asia and Japan.
Now, in the twenty-first century, Asian countries are experiencing a burgeoning
interest in both modern and traditional astrology as transmitted from the west
ern cultures.
Astrological doctrines are received, translated, adapted, practiced, and then,
in turn, passed on to others, influencing the philosophical systems, religious
beliefs, and political history of each host culture. They have sparked passionate
debates about the nature of the cosmos, fate, free will, the soul, and the life of the
stars. Ancient Astrology in Theory and Practice is primarily a practical treatise on
how to apply ancient astrological techniques to the analysis and interpretation
of charts. However, before we begin, it is important to start with a brief historical
tour in order to follow the trail of this ancient wisdom. Contemporary astrolo
gers are the heirs to a rich and profound tradition that inspires a sense of awe in
this deep discipline.1
i For further reading on the history of astrology, see: Chris Br e n n a n , Hellenistic Astrology:
The Study of Fate and Fortune (Denver, c o: Amor Fati Publications, 2017); Nicholas C a m
p i o n , A History of Western Astrology, Volume 1: The Ancient and Classical Worlds (London:
Bloomsbury Academic, 2009); C a m p i o n , A History of Western Astrology, Volume 2: The
Medieval and Modern Worlds (London: Bloomsbury Academic, 2009); James Herschel
H o l d e n , A History ofHoroscopic Astrology (Tempe, a z : American Federation of Astrol
ogers, 1996); James Herschel H o l d e n and Kris Brandt Ris k e , Biographical Dictionary
12 INTRODUCTION
The term “traditional astrology” is now being used as an umbrella term that in
cludes Babylonian astral divination, Hellenistic, Arabic, Medieval, and Renais
sance styles of astrology. Its principles are similar to, but not identical with, the
Vedic tradition that is practiced in India. Other broad terms, such as “ancient as
trology”, "Greek astrology”, and “classical astrology”, are often used interchange
ably with “traditional astrology”. Collectively, however, “traditional astrology"
describes the techniques of a very wide-ranging lineage, spanning a time period
from 2000 BCE-1700 c e .
BABYLONIAN ASTROLOGY ( 2 0 0 0 B C E -100 BCE)
Divination from celestial bodies in regards to the general conditions of the

land, nation, and king was practiced as early as the third millennium b c e in
the cultures of Mesopotamia, China, and the Indus Valley. However, the earli
est evidence for natal astrology appears for the first time at the end of the fifth
century b c e in Babylonian cuneiform texts. Natal astrology, i.e., looking to the
positions of planets in zodiacal signs at the moment of birth in order to make
determinations regarding individual character and destiny, was thus contrasted
against astrology employed for the purposes of determining national and royal
destiny. This more “individualized” astrology emerged several thousand years
after the previous, more general kind of celestial divination had been in practice.
The surviving evidence of Babylonian natal astrology is currently limited to a
handful of nativities, a few rudimentary interpretive manuals, and ephemerides
and diaries listing the positions of planets in signs, their conjunctions with fixed
stars, the risings and settings of planets, and the visibility of the lunar phases.
Transmission. The Greeks first fully encountered Babylonian proto-astrolo
gy in the fourth century b c e when they colonized the lands of the Ancient Near
East following the conquests of Alexander the Great. In 290 b c e , a Babylonian
priest of Bel named Berossus traveled to the Greek island of Kos—home to a
center of Hippocratic medicine and an Asclepian healing sanctuary—where he
opened a school of astrology for the Greeks.
of Western Astrologers (Tempe, a z : American Federation of Astrologers, 2013). Robert

Sc h m i d t , while producing the seminal translations (with commentaries) of many of the
Greek texts, also contributed short biographical entries on the Hellenistic astrologers in his
Sourcebook of Hellenistic Astrological Texts: Translations and Commentary, trans. Robert
Sc h m i d t (Cumberland, m d : Phaser Foundation, 2005).
HISTORICAL OVERVIEW 13
HELLENISTIC ASTROLOGY (150 BCE-625 CE)
The idea of divination by the stars spread from Babylonia eastwards into the Indus
Valley, northwards, and westwards. It entered Egypt, where there was a mingling
of cultures, religions, and philosophies in the new cosmopolitan capital of Alexan
dria under the rule of the Greek Ptolemaic kings. Drawing upon the longstanding
Babylonian tradition of astral omen divination and the indigenous Egyptian use
of the thirty-six star decans for calendrical and ritual purposes, the founders of
Hellenistic astrology added the components of Greek philosophical thinking and
mathematical astronomy.
It was in this milieu that the kind of astrology we recognize today—fea
turing an Ascendant, planets in signs and houses, aspects, lots (Arabic parts),
and a variety of timing methods—emerged in Egypt around 150 b c e . With the
Roman conquest of Egypt in the first century b c e , Hellenistic astrology spread
to all areas of the Roman Empire. The first Roman emperors had court astrolo
gers as political advisors. Over the next seven hundred years (150 BCE-625 c e ),
hundreds of astrological texts were written in Greek, and a few in Latin, by au
thors from various ethnicities and cultures throughout the Mediterranean Basin
and regions of the Ancient Near East—Egypt, Asia Minor (Turkey), mainland
Greece, Syria, Rome, and North Africa.
The names of prominent Hellenistic astrologers whose texts are extant,
translated into modern languages, or widely quoted by other ancient astrolo
gers include: Nechepso and Petosiris of Egypt, Thrasyllus of Alexandria, Marcus
Manilius of Rome, Balbillus of Rome, Dorotheus of Sidon, Teucer of Babylon,
Vettius Valens of Antioch, Claudius Ptolemy—an Egyptian-born Roman citizen
of Alexandria, Antiochus of Athens, Porphyry of Tyre, Firmicus Maternus of
Rome, Paulus of Alexandria, Hephaistio of Thebes, and Rhetorius of Egypt.
Transmission. With the advent of the Christian era, Hellenistic astrology was
virtually forgotten in western Europe due to the loss of the Greek language and
the condemnations against pagan practices by both the church and state. Some
Greek astrological texts were preserved in the monastic libraries of the eastern
Christian Byzantine Empire, but generally it was forbidden to read them. Before
their disappearance in the west, some texts had made their way to the cultures
of Persia and India, where they were translated into Pahlavi and Sanskrit. The
doctrines were subsequently adapted to the philosophies and social customs of
their new host cultures.
14 INTRODUCTION
PERSIAN ASTROLOGY (226 C E -632 CE)
Around the second century c e >Sassanian Persian rulers wanted to use astrology
to predict the future victories or defeats of rulers and dynasties, and to justi
fy the legitimacy of the current rulers as ordained by the stars—as had their
Babylonian predecessors. They arranged to have Hellenistic astrological texts
translated from Greek into the Persian Pahlavi language. Persian astrologers ap
plied natal techniques to general (mundane) astrology, and attempted to deter
mine past and future history—the fates of nations and dynasties—by innovating
new astrological methods such as the Jupiter/Saturn cycle, and the Aries ingress
chart. They also adapted Hellenistic time-lord procedures to long-range plane
tary periods based upon the Zoroastrian theory of the millennia and the Indian
theory of the yugas.
Transmission. The Sassanian Persian kings had invited not only Hellenistic
astrologers to their courts to translate their texts from Greek, but also Syrian,
Chinese, and Indian astrologers. Ideas and techniques were exchanged between
all these cultures, brought back to their respective homes, and incorporated into
each individual tradition. The Arabs conquered the Persians in 632, and within
a century, their caliphs established the House of Wisdom, a center where Islamic
scholars translated Persian and Indian astrological texts into Arabic. Following
tradition, the rulers used astrology to politically legitimize the authority of their
new dynasty, as well as to time their military and political actions. The founda
tion of their capital city at Baghdad was elected by three Persian astrologers (July
21,762, 2:40 p.m., l m t ).
ARABIC ASTROLOGY (6OO CE-13OO CE)
The Arabs translated many Persian Pahlavi versions of the Hellenistic texts;
when they had exhausted those sources, they sent emissaries as well as raiding
parties to Byzantium to procure more texts written in Greek, including Ptol
emy’s Tetrabiblos. Many Indian astrological and astro-medical texts were also
translated into Arabic. The following centuries saw the golden age of Arabic as
trology, with authors from all over the Islamic empire writing in Arabic. By the
eleventh century there were hundreds of Arabic works on astrology by dozens
of authors. Many changes were made to the doctrine, including different ap
proaches to house systems, aspects, rulerships, and the addition of many Arabic
parts to the Greek system of lots, and the twenty-eight lunar mansions derived
from the twenty-seven Indian nakshatras. The Arabic period saw the rise and
popularity of interrogational (horary) astrology, and the introduction of new
doctrines such as the translation and collection of light.
Prominent Arabic-era astrologers include: Nawbakht the Persian, Theophi

lus of Edessa, Mashaallah from Basra, Omar Tiberiades of Persian descent, Abu
Ali al-Khayyat, Sahl ibn Bishr, Abu Mashar, Al-Kindi, Abu-Bakr, Al-Rigal, and
Al-Biruni.2
Transmission. While astrology flourished brilliantly between the seventh
and tenth centuries in the Arabic period, in the western world knowledge of as
trology had been either forgotten, or relegated to the realm of the “evil and for
bidden”. However, in the tenth century, Arabic astrological works began to trick
le into the Eastern Roman Empire at Byzantium, where numerous works were
translated into Greek. These included not only the original Hellenistic works
that had gone through Persian and Arabic translations, but also the new works
of the Arabic astrologers themselves. Astrology consequently flourished in the
court of the Byzantine emperor Manuel I (1143-1180 c e ), who used it extensively
in his political affairs, even composing a Christian defense of the subject.3
Meanwhile, in the west, the wealth of the Arabic astrological literature
had found its way to the Moorish libraries and bookshops in southern Spain.
When Latin Christendom conquered Spain in 1085, European scholars flocked
to Spain to partake of the Classical heritage that had been preserved by the Ar
abs as well as the Arabs’ own rich intellectual tradition. Again, the very first
works to be translated were the astrological treatises that cited the works of the
Hellenistic authors. Soon after, Medieval astrologers began to compose their
own compendia.
Among the scholars who produced the first translations of Arabic astro
logical texts into Latin were John of Seville, Hugo of Santella, Plato of Tivoli,
Hermann of Carinthia, and Robert of Chester. Abraham ibn Ezra, a Spanish Jew,
translated the Arabic and created his own texts in Hebrew.
m e d ie v a l / b y z a n t in e a s t r o l o g y (1200-1500 c e )
At the beginning of the twelfth century, there was virtually no technical knowl
edge of astrology in western Europe. However, by the end of the century, there
were hundreds of translations as well as new works by Latin astrologers. The Me-
2 English translations of many of these works are now available through the efforts of Benja
min Dykes through Cazimi Press.
3 Demetra G e o r g e , “Manuel I Komnenos and Michael Glykas: A Twelfth-Century Defense
and Refutation of Astrology” in Culture and Cosmos (Autumn/Winter 2001, Spring/
Summer 2001, Spring/Summer 2002). Demophilus is the name of a Byzantine astrologer
working in Constantinople from the tenth century and John Camaratus wrote an astrolog
ical treatise in the court of Manuel I.
16 INTRODUCTION
dieval astrology of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries was thus dependent
upon the Latin translations of the Arabic treatises, which in turn were formulat
ed from the Persian and Indian adaptations of some (but not all) of the Hellenis
tic texts authored over a thousand years earlier. In Byzantium, from the twelfth
century on, thousands of astrological manuscripts were compiled. And in the
fourteenth century, astrologers revised many of these Classical and Byzantine
texts. Because the texts were copied and recopied, they have been preserved;
but because they were often revised, portions of the original tradition have
also been obscured.
Because astrology could be validated as a legitimate science within the pre
vailing Aristotelian cosmology, it was taught—especially in the form of medical
astrology—at numerous Medieval universities. It was also sought as a form of
guidance by nobles and the wealthy. Notable Byzantine era astrologers include
John Abramius and Eleutherius Zebelanos, while the most important Medieval
European astrologers include Guido Bonatti in Italy, Leopold of Austria, Johann
Müller (Regiomantanus) in Germany, and Symon de Phares in France.
Transmission. The fall of Constantinople to the Turks in 1453 resulted in the
influx of Greek scholars and texts to Italy, contributing to the rebirth of the Clas
sical paganism and humanism that characterized the Renaissance. The Arabic
PicatriX) a text of astral magic, and Ficinos translation of the Corpus Hermeti-
cum, opened the way for the proliferation of a Hermetic magical astrology. This
movement existed side by side with the practice of a more scientific astrology
that was derived directly from the Classical Greek tradition. From the tensions
between the magical and cosmological approaches, a desire emerged to purify
astrology from its magical affiliations, and to reframe it as more scientific.
In the sixteenth century, Greek manuscripts that had not passed through
Arabic translations became directly available. The work of Claudius Ptolemy,
based upon Aristotelian natural philosophy, rose to prominence and was cham
pioned as particularly representative of this non-magical, more scientific tra
dition. Ironically, Ptolemy himself—a Roman citizen born in Egypt—may not
have been a practicing astrologer, but rather an academic who was more con
cerned with making astrology conceptually consistent within the context of his
cosmological model. Because of this, the contents of the Tetrabiblos were not
wholly representative of mainstream Hellenistic astrological doctrines. Never
theless, Ptolemy’s work became an important reference for the Renaissance tra
dition that would become so influential to the work of William Lilly and other
seventeenth-century astrologers, both in England and on the Continent.
RENAISSANCE ASTROLOGY (15OO-17OO CE)
The first part of the Renaissance period saw an increase in the popularity of
astrology. There were movements to test and refine the system, advances in
techniques, better calculations for planetary positions, and the incorporation
of astrological motifs into art and literature. The invention of the printing press
allowed for the widespread publication and distribution of almanacs, putting
astrology into the hands of the common people. This also gave rise to a plethora
of predictions and prophecies, many about cataclysmic events that caused wide
spread panic but which did not eventuate. The spiritual and magical dimen
sions of astrology, which led to doubts about the possibility of free will, were
attacked by both the Catholic and Protestant churches, which condemned all
forms of divination. Notable astrologers from the Renaissance period include:
Luca Gaurico, Johann Schoner, Jerome Cardan, Tycho Brahe, John Kepler, Jean
Baptiste Morin, and Placidus.
Transmission. With the acceptance of Copernicus’ heliocentric model of the
universe, combined with an upsurge in experimental science and mechanistic
materialism, astrology lost its scientific rationale and fell into disrepute over the
next few centuries. However, in the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, a
number of astrological works were published in England.
SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY ENGLAND
Despite the Copernican revolution, astrology survived and flourished in En

gland for another century. The leading figure of golden-age English astrology
was William Lilly, who read most of the Latin works on astrology. His major
work was a 900-page tome entitled Christian Astrology, a detailed treatise on
horary, and some natal, astrology with numerous case examples. He includes an
extensive bibliography of over two-hundred astrological works from his library.
Other important astrologers from this period include Nicholas Culpepper, John
Gadbury, Henry Coley, John Partridge, and John Whalley.
By the eighteenth century, under the influence of the Enlightenment, as
trology was no longer deemed worthy as a topic of study and discussion within
intellectual circles. Diluted, the tradition disappeared and went underground
again. However, by the end of the nineteenth century, several movements would
contribute to the resurrection of astrology, albeit in a new form. The Spiritualist
movement, which sought unseen causes behind manifest phenomena; the Theo
sophical movement, which brought the eastern doctrines of karma and reincar
nation to the west; and the discovery of the unconscious in depth psychology:
18 IN T R O D U C T IO N
all served to stimulate a renewed interest in astrology as a tool for self-real

ization and self-understanding. The concepts embedded in these systems of
thought would inform the humanistic, psychological, and spiritual astrologies
of the twentieth century. Here, the birth chart would be viewed as the map of
the psyche and soul, rather than the events fated to befall the native. This recon
struction, begun on the European Continent and especially in England, would
make its way to America to be taken up by the New World.
Alongside the occult and psychological currents at the close of the nine
teenth century, developments in European academic circles would have an
equally significant impact on the future of the astrological discipline. A small
group of scholars, led by the Belgian Franz Cumont, a historian of astrology,
embarked upon a program to collect and edit all of the Greek astrological m an
uscripts that lay scattered throughout the libraries, monasteries, and private col
lections in Europe and Russia. The result of this painstaking and laborious work
was the twelve-volume Catalog of Greek Astrological Codices (c c a g ), which
took fifty years to complete.4 However, until recently, no one in the academic
community (who was also fluent in ancient Greek) was interested in bringing
these texts into English translation.
MODERN ASTROLOGY (20T H -21ST CENTURIES)
Until recently, the only ancient astrological works that were available in English
translation were Manilius’ Latin Astronomica (as early as 1697), Ptolemy’s Tetra-
biblos (in 1940 by F. E. Robbins), and the Mathesis, the Latin work of Firmicus
Maternus (partially translated into English by Jean Rhys Bram in 1975). David
Pingree produced an English version of Dorotheus’ Pentateuch in 1976, but this
was from the Arabic translation of the Persian translation of the original Greek.
Until the last decade of the twentieth century, these four texts constituted the
extent of our direct knowledge of ancient Hellenistic astrological texts.
Ultimately, it was left to the astrological community to reclaim its own his
tory. In 1993, Robert Schmidt, Robert Hand, and Robert Zoller initiated Project
Hindsight to translate the corpus of ancient astrological material from Latin and
Greek into English. In its first years, this effort was widely supported by sub
scribers from the astrological community. James Holden began his own transla
tions of these ancient texts in the 1950s, which for the most part he retained as
a private hobby. All of his translations were published before his death in 2013.
4 Franz C u m o n t and Franz Bo l l , eds, Catalogus Codicutn Astrologorum Grcecorum, 12

Volumes (Brussels: Lamertin, 1898-1953). Henceforth c c a c .
As we approach 2020, many of the primary works of the Hellenistic, Ar

abic, and Medieval astrologers are now available in English translation due to
the dedicated efforts of James Holden, Robert Schmidt, Benjamin Dykes, Rob
ert Hand, Robert Zoller, Meira Epstein, and Eduardo Gramaglia. A list of these
works is included in the bibliography of primary source texts. Thus, for the first
time since their composition in antiquity, the astrological heritage is available to
be read, studied, and mined for its insights into how astrology was conceptual
ized and practiced for the first seventeen centuries of the common era. Contem
porary astrologers are therefore on the brink of one of the most exciting periods
of astrological history: a renaissance in astrological thought that has histori
cally taken place whenever the writings of the ancients have been rediscovered
and translated.
Prominent among early twenty-first-century astrologers actively involved
in conveying the astrology of the ancients to the contemporary astrological
community are figures such as James Holden, Olivia Barclay, Robert Schmidt,
Robert Zoller, Robert Hand, Alan White, Geoffrey Cornelius, Demetra George,
Chris Brennan, Benjamin Dykes, Deborah Houlding, Lee Lehman, Meira Ep
stein, John Frawley, Christopher Warnock, Dorian Greenbaum, Bernadette
Brady, Zdenek Bohuslav, Karine Dilanyan, Eduardo Gramaglia, Helena Avelar,
Luis Ribeiro, Guiseppe Bezza, and Hakan Kirkoglu.
A MODERN MANUAL OF TRADITIONAL TECHNIQUES
The present book is written as a practitioners guide for contemporary astrol

ogers—both seasoned professionals as well as new students—who are eager to
avail themselves of an astrological tradition that had been practiced for over
two-thousand years. More specifically, this guide is designed to lead modern
astrologers through a step-by-step process that will enable them to utilize the
principles of ancient astrology in order to build a more solid structure for the
interpretation of the natal chart. In order to anchor the theory and concepts
into immediate practical application, I include detailed analysis of two example
charts, plus hands-on exercises and instructions for understanding the individ
ual’s chart. Definitions, vocabulary, ample illustrations, and tables organize and
systematize the traditional astrological techniques and provide a foundation for
understanding primary source texts.
My own training, both in the focus of study and in the ancient Greek lan
guage, is primarily grounded in material from the Hellenistic era. However,
over the last two decades I have increasingly cross-referenced the transmis
sion of the doctrines in the Arabic and Medieval traditions. As a result, Ancient
20 INTRODUCTION
Astrology in Theory and Practice gives you the foundational training for the study
and practice not only of Hellenistic, but also Arabic, Medieval, and Renaissance
astrological traditions. But beyond that, it supports the integration of the fruits
of these ancient astrological wisdom teachings in a manner that can strengthen
and deepen the way we read charts today.
The book begins simply, but gets increasingly more complex with each suc
cessive technique. Some may find the material overwhelming. However, my
conviction, based upon my experience with many students whom I have guided
through this process, is that if you diligently do each exercise as it appears in the
text, you will be able to understand the principles and acquire the foundation for
what comes next. The key to mastery lies in doing the exercises.
In the second century, Vettius Valens wrote an instructional book for one
of his students which included an oath for astrologers to use the information
wisely and responsibly. He compared the path to learning certain teachings to
an initiates path up a mountain peak to a temple where one could communicate
with the celestial gods. The rewards far outweighed the effort it took to arrive at
the destination.
And just as a person might climb up with great effort through steps
and twisting curves to some mountain peak and come upon a temple
furnished with extravagant statues of deities made of gold and sil
ver and ivory or purple vestments, this person would believe that the
climb was not to be regretted nor was tiring and would worship with
pleasure imagining that he is conversing with the heavenly gods, so in
the same way for those who trust in our precepts.5
I am humbled to have the opportunity and honor to be a living link in the

transmission of the ancient astrological doctrines that were formulated and
practiced by our predecessors.
5 Va l e n s , Anthology 7, Preface.
CHAPTER 1
The Hierarchy of the Cosmos
A N C IEN T PH ILO SO PH E R S ENV ISIO N ED A G EO CEN TR IC COSMOS WHERE

the earth formed the center of an ordered system surrounded by seven wander
ing planets and a multitude of stars. The heavens above were a realm composed
of a fifth divine element called aither. According to Plato, the cosmos was alive
and infused with soul and intelligence. At the top of the hierarchy, located at the
extremities of the cosmos, stood a principle of unity, of eternal and unchang
ing being, which different philosophers called “The Good” (Plato), “The Prime
Mover” (Aristotle), “The One” (Plotinus), and which later became identified
with the Christian God.
Below the principle of unity in the cosmic hierarchy were a plethora of ce
lestial bodies, “the visible appearances of the gods”, which were divided between
the fixed stars (which had regular motions) and the wandering planets (which
had irregular motions, and traveled along their courses in nested concentric
spheres). The fixed stars were considered to be more divine than the planets.
Because they were seen to move across the night sky with perfectly regular and
circular motion—a prime feature of divinity—they were believed to be closer to
the source of unity.
The planets occupied the space between the fixed stars and the Earth. Thus
they were thought to be slightly less divine because of both their greater distance
from the source and their erratic movements. At the center and bottom of the
hierarchy was the Earth, terrestrial in nature, composed of the four elements of
fire, earth, air, and water, in a constant state of flux and change, coming to be
and passing away. The Earth was populated with mortals who were primarily
composed of the same physical elements as the Earth, but who also contained a
spark of the divine, known as the soul.
This hierarchy and arrangement of the celestial bodies informed astrolo
gers as to the nature and ranking of the various criteria for assessing a planets
condition. When this model was perceived through the lens of the astrologers, a
certain band of the fixed stars formed the images of the zodiacal constellations
24 CHAPTER 1
p l V l NE U N t r y
z q D IA C A L S P H £ R e
ARIES
TAURUS
s p K ERE OF SATUff^
s Ph e r e °
lu p ir e / !
f
jpHERE OF M a q $
^«O F T H E s
G EM IN I .f ^ RE O F v eN u
itS e o f Men c ,
^ O F T H e C '
5 CAPRI
CORN
SAGIT
TARIUS
VIRGO SCORPIO
LIBRA
F IG U R E 1. D I V IN E U N IT Y G{ C O S M IC H IE R A R C H Y
The totality o f divine unity encompasses the fixed stars (the

sphere o f the zodiac), the planetary spheres (Saturn, Jupiter,
Mars, Sun, Venus, Mercury, Moon), the daimones, the sublu
nary elements (the spirits o f fire, air, water), and finally, at the
very center, earth itself
TH E H IE R A R C H Y OF TH E COSM OS 25
against whose background the sun and planets seemed to move. These images
later became the basis for the meanings of the twelve zodiacal signs. Because of
the fixed stars’ closer proximity to the source and the regularity of their motion,
the symbolism of the zodiacal signs has the greatest quality of divinity in the
astrological trinity of sign, planet, and house. From the earliest time period of
Babylonian astrology, the zodiacal constellations were understood as ‘stations
for great gods”, celestial palaces where the planetary gods resided. Hellenistic
astrology rephrased this concept of the zodiacal sign in terms of an oikos: a
domicile or residence for a planetary lord. When a planet is located in its own
zodiacal domicile—its sign of rulership—it was considered to be just as power
ful as when a lord is in residence on his own estate.
Following the fixed stars in the descending cosmological order were the
spheres of the planets: Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, the Sun (in the center of the plan
etary order), Venus, Mercury, and the Moon, which was closest to Earth. The
originators of western astrology in Babylonia identified the planets with the
gods of their pantheon. When knowledge of Babylonian astronomy came to the
Greek world in the sixth century b c e , the Greeks gave the planets the names of
their own gods that most closely resembled the attributes of their Babylonian
counterparts. But rather than identifying the planet as a god, the Greeks placed
the planets under the auspices of a particular god. For example, the Babylonian
Nebu, the scribe god, metamorphosed into the “star of Hermes”, which we know
as Mercury.
The planets did not demonstrate perfectly regular motion—they went for
wards and backwards; they seemed to slow down, stand still, and then moved
quickly forward again; they also wandered north and south of the ecliptic, and
sometimes disappeared altogether from sight. They moved at different speeds,
both within their own cycles as well as relative to one another. Periodically, a
planetary god would come into alignment with another, only to then separate,
hurrying forward to stand at right angles and then at a diameter. For these rea
sons they were considered to be erratic, and even though they represented gods
and goddesses, they were seen as slightly less divine than the fixed star zodiacal
constellations. Certainly in Greek mythology, the Olympic gods were far from
perfect, having many human frailties; but they were still immortals.
Hellenistic astronomers and astrologers charted these multitudinous move
ments, and labeled them as planets in direct, stationary, and retrograde motions;
making heliacal risings and settings; cazimi, combust, and under the beams;
conjunct one another, sextile, square, trine, and opposed. The planetary gods
were rollicking about the heavens, traveling to different celestial palaces, engag
ing in friendly and adversarial relations, and ever negotiating about the fates of
26 CHAPTER 1
the mortals below, whose lives were under their jurisdiction. When a planet was
traveling faster than its average speed, direct in motion, and visible relative to
the Sun, its condition was regarded as good because it was moving quickly and
directly toward bringing about its matters in ways that could be seen. And when
a planet was in harmonious aspect configuration with a benefic planet, it was
thought to have the support to bring forth its best expression.
And then there was the terrestrial earth, where mortals were born into the
conditions of living human experience, and then died. Like the four elements
of which the earth and mortals were composed, mortals were subject to the
ever-changing forces of generation and corruption, coming into being and then
passing away. Ancient astrologers structured and divided the realms on earth
in accordance with the great circles—the horizon, meridian, and ecliptic. They
noted the places relative to the earth where the Sun rose, culminated overhead,
set beneath the horizon, and descended to the deepest place under the earth.
They divided these great circles by twelve, resonant with the twelve zodiacal
signs, and each sector became a location where the various good and bad activi
ties of the human experience took place: vital life force, money, siblings, parents,
children, illness, spouses, death, religion, honors, friends, and afflictions.
The planets held a special role in the astrological cosmos as mediators be
tween the divine and terrestrial, between the zodiacal signs and the houses. They
transmitted the energies of the divine star signs, stepping down the frequencies
for human assimilation, and anchoring them into the earthly sphere and human
experience through the topics of the twelve houses. The Moon in particular,
because she was closest to the earth and moved so quickly, made contact every
m onth with each of the other planets via her conjoinings and aspects, gathering
up their effluences and bringing down their significations into the physical body
of earth and her inhabitants.
H IE R A R C H Y OF PLAN ETAR Y CO N D IT IO N
Traditional astrologers made a distinction between a planet’s celestial condition

and its terrestrial disposition. This was called a planets essential and accidental
dignity by Medieval astrologers. A planet’s celestial condition describes how the
planet is situated in the sky on a particular day. For the most part, with the ex
ception of the Moon’s position, this will be the same for everyone born on that
day. Celestial condition is based upon three general categories.
The term inology in the following table will be covered in the subsequent
chapters of this book.
THE HIERARCHY OF THE COSMOS 27
Table 1. Hierarchy o f P lanetary C ondition
COSMOS COSMOLOGICAL FACTORS CONDITION
Fixed stars Decans Rulership systems.

Zodiacal signs Sect rejoicing by zodiacal sign.
Planetary Solar phase synodic cycle Planetary speed, direction, visibility,

spheres & phase. Sect rejoicing by solar phase.
Lunar applications, phases, nodes, &
eclipses. Aspect testimony & relations,
bonification & maltreatment.
Earth Houses Active/strong and inactive/weak hous

es. Fortunate and unfortunate houses.
Sect rejoicing by hemisphere. Joys o f
the houses.
The first and most important consideration is the planets z o d ia c a l s ig n

r u l e r s h i p s . Thisreflects the greater divinity ascribed to the fixed stars which
in turn lend their images to the zodiacal signs. The zodiacal signs as domiciles
provide the resources and powers that a planet utilizes in its expression.
Next in importance is a planets o r b it a l r e l a t io n s h ip t o t h e s u n , for
the Sun represents the heart and center of the solar system. The planets speed,
direction, and visibility are all derived from its solar phase relationship and play
important roles in how effectively it functions.
The third factor in the hierarchy of a planets celestial condition is the a s
p e c t c o n f ig u r a t io n s it makes with other planets. These provide one of the
social systems of alliances and cooperation or enmities and obstacles that plan
etary gods encounter in attempting to shape the life of the native in accordance
with his or her fate.
Once a planet’s celestial condition has been determined, the next step is to
examine where that individual was born into time and space on a particular day
and moment. Like the game of musical chairs in which children dance around
a circle of chairs, when the music stops, they sit upon the chairs directly under
neath. In a similar fashion at the moment of birth, the planets pause and drop
into the houses which stand on earth below their revolving motion. Some of
these houses signify the good things of life, and others, more difficult experi
ences. A planets own nature, along with its celestial condition, determines how
these good and bad human experiences will unfold for the native.
28 CHAPTER 1
The basic rule for assessing planetary condition is: The better the planets
condition, the better the outcome. As Jean Baptiste Morin, a sixteenth-century
French astrologer, wrote:
Every planet in good celestial state, such as in its own sign or exal
tation or triplicity, oriental to the Sun and occidental to the Moon,
free from adverse aspects to malefics, in direct and rapid motion, etc.,
is said to be a benefic universally and for the whole world, and so
will be a benefic for any individual born at that time—in whatever
house it may appear—and this is even more certain if it receives the
favorable rays of the benefics. For the good or evil of a planets na
ture or condition is neither abolished nor altered by the houses but is
merely given a specific determination, and the planets are more effec
tive in their action the more their celestial state is in conformity with
their natures [...]
Furthermore any planet in adverse celestial state, such as in ex
ile, retrograde, in bad aspect to the malefics, and receiving no good
aspects from the benefics, can be considered to be malefic universally
and for the whole world and so also for any individual born at that
time—no matter in what house it falls by either location or ruler
ship—because such a condition vitiates the planets nature [...]
Finally a planet in an intermediate state such as peregrine and
adversely configured by benefics—or favorably so by malefics—will
act in a moderate way in producing good and evil. But one should
observe that the more ways a planet is assisted in its celestial state the
more good it is likely to produce, but the more ways it is impaired the
more it will incline to cause evil.*
We will now proceed to unpack this paragraph in the balance of this book.
We will present the traditional approach to the planets, signs, solar and lunar
phase, and aspects. We will examine the celestial condition of each planet in the
example charts, and then you will have the guided opportunity to repeat this
process with your own chart. Once we know exactly what we can expect from
each planet, in terms of both its strengths and weaknesses, we can then begin
the process of interpreting its meaning in a particular chart as we place the plan
ets into the wheel of houses and experiences of the human condition on earth.
In the context of discussing planetary condition, one final but important
comment must be made about the terms “good” and “bad” (benefic and malefic,
favorable or unfavorable, fortunate or unfortunate, as well as several other sets
of synonyms). Modern psychological approaches emphasize that the counseling
Jean Baptiste M o r in , Astrologica Gallica, 21,2.2, trans. Baldwin.

THE HIERARCHY OF THE COSMOS 29
astrologer never uses the words good or bad in speaking to a client. For the most
part, this distinction has dropped out of many modern interpretation books.
Editorial guidelines in some astrological publishing houses disqualified these
words from the texts. However, the notion of benefic and malefic is a fundamen
tal consideration in traditional astrology.
When I use the phrase “good condition”, I mean the conditions that lead
to long life, good health, prosperity, happiness, and success in one’s endeavors.
When I use the phrase “bad condition”, I mean the conditions that lead to short
life, poor health, poverty, suffering, and failure in one’s endeavors. It is based
upon the recognition that the human condition is filled with both good and
bad experiences, and the astrological chart reflects that reality. Whether or not
a person can do something to change the indications of the chart is another
discussion altogether that entails beliefs about fate and the efficacy of spiritual
practice and free will. But in this work, our lens is what the chart itself indicates
about the good and bad of the life of the native based upon the principles of
traditional astrology. When using these insights in astrological counseling, you
must filter them through your own belief system regarding the roles of human
choice, intentionality, and free will.
CHAPTER 2
The Fir£t Five Steps

IN LEARNING TRADITIONAL ASTROLOGY
if y o u h a v e A b a c k g r o u n d in m o d e r n a s t r o l o g y , there are several

conceptual and methodological shifts that are necessary before you can ap
proach the traditional methods of viewing and interpreting charts. This might
seem disconcerting at first, as it calls into question some of the most basic un
derstandings that inform your astrological practice. You shouldn’t have to re
ject what you already know and have found valuable. But it will be useful to
temporarily shelve these perspectives as you explore traditional techniques.
Otherwise, you will likely face ongoing confusion and difficulty mastering the
system. At the conclusion of your studies of this material, you can then make an
informed decision as to how you want to continue, which techniques and ideas
to integrate into your current practice, and which parts of your current practice
you might want to revise.
From this point on we may speak of the “native” and the “nativity”. These
words come from the Latin verb natus which means “to be born”. Thus, the “na
tive” is the person whose chart we’re reading (the person who is born) and their
nativity is the astrological chart depicting the arrangement of the planets at the
time of birth.
STEP o n e : s u s p e n d u s e o f t h e
T W E L V E -L E T T E R A L P H A B E T
The basic components of astrological symbolism are planets, zodiacal signs, and
houses. From the beginning of the astrological tradition, planets had special
correspondences with certain signs and houses that were considered more con
ducive and beneficial to the expression of each planet’s essential nature. We will
discuss the specifics of these associations in later chapters that cover various
zodiacal-sign rulership systems and the planetary joys of the houses.
However, the planet/sign and planet/house correspondences of traditional
32 CHAPTER 2
astrology differ from the modern twelve-letter alphabet system popularized

during the second half of the twentieth century. The twelve-letter alphabet
teaches that the meanings of a particular planet, sign, and house are derived
from the same principle, such as Mars, Aries, and the first house, and are thus
interchangeable in interpretation. The same would hold true for Venus, Taurus,
and the second house; Mercury, Gemini, and the third house; etc.
But from the traditional standpoint, while Mars is associated with Aries as
its lord, there is no basis for its association with the first house, nor is there
any particular correspondence between Aries and the first house. This operat
ing principle is especially evident and problematic in many modern “cookbook
style” interpretation guides that present the same interpretation of a planet—for
example, Mars—in either Gemini or in the third house. A traditional astrologer
would have completely different criteria for delineating the meaning of Mars
in a sign versus in a house, and would not equate Gemini with the third house.
STEP TWO: USE ONLY THE SEVEN VISIBLE PLAN ETS
Evidence of divination by astrology goes back to the second millennium b c e

when cuneiform texts identified the seven visible planetary bodies: Sun, Moon,
Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. These were the only planets known
to ancient peoples, since Uranus, Neptune, Pluto, and the asteroids weren’t dis
covered until after the invention of the telescope in the seventeenth century.
Thus, the systems of traditional astrology, as practiced by Babylonian, Hellenis
tic, Arabic, Indian, Medieval, and Renaissance astrologers, were developed and
refined over a 4000-year period based solely upon the seven visible planets. The
North and South Nodes of the Moon as well as Lots (Arabic parts) were also a
part of the symbol systems of traditional astrology, but the outer planets and
asteroids were not.
0 D S 9 o' I ■?
Sun Moon Mercury Venus Mars Jupiter Saturn
FIGU RE 2 . TH E SEVEN VISIBLE PLANETS
You should certainly continue to include the outer planets and the asteroids
(as I do) in your chart analysis. But you will learn to regard them in different
ways than the seven original planets. And you will learn how to extract much
m ore inform ation about the chart from the seven visible planets.
TH E FIR ST F IV E STEPS 33
STE P t h r e e : u s e t r a d i t i o n a l r u l e r s h ip s
FIG U RE 3. T R A D IT IO N A L S IG N RULERSHIPS
Most astrologers are aware of planetary rulerships, whereby each of the planets
is said to rule a sign: for example, the Sun rules Leo. The ancient terminology
states that each planet is the “lord” of a particular sign; when it happens to be
located in that sign in a particular chart, it is thought to possess certain pow
ers. There is general agreement between traditional and modern thought that
the Sun rules Leo, the Moon rules Cancer, Mercury is the ruler of Gemini and
Virgo, and Venus is the ruler of Taurus and Libra. But then the traditional and
modern systems begin to diverge. When the modern planets Uranus, Neptune,
and Pluto were discovered, they were assigned as rulers of the signs Aquarius,
Pisces, and Scorpio respectively, displacing the ancient rulers: Saturn, Jupiter,
and Mars. This stems from modern astrologers noticing an affinity between
each of the new planets and these three signs that traditionally had dual rul
ership. The rationale for the traditional system of rulerships was based upon a
geometrical substructure depicted by the thema mundi> the symbolic chart of
the creation of the world, rather than upon the modern principle of affinities
between planet and sign. The thema mundi will be discussed further in the sec
tion on zodiacal signs.
When practicing traditional astrology, it is necessary to use the traditional
rulers of all twelve signs as indicated in the diagram above. In particular, use Sat-
34 CHAPTER 2
urn as a ruler for Aquarius as well as for Capricorn, Jupiter as the ruler of Pisces
as well as for Sagittarius, and Mars as the ruler of Scorpio as well as for Aries.
This is especially important when determining which planet is the ruler of a
particular house in order to interpret the meaning of that house in an individual
chart. For example, if someone were to ask about the topic of relationships—sig
nified by the seventh house—and that house is occupied by the sign Pisces, you
would look to the planet Jupiter rather than to Neptune to make your judgment.
STEP FOU R: USE W H O LE SIGN HOUSES
For the first seven hundred years of horoscopic astrology during the Hellenistic
and Arabic eras, the house system of choice was whole sign houses, where signs
and houses are coincident. Each house contains all thirty degrees of one—and
only one—sign. This differs from the quadrant house systems used in m odern
astrology, such as Placidus, Porphyry, Regiomontanus, and Koch, where houses
are of unequal size and can contain a varying number of degrees of one, two, or
even three different signs. Ancient astrologers were aware of and discussed oth
er house systems such as Porphyry and equal houses, but used these sparingly
and only for specialized inquires (f i g u r e 4).
In whole sign houses, all of the degrees of the rising sign occupy the first
house and all planets in that sign are read as first house planets, regardless of
their degree. For instance, even if a planet is at three degrees of a sign and the
rising sign is twenty-eight degrees of the same sign, the planet is still read as a
first house planet. The Ascendant degree is a point floating somewhere in the
first house. While it still marks the horizon, designating which degrees of your
rising sign are above the horizon and which are below the horizon, it does not
divide the first house from the twelfth house. The sign following the rising sign
occupies the entirety of the second house, and all planets in that sign are consid
ered second house planets, etc.
Planets may occupy different houses in a whole sign house system as com
pared to a quadrant house system. When considering ones own chart for the
first tim e using whole sign houses, if planets shift houses, this different perspec
tive can initially cause an identity crisis for many astrologers. But you are asked
to reflect upon and consider the changes as you work through the process. As
you look at the example chart, note which planets change house position.
THE FIRST FIVE STEPS 35
FIG U RE 4 . CHART OF M AR IA VO N TRAPP:

W H O L E S IG N VERSUS PORPHYRY HOUSES
25january 1905, 23:50, Tyrol, Austria, l e f t : Whole Sign houses (signs

and houses are equal), r i g h t : Porphyry houses (first house begins
fro m the Ascendant degree). Note that, in this example, the Whole
Sign chart uses the traditional seven planets, while the Porphyry
chart includes the trans-Saturnian planets, Uranus, Neptune, and
Pluto: 3 V 9.
S T E P F IV E : PLA N ETA R Y C O N D IT IO N
While the first four steps mentioned above are primarily shifts of technique,
this fifth step entails a major conceptual shift. In the modern approach, all of
the planets in a particular chart are considered equal in their capacity to bring
about their matters; they are thought to do so in different ways depending upon
their sign, house, and aspects. Interpretation involves blending together various
combinations of keywords.
However, in the traditional approach, some planets are more capable of
manifesting their significations in stable, consistent, long-lasting, and beneficial
ways for the individual. Prior to interpreting the meaning of a planet in a par
ticular chart, therefore, the astrologer must first determine its condition. This is
based upon a number of different criteria such as a planets sect, zodiacal sign
rulerships, its phase relationship to the Sun, and its aspects. Each of these factors
was thought to have an influence on the planet’s capacity to bring about positive
outcomes for the individual.
Ancient astrologers taught that the better a planet’s condition, the more sup
port a planet has and the better job it can do. Vettius Valens wrote in the second
century:
36 C H A PTER 2
The benefic stars that are suitably and well-situated bring forth their
own matters according to their nature and the nature of their zodi
acal sign, with the additional mixture of the aspect testimonies and
co-prescnces of each star. When they are unfavorably situated, they
are indicative of reversals and obstacles. Likewise, even the malefic
stars, when they operate suitably and are of the sect, are givers of good
and indicative of greater rank and success. But when they are in un
profitable places, they bring about banishment and accusations.1
A paraphrase of this paragraph might read that if the benefic planets (e.g.
Jupiter, Venus) are in good condition, they bring about their own significations
in accordance with the sign that they occupy, but if in poor condition, they bring
about reversals. In a similar way, the malefic planets (e.g. Saturn, Mars) when in
favorable condition bring forth good outcomes, great position, and success; but
in poor condition, malefic planets bring about disasters and accusations.
So, if a traditional astrologer wanted to interpret how the planet Mars lo
cated in the second house might be expected to operate in terms of the persons
ability to generate financial resources to support their livelihood, Mars would
first be subject to an exhaustive analysis based upon its sect, four kinds of sign
rulership (domicile, exaltation, triplicity, bound), its phase relationship to the
Sun (speed, visibility, direction, heliacal rise/set), and its aspects from benefic
and malefic planets. If the condition of Mars was determined to be good, the
astrologer could then indicate stable and fortunate money matters. However, if
the condition was judged to be bad, the reading would signify challenges and
conflict in generating resources, or financial instability.
Look at the example chart of Maria von Trapp, the real-life heroine behind
The Sound o f Music ( f i g u r e 4). If one were to inquire about the topic of wealth, a
traditional astrologer would begin to assess the chart in the following manner. The
second house signifies money. It is occupied by the sign of Scorpio, whose ruler is
Mars, which belongs to the sect of this nocturnal chart. Because Mars is located
in its own sign of rulership, the primary indication is good for wealth. Since Mars
also rules Aries, which is located in the seventh house, part of the wealth comes
from marriage. Maria was an orphan who m arried a wealthy baron, and her hus
band was a high-ranking military officer (Mars). Here is an example of Valens’
teaching where a malefic planet (Mars) in good condition brings about a great
position for M aria—who became a baroness. Note that using Pluto as the ruler of
Scorpio would not yield the same clear delineation. A full analysis would factor
1 Vettius Va l e n s , Anthology 1.1.

TH E FIR ST F IV E STEPS 37
in a number of other variables, but this simplified version suffices to illustrate

the point.
This book will thoroughly explore planetary condition as a preliminary to
interpretation. You will not only learn how to determine if a planet is strong
or weak in its overall ability to do good for the individual, but also in which
particular ways it is strong or weak. In the process, you will learn how ancient
astrologers thought about sect, zodiacal signs, houses, aspects, and phases.
Some of this material will give you the rationale for many astrological doc
trines you have been taught as givens and provide a better foundation for any
kind of astrology you do. Other parts of this material may challenge your pre
vious ways of thinking and interpretation, and require you to either re-evaluate
or defend your former beliefs. In any case, how you think about and practice
astrology will be deepened, stimulated, and expanded.
A R EM A R K ON FATE AND FREE W ILL
Some astrologers who have been trained in the modern approach may be taken
aback at the seemingly deterministic language in which this book is written.
Indeed, I am sometimes asked if I believe that the planets themselves are the
causes of good and bad experiences in a persons life. In this book I want to
communicate the tradition of ancient astrology as it was conceptualized and
practiced by its founders and by the many generations of astrologers that have
preceded us. At the same time, my intention is to make whatever insights and
benefits this system offers available to the contemporary practitioner—short of
totally refraining it to accommodate the sensibilities of the modern mindset and
belief system.
This is a challenge because the ancient astrological teachings were record
ed from the perspective that the planets shape the good and bad events of a
persons life. This is antithetical to the contemporary worldview and predom
inant religious convictions that it is the will of a person, not the planets, that
is the source of all of a persons actions. The dichotomy between the fate com
pelled by the stars and the free will of the human soul was a major topic of
debate in the philosophical and religious circles of the ancient world. Further
more, questions concerning the efficacy of prayers, sacrifices, and salvation to
avert negative stellar indications, whether planetary appearances are signs or
causes, as well as whether the stars could be inherently bad were contemplated
and discussed by ancient thinkers as they still are today.
Did the ancients believe that the planets are the actual physical causes of hu
man actions and terrestrial events? Yes, some astrologers did. Claudius Ptolemy
38 CHAPTER 2
adapted Aristotelian natural philosophy as a basis for the explanation of astro

logical influences. The motions of the Sun and Moon were the causes of heating
and cooling on the earth which precipitated the change and transformation of
the four elements into each other by means of hot, wet, cold, and dry forces.
Since humans were composed of the same elements as the earth (albeit with
a spark of the divine thrown in for good measure, according to some spiritual
philosophers), the planets were likewise, at least in part, the physical causes of
human activity. However, Ptolemy himself also conceded that there were addi
tional factors to consider.
Do I believe that planets operate as actual physical causes of human ac
tions? Not in so far as some kind of electromagnetic or other vibrational forces
are emitted by planets, travel through the solar system and impact humans at
birth to make them do good or bad things over the course of their lives. Nor do
I believe that the planets are embodiments of astral gods who force their wills
on mortals. However, the traditional view of astrology is that the conditions of
planets at birth and subsequently over time describe the complex web of inter
dependent causes that surround an individual. These circumstances predispose
a person to make certain choices, followed up bywords and actions whose even
tual outcomes are better or worse in relation to their own best interests.
The planet is not physically forcing a person to take a certain action—this
is the gap where some kind of free will exists. However it often does describe
how the results of that action will turn out in the end. In my attempt to report
the tradition as it was recorded and as best as I have been able to understand
it, the language of causation that I use often reflects the syntax of the ancient
astrologers themselves.
PART ONE
PLA N E TS AND SECT
CHAPTER 3
The Planets
THEIR NAMES, SIGNIFICATIO NS,
AND CLASSIFICATIONS
WESTERN ASTROLOGY ORIGINATED IN MESOPOTAMIA, WHERE EARLY

astronomers identified the seven visible planets. In their cosmological system,
the celestial bodies were understood as one of the manifestations of the divine.
The planets were named after the gods and goddesses and imbued with their
mythic and religious attributes. When the planets appeared in the sky, the plan
etary deities were thought to be communicating their wishes and intentions to
humanity. The role of the astrologer was to carefully observe the motions and
positions of the planetary gods, note the corresponding terrestrial effects, and
convey this information to the kings who could then rule the country in ac
cordance with divine intention. The practice of astrology was motivated by the
desire to know whether or not the planetary gods were favorably disposed to the
outcome of various events on earth. If not, there was recourse to a set of rituals,
the namburbi, to try to persuade the god to change his or her mind. This speaks
to an early view of astrological prognostication as not absolutely deterministic.
T H E N A M ES OF T H E PL A N E T S
When the astronomical knowledge of the Babylonians was introduced into

Greece around the sixth century b c e , Greek astronomer-philosophers, most
likely the Pythagoreans, gave the planets the names of the Greek gods who most
closely resembled their Babylonian counterparts. For example, the Greeks iden
tified the planet that the Babylonians had named Inanna/Ishtar, the goddess of
love, with the “star of Aphrodite” which we know today as Venus. One way of
understanding the meaning of a planet is to become familiar with the mythic
attributes and deeds of the god or goddess who shares the same name. This
archetypal approach reaches back into the heart of astrological origins that was
predicated upon the divine nature of planetary energy.
44 CHAPTER 3
Below is a table of the corresponding planetary names from the Babylo

nian, Greek, Roman, and Indian astrological traditions.1 A table comparing the
significations of the planets and the attributes of the corresponding deities is
included at the end of this section.
Table 2. English, Roman, Greek, Babylonian, & Indian Planetary Deities
ENGLISH ROMAN GREEK BABYLONIAN INDIAN
Sun Sol Helios Shaniesh Surya

Moon Luna Selênë Sin Chandra
M ercury Mercurius Hernies Nebu Budha
Venus Venus Aphrodite Ishtar Shukra
Mars Martus Ares Nergal Kuja
Jupiter Jove Zeus Marduk Brihaspati
Saturn Saturnus Kronos Ninurta Shani
Hellenistic, Arabic, Medieval, and Renaissance astrology differed from the

Babylonian. While the planets still carried the names of the gods, the planets
were increasingly disassociated from divine forces. After the second century,
astrology took a scientific turn where terrestrial events were seen as the results
of physical causes due to planetary motion rather than divine intention. Ancient
astrologers were certainly cautious of the increasing influence of the monothe
istic Christian and Islamic religions and did not want to present an alternate
polytheistic pantheon of deities. Or they may have thought that it was more
advantageous, both from a scholarly as well as a political standpoint, to position
astrology as a science rather than as religion. The exception to this is found
in the hermetic spiritual and magical traditions, an underground stream of as
trological transmission, where planetary gods were invoked for intercession in
human affairs. Nevertheless, the significations of the planets continued to reflect
many qualities of the deities who shared their names. Modern archetypal psy
chology sees a correspondence between the ancient deities and the archetypes
of the psyche: the planets represent the various parts of the personality whose
nature can be approached through mythological investigation.
1 Greek technical terms have generally been transliterated according to the conventions
established by Robert Sc h m id t in his introduction to book 7 of Vettius Valens’ Antholo
gy. These conventions have been followed by most scholars and translators of traditional
astrology, such as Dorian G r e e n b a u m , Benjamin D y k e s , and Chris Br e n n a n .
THE PLANETS 45
T H E T R A D IT IO N A L
S IG N IF IC A T IO N S OF T H E PL A N E T S
The Sun signifies the matters concerning soul, the Moon that concern
the body, Saturn possessions, Jupiter money, Mars military matters,
Venus matters of desire and partnership, Mercury custom and char
acter and speech.—t e u c e r o f b a b y l o n .1
Each planet has a basic nature that is expressed on several different levels of
reality. From a cosmological perspective that envisions the world as ensouled,
the planets represent the gods, who mediate and transmit the energies of the
divine realms to mortals, regulating and governing human life. Each planetary
god represents some faculty of the soul which links human consciousness to di
vine consciousness. In accordance with the principle of “as above, so below”, as
the planetary energy descends and becomes more coalesced into physical form,
a planet likewise represents certain human character traits, parts of the body,
types of people, occupations, and concrete objects. The Hermetic principle of
correspondences links each planet to entities in the plant and mineral king
doms, such as specific herbs and flowers, stones, colors, metals, and tastes, geo
graphical areas, a day of the week and hours of the day. And in a more scientific
conception of the astrological cosmos based upon the Aristotelian principles of
natural philosophy, each planet is understood as some combination of the four
qualities of hot, wet, cold, and dry.
Each planet had authority over one of the seven days of the week, as well as
over the hours of each day. The Sun had authority over Sunday, the Moon over
Monday, Mars over Tuesday, Mercury over Wednesday, Jupiter over Thursday,
Venus over Friday, and Saturn over Saturday. The first hour of each day, begin
ning at sunrise, was governed by the planet that ruled that day. The subsequent
hours were then subdivided with each planet, in turn, having authority over
a certain portion of the day, based upon the Chaldean order of the planets—
Moon, Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn.
The planetary ruler of the day and executor of the hour were considered in
all kinds of astrological inceptions (electional charts) in the determination of
auspicious times to initiate events. The planet ruling the day and hour at which a
person was born was also a consideration in natal charts. In addition, planetary
days and hours were an important component of astral magic rituals in which
invocations and supplications were made to the planetary gods on the day and
2 CCAG 9.1.2, p. 181.

46 C H APTER 3
hour that was sacred to the deity who had authority over the particular thing
being requested. For example, love magic rituals were considered to be more
potent when enacted on a day and hour that Aphrodite ruled. Finally, planetary
days and hours were considered in charts that looked to the time a person took
ill in order to judge the outcome of the disease, or for the times to pick, prepare,
or administer botanical medications.
Modern astrology has reframed the ancient understanding of the planets.
The ancient planetary gods and goddesses have now withdrawn into the recess
es of the psychological unconscious. When the astrological chart is viewed as
a map of the psyche, the planets represent the active forces of the psyche or
the various parts of the personality. In lay language we can recognize them as
the many people/voices inside our own being who play different roles in our
lives and have different agendas, needs, desires, and directives. When astrology
moves into psychological terrain, integration of the “Jungian Self” can be lik
ened to recognizing, expressing, balancing, and harmonizing the functions rep
resented by the various planets. Remember that the basic natures of each planet
reach back into the archetypal realm of the great celestial gods of old.
The main source in the ancient literature for an exposition concerning the
planets is The Nature and Force of the Seven Planets by Teucer of Babylon.3 Teuc-
er’s work was used as the basis for much, but not all, of Vettius Valens’ chapter
on the planets, as well as Porphyry’s Introduction to the Tetrabiblos, and Antio
chus of Athens’ Summary.4 Claudius Ptolemy wrote about the planets in terms
of their qualities of hot, wet, cold, and dry, which was incorporated into Hep-
haistio of Thebes’ comments on the planets.5
T H E TW O L IG H T S : T H E SUN AND T H E M O O N
There are two lights in the sky. The Sun shines by day and orders the seasons of
the year, while the Moon illuminates the night and regulates the weeks of the
month. Ancient astrologers called them the Celestial God and Goddess, which
manifested as the terrestrial King and Queen, and then, the father and mother.
These luminaries had more extensive roles than the other planets in the inter
pretation of the chart. Paulus said that they rule everything, and being sover
eigns of all things, they obtained dominion over all.6
3 This text has been translated by James H o l d e n and is included in an appendix of his
translation of the R h e t o r i u s Compendium.
4 Va l e n s , Anthology i.i; P o r p h y r y , Introduction 1.4,1.45; A n t i o c h u s , Summary 1.1.
5 P t o l e m y , Tetrabiblos 1.4; H e p h a i s t i o , Apotelesmatics 1.2.
6 Pa u l u s , Introduction 3.
TH E PLANETS 47
t h e s u n is natures fire and it represents the light of the intellect, the organ
of mental perception, the life breath and its movement. It represents the soul, as
the divine part of the human mind. It is recognized for its heating and somewhat
drying qualities. It indicates the paternal and ruling person, public reputation,
people of nobility and high repute, and honors. The Sun rules the head, the right
eye, the heart; gold, wheat and barley; the color yellow, the bitter taste, and Sun
day. The poetic name of the Sun was Phòs or light itself.
The planetary gods associated with the Sun are Shamesh, Helios, and
Apolló—all were portrayed with beams of light emanating from their heads and
they were connected to divination and oaths.
The nature of the Sun is to build. Its essence, according to Valens, is the
ruler of light. From a modern perspective, it is the archetype of the Leader and
Illuminator.
t h e m o o n reflects the light of the Sun to earth and represents a persons
life, the entire physical body, and conception. It is recognized for its humidifying
qualities and is slightly warming. It indicates the mother and women who rule;
legitimate marriage; the mistress of the house, the nurse, and the matters of the
household; the city and assemblies of people; and voyages and travel. It rules
over the left eye, the stomach, breasts, spleen, and marrow; silver and glass; the
color green, the salty taste, and Monday.
The poetic name of the Moon, Selene, means the bright or flashing flame.
The Moon was linked to the Babylonian god Sin, who measured time. In Greece
and Rome, the Moon was envisioned as the goddess Selène who watches over
the sleep of mortals, then Artemis and Diana as the virgin huntress of the new
moon and overseer of childbirth.
The nature of the Moon is to nourish. Its essence, according to Valens, is
foresight. From a modern perspective, it is the archetype of the Caretaker.
The Sun and Moon as luminaries are referred to as the king and queen. This
suggests that the roles of the other five planets fall under their auspices and,
much like the ministers of a king and queen, assist in bringing about the various
matters of a persons life in accordance with their own natures.
TH E FIV E PLA N ETS
Sa t u r n was associated with the destructive life force in nature due to its ex
cessive cold, moderately dry, and constricting qualities. It was seen as a source
of sorrow, misery, long-lasting punishment, grief, captivities, and mishaps. It
brought slander, disrepute, and trouble. It signified very old persons, matters
that are long-lasting, old doings; help from ancient or obsolete things or older
48 CHAPTER 3
persons; and elder brothers. Saturn also designated those who do not marry,
widowhood, orphanhood, and childlessness. Hie Saturnine character was de
scribed as dark, downcast, disposed to silence, incapable of emotional display,
austere, solitary, and black-clad. It indicated laborers and farmers because of
its rule over the land; work at waterside trades; tax and custom collectors; and
those who are renters of property. It indicates long-lasting chronic complaints
from cold and moisture, and rules over the thighs, knees, lymph, bladder, and
kidneys, as well as hidden injuries and gout. Saturn is castor-like in color, astrin
gent in taste, linked to the metal lead, and associated with Saturday.
When Saturn is in good condition, it gives authority over fields, building,
watery property, abundance, property of others, inheritance and windfalls, pow
er to subordinate and suppress others, or to benefit from the losses of others.
When Saturn is in bad condition, it brings debt, imprisonment, false accusa
tions, banishment, and chronic misfortune.
The poetic name of Saturn was Phainôn, which means the shining one. The
Babylonians named this planet Ninurta, their god of agriculture and irrigation,
war, sickness, and death. The Greek Kronos was associated with old age and
death and the Roman Saturnus was a god of agriculture.
The nature of Saturn is to endure. Its essence, according to Valens, is igno
rance and necessity. From a modern perspective, it is the archetype of the Elder.
Ju p it e r was associated with the warm and moist power that is productive
of life force and signifies magnificence, reputation, dignity, prosperity, abun
dance, inheritance, knowledge, and justice. It represented relief from troubles,
freedom from bondage, friendships with great men, and the favor of leaders and
the masses. It is the main significator of childbearing and children. It rules over
the thighs, feet, liver, sperm, uterus, and the body’s right side. Its color is light
grey, it is sweet in taste, its metal is tin, and its weekday is Thursday.
When Jupiter is in good condition, it indicates those who receive honors
and renown, who are well spoken of because of their goodness and piety, who
are happy in marriage and children, and rich in friendships. However, when
Jupiter is in poor condition, it decreases the powers of the high-minded and
begrudges progress in life.
The poetic name of Jupiter was Phaethôn, which means the radiant one. The
Babylonians knew this planet as Marduk, and to the Greeks he was Zeus. Both
of these deities battle a dragon, establish order in the cosmos, and become the
supreme leader of the gods. Protectors of the state, both are guardians of law and
justice, and rule wisdom and human fate.
The nature of Jupiter is to expand and affirm. According to Valens, it is the
ruler of rank, crowns, and zeal. From a modern perspective, it is the archetype
of the Sage, Priest, and Great Man.
THE PLANETS 49
m a r s was understood by ancient astrologers as the dry, fiery, and hot pow
er that is destructive of the life force as it appears both in nature and in human
character. This planet was associated with violence, wars, anger, murder, danger,
recklessness, the hunt and chase, combat, torture, and bloodshed. It led to es
trangements, breaches in friendship, enemies, lawsuits, theft, and taking away
of belongings. It signifies lies, reproaches, and perjury. It governs those who
gain their ends through the use of fire or iron. Sexually, it was connected with
the procreative impulse and sexual intercourse, as well as adulteries, ruination
of women, and abortion. In the body, it was said to rule the head, seat, genitals,
blood, sperm duct, bile, adrenals, and the elimination of excrement; it brings
fevers, inflammations, ulcerations, and pustules. Its color is red, it is acidic in
taste, its metal is iron, and its day is Tuesday.
When Mars is in good condition, it can make the person daring, valiant,
courageous, indomitable, and conversant in danger; it signifies military leaders,
warriors, and success in warfare. However, when it is in poor condition, it makes
the native a wrong-doer; blasphemous, uncontrollable, and reckless; and it may
bring severe bodily suffering.
The poetic name of Mars is Puroeides, which means the fiery one. The Bab
ylonians knew him as Nergal, the god of the underworld, fevers, plagues, and
war, whom the Greeks associated with Ares, their own god of war, violence, and
anger. The Roman Martus was a protector of the empire through his military
prowess and valor.
The nature of Mars is to energize. Its essence, according to Valens, is action
and effort. From a modern perspective, it is the archetype of the Warrior and
Competitor.
v e n u s was associated with the moist and warming power that is productive
of the life force and signifies desire, love, beauty, cleanliness, purity, and religious
worship. She also signifies female persons—the mother, sister, and daughter; she
rules over marriage, and benefits from royal women. She makes for a cheerful
and friendly character. She is associated with cosmetic adornment, wearing of
gold, skill in the arts of the Muses (singing and painting), and theatre. Venus is
also associated with embroidery, dyeing, and unguents; crafts masters or trade;
and work with precious stones. Venus rules the neck, face, the sense of smell, the
front parts of the body, the parts of intercourse, the lungs, and bile. Venus corre
sponds to the color white, the greasy taste, precious stones, the olive, and Friday.
When Venus is in good condition, she brings beauty of appearance, dis
tinction, and purity; popular esteem and praise from superiors; an affectionate
nature; erotic love; wealth and success. However, when in poor condition, she
lessens the limits of beneficence and brings jealousy and hate at the end of ones
successes.
50 CHAPTER 3
The poetic name of Venus is Phosphoros, the torchbearer (later, in Latin, Lu
cifer). The Babylonians knew the planet Venus as Inanna and Ishtar, the goddess
of love and the fertility of the land, while to the Greeks this planet was the star
of Aphrodite, goddess of beauty and desire.
The nature of Venus is to magnetize. Its essence, according to Valens, is love,
desire, and beauty. From a modern perspective, it is the archetype of the Lover
and Harmonizer.
m e r c u r y is the bestower of forethought and intelligence, and rules over
practical wisdom, education, reason, and knowledge. His qualities are quickly
changing, sometimes wet and sometimes dry. He is connected with language,
communications, friendship, fellowship, numbers and accounts, weights and
measures, coins, sports, commerce, business, marketing, and banking. He can
make orators, philosophers, scribes, doctors, architects, musicians, astrologers,
prophets, diviners, augurs, and dream interpreters. He indicates younger per
sons, children, and nurslings. He gives the capacity for display of skills, as well
as deception, lies, thievery, and sleight of hand. He rules the hands, shoulders,
fingers, joints, intestines, arteries, tongue, and the sense of hearing. His corre
spondences are the color blue, sharpness in taste, copper or brass and coins used
in commerce, and Wednesday.
When Mercury is in good condition, it makes a person industrious, sound
of judgment, successful in intellectual matters, sociable, ingenious, and respect
ed. When in bad condition it can lead to disturbances of the mind, madness,
ecstasy, and melancholy—all things capricious in their final outcomes.
The poetic name for Mercury is Stilbon, which means the gleaming, glit
tering, or glistening one. The Babylonians associated this planet with Nebu, the
god of scribes, bestower of human wisdom, and inventor of writing. The Greeks
placed this planet under the auspices of Hermes, the winged messenger of Zeus,
patron of writing, the sciences, commerce, travel, athletics and luck. Hermes
was also the protector of thieves, and a psychopomp or guide through the u n
derworld.
The nature of Mercury is to communicate. Its essence, according to Valens,
is law, friendship, and trust. From a m odern perspective, it is the archetype o f
the Messenger.
On the following page is a comparative table o f the similarities and differences

between Babylonian and Greek deities associated with the same planet, as well as
the astrological significations o f the planets as given by Vettius Valens, based on his
descriptions in Anthology 1.1.
THE PLANETS 51
Table 3. A ttr ib u te s o f th e B a b y lo n ia n a n d G reek P la n e ta r y D e itie s
PLANET BABYLONIAN GREEK MEANING (v. VALENS)

SUN SHAM ASH God of HÉLIOS God who sees Lig/ii o f the mind, organ of
justice, divination, all, phoebus, brilliant, perception o f the soul, kingly
oaths, solar disc of witness to oaths, drives office, persons o f high repute,
radiating sunbeams chariot o f sun across the judgment, crowns o f office, pop
sky; cults on Kos and ular leadership, father, height
Rhodes of fortune
APOLLO God o f divina

tion, healing, and music
MOON s in God o f wis SELÈNE Goddess of fu ll Reflection o f solar light, life,
dom, measurer of moon who watches over body, mother, conception,
time sleep o f mortals queen, wanderings, legal mar
riage, housekeeping, property,
ARTEMIS Goddess of
gathering o f crowds, home,
new moon, childbirth,
ships, receipts and expenditures
animals, & the hunt
HEKATÈ Goddess of
waning moon, crossroads
& the underworld
mer c u r y NEBU Scribe god, HERMÈS Winged mes Letters, education of children,
commerce, writer senger o f Zeus, patron o f commerce, disputation, speech,
o f destinies, source writing and sciences, esp. brothers, youth, theft, bestower
o f human wisdom math and astronomy; o f intellectual and practical
commerce, travel, athlet wisdom, augurs, interpreter
ics, luck. Psychopomp/ of dreams, lawyers, orators,
guide to underworld, philosophers, temple-builders,
protector o f thieves searchers o f the sky
VENUS in n a n a / is h t a r APHRODITE Desire, erotic love, arts, gold

Goddess o f love Goddess o f love, beauty, jewelry, festivities, precious
as evening star, sexual desire, pleasures stones, music, friendships,
fertility o f the land, acquisitions o f belongings, wed
goddess o f war as dings, painting, reconciliations
morning star fo r the good
MARS NERGAL God o f ARÈS Violence, war, adultery, plun
underworld, fevers, God o f war, brutality, dering, anger, combat, enemies,
plagues, identified rage, patron o f soldiers bloodshed, iron, military
with Erra as god generals, warriors, ruination
o f war o f women, loss, banishment,
sexual intercourse, breaches o f
friends, murder, imprisonment
52 CHAPTER 3
PLANET BABYLONIAN GREEK MEANING (v. VALENS)

JUPITER MARDUK Battles ZEUS Battles the dragon Begetting o f children, erotic
dragon Tiamat, es Typhosus, and establishes love, alliances, knowledge,
tablished order and order and organization in abundance, justice, sover
organization in the the cosmos, leader o f the eignty, mediation o f disputes,
cosmos, guardian of gods, guardian o f justice confirmation o f good things,
justice and law, pre and the law, protector of friendship with great men, great
sides over council the state, god o f wisdom, gifts, freedom, deliverance from
of other 6 planetary manifests as lightening evils, trusts, inheritances
gods, determines and thunder, controls fate
men'sfate of humans
SATURN NINURTA God KRONOS Father Time, Solitary, deceitful, miserable,
o f war and god of rules over old age and violent actions, depressions,
agriculture, lord of death, god o f agriculture long-lasting punishments, tears,
the Earth, regulates accusations, concealments,
irrigation, god of captivity,childlessness, orphan
sickness and death hood, laborers and farmers,
authority over earth, tax
and custom collectors, forced
activities
The traditional meanings differ, but also overlap, with the more modern meanings
attributed to the planets from an archetypal perspective.
Table 4. Modern Archetypal Meanings

o f the Seven Planets
PLANET MODERN ARCHETYPE

SUN Leader, illuminator
MOON Mother, caretaker
MERCURY Messenger, trickster
VENUS Lover
MARS Warrior
JUPITER Sage, priest, wise man
SATURN Elder
CHAPTER 4
Classification,
BENEFIC AND MALEFIC
THE PLANETS ATTEMPT TO BRING FORTH THEIR OWN SIGNIFICATIONS

into the life of the individual. In order to do so, they must mediate between
the zodiacal signs and the houses. They draw upon the resources and powers
of the zodiacal signs that they occupy, and as active agents, they bring about
their significations into the earthly life of an individual through the houses in
which they are placed and in accordance with the houses they rule. Based upon
their condition and position, they will accomplish this more or less effectively
and more or less in the individual’s best interests. We are now ready to begin
our discussion about the factors that contribute to a planet’s condition, which
influences its ability to bring about its most beneficial outcomes for the native.
The planets are classified according to four categories: elemental qualities,
benefic and malefic nature, masculine and feminine gender, and day and night
sect.
q u a l it ie s Planets can be classified as hot, cold, moist,

and dry.
nat ur e Planets can be classified as benefic, “doers of
good”, or malefic, “doers of bad”.
gend er Planets can be classified as belonging to either
the masculine gender or the feminine gender.
sec t Planets can be classified as belonging either to
the diurnal (day) sect or to the nocturnal (night) sect.
54 CHAPTER 4
Tabic 5. Classifications o f the Planets
HOT Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, Moon CHANGEABLE Mercury

COLD Saturn
MOIST Moon, Venus, Jupiter CHANGEABLE Mercury

DRY Mars, Sun, Saturn
BENEFIC Jupiter, Venus CHANGEABLE Mercury

MALEFIC Saturn, Mars
MASCULINE Sun, Jupiter, Saturn, Mars ANDROGYNOUS Mercury

FEMININE Moon, Venus
DIURNAL Sun, Jupiter, Saturn COMMON Mercury

NOCTURNAL Moon, Venus, Mars
ELEM EN TAL Q U A LITIES OF THE PLAN ETS
In the centuries preceding the development of Hellenistic astrology, successive

generations of Greek philosophers were speculating upon the primal elements
that comprised the world, and in turn, the human body which was made of the
same constituent parts. They proposed that all matter in the sublunar realm was
composed of the four elements of fire, earth, air, and water, which were con
stantly in a state of change due to the qualities of heat, coldness, wetness, and
dryness.
In the second century c e , Claudius Ptolemy attempted to give a firm philo
sophical foundation to Hellenistic astrology based upon the tenets of Aristotle’s
natural philosophy. He associated each of the planets with some combination
of the hot, wet, cold, and dry qualities that were involved in the transformation
of matter (Tetrabiblos 1.4). He derived these correspondences from the relative
proximity of the planets to the obvious heating power of the Sun and the humid
ifying power of the Moon.
The Sun was found to be heating and somewhat drying. The Moon had
moist exhalations that both ripened and putrefied organic matter, but was also
slightly warming. Saturn cools and moderately dries. Mars primarily dries and
burns. Jupiter has a temperate active force that warms and moistens at the same
CLASSIFICATION 55
time. Venus is similar to Jupiter in her temperate nature, but she primarily
moistens and then warms. Mercury sometimes dries and sometimes moistens.
When these principles entered into Hellenistic medical astrology (iatro-
mathematika), diseases were classified as hot and cold. Hot diseases were in
dicated by configurations of the Moon with the hot planets Mars and the Sun,
and cold diseases were signified by the Moon’s configurations to the cold planet
Saturn, and occasionally Mercury. Hellenistic texts contain extensive passages
detailing the type, course, and prognosis of illness based upon the qualities of
the planets. The doctrine of the elements and qualities, when applied to main
stream medicine, would take shape as the theories concerning the Hippocratic
humors and the Galenic temperaments. However, it was only during the Medi
eval period that humors and temperaments were grafted onto medical astrolog
ical theories.
B E N E F IC AND M A L E FIC N A TU RE OF T H E PLA N ETS
Recognizing the existence of both positive and negative outcomes in the world,
ancient astrology classified the seven visible planets as having a benefic, malefic,
or common nature (able to go either way). On an impersonal level, this distinc
tion speaks to the productive and destructive aspects of the life force—both of
which have roles in the cycle of living things.
Venus and Jupiter are classified as benefic planets whose nature better en
ables them to bring about positive outcomes in the life of the individual, events
that are productive of prosperity, success, and happiness. The Greek term, agath-
opoios, means “a doer of good”.
Mars and Saturn are classified as malefic planets that are indicative of prob
lematic or destructive outcomes in the life of the individual, events that charac
terized by poverty, failure, and suffering. Their Greek term, kakopoios, means a
“doer of bad”.
Mercury is classified as “common”. It has the capacity to change depending
upon which planet it is most closely connected—benefic when with Venus or
Jupiter, or malefic when with Mars or Saturn.
There is some disagreement as well as omission in the texts about the Sun
and Moon. Some authors saw the Sun as changeable like Mercury, while others
placed it with the benefics.1 The authors are silent about the benefic or malefic
nature of the Moon. Both lights may have had a variable nature depending upon
Pt o l emy , Tetrabiblos 1.5; R h e t o r i u s , Compendium 1.2.

56 CHAPTER 4
the sect of the chart. For the most part, when there is a reference to the benefics
or malefics, the author is speaking primarily about Venus and Jupiter or Mars
and Saturn.
Ptolemy gave a scientific explanation for this, explaining that Venus and
Jupiter are benefic because they abound in the hot and moist qualities, which
are conducive to the growth of living things.2 The cold and dry qualities that
are destructive to life are associated with Mars and Saturn, and thus predispose
these planets to being malefic in nature. If you plant a seed and give it warmth
and moisture, the plant will grow; but if it lies in frozen ground without any
water, it will not sprout.
One could also look to how the Greeks themselves viewed their gods—Ares
(Mars) had a lust for bloodshed and battle and was hated by everyone, while
Aphrodite (Venus), the embodiment of beauty, was loved and desired by all.
Zeus (Jupiter) was the god of abundance, wealth, and justice, while Kronos (Sat
urn) represented suffering, confinement, and avarice.
A subtle but important point to note is that the planets themselves are not
intrinsically good or bad, but the actions that are undertaken by the individual
under their auspices can lead to positive or negative, constructive or destructive
outcomes in a persons life. In the philosophical circles of antiquity, the position
that no planet was inherently bad was a lively topic of debate. The Neoplaton
ic philosopher Plotinus argued that there are no bad planets because they are
divine and they do not contain a cause of evil in their nature.3 The astrologers
themselves recognized this point in the premise that under certain circum stanc
es a malefic planet could bring about beneficial outcomes, while a benefic planet
could be limited in the amount of good it could do. According to Rhetorius:
Malefic planets well-situated by phase, sect, and house magnify

the fortunes, while benefic planets badly situated can hinder the
fortunes.4
Each planet starts off at a baseline of benefic or malefic, but in any given
chart a variety of factors can modify its expression from the median baseline
towards one pole or the other. The baseline for benefic planets is that they are
predisposed to bringing about fortunate outcomes. When Venus and Jupiter are
in good condition, they accentuate their own most positive significations as well
as the topics of the house they occupy; but in poor condition they are limited in
2 Pt o l e my , Tetrabiblos 1.6.
3 Pl o t in u s , Enneads 2.3.1-2.
4 Rh e t o r iu s , Compendium 1.2.
CLASSIFICATION 57
the amount of good they can do, or the good is unstable and erratic. The baseline
for Mars and Saturn is that they present obstacles and conflicts in the houses
they occupy; but if they are in good condition they can bring wealth and leader
ship and success, albeit with some struggle and persistence. However, when the
malefic planets are in poor condition, this is the indication of severe difficulties
as regards the houses they occupy and rule.
Table 6. Range o f Benefic and Malefic Outcomes
RANGE BENEFIC (GOOD) MALEFIC (b a d )

VENUS/jUPITER MARS/SATURN
Best Very good Not very bad

+ Quite good Somewhat bad
o Good Bad
Somewhat good Quite bad
W orst Not very good Very bad
A variety of factors can predispose these planets to act better or worse than
their natural tendency, which you will learn as you progress in this study. Before
we move on to the next category, we will pause first and complete this exercise
to anchor what we have learned so far.
-> E X E R C IS E 1
In order to consolidate your understanding o f the basic features that
comprise a planets nature, complete exercise i:
Characteristics o f the Planets
58 CHA P T E R 4
EXERCISE 1
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PLANETS
For each planet:
l Enter its deity namesake and its associated archetype.

2. List several significations, drawing on traditional meanings (after Valens),
and modern ones that you are already familiar with.
3. Describe the elemental quality o f the planet (hot, cold, moist, and dry).
4. Note its essential nature: benefic, malefic, or common (changeable).
5. Note its gender (masculine, feminine, or androgynous).
R E F L E C T IO N AND A N A LYSIS
1. Think about the connection between a planet named after a mythic

deity and its significations, its natural power/quality, and why it is con
sidered a benefic or malefic influence. Can you recognize a continuum
that informs the composite depictions of each planet in the astrologi
cal literature?
2. Do you think that Hellenistic astrology was a fusion of an earlier,
mythopoetic view of the cosmos with a newer, more rational and
scientific explanation based upon natural philosophy? Or do you think
that it stood on its own as a new scientific discipline severed from its
earlier mythic roots?
CLASSIFICATION 59
Su n
Deity
Archetype
Significations
Quality
Essential Nature
Gender
Mo o n
Deity
Archetype
Significations
Quality
Essential Nature
Gender
Me r c u r y
Deity
Archetype
Significations
Quality
Essential Nature
Gender
Ve n u s
Deity
Archetype
Significations
Quality
Essential Nature
Gender
6o CHAPTER 4
Ma r s
Deity
Archetype
Significations
Quality
Essential Nature
Gender
Ju p i t er
Deity
Archetype
Significations
Quality
Essential Nature
Gender
Sa t ur n
Deity
Archetype
Significations
Quality
Essential Nature
Gender
CHAPTER 5
Gender
OF THE PLANETS
ANCIENT ASTROLOGY CLASSIFIES THE PLANETS BY MEANS OF MASCULINE

and feminine gender. The Sun, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn belong to the
masculine gender; the Moon and Venus belong to the feminine gender; Mercu
ry is common.1 This is one of the few clear instances where the gender of planets
seems to correspond directly to the gender of their divine namesake (i.e., god
or goddess). However, there exist a number of astrological conditions that make
a planet, whatever its essential gender, shift towards a more masculine or femi
nine expression.
In this context, masculine and feminine do not refer solely to male and fe
male, but rather to the two basic kinds of energy. Ancient philosophers such
as Plato defined masculine energy as initiating action and feminine energy as
receiving the action. Ptolemy explains the assignment of gender to the planets in
terms of the qualities, where moisture is primarily associated with the feminine
and dryness with the masculine.2 In modern astrology you may have heard gen
der distinctions referred to as positive or negative polarities, or as yang and yin.
The rationale is that if a planet occupies masculine conditions, it 'will tend to
initiate the action. If a planet occupies feminine conditions, it will tend to be the
recipient of action. The masculine energy is characterized by faster movement,
and welcomes change. Thus the events of planets in masculine conditions oc
cur sooner. Feminine energy moves slower, is resistant to change, and thus the
outcomes of planets in feminine conditions come about later. For the most part,
masculine planets act more in accordance with their basic natures when they
occupy masculine conditions, as do feminine planets in feminine conditions.
1 See P t o l e m y , Tetrabiblos 1.6; H e p h a i s t i o , Apotelesniatics 1.2.

2 Pt o l e m y , Tetrabiblos 1.6.
62 CHAPTER 5
Planets are modified towards becoming more masculine or more feminine

by the following conditions:3
1. ZODIACAL SIGN
2. SOLAR PHASE
3. CELESTIAL LATITUDE
4. QUADRANT LOCATION
Table 7. G ender o f Planets
MASCULINE PLANETS FEMININE PLANETS
PLANET Sun, Mercury, Mars, Moon,

Jupiter, Saturn Venus
MASCULINIZING FEMINIZING
CONDITIONS CONDITIONS
SIGN Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra, Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio,

Sagittarius, Aquarius Capricorn, Pisces
PHASE Morning, ahead o f Sun Evening, behind the Sun
QUADRANT asc to M C M C to DSC
DSC t o i c i c to ASC
LATITUDE North South
PLANETS AND GENDER
The g e n d e r o f t h e z o d ia c a l s ig n in which a planet is located is the first

and most important factor in this evaluation. The masculine signs are Aries,
Gemini, Leo, Libra, Sagittarius, and Aquarius, which correspond to the fire and
air elements. The feminine signs are Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio, Capricorn,
and Pisces, which belong to the earth and water elements. Masculine planets act
more in accordance with their essential nature when they occupy the masculine
signs, while feminine planets act more in accordance with their basic nature
when they occupy feminine signs.
Just as it is easier to be ourselves and do our best when we are in an environ
ment that supports and enhances our basic nature, planets also operate better in
3 An t io c h u s , Thesaurus 1.1; Rh e t o r iu s , Compendium 1.1.

GENDER 63
zodiacal signs that have a similar pace to their own. When a masculine planet
is located in a feminine sign, its ability to act is slowed down, which might be a
source of frustration or boredom. If a feminine planet is located in a masculine
sign, it may feel pressured and rushed to act before it is ready, thus becoming
a source of tension or fear. With a boom of laughter, the late, great Alan White
would illustrate this principle with the example of two teenagers making out at
the drive-in movie—the boy wants to speed things up while the girl urges to
slow it down.
While in general, a planets condition is improved when it is located in a
zodiacal sign that is of the same gender, this is not an absolute rule. There is
no value judgment here between the fast and the prolonged; between the early
blooming and the late; the context of each situation determines which kind of
energy is more advantageous. And sometimes what is best is for the fast to slow
down, as with the inflammation rate of an illness.
A planets s o l a r ph a s e is the second condition for assessing gender mod
ification. A planet becomes more masculinized when it is seen in the morning
sky rising before (ahead of) the Sun, and more feminized when it appears in
the evening sky after (following) the setting Sun. We might imagine that most
people are energized and ready for activity in the morning and inclined towards
rest and relaxation in the evening.
To determine if a planet is of the morning or of the evening phase, turn the
chart around so that the Sun is at the position of the Ascendant—the sunrise
point. Remember that the planets move according to diurnal motion, so at sun
rise they ascend over the Ascendant and move in a clockwise direction where
the Midheaven is noon, the Descendant is sunset, and the Nadir is midnight. If
the planet in question is of the morning, it has risen before the Sun and is ahead
of the Sun (up to the Suns opposition degree), but will have zodiacal longitude
that is less than the Sun. (Sun at 150 Leo, Mercury at 250 Cancer). If the planet in
question is of the evening, it has risen after the Sun and is behind the Sun (up to
the Suns opposition degree), but will have zodiacal longitude that is greater than
the Sun. (Sun at 150 Leo, Mercury at 50 Virgo). The Sun can be anywhere in the
chart; the determining factor is simply whether the planet in question is ahead
of the Sun or behind the Sun in its diurnal motion. We will explain morning and
evening star/planets more fully in Part Three.
64 CHAPTER 5
FIG U RE 5. M O R N IN G A N D E V E N IN G PLANETS
Sun rising at 150 Leo (descending at 15° Aquarius). Mercury at

25° Cancer rises in the morning, before sunrise; Mercury at f
Virgo can be seen appearing in the evening sky after sunset.
The advanced student can fine-tune this assessment by noting that the mas
culinizing sector of the solar phase cycle extends forward from the fifteenth de
gree ahead of the Sun until the one-hundred-and-twentieth degree from the
Sun, or just before the retrograde station. The feminizing sector of the solar
phase cycle extends backwards from the fifteenth degree behind Sun until the
one-hundred-and-twentieth degree from the Sun, or just after the direct station.
A planet’s quadrant location also influences its gender modifications. The
houses in the quadrant from the Ascendant to the Midheaven are masculine;
those from the Midheaven to the Descendant are feminine; the houses from
the Descendant to the ic degree are masculine, and those from the ic to the
Ascendant are feminine. A planet becomes more masculine when in the mas
culine quadrants, perhaps because the motion of the Sun is rising towards its
GENDER 65
FIG U RE 6 . M A S C U L IN E A N D F E M IN IN E Q UAD RA NTS
Moving in diurnal motion, the masculine quadrants stretch

from A sctoM C, andfrom d s c to ic. The Feminine quadrants
stretch from m c to d s c , and from ic to a s c .
culminating or anti-culminating points. A planet becomes more feminine when

in the feminine quadrants, perhaps due to the declining direction of the Sun. It
is not altogether clear from the texts whether these quadrants are demarcated by
whole sign or by exact degrees of the angles, although Paulus does specify exact
degree in his discussion on this matter.4
The final gender modification is a planet’s celestial latitude. Celestial latitude
is the distance of a planet north or south of the ecliptic. A planet north of the
ecliptic becomes more masculine, while a planet south of the ecliptic becomes
more feminine. Many astrological software programs contain reports for a plan
ets latitude. Be sure to distinguish this from a planets declination, which is its
66 CHAPTER 5
distance north or south of the celestial equator, and which is used in many “out
of bounds” interpretations.
Similar to a planet’s basic benefic or malefic nature, a planets masculine or
feminine gender can be modified in a number of ways that influence its expres
sion.
Table 8. Range o f Feminized and Masculinized Planetary Expressions
« - FEMININE NEUTRAL MASCULINE

CONDITIONS CONDITIONS CONDITIONS
FEMININE Extremely feminine Feminine Masculinized feminine
PLANET
MASCULINE Feminized masculine Masculine Extremely masculine
PLANET
Rhetorius, shaped by the cultural norms of his day, concludes that mascu
line planets in masculine conditions make men willful and daring, while making
women insubordinate and shameless. Likewise, feminine planets in feminine
conditions make men soft and cowardly, and women modest, dignified, and
obedient.5 However, remember that many interpretations of the symbols cannot
help but reflect the customs and values of the day. In the contemporary world, a
planets gender modifications may provide valuable insights into the expression
of shifting gender fluidity (e.g., in the l g b t q ia community).
5 Rh e t o r iu s , Compendium i.
GENDER 67
EX A M PLE CHARTS
We will now introduce the two example charts that will be used throughout the
remainder o f this book— the horoscopes o f Ja c q u e l in e Ke n n e d y o n a s s is ,
and pa b l o p ic a s s o (reproduced on the following two pages). We will begin by
exam ining these charts in relation to gender modification.
Ja c q u e l in e Ke n n e d y o n a s s is : The masculine Sun is located in the mas

culine sign Leo; the feminine Moon is in the masculine sign Aries; morning
phase Mercury is in masculine Leo; feminine Venus is in masculine Gemini;
masculine Mars is in feminine Virgo; masculine Jupiter is in masculine Gemini;
and masculine Saturn is in masculine Sagittarius. Note that both feminine plan
ets—Moon and Venus—find themselves in masculine signs, propelling them to
more activity and possibly pointing to the stress of overdoing or difficulty with
expressing vulnerability and receiving help. Mars is located in the feminine sign
of Virgo, slowing down its impulsiveness based upon discrimination and anal
ysis of the impulse.
pa b l o p i c a s s o : All of the planets are in signs contrary to their natural gender.

The masculine planets are in feminine signs, and both feminine planets are in
masculine signs. This might suggest a certain energetic discomfort inside ones
own skin, being prompted to act more slowly when the impulse is to go fast and
vice-versa. It can also point to an expression of gender that does not polarize to
male and female stereotypes.
68 CHAPTER 5
EXAM PLE C H A R T O N E
JA C Q U E L IN E K E N N E D Y O N A S S IS
(1 9 2 9 -1 9 9 4 )
F IG U R E 7 . H O R O S C O P E O F
J A C Q U E L IN E K E N N E D Y O N A S S IS
Sunday July 28,1929

2:30 pm e d t + 4:00, Southampton, New York
Geocentric, Tropical, Whole Sign, True Node
GENDER 69
EXAM PLE CH A R T TW O
PABLO PICASSO
(1 8 8 1 -1 9 7 3 )
FIG U RE 8 . HO RO SC OPE OF
PABLO PICASSO
Tuesday October 25,1881

11:15 pm l m t + 0:17:40, Mdlaga, Spain
Geocentric, Tropical, Whole Sign, True Node
70 CHAPTER 5
EXERCISE 2
GENDER MODIFICATIONS OF THE PLANETS
USING YOUR OWN CHART
Investigate how the baseline gender of each planet can be modified by its
conditions, becoming more masculinized or more feminized.
1. Note the gender of the planet (m / f J.

If the planet is masculine, enter m . If the planet is feminine, enter f .
2. Note the gender of the sign in which the planet is located (m / f ).
Note the zodiacal sign that each planet occupies and enter the gender of the
sign. The m a s c u l in e s ig n s are: Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra, Sagittarius, and
Aquarius, The f e m in in e s ig n s are: Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio, Capri
corn, and Pisces).
3. Determine if the planet is in a sign of its own gender (y / n ) .
If the gender of the planet is the same as the gender of the sign it occupies,
enter y . If not, enter n .
4. How might this affect its activity? (e.g. more active/passive).
Consider how the gender of a planets zodiacal sign relative to its own natu
ral gender modifies its expression. Masculine conditions predispose a plan
et to be more active, move faster, and to bring its events about sooner. Fem
inine conditions predispose a planet to be more receptive, to move slower,
and to bring its events about later.
5. a d v a n c e d : What other factors modify the gender of a planet?
For an advanced exercise, consider how conditions such as quadrant, so
lar phase, and celestial latitude incline a planet towards more masculine or
more feminine behavior, m a s c u l in iz in g c o n d it io n s include: rising
before the Sun; location in quadrants from the degrees of the a s c to the
m c and from the d s c to the ic; and north celestial latitude, f e m i n i z i n g
c o n d i t i o n s include: rising after the sun; location in quadrants from the
degrees of the m c to the d s c and from the ic to the a s c ; and south celestial
latitude.
GEN D ER 71
Planet Gender Gender of Planet in Effect (active Other

o f planet zodiac sign sign o f own vs. passive, factors
gender? etc.)
SUN
JU PITER
SATURN
M ER CU R Y
M OO N
M ARS
REFLECTION AND ANALYSIS
1. Which planets’ gender is in accordance with the gender of their sign?

2. Which planets are made more masculine?
3. Which planets are made more feminine?
4. Is there a predominance of masculinized or feminized energy in the
chart, or is there a balance?
5. What does this suggest about the overall speed or pace of life?
6. If the feminine gender planets are in masculine conditions, do you ex
perience them as more assertive, or pressured to be more active than
your natural inclination?
7. If masculine gender planets are in feminine conditions, do you experi
ence them as more receptive, or do you feel confined and frustrated by
their slower pace?
CHAPTER 6
Sedt
OF THE PLANETS
Since the whole is administered by the Sun and the Moon and
none of the things that exist in the cosmos come into being
apart from the rulership of these stars, it is necessary to explain
the solar and lunar sect, what each has been allotted and how
everything comes together through these. The Sun was allot
ted the day and the morning rising and the masculine zodia
cal signs; it has as its spear-bearing guards the star of Saturn
and the star of Jupiter. The Moon was allotted the night and
the evening rising and the feminine zodiacal signs; it has as its
spear-bearing guards the star of Mars and the star of Venus. The
star of Mercury is regarded as common in nature; when rising
in the morning it rejoices with the Sun, but rejoices with the
Moon when evening rising. — pa u l u s .1
THE THIRD CLASSIFICATION OF PLANETS IS ACCORDING TO SECT.

Sect comes from the Greek word hairesis, which can mean a faction, an alli
ance, identification with a school of thought, or even a political party or team.
Many traditional astrological doctrines are based upon the social customs of the
ancient world. Sect doctrines reflect the system of alliances and enmities, the
determinations of friends and foes based upon these alliances, and the shifting
balance of power as to which side holds the position of privilege and domi
nance. The sect of the chart and the sect status of a planet were among the very
first considerations in the analysis of a planets condition.2
2 Pt o l e m y , Tetrabiblos 1.7; Pa u l u s , Introduction 6; Rh e t o r iu s , Compendium 2;
Po r ph y r y , Introduction 4; H e ph a is t io , Apotelesmatics 1.2; Va l e n s , Anthology 3.5.
74 C H A PT E R 6
D IU R N A L AND N O C T U R N A L SECT
Ancient astrology defines two sects, a diurnal (day) sect and a nocturnal (night)
sect. If a person is born during the day, the sect of their chart is diurnal; a birth
during the night denotes a nocturnal sect chart.
There are many techniques in traditional astrology in which sect plays a sig
nificant role. A planets sect status determines how much authority and freedom
a planet has to bring forth its positive significations on behalf of the individual.
Sect also tells us which other planets a planet can best rely upon to support its
own agenda. The interpretation of planets indicative of favorable or unfavorable
outcomes due to their sect status was a primary feature of ancient astrology, and
this distinction has for the most part been lost to modern practice.
The sect of a chart was the starting point for many considerations such as
the length of life calculations; evaluations of the overall eminence of a person’s
life; the formulas for many of the lots (better known today as Arabic Parts); and
the planetary significators for particular topics such as parents.
F IG U R E 9 . D IU R N A L A N D N O C T U R N A L CHARTS
Diurnal (day) chart: Sun above horizon (a s c - d s c axis)

Nocturnal (night) chart: Sun below horizon (a s c - d s c axis)
In order to determine the sect of a chart, first look at the degrees of the
Ascendant and Descendant and visually connect them with a line. If you are
using the whole sign house system, most computer displays and printouts will
have the symbol for the Ascendant (a s c ) and Descendant (d s c ) points floating
SECT 75
somewhere in the first and seventh houses. This is the axis you want, not the
horizontal line that marks the cusp of the ist house that is displayed when using
quadrant house systems such as Placidus. (You may want to review the section
on Whole Sign houses in the Introduction.) This axis, demarcated by the exact
degrees of the Ascendant and Descendant, marks the horizon—where sky meets
earth. However, it is not depicted as visually accurate in most computer print
outs generated with the whole sign house system.
If the Sun lies above the line of the horizon, that person was born during the
day and has a diurnal sect chart; if the Sun is located beneath the horizon line,
that person was born at night and thus has a nocturnal sect chart. You can con
firm this by looking at the time of birth and noting if it occurred by day or night.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
char t i is diurnal. The Ascendant/Descendant axis from 170 Scorpio 58'

to170 Taurus 58' demarcates the horizon. The Sun at 50 Leo is above the
horizon. The birth time is 2:30 p m , during the day.
c h a r t 11 is nocturnal. The horizon is marked by the axis from 50 Leo 38'
to 50 Aquarius 38', and the Sun is at 20 Scorpio below the horizon. The
birth time is 11:15 p m , during the night.
T H E SUN A ND M O O N AS SEC T L E A D ER S
The two sects reflect the primacy of the Sun and Moon as the two great lights
which illuminate the sky. The ancient authors related how everything in the cre
ated world arises from these two stars. The Sun predominates by day, while the
Moon reigns supreme by night. The Sun is the sect leader for diurnal charts
(individuals born during the day), while the Moon is the sect leader for noctur
nal charts (individuals born at night). The divine manifestation of the Sun and
Moon are the solar God and the lunar Goddess. Their earthly representatives are
the King and Queen, the archetypal Father and Mother.
On the broadest level of interpretation, the illuminating power of the Sun
represents the mind and the realm of thought, while the reflective power of the
Moon represents the body and realm of sensation. The sect of the chart helps the
astrologer determine which of these two faculties predominates in the life of an
individual, where a soul animating a body incarnates into time and space with
a physical destiny to unfold. We might speculate as to whether this implies that
the native is more of a solar type or lunar type, and which luminary directs the
76 CHAPTER 6
course of the life. The ancient texts do not give an explicit definition of what the
sect of the chart means in the interpretation of the natives character, only that
the planets which belong to the sect of the chart have more beneficence.
From a modern perspective one could propose that diurnal individuals be
long to the solar sect school of thought, where the Sun represents the mind and
soul,3 the light of consciousness, an objective state of awareness, the use of rea
son, and an inclination to bring things to light and illuminate them. Nocturnal
individuals belong to the lunar school of thought where the Moon represents
the body,4 the depth of intuitive perception arising from the physical senses, a
subjective state of awareness, the use of instinct, and understanding by delving
deep into underlying causes.
-> E X A M PL E C H A R T S
Who is the sect leader of the chart?

char t i is diurnal and the sect leader is the Sun.
c h a r t i i is nocturnal and the sect leader is the Moon.
SECT MATES
The Sun and Moon are the respective leaders of the diurnal and nocturnal sects,
but to the extent that sect is defined as a school of thought, each sect is com
prised of additional followers. The two sect leaders have their own team mem
bers, called sect mates, which are drawn from the remaining five planets.
Table 9. Diurnal and Nocturnal Sect Mates
SECT DIURNAL NOCTURNAL

Sect Leader Sun Moon
Benefic Planet Jupiter Venus
Malefic Planet Saturn Mars
Common Morningstar <- Mercury -> Evening star
Mercury goes either way Mercury
3 Va l e n s , Anthology 1.1.
SECT 77
Jupiter and Saturn belong to the day sect while the planets Venus and Mars
belong to the night sect. This is the case in each and every chart, regardless of
whether the chart is diurnal or nocturnal. But Mercury (as always) can go either
way. In some charts it belongs to the diurnal sect and in other charts it aligns
with the nocturnal sect. Mercury rising before the Sun in the morning belongs
to the diurnal sect; but when Mercury rises after the Sun and is thus seen in the
evening, it belongs to the nocturnal sect.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Does Mercury belong to the diurnal sect or to the nocturnal sect?

c h a r t i: If you turn the chart 'A of the way to the left so the Sun ap
pears on the Asc/eastern horizon, you can see that Mercury has just
risen above the a s c preceding the Sun. Thus it is a morning star. You
can double check by noting that Mercury at 2° Leo is at a lesser zodiacal
degree than the Sun at 50 Leo, going in the natural order of the zodiac.
Thus Mercury belongs to the diurnal sect in this chart.
c h a r t 11: This time turn the chart !4 way to the right so again the Sun
seems to be on the Asc/eastern horizon. The Sun comes up and over
the a s c first and Mercury follows afterwards. You would not see Mer
cury in the morning sky because the Sun will be too bright by the time
Mercury rises. However, just after the Sun sets in the evening, it will be
dark enough to see Mercurys appearance, which is traveling behind
the Sun. Thus Mercury is an evening star in this chart. That Mercury at
240 Scorpio is at a greater zodiacal degree (in the natural order of the
zodiac) than the Sun at 20 Scorpio confirms our answer. Thus Mercury
belongs to the nocturnal sect in this chart.
-> SEE FIGURE 5: MORNING & EVENING RISING (chapter page 64)
Note that while Mercury, in the first chart, is a diurnal sect member, it is
because Mercury rises ahead of the Sun, not because it is a diurnal chart. If
Mercury rose after the Sun, it would belong to the nocturnal sect, even in a
diurnal chart. The same for Mercury belonging to the nocturnal sect in the sec
ond example chart. It is because Mercury rose after the Sun, not because it is a
nocturnal chart.
The sect leader and its sect mates operate as a team in order to bring about
the destiny of an individual. One might think that the respective planets of each
sect have alliances of friendship and cooperation based upon common interests
78 C H APTER 6
or agendas, while planets of opposing sects can have intrinsic enmities between
them because they follow a different system of thought (values, beliefs, agendas,
or affiliations).
Notice that each sect is led by one of the lights, the Sun or Moon, and con
tains one benefic planet, Jupiter or Venus, and one malefic planet, Saturn or
Mars. Mercury tips the balance and can belong to either sect depending upon
its relationship to the Sun.
Hellenistic astrologers gave various explanations as to why certain planets
belonged to each sect. One line of thinking proposed that the natural activities
of certain planets were more suitable by day or by night. Jupiter’s significations
of pursuit of wisdom or achievement of good reputation operate better during
the “heat and vigor” of the daytime hours, while Venus’ inclinations towards
pleasure, relaxation, and lovemaking operate better by the “moisture and gift of
rest” at night.
Ptolemy proposed that the warmth of the day lessens the destructive, cold
qualities of Saturn, so it can act in a more beneficent manner; the coolness of
night likewise tempers the destructive, fiery nature of Mars, where its injurious
power is moderated.5 Porphyry links the assignment of planets to sect on the
basis of the number of solar phases a planet makes—Jupiter and Saturn make
fewer solar phases and therefore are more similar to the Sun, while Venus and
Mars make more solar phases and are thus more similar to the Moon.6
When evaluating a chart in terms of sect, it is helpful to investigate how well
the members of each sect operate together as a team with their leader. One way
to do this is to see if they are connected by whole sign aspects with each other
and with the sect light, and whether those aspects are sympathetic (sextile and
trine) or unsympathetic (square and opposition).
-► EXAMPLE CHARTS
Assess the internal integration and harmony between the members o f each
sect.
c h a r t i: The diurnal sect is composed of the Sun, Jupiter, Saturn, and

Mercury. The Sun as the sect leader is co-present in the same zodiacal
sign as his sect mate, Mercury, sextile Jupiter, and trine to Saturn. They
are all configured to one another in a harmonious manner. The noc
turnal sect is composed of the Moon, Venus, and Mars. The Moon as
5 P t o l e m y , Tetrabiblos 1.7.
6 P o r ph y r y , Introduction 2.
SECT 79
sect leader is sextile to Venus, but in aversion to Mars; Venus and Mars
square one another. The Moon is disconnected from Mars, and Mars
and Venus have an antagonistic relationship. Clearly the diurnal team
has better internal organization and communication than does the noc
turnal team.
c h a r t ii: The nocturnal sect is composed of the Moon, Venus, Mars,
and Mercury. The Moon as sect leader has a sextile to Venus, but does
not aspect either Mercury or Mars. Mercury and Mars are trine and
thus have good communication. The diurnal sect is composed of the
Sun, Jupiter, and Saturn. The Sun as sect leader opposes his sect mates
Jupiter and Saturn and has an adversarial relationship with them. Both
sects have some internal cohesion amidst considerable problems in
connections and communications.
-> EXERCISE 3
Using your own chart, complete exerciser

Sect Determinations
8o CHAPTER 6
EXERCISE 3
SECT D ETERM IN A TIO N S
Using your own chart, answer the following questions in a notebook.
1. Where is the Sun in your chart? Is it above or below the horizon as marked
by the degrees of your a s c / d s c axis?
2. Is the sect o f your chart diurnal or nocturnal?
3. Does your tune o f birth correspond to day or night? Keep in mind the varia
tions of day and night due to the season of the year.
4. Based upon the sect o f your chart, which o f the two luminaries is your sect
leader, the Sun or Moon?
5. Do you feel more aligned to the solar/diurnal sect o f thought, or to the lunar/
nocturnal sect o f thought? When you seek to know and understand, is it
more fruitful for you to try to shed light upon the situation or to go deep
within to feel your way?
6. Is Mercury morning rising (before the Sun) or evening rising (after the Sun)?
7. Does Mercury belong to the diurnal or nocturnal sect in your chart?
8. List which planets belong to the diurnal sect and which belong to nocturnal
sect.
9. a d v a n c e d : Evaluate the internal cohesion and connection o f the planets in
each sect based upon the whole sign aspects between them.
10. Is one sect better integrated and more harmonious as a team than the other?
SECT 81
IN T E R P R E T A T IO N USIN G SECT C O N S ID E R A T IO N S
Sect was a very important factor in the interpretation of planets, as the sect of the
chart pointed to which set of planets, the diurnal or nocturnal, were predisposed
to having the potential to bring forth better outcomes in the life of the person.
The basic principle of interpretation using sect considerations is that planets
which belong to the same sect as the sect of the chart can bring about more
fortunate circumstances and final outcomes than those planets which belong to
the contrary sect. The planets of the contrary sect are limited or compromised in
their capacity to act in ways that consistently bring about lasting and favorable
results. And as with the other planetary conditions, these baseline judgments
can be modified and mitigated by other factors, which we will address in the
appropriate sections.
The first step in using sect considerations in interpretation is to identify the
sect of the chart as either a day or a night chart. The next step is to distinguish
which planets belong to the same sect as that of the chart and which planets be
long to the contrary sect. Finally, pay attention to the benefic planet of the same
sect as the chart, and even more so to the malefic planet of the contrary sect.
In a day chart, the Sun is the sect leader and along with its diurnal sect
mates, Jupiter, Saturn and a morning star Mercury, these planets belong to the
same sect as the chart. You may see this written variously as the ‘planets of the
sect in favor”, “planets of the sect”, or “planets in sect”. They operate with privi
lege, have the authority to pursue their agenda, and have the home advantage to
bring forth their most beneficial significations. The malefic qualities of Saturn
tend to be suppressed, turned away from the individual, or used to benefit the
native albeit at the cost of others.
In a diurnal chart, the nocturnal sect planets—Moon, Venus, Mars and an
evening star Mercury—are contrary to the sect (sometimes called “out of sect”).
They have less authority to pursue their agenda and in some instances their ac
tions do not result in favorable outcomes for the individual. They may struggle
to accomplish their matters. It may be the case that Venus’ benefic qualities are
somewhat lessened, while the aggressive qualities of Mars can become accen
tuated. Given additional factors, Mars can turn reckless or destructive in some
diurnal charts. Keep in mind that this is destructive in regards to ones own best
interests, not necessarily towards others.
Conversely, in a nocturnal chart, the Moon is the sect leader and along with
its sect mates Venus, Mars, and evening star Mercury. These planets belong to
the same sect as the sect of the chart. They are more well-disposed to pursue
their own agenda and actualize beneficial outcomes in accordance with their
natures for the individual.
82 CHA P T E R 6
In a nocturnal chart, the planets that belong to the diurnal sect—the Sun,
Jupiter, Saturn, and morning star Mercury—are contrary to the sect of the chart
(some say "out of sect”). They have less freedom and efficacy to do good for
the individual. Saturn can be particularly difficult in nocturnal births where its
qualities of negation, frustration, and denial are more emphasized. However, be
aware that there are a number of other factors which we will describe later that
can modify these statements from their baselines.
Imagine the government of a country that has two political parties. If one
party is in charge, those officials have greater authority and license to advo
cate for their platforms, which in theory are the policies that most benefit the
citizens. You might think that the planets that belong to the sect of the chart
function in a similar manner to the legislators who hold the majority in the
legislature and thus have a mandate to rule and implement their policies. In
actuality, the extent of the good that they can bring about corresponds to their
overall condition, which consists of a number of other factors.
Lest anyone get confused by the above example, the sect that is in charge is
not due to having more members, but whether they are members who belong to
the same sect as the sect of the chart.
Here are several examples illustrating how Hellenistic astrologers employed
sect considerations. In this first example, note how the same planet in the same
sign/house is interpreted in a very different way:
Saturn [...] posited in the fourth house will, if it holds this house by
day, make those greedy for money, and custodians of gold and silver.
But if it was in this sign/house by night, it dissipates the paternal in
heritance and will cause the quick death of the father.7
Mars there [in the 5th house] by night brings about the existence of
many good things, high repute and being honored by the populace
and [these natives] command kinsmen... But, if Mars is there by day,
it makes living abroad as a mercenary harmful and dangerous.8
The malefic planets Saturn and Mars, while still being true to their essential
natures, can operate in benefic ways if they belong to the same sect as the chart
but can be especially destructive if they are contrary to the sect of the chart. One
of Saturn’s natural significations is wealth, especially from land and buildings.
Since it is a diurnal planet, in a day chart it brings about accumulation or over-
7 Fir m ic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 33A.8, trans. Ho l d e n .

8 Rh e t o r iu s , Compendium 57.
SECT 83
sight of money, while in a night chart it can destroy either the inheritance from
the father, or the father himself (fourth house signification). Mars has to do with
leadership; as a nocturnal planet in a night chart, it works on behalf of the best
interests of the individual and can point to renown and honor, but in a day chart
accentuates its significations of danger and violence.
The interpretation of sect is even more influential when a planet holds a
prominent ruling position due to its location in the angular houses, in particular
the first or tenth houses. In these cases, the effects of its sect status, for better or
worse, are especially pronounced. The fourth-century Roman astrologer, Fir-
micus Maternus, instructs:
Take note also, if it is a diurnal nativity, where those stars are placed
that rejoice in diurnal genitures and where those are that rejoice in
nocturnal ones. For if the stars that rejoice by day hold the princi
pal places in a diurnal nativity and are found in the first angles, they
denote the greatest increases in good fortune. But if the stars that we
have said rejoice by night hold the principal places in a diurnal nativ
ity or possess the first angles of the nativity, they indicate unlimited
misfortunes with continual disasters.
We ought to observe this also in nocturnal genitures, but with a

changed order of power, for if in a nocturnal geniture the stars which
we have said rejoice by night possess the principal houses or the first
angles of the nativity, in a similar fashion they denote the greatest
increases of good fortune. But if in nocturnal nativities those that we
have said rejoice in diurnal association possess the principal hous
es or the first angles of the nativity, they make the whole adorn
ment of good fortune to be entangled with woeful occurrences of
misfortunes.9
In a day chart, when the diurnal planets are placed in the first or tenth hous
es, they bring about the greatest good fortune, but the nocturnal planets are
much more problematic. The reverse is true in night charts, where the nocturnal
planets in the first or tenth houses indicate great increase of fortune, but the
diurnal planets entangle one in misfortune.
Beyond different interpretations concerning how the planets operate in the
various houses, sect status helps the astrologer to identify which of the two ma
lefic planets in a given chart is the better advocate for the native’s best interests
and which is potentially the greater indicator of difficulties. Sect status helps the
astrologer to judge whether Mars or Saturn will act as “friend” or “foe”.
9 Fir m ic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.22.11-12, trans. Ho l den.

84 CHA P T E R 6
In the course of Valens’ discussion regarding the use of the triplicity lords of
the sect light in order to judge happiness and eminence in a person’s life, he tells
us to take note of the aspects made by Saturn and Mars to a planet in question,
and then to adjust our interpretation in accordance with the sect of the chart.
Pay attention to how problematic the malefic contrary to sect operates when it
is also square or opposed to a planet, and more so if that planet is a ruler of the
chart. But when a malefic belongs to the sect in favor and is in otherwise good
condition, it can be a "bestower of good”.
If, for example, Saturn is found in opposition or in square for night

births, it will bring about reversals, ruin, dangers, injuries, and dis
eases, as well as sluggishness in enterprises. For day births, Mars
causes hot, reckless men, precarious in their activities and in their
livelihoods. They experience imprisonment, trials, abuse, cuts, burns,
bleeding, and accidents/falls. But if these stars happen to be config
ured properly, in their own sects, they are actively positive. As a result,
these stars are not to be considered malefics in all cases; they can be
bestowers of good.10
Sect status helps the astrologer to distinguish which of the two malefic plan
ets, Saturn or Mars, is working for the individual and which can be the cause
of problems and setbacks. In a diurnal chart, Saturn can be a powerful ally, like
a bodyguard defending a person’s interests, and given certain other supportive
testimony, it has the capacity to bring forth its positive significations such as
wealth and land. But for diurnal births, Mars symbolizes the enemy provoking
attacks, and can lead to enmities, anger, violence, illness, and recklessness. By
contrast, in a nocturnal chart, Mars can act as a warrior fighting for you, and
can even point to leadership qualities; but Saturn by night can block success and
bring hardship, especially due to deprivation, denial, and rejection.
This rule holds true for the benefic planets as well, but to a somewhat lesser
extent. The nature of both Jupiter and Venus is to do good, bringing about fortu
nate outcomes. However, in diurnal charts Jupiter is positioned to do the greater
good, while Venus can be somewhat limited in her freedom to bring about her
best significations. Conversely, in night charts, it is Venus who has the potential
to bring about more good fortune, while Jupiter is more constrained. This is not
to say, for example, that a well-placed Venus in a day chart does not signify good
things happening to the individual, but the question arises as to whether these
pleasurable activities are in the person’s long-term best interests. For example:
SECT 85
being popular at school, with numerous dates, friends, parties, and admiration
may be good, but the excessive pursuit of these pleasurable activities can under
mine ones academic achievement.
At this point, the first-time student of Hellenistic astrology may begin to
worry if an important planet in their own chart, such as the Ascendant ruler,
belongs to the contrary sect. What does this mean? It may simply be that the
person has to work harder to bring about the things that the planet represents;
those things may not come as easily, they may encounter setbacks due to cir
cumstances, and consequently may have to develop more realistic expectations
of what is feasible. Keep in mind that sect status is only one of a number of other
considerations, and can be mitigated or counteracted by other factors that affect
the overall performance and judgment of a planets function.
In summary, when a planet belongs to the same sect as the chart, the benefic
planet of that sect increases in its overall benefic capacity to do good for the na
tive and the malefic planet of the sect decreases in its tendency to do bad. When
a planet belongs to the sect contrary to the sect of the chart, the benefic signifi
cations of the benefic planet are more constrained and the malefic significations
of the malefic planet are increased.
A few words need to be said here about whether the good were discussing
is for the native or for others. Antiochus explains that under certain circum
stances, Saturn “can benefit a native though by assigning an increase to them
to the detriment of another”.1’ The action of a malefic, while beneficial for the
individual may be seen and experienced as something bad by others. Victory
in a competition or war is good for the winners, who may not be good peo
ple, but bad for the losers who may not be bad people. This dichotomy raises
thorny ethical issues for the astrologer as advisor or for the lawyer as criminal
defender. Valens points out that malefic planets operate differently in the charts
of eminent people than for those having mediocre nativities. They can contrib
ute to success and reputation in great nativities, but may have dire consequences
for others.112
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
c h a r t i is a diurnal chart. Thus the Sun is the sect leader, and along
with its sect mates Jupiter, Saturn, and morning star Mercury, these
planets belong to the same sect as the sect of the chart and have great
er freedom to pursue their beneficial agendas for the individual. The
11 A n t i o c h u s , Summary 1.1.
86 C H APTER 6
Moon, Venus, and Mars are contrary to the sect of the chart. Saturn is
potentially the more sympathetic malefic, while Mars is the more prob
lematic malefic. Jupiter is the more helpful benefic, while Venus is lim
ited in its beneficial outcomes.
c h a r t ii is a nocturnal chart. Thus the Moon is the sect leader, and
along with its sect mates, Venus, Mars, and evening star Mercury, these
planets belong to the sect of the chart and have greater freedom to pur
sue their beneficial agendas for the individual. The Sun, Jupiter, and
Saturn are contrary to the sect of the chart and are more constrained in
their efforts to do good for the individual. Mars is potentially the more
sympathetic malefic, while Saturn is the more problematic malefic. Ve
nus is the more helpful benefic, while Jupiter is limited in its beneficial
outcomes.
Although we are not yet learning how to interpret houses according to tradi
tional guidelines, based upon your current analysis of birth charts, imagine how
in a day chart you might emphasize the more positive significations of Saturn’s
ranges of meanings relative to its house location, while considering the more
problematic meanings of Mars in its house location. And then do the reverse for
a night chart. For example:
By day, Saturn in the tenth—hard work leads to professional success; by
night, Saturn in the tenth—frustrations and delays in professional advancement.
By day, Mars in the sixth—conflict and aggression with co-employees lead
to being fired from a job; by night Mars in the sixth—a competitive and aggres
sive nature leads to having the best employee performance in ones job.
-> e x e r c is e 4
Using your own chart, complete exercise 4:

Identifying Benefics and Malefics by Sect
SECT 87
EX ERCISE 4
ID E N T IF Y IN G B E N E F IC S A N D M A L E F IC S B Y S E C T
Using a notebook, answer the following questions to identify which planets

belong to the same sect as the chart, and which planets belong to the con
trary sect.
1. What is the sect o f the chart?

2. Which planets are in the same sect as the sect o f the chart?
3. Which planets are in the contrary sect to the sect o f the chart?
W hat is the advantage o f planets belonging to the same sect as the chart?
Take a moment and reflect upon the placements o f Saturn and Mars in your
chart based only upon sect considerations. The malefic that belongs to the
same sect as the sect o f your chart works on your behalf. The malefic that
belongs to the contrary sect o f your chart presents the greater difficulties.
4. Which o f the two malefics is your friend?
5. Which o f the two malefics is your foe?
6. The benefic that belongs to the same sect as your chart is potentially the more
benefic o f the two.
7. Which o f the two benefics is potentially more helpful to you, Jupiter or Venus?
8. Think about which houses each benefic and malefic occupy in your chart.
9. Which house topic is potentially the source o f the greater good due to the pres
ence o f the benefic o f the sect?
10. Which house topic is potentially limited in the amount o f expected good due to
the presence o f the benefic contrary to sect?
11. Which house topic is potentially the source ofgreater problems due to the pres
ence o f the malefic o f the contrary sect?
12. Which house topic is potentially the source o f limited bad or even some good
due to the presence o f the malefic o f the sect?
So far, based upon sect considerations, we have determ ined w hether a chart
is diurnal or nocturnal, w hich planets belong to each sect, w hich sect or team
o f planets has the potential capacity for actions that are m ore fortunate for the
native, and in any given chart which o f the two benefic planets is m ore benefic
as well as w hich o f the two malefic planets is more malefic.
CHAPTER 7
Planetary Joys
AND SECT REJOICING
In diurnal births, the Sun, Saturn and Jupiter rejoice in masculine zo
diacal signs when they operate in good houses, and especially when
Saturn and Jupiter are rising in the morning. In nocturnal births, the
Moon, Mars, and Venus rejoice when rising in the evening and oc
cupying feminine zodiacal signs, the latter two stars having been sta
tioned as spear-bearing guards of the Moon. — p a u l u s .1
THE CONCEPT OF JOYS AND REJOICING ABOUNDS THROUGHOUT THE

traditional literature. Rejoicing comes from the Greek word chairó which can be
translated as “to take delight in”. When a person is happy, he or she tends to do
a better job in all their endeavors. In a similar way, when planets are located in
certain houses, hemispheres, zodiacal signs, and phases, they occupy environ
ments that are supportive of the expression of their basic natures. Consequently,
they take delight, are exceedingly happy, and are more likely to bring forth better
and more beneficial outcomes for the individual.
In assessing a planets capacity to bring about positive outcomes, the prima
ry sect consideration is whether or not it belongs to the sect of the chart. For a
more nuanced analysis of sect, there are several sect-rejoicing conditions that
fine-tune the understanding of how the planet functions, giving subtle detail to
the interpretation. While sect-rejoicing conditions are not as important as other
factors in the overall analysis of a planet, in some cases they can be a tie breaker
when trying to determine the planet that is in the best condition, a judgment
call used in the preliminary step of many procedures.
The main sect-rejoicing conditions are as follows:
1. Rejoicing by Hemisphere
2. Rejoicing by Zodiacal Sign
3. Rejoicing by Solar Phase
Pa u l u s , Introduction 6.
90 CHAPTER 7
R E J O IC IN G BY H E M IS P H E R E
By day, the diurnal planets rejoice when they are above the earth,
while the nocturnal planets rejoice when they are below the earth.
And again, by night, the nocturnal planets rejoice when they are
above the earth, while the diurnal planets rejoice when they are below
the earth. — r h e t o r i u s .1
Depending upon their sect, planets prefer being located in light or dark envi
ronments because these locations are more comfortable and aligned with their
essential natures. It is the Sun’s location in the chart that determines the hemi
spheres of day and night.
F IG U R E S 1 0 0 (1 1 · S EC T R E J O IC IN G BY H E M IS P H E R E !
D IU R N A L C H A R T S (L E F T ) N O C T U R N A L C H A R T S ( R IG H T )
Diurnal sect planets rejoice above the horizon (day) in diurnal charts.
Nocturnal sect planets rejoice above the horizon (night) in nocturnal charts.
The line of the horizon which separates the sky from the earth is the same as
the line that separates the two hemispheres of the chart into the day and night
sectors. This horizon line is represented by the exact degrees of the Ascendant/
Descendant axis in the birth chart. It divides the chart into an upper and lower
hemisphere. The hemisphere that contains the Sun is where it is day. The hemi
sphere that does not contain the Sun is where it is night. Depending upon the
time of birth, the Sun can be located either above or below the horizon and thus
the day hemisphere can be either above or below the horizon.
PLA NETAR Y JOYS 91
When the Sun is located above the horizon, the daytime is in the upper
hemisphere. This would correspond to a birth time of approximately 6am to
6pm, depending upon sunrise and sunset times in accordance with the seasons
and latitude. The day portion of the chart includes some of the degrees of the
first house that are above the a s c axis, the eleventh, tenth, ninth, and eighth
houses, and some degrees of the seventh house above the d s c axis. Night and
dark are below the horizon of this axis.
However, when the Sun is placed beneath the horizon in the lower hemi
sphere, the daytime part of the chart is likewise in the lower hemisphere and
covers some of the degrees of the first house below the a s c axis, the second,
third, fourth, fifth, and sixth houses, and some of the degrees of the seventh
house below the d s c axis. Night-time births correspond to birth times from
approximately 6pm to 6am. If this is confusing to you, imagine that someone
born at midnight would have the Sun located around the fourth house. If you
looked outside, it would be night in the sky above and daytime would be below
the earth on the other side of the world.
-> MAKE SURE YOU UNDERSTAND THIS CONCEPT PROPERLY

BEFORE PROCEEDING
When using the whole sign house system, parts of the first and seventh
houses are above the horizon and parts are below. In c h a r t i , the a s c
degree is 17° Scorpio 58'. The portion of the sign Scorpio that extends from
o° to 17° Scorpio 58' is above the horizon in the upper hemisphere, and the
part from 17° Scorpio 58' to 30° Scorpio is below the horizon. The same
applies for the seventh house, where part of the sign Taurus is above in the
upper hemisphere, and part is below in the lower hemisphere.
The diurnal sect planets rejoice when occupying the day hemisphere of the chart,
while the nocturnal sect planets rejoice when they occupy the night hemisphere
of the chart. Keep in mind that night is not necessarily the same hemisphere as
where the Moon is located, but rather the hemisphere where the Sun is not.
The diurnal planets—Jupiter, Saturn, and a morning star Mercury—rejoice
when they are in the same hemisphere as the Sun. The day-time environment is
more conducive to the expression of their significations. In a diurnal chart, this
is when they are above the horizon along with the Sun. In a nocturnal chart,
they want to be beneath the horizon, in the company of the Sun. Remember,
whichever hemisphere the Sun is in, that is where it is day and that can be either
above or below the horizon.
92 CHAPTER 7
The nocturnal planets are happier and feel more comfortable in their envi
ronment when they are placed in the dark, night-time hours of the chart. The
nocturnal planets—Moon, Venus, Mars, and an evening star Mercury—rejoice
when they are in the opposite hemisphere than the Sun. If the Sun is above the
horizon, the nocturnal planets want to be below in the lower hemisphere; but
if the Sun is below the horizon, the nocturnal planets want to be above, in the
upper hemisphere.
A common error here that many beginning students make is to think that
the nocturnal planets want to be with the Moon, but this is incorrect if the Moon
should happen to be in the same hemisphere as the Sun. Another error is that
the lower hemisphere is always the darker subjective realm of awareness—this is
not the case if the Sun is located there.
-► EXAMPLE CHARTS
Determine in which hemisphere each planet is located and thus whether

it rejoices by hemisphere. I f so, its condition is improved to bring forth
better outcomes. If not, it does not rejoice. But this does not mean that its
condition is worsened. It simply remains neutral.
c h a r t i is a d iu r n a l c h a r t . The upper hemisphere is where it

is day and the lower hemisphere is where it is night, t h e s u n always
rejoices by hemisphere as it defines the category, m a r s , a nocturnal
planet, does not rejoice in the upper day hemisphere, m e r c u r y , a
morning star diurnal planet, rejoices in the upper day hemisphere, v e -
n u s , a nocturnal planet, does not rejoice in the upper day hemisphere.
j u p i t e r , a diurnal planet, rejoices in the upper day hemisphere, t h e
m o o n , a nocturnal planet, rejoices in the lower hemisphere where it
is night. Sa t u r n , a diurnal planet, does not rejoice in the lower night
hemisphere.
a n a l y s is : Two o f the three diurnal planets (excluding the Sun), Mercury

and Jupiter, rejoice by hemisphere; one, Saturn, does not. Only one o f the
nocturnal planets, the Moon, rejoices by hemisphere; the other two, Mars
and Venus, do not.
c h a r t i i is a n o c t u r n a l c h a r t ; the lower hemisphere is where it

is day and the upper hemisphere is where it is night, m a r s , a nocturnal
planet, rejoices in the upper night hemisphere, j u p i t e r , a diurnal plan
et, does not rejoice in the upper night hemisphere, s a t u r n , a diurnal
planet, does not rejoice in the upper night hemisphere, t h e m o o n ,
a nocturnal planet, does not rejoice in the lower day hemisphere.
PLANETARY JOYS 93
m e r c u r y , an evening star nocturnal planet, does not rejoice in the

lower day hemisphere, t h e s u n defines the category, v e n u s , a noctur
nal planet, does not rejoice in the lower day hemisphere.
a n a l y s is : Only one planet in this chart, Mars, rejoices by hemisphere.
-> e x e r c is e 5
Using your own chart, complete exercises:
Sect-Rejoicing by Hemisphere
94 CHA P T E R 7
EXERCISE 5
S E C T -R E JO IC IN G BY H E M ISP H E R E
Using your own chart, answer the following questions to identify which
planets rejoice by hemisphere.
1. What is the sect o f your chart (diurnal or nocturnal)?

2. What hemisphere is the Sun located in, upper or lower?
This hemisphere is the d a y sector.
3. In your chart, is the upper hemisphere the day sector or the night sector?
4. In your chart, is the lower hemisphere the day sector or the night sector?
5. Jupiter is a diurnal planet. Is it located in the day hemisphere o f the chart
along with the Sun? If so, it rejoices. If it is located in the opposite hemi
sphere than the Sun, it does not rejoice.
6. Does Jupiter rejoice by hemisphere?
7. Saturn is a diurnal planet. Is it located in the day hemisphere o f the chart
along with the Sun? If so, it rejoices. If it is located in the opposite hemi
sphere than the Sun, it does not rejoice.
8. Does Saturn rejoice by hemisphere?
9. Does Mercury belong to the diurnal or nocturnal sect? If it belongs to the
diurnal sect and is located in the same hemisphere as the Sun, it rejoices. If
it belongs to the nocturnal sect and is located in the opposite hemisphere
than the Sun, it rejoices.
10. Does Mercury rejoice by hemisphere?
11. The Moon is a nocturnal planet. Is it located in the opposite hemisphere than
the Sun? If so, it rejoices. If it is located in the same hemisphere as the Sun,
it does not rejoice.
12. Does the Moon rejoice by hemisphere?
13. Venus is a nocturnal planet. Is it located in the opposite hemisphere than the
Sun? If so, it rejoices. If it is located in the same hemisphere as the Sun, it
does not rejoice.
14. Does Venus rejoice by hemisphere?
15. Mars is a nocturnal planet. Is it located in the opposite hemisphere than the
Sun? If so, it rejoices. If it is located in the same hemisphere as the Sun, it
does not rejoice.
16. Does Mars rejoice by hemisphere?
PLANETARY JOYS 95
1. Which diurnal planets rejoice by hemisphere?

2. Which nocturnal planets rejoice by hemisphere?
3. How do you think that location in the appropriate hemisphere by sect
enhances the beneficial expression of your planets’ behaviors?
4. How do you think that location in the contrary hemisphere by sect de
tracts from the beneficial expression of your planets’ behaviors?
R E JO IC IN G BY Z O D IA C A L SIG N
Again, in the same way they assigned six of the signs to the masculine
and diurnal nature and an equal number to the feminine and noctur
nal. — PTOLEMY?
F IG U R E 1 2 . S EC T R E J O IC IN G BY Z O D IA C A L S IG N
One way that zodiacal signs function is similar to filters that shape and color
the manner in which the planets express their significations. Like the planets,
the zodiacal signs are classified according to masculine and feminine gender.
The masculine energy of speed, action, and outer activity passes through Aries,
Gemini, Leo, Libra, Sagittarius, and Aquarius (the fire and air signs). The fem-
3 Pt o l em y , T e tra b ib lo s 1.12.
96 CHAPTER 7
inine energy of a more leisurely pace, receptivity, and inner reflection passes
through Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio, Capricorn, and Pisces (the earth and
water signs).
The diurnal planets rejoice in the active, diurnal, masculine signs and the
nocturnal planets rejoice in the more relaxed, nocturnal, feminine signs. Morn
ing star Mercury prefers the diurnal signs, while evening star Mercury prefers
the nocturnal signs.
The one inconsistency in this classification is Mars. In his discussion on
gender considerations, Rhetorius relates how Mars in masculine signs in the
charts of men makes men more manly,4 but sect considerations suggest that
Mars acts better when in the nocturnal signs. The Hellenistic astrologers them
selves seem conflicted on the Mars issue. Paulus affirms that nocturnal planets
rejoice in nocturnal feminine signs. However, Antiochus and Porphyry, while
affirming that diurnal planets rejoice in diurnal signs, were silent on the corol
lary of nocturnal planets rejoicing in nocturnal signs.
For now, let us deem that the diurnal planets rejoice in the masculine diur
nal signs and the nocturnal planets rejoice in the feminine nocturnal signs, and
suspend our judgment about Mars. Mars will continue to present problems. It
may be that Mars must be examined on a case-by-case basis.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
c h a r t i: The diurnal s u n rejoices in the diurnal masculine sign Leo.

Diurnal j u p it e r rejoices in the diurnal masculine sign Gemini. Diur
nal s a t u r n rejoices in the diurnal masculine sign Sagittarius. Diurnal
m e r c u r y rejoices in the diurnal masculine sign Leo. The nocturnal
m o o n does not rejoice in the diurnal masculine sign Aries. Nocturnal
v e n u s does not rejoice in the diurnal masculine sign Gemini. Noc
turnal m a r s rejoices in the nocturnal feminine sign Virgo by sect, but
not by gender. One might speculate that the warrior is not happy being
slowed down by thought and analysis, but his actions do have better
outcomes.
a n a l y s is : The diurnal planets all rejoice by zodiacal sign, but all the
nocturnal planets are uncomfortable in their signs, with the possible ex
ception o f Mars.
c h a r t ii: The diurnal s u n does not rejoice in the nocturnal feminine

sign Scorpio. Diurnal j u p i t e r does not rejoice in the nocturnal fem-
4 Rh e t o r i u s , Compendium i.i
PLANETARY JOYS 97
inine sign Taurus. Diurnal s a t u r n does not rejoice in the nocturnal

feminine sign Taurus. Nocturnal m e r c u r y rejoices in the nocturnal
feminine sign Scorpio. The nocturnal m o o n does not rejoice in the
diurnal masculine sign Sagittarius. Nocturnal v e n u s does not rejoice
in the diurnal masculine sign Libra. Nocturnal m a r s rejoices in the
nocturnal feminine sign Cancer by sect, but not by gender. One might
speculate that the warrior is not happy being overly concerned for his
prey, but his actions as protector of the vulnerable have better outcomes.
a n a l y s is :
The only planet that rejoices by zodiacal sign is Mercury. All
the others do not, with the possible exception o f Mars.
-> e x e r c is e 6

Rejoicing by Zodiacal Sign
98 CHAPTER 7
EXERCISE 6
R E JO IC IN G BY Z O D IA C A L S IG N
planets rejoice by zodiacal sign.
1. Is the diurnal sect Sun in a diurnal masculine sign?

Does it rejoice?
2. Is diurnal sect Jupiter in a diurnal masculine sign?
Does it rejoice?
3. Is diurnal sect Saturn in a diurnal masculine sign?
Does it rejoice?
4. If Mercury is in the diurnal sect, is it located in a diurnal masculine sign?
Does it rejoice?
5. If Mercury is in the nocturnal sect, is it located in a nocturnal feminine sign?
Does it rejoice?
6. Is the nocturnal sect Moon in a nocturnal feminine sign?
Does it rejoice?
7 Is nocturnal sect Venus in a nocturnal feminine sign?
Does it rejoice?
8. Is nocturnal sect Mars in a nocturnal feminine sign?
Does it rejoice?
1. Which diurnal sect planets rejoice by zodiacal sign?

2. Which nocturnal sect planets rejoice by zodiacal sign?
3. How many planets in your chart rejoice by zodiacal sign?
4. How do you think that the planets location in a zodiacal sign that is
harmonious with its sect affiliation enhances its beneficial expression
in your life?
5. If planets are located in zodiacal signs that are not harmonious with
their sect affiliation, do you have a sense of discomfort with the benefi
cial expression of that planets functions in your life?
PLANETARY JOYS 99
S E C T -R E JO IC IN G BY SO LA R PH A SE
The third means of sect-rejoicing is determined by a planets solar phase. As

mentioned before, when a planet rises in the morning before the Sun, it partakes
of the heat and vigor of day and becomes more masculine. It thus follows that
the diurnal planets—Saturn and Jupiter—rejoice when they are morning stars
preceding the Sun.
FIGU RE 13. R EJO IC IN G BY SOLAR PHASE
Jupiter and Saturn rejoice when they rise before the Sun.
Venus and Mars rejoice when they rise after the Sun.
Conversely, when a planet is immersed in the coolness, moisture, and rest of

evening, it is made more feminine. Therefore, following this reasoning, the noc
turnal planets—Moon, Venus and Mars—rejoice when they are evening stars
rising in the night sky after the Sun sets.
Mercury can rejoice either in the morning or in the evening, happily partak
ing of whichever environment its sect mates prefer.
However, Mars continues to give trouble. As a masculine gender planet, we
must ask to what extent Mars rejoices when it finds itself in feminine conditions.
Most of the astrologers, except Paulus, were silent on Mars rejoicing in the noc
turnal signs. And later in the tradition, contrary to the earlier guidelines, Rheto-
100 CHAPTER 7
rius states that Mars rejoices when it is a morning riser.5 There seems to have
been an understanding of how destructive Mars can become when overheated
and an attempt to manage and temper its bad behavior through aligning it with
the night energies. But Mars, if anything, is irascible and struggles against being
pigeon-holed and controlled.
The only planets that can be evaluated according to rejoicing by solar phase
are Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. This is because the Sun is the reference
point for this consideration; Mercurys sect is defined by its solar phase; and the
Moon does not revolve around the Sun, but rather the earth.
An early Hellenistic astrologer wrote that the Moon in a day chart rejoices
when it is waxing, but in a night chart rejoices when it is waning.6 We will look
at this more carefully in the chapter on solar and lunar phases.
To determine a planets solar phase, follow the general guidelines given for
Mercury rising ahead of the Sun in the morning, or appearing after the Sun in
the evening. It might be helpful to draw a line from the Sun to its opposition
point which is the dividing line between morning and evening rising, relative
to the Sun. Looking to the diurnal (clockwise) motion as a planet rises over the
a s c , culminates at the m c , sets at the d s c , and anti-culminates at the ic, you
can see if that planet has risen before the Sun or after the Sun.
The diurnal planets do better when they are of the morning, and the noc
turnal planets do better when they are of the evening. However, we are using the
word rejoice in this context in a general sense. As we will see later, “rejoicing by
solar phase as a morning or evening star” will have more strict parameters as a
certain segment of the morning or evening arc (from 15 to -120 degrees ahead
of or behind the Sun). But for now, let us keep it simple so you can practice rec
ognizing whether a planet is ahead of or behind the Sun in its diurnal clockwise
motion.
EXAMPLE CHARTS
c h a r t 1: Diurnal j u p it e r rejoices as a planet of the morning because

it is ahead of the Sun. Diurnal s a t u r n does not rejoice as a planet of
the morning because it is behind the Sun. Nocturnal v e n u s does not
rejoice as a planet of the morning because it is ahead of the Sun. Noc
turnal m a r s is an evening star. Does it rejoice rising behind the Sun?
a n a l y s is : Jupiter and Mars rejoice by solar phase, but Saturn and Venus
do not.
5 Rh e t o r iu s , Compendium 1.44.
6 Se r a pio , Definitions.
PLANETARY JOYS 101
char t ii: A line drawn from the Sun at 2° Scorpio goes to 2° Taurus.
Keeping the diurnal (clockwise) motion of the planets in mind, you can
see that both Jupiter and Saturn have risen before the Sun and thus are
of the morning. If the position of one of those planets had been at i°
Taurus or 250 Aries, it would have been of the evening. It is the axis of
the Sun and its opposite polarity point that demarcates the difference
between being ahead of the Sun (of the morning) and being behind the
Sun (of the evening).
Diurnal j u p i t e r is a planet of the morning and rejoices because it ris
es ahead of the Sun. Diurnal s a t u r n is a planet of the morning and
rejoices because it rises ahead of the Sun. Nocturnal v e n u s is a planet
of the morning and does not rejoice because it rises ahead of the Sun.
Nocturnal m a r s is a planet of the morning. Does it rejoice?
a n a l y s is : All the planets are of the morning, rising ahead o f the Sun.
However, the diurnal planets both rejoice in this condition by solar phase
while the nocturnal planets do not.
e x e r c is e 7
Rejoicing by Solar Phase
102 CHAPTER 7
EXERCISE 7
R E JO IC IN G BY SO L A R PH A SE
planets rejoice by solar phase.
1. 7s diurnal Jupiter a morning star rising ahead of the Sun? If so, it rejoices.
Does Jupiter rejoice according to solar phase?
2. 7s diurnal Saturn a morning star rising ahead of the Sun? If so, it rejoices.
Does Saturn rejoice according to solar phase?
3. 7s nocturnal Venus an evening star rising after the Sun? If so, it rejoices.
Does Venus rejoice by solar phase?
4. Is nocturnal Mars an evening star, rising after the Sun? If so, it rejoices.
Does Mars rejoice by solar phase?
5. If you have a diurnal chart, the Moon will rejoice if she is waxing, increasing
in light. Does the Moon rejoice by sect and phase?
6. If you have a nocturnal chart, the Moon will rejoice if she is waning, decreas
ing in light. Does the Moon rejoice by sect and phase?
We are not analyzing the Sun because the Sun determines the category. We are
not analyzing Mercury, because Mercurys solar phase determines its sect status.
1. Which diurnal sect planets rejoice by solar phase?

2. Which nocturnal sect planets rejoice by solar phase?
3. How many planets in your chart rejoice by solar phase?
4. Do you have a sense that the diurnal planets that rejoice as morning
stars take the lead in your life?
5. Do you have a sense that the nocturnal planets that rejoice as evening
stars bring up the rear in your life?
6. Do you experience more happiness or contentment in regards to the
significations of your planets that rejoice by solar phase?
PLANETARY JOYS 103
ADVANCED CONSIDERATIONS
Before we conclude this section, there is another important point to note. The
interpretive texts often delineate Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars using the qualifiers
by day or night, but when writing about Venus and Mercury, the terms used are
morning appearance or evening appearance, which James Holden, referring to
Latin Medieval astrological terminology, has translated as matutine (morning)
and vespertine (evening).
Because Venus can never be more than 48° away from the Sun, it is almost
always in the same hemisphere as the Sun and thus she rarely rejoices by hemi
sphere. This may contribute to the situation in which many people have prob
lems with their love lives. It is only when the Sun is close to the horizon (sunrise
or sunset birth times) that Venus has the possibility of rejoicing in the hemi
sphere opposite the Sun. The same is true for Mercury, who cannot be more
than 28° from the Sun—it will rarely be in the opposite hemisphere than the Sun
and so its solar phase is more relevant in sect-based interpretations.
For this reason, the ancient astrologers, when giving delineations of the
planets Venus and Mercury, often looked more to their solar phase to determine
how they might function. Therefore, since Venus and Mercury rarely rejoice by
hemisphere, their solar phase becomes a stronger factor in nuanced interpre
tations. However, in cases where they do rejoice by hemisphere, it is especially
noteworthy as this is not a common improvement of their condition.
As we shall see, there are many other factors that also have an influence on
our final judgment about the condition of a planet, but sect is the starting point
and baseline for many of the other modifications.
104 CHAPTER 7
SU M M ARY OF M A IN P O IN T S
C O N C E R N IN G SE C T AND S E C T -R E JO IC IN G
IF THE SUN IS ABOVE THE HORIZON:
The s e c t of the chart is diurnal.

The s u n is the sect leader.
The d iu r n a l p l a n e t s —Sun, Jupiter, Saturn, and a morning
star Mercury—belong to the same sect as the sect of the chart
(and the nocturnal planets are contrary to the sect of the chart).
The d iu r n a l pl a n e t s have more freedom to bring about
beneficial outcomes, and the n o c t u r n a l p l a n e t s are more
constrained.
j u p it e r is the greater benefic.
m a r s is the potentially more problematic malefic.
IF THE SUN IS BELOW THE HORIZON:
The s e c t of the chart is nocturnal.

The m o o n is the sect leader.
The n o c t u r n a l p l a n e t s —Moon, Venus, Mars, and eve
ning star Mercury—belong to the same sect as the sect of the
chart (and the diurnal planets are contrary to sect).
The n o c t u r n a l pl a n e t s have more freedom to bring about
beneficial outcomes, and the d iu r n a l pl a n e t s are more con
strained.
v e n u s is the greater benefic.
s a t u r n is the potentially more problematic malefic.
SECT-REJOICING CONDITIONS:
The d iu r n a l p l a n e t s rejoice when located in the same

hemisphere as the Sun, and the n o c t u r n a l p l a n e t s rejoice
when in the hemisphere opposite the Sun.
The d iu r n a l p l a n e t s rejoice in diurnal zodiacal signs-, the
n o c t u r n a l p l a n e t s rejoice in the nocturnal zodiacal signs.
The d iu r n a l pl a n e t s rejoice as morning stars ahead of the
Sun, and the n o c t u r n a l pl a n e t s rejoice as evening stars
following the Sun.
PLANETARY JOYS 105
JU D G IN G TH E N A TIV ITY
Let us now put all this information together in our master template. Focusing
only upon sect conditions at this point, we can begin our process of finding the
best planet in the chart as well as the planet that is most challenged. This will
become a critical factor later on when we begin to interpret the planets in the
houses in which they are located and the houses which they rule.
The most important part of this process is making the final judgment about
each planet. For me, initially this was very difficult because my training as a
modern astrologer stressed that nothing in the chart is bad. Planets in various
signs and houses described the wide range of ways that planets could potential
ly manifest equally well. But the traditional-minded astrologer must undo this
thinking pattern. It is necessary to stand back and be dispassionate about the
factors that make a planet function optimally, as opposed to those that put it at
a disadvantage in terms of its predisposition to bring about favorable outcomes
for the person.
And, in some fundamental way, if you cannot bring yourself to make these
judgments, it is pointless to continue with this way of evaluating a chart. But
keep in mind that the value here is in knowing when something is a problem,
and then presenting the information in a way that is helpful and guides the cli
ent toward solutions.
I will describe my own thinking about how to judge each planet to give you
an idea of how to proceed and what to look at. But in the end, each astrologer
must make his or her own judgments. While there are right and wrong deter
minations of the conditions, there are no absolute right or wrong evaluations by
astrologers concerning what these conditions mean. This is what separates the
art of astrology from the science of astrology.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
We will now tabulate all the determinations we have made about each
planets sect status and sect-rejoicing. Here we will see how much more
we can learn about each planet’s condition and ability to bring forth its
significations in positive ways for the individual. For each planet, we are
noting whether it belongs to the diurnal or nocturnal sect; to the same
sect of the chart or the contrary sect; if it is a benefic or malefic, and es
pecially if it is the benefic of the sect or the malefic contrary to the sect
of the chart; and whether it rejoices in each of the sect-rejoicing condi
tions. Then we will give it an evaluation based only upon sect criteria.
io6 CHAPTER 7
CHART I: DIURNAL SECT
Planet: Sect o f Same or Benefic/ Rejoice Rejoice Rejoice Judg-

sign and planet: contrary malefic by hemi by sign by solar ment
degree day or sect sphere phase
night
SUN Day Same n /a n /a Yes n /a A

5° Leo
JUPITER Day Same Benefic Yes Yes Yes A+

9° G em of sect
SATURN Day Same Malefic No Yes No B-

240 Sag Rx of sect
MERCURY Day Same n /a Yes Yes n /a A-

2° Leo
MOON Night C ontrary n /a Yes No No B-

25 0 A ries
VENUS Night C ontrary Benefic No No No c-

21° G em contrary
to sect
MARS Night C ontrary Malefic No Yes Yes c
14° Virgo contrary
to sect
In general, give a higher evaluation to the luminary, benefic, and other planets of
the sect in this order, with sect-rejoicing as a modifier.
In this diurnal chart, the s u n as sect leader belongs to the same sect as the sect
of the chart, the favored position. The only rejoicing condition that applies to it
is its zodiacal sign, as it rejoices in a masculine sign. I am giving the Sun an a .
j u p i t e r is the benefic of the sect in favor. It is the planet that has the free
dom and authority to do the best benefic work, and it rejoices in all three of its
sect-rejoicing conditions—hemisphere, zodiacal sign, and solar phase. I am giv
ing it an a + based only on sect conditions, but I am aware that it is in Gemini,
the sign of its detriment, so this may detract from its overall grade later on.
PLANETARY JOYS 107
Sa t u r n is a malefic, but in the same sect as the sect of the chart, so it is

positioned to do better than its baseline. But it only rejoices in its zodiacal sign,
not by hemisphere or phase, so it is not a very happy Saturn. I think it gets a B-.
m e r c u r y belongs to the sect of the chart and is thus positioned to do well.
As a diurnal planet, Mercury rejoices in the diurnal sign Leo. Its solar phase is
not applicable and its presence in the same hemisphere as the Sun is not unusu
al. I am going to give it an a -.
t h e m o o n , as the sect leader for the nocturnal planets, belongs to the con
trary sect and thus is more limited in her position to do her best for the indi
vidual. She rejoices by hemisphere, but not in the fiery masculine diurnal sign
of Aries. As a waning moon she does not rejoice in this day chart. I am giving
her a B-.
v e n u s is very challenged. Although a benefic by nature, she is a nocturnal
sect planet in a day chart and therefore does not belong to the sect of the chart.
She is not in a position to bring forth her full positive significations. And Ve
nus is quite unhappy, not rejoicing by hemisphere, sign, or phase. I am giving
her a c-.
m a r s , a member of the contrary sect of this day chart and thus the prob
lematic malefic, does not rejoice by hemisphere. He is an evening star in a femi
nine nocturnal sign, which makes us think he is not intrinsically happy, but the
outcomes of his actions will be better for the individual. The tempering of his
nature can lead to careful deliberation and restraint, rather than critical aggres
sion. So I am giving him a c and know to watch him carefully.
My final analysis is that the diurnal team that belongs to the privileged same
sect as this day chart is overall quite powerful, with the Sun as strong leader,
Jupiter as most favorable benefic, Mercury quite good, and Saturn the weakest
link, but still functional. All planets are well-aspected to the Sun by whole sign
aspects—Mercury conjoins, Jupiter sextiles, and Saturn trines the Sun. They are
well-connected and have internal cooperation as a team.
The nocturnal team, of the contrary sect, is definitely challenged. The Moon
as leader is middling; Venus occupies conditions that are totally unsuitable to
her nature, and it is hard to predict whether Mars malefic tendencies will be
let loose or tensely constrained. While the Moon has a sextile to Venus, she is
not connected to Mars, and Mars is square Venus. Thus there is some internal
disconnect and struggle among the nocturnal team members.
io8 CHAPTER 7
CHART II: NOCTURNAL SECT

sign and planet: contrary malefic by hemi by sign by solar nient
night
SUN Day Contrary n /a n /a No n /a c

3° Scorpio
JUPITER Day C ontrary Benefic No No Yes c+
230 Taurus
Rx
SATURN Day Contrary Malefic No No Yes c
9° Taurus contrary
Rx to sect
MERCURY Night Same Neutral No Yes n /a B
250 Scorpio
MOON Night Same n /a No No No C+
9° Sagit
tarius
VENUS Night Same Benefic No No No B-
5° Libra of sect
MARS Night Same Malefic Yes Yes No B-
130 Cancer
t h e s u n as leader of the diurnal sect in a nocturnal chart is not in the position

to do his best and he does not rejoice in the sign of Scorpio. I give the Sun a c.
j u p i t e r , while a benefic planet, does not have the position to bring about
the full measure of its beneficence in this nocturnal chart. It only rejoices by
solar phase, but not by hemisphere or zodiacal sign. Therefore I give it a c+.
s a t u r n , the malefic contrary to sect, with only one sect rejoicing condi
tion, presents a big problem to the individual. I give it a c.
m e r c u r y is a nocturnal planet in a nocturnal chart and thus belongs to the
sect of the chart. It rejoices in a nocturnal sign but not by hemisphere. I am go
ing to give it a b . I will wait until we complete the remaining sections on the cri
teria for evaluation in order to determine if it is operating as a benefic or malefic.
t h e m o o n is the sect leader in this nocturnal chart. However, she does
not rejoice in the same hemisphere as the Sun nor by zodiacal sign. As a waxing
moon she does not rejoice in this night chart. So I am giving her a c+.
PLANETARY JOYS 109
v e n u s , the more powerful benefic in this nocturnal chart, does not rejoice
by hemisphere, not by solar phase as a morning star, nor in the diurnal sign of
Libra. But I am giving her a B-, because she is the benefic of the sect in favor.
m a r s , the potentially helpful malefic of the sect of the chart, rejoices in the
hemisphere opposite that of the Sun, and also reluctantly rejoices in the noctur
nal sign of Cancer. Mars is a morning star, becoming more masculinized, but
also more aggressive. I am giving it a B-.
In the final analysis, the diurnal planets in this chart are contrary to the sect
of this night chart, so immediately some of their score, relative to their ability to
do good for the individual, drops down.
-> e x e r c is e 8
Final Judgments for Sect and Sect Rejoicing
110 CHAPTER 7
EXERCISE 8
FIN A L JU D G M EN T FOR SE C T AND SE C T -R E JO IC IN G
Using your own chart, complete the following exercise to form a final judg
ment for each planet based on sect factors.
This exercise integrates all the factors we have looked at so far. This enables us
to arrive at a judgment for each planet concerning its ability to bring forth ben
eficial outcomes for you based upon each planets sect status and sect-rejoicing.
sec t of c h a r t : (d iu r n a l / n o c t u r n a l )

sign and planet: contrary malefic by hemi by sign by solar ment:
night
SVN n /a n /a n /a
JUPITER
SATURN
M ERCURY n /a
M OON n /a
VE N U S
M ARS
P L A N E T A R Y JO Y S 111
l Sect o f the chart: enter d a y (diurnal) or n ig h t (nocturnal).

Diurnal is Sun above horizon as defined by degrees of a s c / d s c axis; noc
turnal is Sun below horizon).
2. Planet: enter the zodiacal sign and degree o f each planet.
3. Sect o f the planet: enter the sect of each planet— d a y (diurnal) or n i g h t
(nocturnal). This will always be the same for each planet, except M ercury
who will vary from chart to chart depending upon its solar phase (diurnal =
of the morning; nocturnal = of the evening).
4. Same sect or contrary sect: if the sect of the planet is the same as the sect o f
the chart, enter s a m e . If the sect o f the planet is different than the sect o f the
chart, enter c o n t r a r y .
5. Benefic or malefic: for Venus, Jupiter, Mars, and Saturn, enter whether the
planet is a b e n e f ic or m a l e f ic . This will be the same for every chart. Note
the planet that is the benefic of the sect and the planet that is the malefic con
trary to the sect.
You can make this evaluation for the Sun, Moon, and Mercury after you
have examined all of the other criteria.
6. Rejoice by hemisphere: if the planet rejoices by hemisphere (diurnal planets in
same hemisphere as Sun, nocturnal planets in opposite hemisphere than Sun),
enter y e s . Otherwise enter n o .
7 Rejoice by zodiacal sign: if the planet rejoices by zodiacal sign (diurnal planets
in diurnal fire/air signs, nocturnal planets in nocturnal earth/water signs),
enter y e s . Otherwise enter n o .
8. Rejoice by solar phase: if the planet rejoices by solar phase (diurnal planets o f
the morning, nocturnal planets of the evening) enter y e s . Otherwise enter n o .
9. Judgment: the most important criterion is whether or not the planet belongs
to the same sect as the sect o f the chart. This places it in a position to more
effectively bring about its benefic significations, whether it is a benefic planet
or a malefic planet.
If the planet is the benefic of the sect of the chart (Jupiter in a day chart,
Venus in a night chart), this enhances its benefic powers. If the planet is the
benefic of the contrary sect (Jupiter in a night chart, Venus in a day chart),
its benefic powers are limited (in accordance with its overall condition).
If the planet is the malefic of the sect of the chart, it can potentially use its
malefic nature on behalf of the best interests of the individual. If the planet
is the malefic of the contrary sect, it is more likely to use its malefic nature
to bring about outcomes that are not in the best interests of the individual.
The above factors establish the baseline. The three sect-rejoicing conditions
112 CH/XPTER 7
serve to bring the baseline of the planets condition slightly towards more
benefic or towards less benefic.
10. Grade: now come to a judgment for each planet. Beginners, look to the sect
status of the planet, identify the benefic of the sect and the malefic contrary to
the sect, and sect-rejoicing (ifyou feel comfortable with synthesizing these ad
ditional factors). Intermediates, integrate the sect-rejoicing conditions. Above
all, be sure to give each planet a grade—a , b , c , d , e , o r f with pluses or
minuses.
This is the art of judgment. Learning how to make this evaluation and feeling
confident about your process is the key to later easily and accurately interpreting
the planet in its house location. With practice, this process will get easier. Your
thinking and hence understanding of the chart will shift from fuzzy to clear.
You can change your mind about the grade later on after you have evaluated a
number of charts and you become more proficient in the process.
1. What is the sect of your chart?

2. Based upon the sect of your chart, which of the two luminaries is your
sect leader, the Sun or Moon?
3. Do you feel more aligned with the solar/diurnal sect of thought or with
the lunar/nocturnal sect of thought? When you seek to know and un
derstand, is it more fruitful for you to try to shed light upon the situa
tion or go deep within to feel your way?
4. Based upon the sect of your chart, which of the two benefic planets is
more of an ally? Think about how this planet, in accordance with its
sign, house, and overall condition, is predisposed to bring about the
most positive outcomes in your life.
5. Based upon the sect of your chart, which of the two malefic planets is
more of a problem? Think about how this planet, in accordance with
its sign, house, and overall condition, is predisposed to bring about the
greater difficult outcomes in your life.
6. Based upon sect-rejoicing conditions, which planets are the happiest?
Which planets are not happy? Think about whether your happy planets
belong to the sect of the chart or not. Are the activities of these planets
ultimately serving your best interests or not?
7. Based upon sect and sect-rejoicing conditions only, which planet is in
the best condition?
8. Based upon sect and sect-rejoicing conditions only, which planet is in
pl a n e t a r y jo y s
the worst condition?

9. Which sect’s planets, the day or night, are in overall better condition?
10. Do these planets belong to the same sect as your chart or not?
11. Do the planets that are predisposed to bring about more beneficial out
comes rejoice or not? What does this suggest to you in reflecting upon
your life?
12. Look back at your grading of each planet in case you now want to
change anything.
13. Write a sentence for each planet where you summarize its condition
based upon its sect and give your reasoning for the grade you assign
to it.
CHAPTER 8
Summary
AND SOURCE READINGS
THE ORIGINS OF ASTROLOGY WERE BASED UPON THE BELIEF THAT THE
planets were one of the visible manifestations of the gods and that each plan
ets significations corresponded to the attributes of the deity after whom it was
named. A planets basic nature is derived from its special essence in the cosmic
soul, and is the underlying principle that gives rise to all of its various significa
tions in human and terrestrial life.
Planets can be classified according to masculine and feminine g e n d e r ,

benefic and malefic n a t u r e , and diurnal and nocturnal s e c t . Gen
der shapes the relative speed and outward or inward orientation of
the planet. Essential benefic or malefic nature determines the base
line of actions that promote well-being or actions whose results are
self-destructive.
Planets that belong to the same s e c t as the chart are more effective
in bringing forth favorable outcomes in the life of the individual. The
b e n e f ic planet, Jupiter or Venus, that belongs to the sect of the chart
is best positioned to do the greater good. The malefic planet, Saturn or
Mars, of the contrary sect can present more difficult problems to the
individual.
The three s e c t - r e j o ic in g c o n d it io n s of hemisphere, zodiacal sign,

and phase give the subtle nuances to enhancing or constraining a plan
et’s activity. When planets occupy hemispheres, zodiacal signs, phase
relationships to the Sun, quadrants, and latitude directions that are
compatible with their inherent gender and sect status, they rejoice and
their events are more beneficial for the individual.
116 CHAPTER 8
Think about how much you have gleaned so far about the relative
strengths and weaknesses of each planet. You are now making your first
judgments about each planet and beginning to see which of the planets
is leading out front in the individuals journey to fulfill his or her destiny,
which planets are managing to keep up the pace, and which are falling
behind. Suspect that some of these initial judgments will undoubtedly
be modified with each additional category of criteria.
Looking ahead, after factoring in the zodiacal sign, solar and lunar
phase conditions, and aspect considerations, you will make a final judg
ment about each planet. Then you will be ready to interpret it in the
houses. By this time you will have a good sense of how positive or how
problematic the planet will be relative to the topic of the house in which
it is located, and the houses which it rules.
SUMMARY 117
PRIM ARY SOURCE READINGS

FOR PART ONE: PLANETS AND SECT
s i g n i f i c a t i o n s o f t h e pl a n e t s
Va l e n s Anthology 1.1: The Nature of the Stars.

Te u c e r The Nature and Force of the Seven Planets (c c a g 7, pp. 213-224:
translation by J. H o l d e n in R h e t o r i u s , Astrological Compendia).
A n t io c h u s Summary 1.1: The Seven Wandering Stars.
Pt o l e m y Tetrabiblos 1.4: The Power of the Wandering Stars.
Tetrabiblos 2.8: The Quality of the Predicted Event.
Po r ph y r y Introduction 2: Changes Produced by the Transfers o f the Sun,
Moon, and Stars.
Introduction 45: What Sort of Body Part Each Star Rules.
He ph a i s t io Apotelesmatics 1.2: The Power of the Seven Wandering Stars.
C L A S S IF IC A T IO N S OF TH E PLA N E TS
Pt o l e my Tetrabiblos 1.5: Beneficent and Maleficent Planets.

Tetrabiblos 1.6: Masculine and Feminine Planets.
Tetrabiblos 1.7: Diurnal and Nocturnal Planets.
Po r p h y r y Introduction 4: Diurnal and Nocturnal Stars.
Fi r m i c u s Mathesis 2.8: Stars that Rejoice by Day or Night.
Pa u l u s Introduction 6: The Sects o f the Two Luminaries.
He p h a i s t i o Apotelesmatics 1.2: The Power of the Seven Wandering Stars.
Rh e t o r i u s Compendium 1: Stars that Become Masculine and Feminine.
Compendium 2: The Sects o f Stars.
Compendium 44: W hen the Stars Rejoice.
PART TW O
S IG N S A N D R U L E R S H IP S
CHAPTER 9
The Zodiacal Signs
IN T H E HEAVENS
ON A SP IR IT U A L LEVEL THE PLANETS ARE THE VISUAL A PPEA R A N CES

of the gods. These divine emanations of the planetary gods take form in the
terrestrial realm as multiple physical manifestations in the mineral, vegetative,
animal, and human kingdoms. In the human personality, the planets symbolize
the active forces in the psyche that motivate a person towards his or her destina
tion and destiny. In the previous section, we explored how each planets gender,
benefic or malefic nature, and sect status indicates the extent to which the planet
is positioned to bring about this destiny in the best possible manner.
We now turn to a discussion of the twelve zodiacal signs, the next important
category in the assessment of a planet’s condition. The zodiacal signs represent
the celestial abodes of the planets. They shape the characteristics of the planets*
behaviors and appearances, the manner in which they bring their significations
about, the resources that they have available in order to accomplish their agen
da, and the special powers that are available to them when occupying certain
zodiacal signs.
Let us begin by saying a few words about the zodiac, which consists of a cir
cle of images of living beings in the sky. These images form the backdrop for the
movement of the planets as we gaze at them in the night sky. We will distinguish
between two different zodiacal systems—the sidereal and the tropical zodiacs.
T H E Z O D IA C A L C O N ST E L L A T IO N S
A ND Z O D IA C A L SIGNS
The zodiac is the fundamental frame of reference used by both astronom ers
and astrologers to locate the positions of planets in the starry heavens. Zodiac
comes from the Greek word zoidion (pl. zoidia) which means a small image of
122 CHAPTER 9
a living creature. The Greek names of the zodiacal constellations are Aries the
Ram, Taurus the Bull, Gemini the Twins, Cancer the Crab, Leo the Lion, Virgo
the Virgin, Libra the Scales, Scorpio the Scorpion, Sagittarius the Archer, Cap
ricorn the Ibex or Goat-Fish, Aquarius the Water-pourer, and Pisces the Fishes.
This twelve-fold zodiac, that is now the basis of both Western and Eastern
astrology, has its origins in the observations of Babylonian astronomers during
the second millennium b c e . Standing on Earth and looking outwards toward
the cosmos, the Sun appears to move along a path called the ecliptic. All the
planets and the Moon travel within a band that is approximately eight degrees
on either side of the Sun. As these early peoples observed the passage of the Sun,
Moon, and five visible planets across the night sky; these wandering celestial
bodies seemed to follow this path against the background of certain fixed stars.
The ancients imagined groupings of fixed stars to be similar to the shapes of an
imals or humans and designated them as the zodiacal constellations. An ancient
astronomer could then point to a planet such as Mars and say that it was in some
constellation such as the Bull or the Scorpion.
The Babylonians first gave the zodiacal and other extra-zodiacal constella
tions their names around 1300 b c e . Originally their zodiac consisted of eigh
teen constellations that marked the monthly passage of the Moon as recorded in
the eighth-century Mui Apin Star Catalog. During this same period in the Indus
Valley in India, Hindu astronomers had designated twenty-seven star groups
called nakshatras to mark the passage of the Moon. By the fifth century b c e the
Babylonians had scaled down their zodiac to twelve constellations that marked
the yearly passage of the Sun. While each of the twelve designated constellations
were not an equal length of thirty degrees each, the divisions were made as equal
thirty-degree segments in order to correspond to the twelve months of the year
of an already existing solar calendar.
In 336 b c e the Greek astronomer Eudoxus of Cnidus, a student of Plato’s,
wrote a handbook for a globe on which the constellations were mapped. He fol
lowed many Babylonian designations for the constellations, but changed their
names to Greek, following most of the conventions with a corresponding term.
The names of ten of the twelve Babylonian zodiacal constellations were simply
converted to the Greek equivalent of the same word, such as the Mastabbagalgal,
the Great Twins (Gemini), and the Urgula, the Lion (Leo).
S ID E R E A L A N D T R O P IC A L Z O D IA C S A N D P R E C E S S IO N
There are two different zodiacs in use—the sidereal zodiac and the tropical zo
diac. The frame of reference for the sidereal zodiac (sidereal means star) is the
THE ZODIACAL SIGNS 123
Suns apparent movement against the background of the constellations of fixed

stars, as discussed above. The frame of reference for the tropical zodiac is the
seasonal path of the Sun relative to the Earth.
As the Sun travels north and south of the equator during its annual journey,
its yearly course is marked by four critical turning points, known as the solstices
and equinoxes. Each of these turning points initiates one of the four seasons.
At the Winter Solstice, the Sun reaches its southernmost declination, where
daytime hours are shortest. It then moves in a northerly direction and the light
hours begin to increase. At the Spring Equinox, the Sun crosses the celestial
equator where day and night hours are equal. It reaches its northernmost dec
lination at the Summer Solstice, the longest day of the year. It then turns south
and crosses the celestial equator again at the Fall Equinox, equalizing day and
night. Now the night continues to increase until the Sun reaches the Winter
Solstice again.
This path of the Sun is divided into twelve equal thirty-degree segments of
zodiacal signs. The beginning of the seasons—Spring, Summer, Fall, and Win
ter, as marked by the equinoxes and solstices—correspond to the first degree
of Aries, Cancer, Libra, and Capricorn, respectively. The equal divisions of the
remaining signs complete the zodiacal circle.
Astronomers, Hindu Vedic astrologers, and some “western siderear astrol
ogers use the sidereal zodiac, while most western astrologers use the tropical
zodiac in order to denote the location of the planets. This has generated tre
mendous confusion among both astrologers and the non-astrological public,
resulting in a host of controversies due to the use of the same term to designate
different frames of reference.
These two different zodiacal locational systems were not much of a problem
when Hellenistic astrology was first being formulated in the early centuries of
our era. At that time, the zodiacal constellations were roughly aligned with the
seasonal zodiacal signs (see f ig u r e 14). Looking out from Earth, the Spring
Equinox point at o° Aries was approximately in the same line of vision as the
beginning of the constellation Aries. Valens and others noted that in their era
the Spring Equinox point was at 8° Aries.1 However, this is now much more of
a problem because the two zodiacs have separated over the intervening time
by about 240 (see f ig u r e 15). This is due to the astronomical phenomenon of
precession.
Va l e n s , Anthology 9.12p, trans. R i l e y .

124 CHAPTER 9
TRUE
FIG U R E 14. TR O P IC AL A N D SIDEREAL ZO D IA C S

CIRCA T H IR D CENTURY CE
THE ZODIACAL SIGNS 125
FIG U RE 15. E Q U IN O C T IA L PR EC ESSIO N

CIRCA 2 , 0 0 0 CE
126 CHAPTER 9
Precession is the slow wobbling movement that the earth makes on its axis
due to its tilt, like the spinning of a top (a child’s toy). As the earth makes this
slow turning movement, its axis traces a circle in the sky that takes 26,000 years
to complete. As it does so, its alignment against the relatively fixed sidereal
frame shifts backwards through the zodiac at the rate of one degree for every
seventy-two years. The two zodiacs that were aligned in the second century will
not realign now for another 24,000 years. The Spring Equinox point of the trop
ical zodiac (o° Aries) is now located at 6° Pisces in the sidereal zodiac. In 2016,
tropical astrologers locate Saturn in Sagittarius, but in the night sky it is in the
sidereal constellation of Scorpio.
W H IC H Z O D IA C TO USE?
In examining the descriptions of the characteristics of the zodiacal signs, we will

discover that historically both zodiacs contributed significations that we contin
ue to associate with the nature of each sign. Certain attributes are drawn from
the sidereal constellation images that are representative of their corresponding
animal behaviors, and other attributes are drawn from the tropical characteris
tics based upon the qualities of air and light in the various seasons.
The sidereal zodiac speaks to our relationship to the many distant stars in
our galaxy, some of which no longer exist, even though we still see their light.
Thus it may address more transpersonal perspectives about the nature of the
soul’s consciousness, its development over long expanses of time, and our rela
tionship to a galactic awareness.
The tropical zodiac addresses our relationship to our own nearby star, the
Sun. As the center of our solar system, it regulates both the day and night cycle
as well as the seasonal cycle. Its significance is directed more to the personal and
immediate issues of this particular life.
Both systems offer valid and worthwhile perspectives. Each system has an
internal integrity that when used in a consistent manner, brings forth accurate
insights into character and destiny. In the remainder of this book, we will be
using the tropical zodiac for our frame of reference in order to locate a planet’s
position. This is the system that most western astrologers, both traditional and
modern, have followed since about the fourth century c e .
CHAPTER 10
Fundions and Classifications

OF THE ZODIACAL SIGNS
THE ZODIACAL SIGNS SERVE THREE PRIMARY FUNCTIONS IN THE OVERALL

structure and internal integrity of the birth chart:
1. as images that shape behaviors and physical characteristics

2. as configurations which act as a network of familial relationships
3. as residences which provide resources and powers
The broad brushstrokes of this organization reflect in part the social cus
toms of the Hellenistic world, where there were clear rules and distinctions es
tablishing ones position in the network of alliances and enmities and the vari
ous ways in which wealth, resources, and power were distributed.
Hellenistic astrologers often used two Greek words, zoidion and oikos, when
writing about the zodiacal signs. Zoidion means a small image of a living thing,
and oikos means a home or dwelling place. These two notions about the zodiacal
signs can be traced back to the second millennium b c e Babylonian creation
myth, the Enuma Elislv.
He [Marduk] constructed stations for the great gods,

Fixing their astral likenesses (images) as the stars of the Zodiac.
He determined the year and into sections he divided it;
He set up three constellations for each of the twelve months.1
This verse suggests that the images of the constellations were set up as the
dwelling places for the planetary gods, and these stellar images marked each
segment of the twelve-month year.
Enuma Elish v. 1-4. Translation by E. A. Sp e is e r in Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to

the Old Testament, 3rd edition, edited by James P r it c h a r d (Princeton, 1969).
128 C H A PT E R 10
ZODIACAL SIGNS AS IMAGES
The ancients divided the zodiac into twelve sections, attributing a

name to each from the smaller living beings upon the earth that are
for the most part sympathetic and placing their images in the stars as
constellations in these regions as it was approved. — h e p h a i s t i o .2
The earliest comprehensive source of the zodiacal signs is found in the writings
of Teucer of Babylon, which date to around the first century c e .3 The form and
content of the descriptions of the zodiacal signs remained relatively consistent
from the Hellenistic through to the Arabic, Medieval, and Renaissance texts. To
get a sense of how ancient astrologers understood the zodiacal signs, here is a
detailed explication of the entry on Aries.
TEUCER OF BABYLON ON ARIES “THE RAM”
Teucer begins by listing various characteristics and categories of the signs such
as gender, modality, appearance, animal attributes, and general behavior traits:
It is masculine, tropical, spring, equinoctial, ascending, four-footed,

lives on dry land, royal, barren, changeable, high-spirited, fiery, m id
heaven o f the cosmos, rising and falling, terminal, licentious, ardent,
mutilated, fleshy, weak-eyed, servile, semi-vocal, unruly, authorita
tive, looking towards the southeast.
He then describes Aries in terms of the rulership, as well as detriment and

fall, of various planets in accordance with systems of domicile, exaltation, and
triplicity rulers:
2 Apotelesmatics i.i.
3 This excerpt (edited in the ccag 7, pp. 194-96) is a translation from a compilation made
by Rh e t o r iu s o f Eg y pt around the late sixth century. He drew primarily upon the
work of the first-century astrologer, Te u c e r o f Ba b y l o n (i.e., the city Babylon in Egypt,
not Mesopotamia), who was a principal source on the zodiacal signs and planets for
other astrologers as well, including Va l e n s (Anthology 1.2). Teucers account includes the
mention of a number of “non-standard” constellations called the dodekaoros, which may
be Egyptian constellations as some of the images and names correlate to Egyptian deities.
Rhetorius’ text also draws from the writings of Claudius Pt o l e m y , and thus is represen
tative of the accumulated understanding of his day regarding the nature of the zodiacal
signs. An English translation of Rhetorius’ text of Teucer for all of the twelve zodiacal
signs is contained in R h e t o r iu s ’ Compendia, translated by James Holden. M a n il iu s
(Astronomica 2.150-692), Pa u l u s o f A l e x a n d r ia (Introduction 2), and H e p h a is t io
o f T h e b e s (Apotelesmatics 1.1) also contain entries detailing the twelve zodiacal signs.
FUNCTIONS AND CLASSIFICATIONS OF THE SIGNS 129
It has thirty degrees, a degree contains sixty minutes, and the first
minute contains sixty seconds, and so on. It is the domicile of Mars,
the exaltation of the Sun around the nineteenth degree, the fall of Sat
urn around the twenty-first degree, the triplicity by day of the Sun,
by night of Jupiter, and common to both [sects] of Saturn, and the
detriment of Venus.
Teucer designates the three decans of the zodiacal sign and the other con
stellations that rise along with that of Aries:
It has three decans. These stars rise alongside the first decan: Athene,
the tail of Cetus, a third of Triangulum, the Cynocephalus bearing
the lamp and the head of Ailouros of the dôdekaôros. The stars that
rise with the second decan are Andromeda, the middle of Cetus, the
Gorgon and the sword of Perseus, half of Triangulum, and the middle
of Ailouros of the dôdekaôros. The stars that rise with the third decan
are Cassiopeia sitting upon her throne, Perseus with his head down
ward, the head of Cetus, the remainder of Triangulum, and the tail of
Ailouros of the dôdekaôros.
In this next paragraph, each of the three decans is correlated to a planet

that was thought to have influence over that ten-degree sector. Each decan was
said to have the “face” or countenance of a certain planet that reflects the earlier
Egyptian depictions of the decans as the images of various deities:
The first decan has the countenance of Mars, the second of the Sun,
and the third of Venus.
Teucer then gives us the degree intervals or boundaries within the zodiacal
sign that are each governed by a different planetary bound lord:
And it has the bounds/terms of the five planets: from the first to the
sixth [degree], Jupiter, from the seventh to the twelfth, Venus, from
the thirteenth to the twentieth, Mercury, from the twenty-first to the
twenty-fifth, Mars, and from the twenty-sixth to the thirtieth, Saturn.
He gives us the climes, the geographical areas that are under the dominion
of Aries, as well as ailments, body parts, and letters of the alphabet:
The climes that are subject to this zodiacal sign are Persia, according
to Ptolemy, Britain, Galatia, Germany, Palestine, Idoumea, and Judea.
The parts of the body it rules are the head, face, all of the conditions
and mishaps that occur around the head, weak sight, paralysis, hard-
130 C H A PTER 10
ness of hearing, blindness, scaly skin, canker sores, thinning of hair,

baldness, mental stupor, wounds, and the usual things concerning the
hearing and the teeth. It rules the letters alpha and nu.
Teucer describes the various parts of the Rams body that rise successively
and links each part to specific degrees of the sign:
There arises from the first to the third the boundary of the sign, from
the third to the seventh the head, from the eighth to the tenth the
neck, from the eleventh to the thirteenth the chest, from the four
teenth to the eighteenth the waist, from the nineteenth to the twen
ty-first the hips, from the twenty-second to the twenty-fourth the
back, from the twenty-fifth to the twenty-seventh the tail, and from
the twenty-eighth to the thirtieth the feet.
Teucer concludes this section with a description of the physical appearance

of a native who is born when Aries is rising or if the sign contains the Moon:
It denotes in the appearance a long nose, black eyes, bald forehead,

stately, slight build, good-natured disposition, thin legs, pleasant
voice, and those who are generous.
Finally, he gives more specific details about a natives fate and destiny in
regards to each of the three decans in the sign:
And those born in the first decan are practical, ruling. They abandon
or flee from their homeland, pass through much land and sea, are
admired in foreign lands, going back and forth over time, and have
injured many. There is not a good death for the father and his pat
rimony vanishes. They cast out their brothers. The secret places of
the body will be diminished. Those born in the second decan will be
wealthy, but continually experience sorrows and losses and the recov
ery of their possessions. Those born in the third decan suffer many
things, partaking of dangers or imprisonment. Due to hatreds, they
are dismissed in youth from their own family and return later, but
are separated again. And for the most part, they do not bear children.
C H A R A C T E R IS T IC S OF TH E TW ELVE
ZO D IA CA L SIGNS
In looking closely at the descriptions of the twelve zodiacal signs contained in

the writings of the Hellenistic authors, we see that the characteristics of the signs
are classified according to certain general categories. Some of the characteristics
pertain to the descriptions of the living creatures—their appearances, behaviors,
and environment:
1. Environment: terrestrial or celestial

2. Nature and appearance: human, beastly, winged, amphibious, scaly,
four-footed
3. Physical appearance of humans based on Ascendant sign or Moon sign
4. Human personality traits, behaviors, body parts, illnesses, and fate
Other categories classify the zodiacal signs according to fundamental astro

logical doctrines:
5. Sect as diurnal or nocturnal

6. Gender as masculine or feminine
7. Modality (quadruplicity) as tropical, solid, or double-bodied (cardinal,
fixed, or mutable)
8. Element (triplicity) as fire, earth, air, or water
9. Rulership as the domicile and detriment, exaltation and fall, triplicity,
bounds, and decans of various planets
The zodiacal signs also gave indications to meteorological, mundane, and

other correspondences:
10. Season of the year

11. Wind directions
12. Weather conditions
13. Names of fixed stars that are part of the constellation and the extra-zo
diacal stars and constellations that rise, culminate, or set at the same
time as the zodiacal constellation rise
14. Climes—geographical zones and countries
15. Letters of the alphabet
132 CHAPTER 10
There are also a number of additional categories mentioned by the Helle

nistic astrologers.
He [Antiochus] makes distinctions about the zodiacal signs, which

are tropical and which are double-bodied and which are solid, which
have superfluous limbs and which aie human in shape, which are mu
tilated and which are hairy, which incline towards sexual intercourse
and are productive of sperm and offspring and which are unfruitful,
which are vocal and which are mute, which are masculine and which
are feminine, and that the masculine zodiacal signs are of the solar
sect while the feminine are of the lunar sect.··
Drawing from the works of a number of Hellenistic astrologers, a sampling

of the characteristics of the twelve zodiacal signs has been assembled in the fol
lowing table, classified by certain general categories. Keep in mind that in some
instances the assignment of certain characteristics to a zodiacal sign may vary
from one author to another. The categories of weather, paran constellations, de
can interpretations, and geography are omitted in the following table. At some
point in your studies, you will want to read the full entries for all the signs in the
primary source texts.
4 An t io c h u s , Su m m a ry 2.
Table 10. C haracteristics o f the Zodiacal Signs
ARIES THE RAM T
Astronomical Northern · Commanding · Short Ascension · Crooked

features
Characteristics Bestial · Quadrupedal · Terrestrial · Unprolific · Semi-vocal

Single · Free · Licentious · Lewd · Mutilated · Violent
Places/Winds Persia · (South) East Wind
Classifications Masculine · Diurnal · Tropical · Spring · Equinoctial · Fiery
Rulerships d o m ic il e Mars · d e t r i m e n t Venus

e x a l t a t io n Sun (19°) · f a l l Saturn (20°)
TRIPLICITY
Sun ( d ) · Jupiter ( n )
BOUNDS
Jupiter 1-6° · Venus 7-12° · Mercury 13-20°
Mars 21-25° ’ Saturn 26-30°
DECANS
Mars · Sun · Venus
Parts of cosmos/ Head o f the cosmos and cause o f rank

Human body/ Head and Face
Illnesses Headaches, weak-sight, apoplexy, deafness, blindness, leprosy,
scurvy, baldness, unconsciousness, wounds, maladies o f hearing
and teeth
Personality traits Bright, notable, just, bold, authoritative, braggarts, great-souled,

[mostly Valens] inconstant, haughty, threatening, quickly changing, well-off,
unruly, irascible, kingly
Physical Flushed-face, long-nosed, black-eyed, bald forehead, dignified,

appearance slim, shapely, skinny legged, pleasant voice, magnanimous
(a s c or Moon)
[Teucer]
134 CHAPTER 10
TAURUS THE BULL b

features
Characteristics Bestial · Quadrupedal · Terrestrial · Unprolific · Semi-vocal

Single · Servile · Licentious · Lewd · Broken · Violent
Places/Winds Babylon · South Wind
Classifications Feminine · Nocturnal · Solid · Spring · Earthy
Rulerships d o m ic il e Venus · d e t r im e n t Mars

e x a l t a t io n Moon (3°) · f a l l none
TRIPLICITY
Venus ( d ) · Moon ( n )
BOUNDS
Venus 1-80 · Mercury 9-14° · Jupiter 13-22°
Saturn 23-27° · Mars 28-30°
DECANS
Mercury · Moon · Saturn
Parts of cosmos/ Wealth-bringing [house] of the cosmos (Taurus on the n th in the

Human body/ thema niundi)
Illnesses Neck, sinews o f neck, tendons, gullet
Swelling o f glands o f neck, suffocation and nostrils, injury and
diseases o f eyes, skin eruptions
Personality traits Good, versed in a handicraft, hard-working, good at preserving

[mostly Valens] things, pleasure-loving, music-loving, husbandmen, planters,
builders, industrious, noble, indicative for estates and possessions,
agricultural
Physical Fuller in color, large mouth, sharp-haired, heavy-spirited, turned

appearance out o f houses
(a s c or Moon)
[Teucer]
G E M IN I TH E TW IN S fl

features
Characteristics Human · Rational · Winged · Barren · Vocal/Euphonious

Whole · Dual · Free
Places/Winds Cappadocia · (South)West Wind
Classifications Masculine · Diurnal · Bi-corporeal · Spring · Airy
Rulerships d o m i c i l e Mercury · d e t r i m e n t Jupiter

e x a l t a t i o n none · f a l l none
TRIPLICITY
Saturn ( d ) · Mercury ( n )
bounds
Mercury 1-6 ° · Jupiter 7 -12° · Venus 13-17°
Mars 18-24° ’ Saturn 23-30°
DECANS
Jupiter · Mars · Sun
Parts o f cosmos/ 12th house o f the cosmos

Hum an body/ Shoulders, arms, hands, fingers
Illnesses [No illnesses listed by Teucer or Valens]
Personality traits Articulate, fo n d o f discourse, those who work with letters and
[mostly Valens] education, poetic, lovers o f music, teachers o f voice, interpreters,
aptitude fo r commerce, critics o f good and bad, initiates in occult
matters, versed in business, wealthy
Physical Swarthy, heavy beards, meeting eyebrows, bald foreheads, swift in

appearance walk
( a s c or Moon)
[Teucer]
136 CHAPTER 10
CANCER THE CRAB Q?
Astronomical Northern · Commanding · Long Ascension · Straight

features
Characteristics Bestial · Amphibious · Fertile · Mute · Single · Servile · Rough

skinned · Broken
Places/Winds Armenia · North Wind
Classifications Feminine · Nocturnal · Tropical · Solstitial · Summery · Watery
Rulerships d o m ic il e Moon · d e t r i m e n t Saturn

e x a l t a t io n Jupiter (15°) · f a l l Mars (28°)
TRIPLICITY
Venus ( d ) · Mars ( n )
BOUNDS
Mars 1-7° · Venus 8-13° · Mercury 14-19°
Jupiter 20-25° · Saturn 26-30°
DECANS
Venus · Mercury · Moon
Parts of cosmos/ Ascendant o f the cosmos, breast and ribs o f cosmos

Hum an body/ Chest, stomach, breasts, heart, spleen, hidden places
Illnesses Lichen-like skin patches, leprosy, apoplexy, dropsy, hunch-back,
moles
Personality traits Digging, fo n d o f repute, popular, changeable, theatrical, cheerful,

[mostly Valens] fo n d o f pleasure and entertaining, inconstant in knowledge, w an
dering and sojourning abroad
Physical Dark complexion, small-necked, chesty, bow-legged or moving

appearance sideways in walk, well-formed, the extravagances o f others
( a s c or M oon)
[Teucer]
LEO TH E LION

features
Characteristics Bestial · Quadrupedal · Terrestrial · Semi-vocal · Barren · Single ·

Free · Lewd · Broken
Places/Winds Asia · East Wind
Classifications Masculine · Diurnal · Solid · Summery · Fiery
Rulerships d o m ic il e Sun · d e t r i m e n t Saturn

e x a l t a t io nnone · f a l l none
TRIPLICITY
BOUNDS
Jupiter i-6° · Venus 7-11° · Saturn 12-18°
Mercury 19-24° · Mars 25-30°
DECANS
Saturn · Jupiter · Mars
Parts of cosmos/ Heart o f the cosmos

Human body/ Heart and places around it, ribs, sinews, bones, hips, heart,
Illnesses eyesight, manliness
Personality traits Well-tempered, intellectual, notable, good, unchangeable, just,

[mostly Valens] hating work, insubordinate, despising flattery, puffed-up with
intentions, beneficent, possibly tyrannical or kingly, imperious,
irascible
Physical Pale complexion, maimed, very sharp-eyed, big-mouthed, thin-set

appearance teeth, fine neck, short nose, broad-chested, flat-bellied, slim below,
( a s c or Moon) fine-boned, deep-voiced, hard-reared
[Teucer]
138 CHAPTER 10
VIRGO THE VIRGIN Ity

features
Characteristics Human · Rational · Winged · Vocal · Barren · Dual · Free ·

Rough-skinned
Placcs/Winds Greece and Ionia · South(west) Wind
Classifications Feminine · Nocturnal · Bi-corporeal · Summery · Earthy
Rulerships d o m ic il e Mercury · d e t r im e n t Jupiter

e x a l t a t io n Mercury (15°) · f a l l Venus (27°)
TRIPLICITY
BOUNDS
Mercury 1-7° · Venus 8-17° · Jupiter 18-21°
Mars 22-28° · Saturn 29-30°
DECANS
Sun · Venus · Mercury
Parts of cosmos/ Cadent of the cosmos, southwest

Human body/ Belly, entrails, hidden parts, loins, upper intestines, insides
Illnesses
Personality traits Fastidious, Set in the shape of justice, Industrious, Practices
[mostly Valens] a handicraft, Concerned with Body, Mystical. Good, modest,
involved with the mysteries, full o f care, managers o f properties
o f others, faithful, good at domestic affairs, writers, those who
are supported by speeches and calculations, initiates into occult
matters
Physical Good complexion, shapely, easy to deal with, cheerful, kindly

appearance
(a s c or Moon)
[Teucer]
LIBRA THE SCALES Q
Astronomical Southern - Obeying · Long Ascension · Straight

features
Characteristics Human · Vocal · Unprolific · Single · Servile · Whole · Violent ·

Lecherous
Places/Winds Libya & Cyrene, West Wind; Southwest Wind
Classifications Masculine · Diurnal · Tropical · Equinoctial · Autum nal · Airy
Rulerships d o m ic il e Venus · d e t r i m e n t Mars

e x a l t a t io n Saturn (20o) · f a l l Sun (19o)
TRIPLICITY
bounds
Saturn 1-6° · Mercury 7-14° · Jupiter 15-21°
Venus 22-28° · Mars 29-30°
DECANS
Moon · Saturn · Jupiter
Parts of cosmos/ Subterranean zóidion o f the cosmos

Human body/ Hips, buttocks, groin, colon, hind parts, bladder
Illnesses
Personality traits Good and just, though malicious; desirous o f the goods o f others,
[mostly Valens] lose what first acquire, ups and downs, live irregularly, oversee
balances, measures and weights or supplies
Physical Temperate persons, black-eyed, beautiful hair, patient and ju st

appearance
(a s c or Moon)
[Teucer]
140 CHAPTER 10
SCORPIO THE SCORPION Hl
Astronomical Southern · Obeying · Long Ascension · Straight

features
Characteristics Bestial · Terrestrial · Scaly · Fertile · Mute · Single · Servile · Bro

ken · Violent · Humped · Cause o f foul smells
Places/Winds Italy, North Wind
Classifications Feminine · Nocturnal · Autum nal · Solid · Watery
Rulerships d o m ic il e Mars · d e t r i m e n t Venus

e x a l t a t io n none - f a l l Moon (3°)
TRIPLICITY
BOUNDS
Mars 1-7° · Venus 8-110 · Mercury 12-19°
Jupiter 20-24° · Saturn 25-30°
DECANS
Mars · Sun · Venus
Parts of cosmos/ Fifth house o f cosmos

Human body/ Genitals, Bladder, Groin, Buttocks
Illnesses Dimness o f vision, weakness o f sight, kidney stones, hemorrhage,
strangury, tumors, tumors in throat, unspeakable vice, sexual
promiscuity, fistulas, cancer
Personality traits Treacherous, knavish, rapacious, murderous, traitorous, liable to

[mostly Valens] theft, secret plotters, thieves, perjured, covetous, privy to m ur
der, sorcery, malicious doings, haters o f own families, piercing,
cunning, irascible
Physical Dark complexion, dark eyes, austere, kinky-haired, weak-voiced,

appearance courageous, swift, disdainful
(a s c or Moon)
[Teucer]
SAGITTARIUS THE a r c h e r /
Astronomical Southern · Obeying · Long Ascension · Straight

features
Characteristics Terrestrial · Winged · Human & Bestial · Quadrupedal (2nd half)

• Vocal (1st half) · Semi-vocal (2nd half) · Unprolific · Dual · Free
(Broken) · Enigmatical · Sinewy
Places/Winds Cilicia & Crete, East Wind
Classifications Masculine · Diurnal · Bi-corporeal · A utum nal · Fiery
Rulerships d o m ic il e Jupiter · d e t r i m e n t Mercury

e x a l t a t io n none · f a l l none
TRIPLICITY
BOUNDS
Jupiter 1-120 · Venus 13-17° · Mercury 18-21°
Saturn 22-26° · Mars 27-30°
DECANS
Mercury · Moon · Saturn
Parts of cosmos/ Cadent o f the cosmos and house o f slaves

Human body/ Thighs, groin
Illnesses Superfluous limbs, birthmarks, bald, weak sight, epileptics, pain
in eyes, maimed by a barb, falling from heights, danger from
quadrupeds, loss o f limbs or injury by wild beasts
Personality traits Good, just, great-souled, critical, generous, fo n d o f brothers and

[mostly Valens] friends, lose and reacquire possessions, prevail over enemies, lov
ers o f reputation, versatile, notable, weave matters in a riddling
fashion, authoritative, kingly
Physical Moderate coloration, nicely shaped mouth, nice eyes, shapely

appearance form , swift, reckless, invincible, petty-minded, generally unstable
( a s c or Moon)
[Teucer]
142 CHAPTER 10
CAPRICORN THE s e a g o a t V5
Astronomical Southern · Obeying · Short Ascension · Crooked

features
Characteristics Bestial · Amphibious · Unprolific · Semi-vocal · Dual · Servile ·

Enigmatic · Rough-skinned · Scaly · Broken · Violent · Licentious
Lewd · Cause o f evils, toils, troubles · Very wet
Places/Winds Syria, South Wind
Classifications Feminine · Nocturnal · Tropical · Solstitial · Wintry · Earthy
Rulerships d o m ic il e Saturn · d e t r i m e n t Moon

e x a l t a t io nMars (28°) · f a l l Jupiter (15°)
TRIPLICITY
BOUNDS
Mercury 1-7° · Jupiter 8-14° · Venus 15-22°
Saturn 23-26° · Mars 27-30°
DECANS
Jupiter · Mars · Sun
Parts of cosmos/ Setting/descendant o f the cosmos

Human body/ Knees, sinews
Illnesses Dim sight, maiming because o f spiny backbone, madness, distress
fro m humors and fluxes, hunchbacks, disabled, lame
Personality traits Stone-cutters, farmers, bad, good and simple at exposition, hard
[mostly Valens] working, fu ll o f care, sleepless, fo n d o f laughter, planners o f great
works, makers o f bad mistakes, fickle, mischievous, liars, culpable
Physical Small face, slender ankles, fo n d o f women, liars, conceited, ser

appearance vile, religious, loving his friends, dependable, those receiving aid
( a s c or Moon) so lack nothing, eloquent, foolhardy
[Teucer]
AQUARIUS THE WATER-BEARER f t

features
Characteristics Human · Rational · Winged · Vocal · Unprolific · Single · Free ·

Whole · Scaly · Violent · Wet · Very cold
Places/Winds Egypt · West Wind
Classifications Masculine · Diurnal · Solid · Wintry · Airy
Rulerships d o m ic il e Saturn · d e t r i m e n t Sun

e x a l t a t io nnone · f a l l none
TRIPLICITY
bounds
Mercury 1-7° · Venus S-130 · Jupiter 14-20°
Mars 21-25° *Saturn 26-30°
DECANS
Venus · Mercury · Moon
Parts of cosmos/ Eighth house o f the cosmos, concerning death

Human body/ Lower legs, shins, legs, sinews
Illnesses Dropsy, arthritics, mental illness, castrated and wounded, ele
phantiasis, jaundice, black bile, disabled in a limb, hunchback,
incontinent
Personality traits Fearful, handicraft, malicious, haters o f own families, sin

[mostly Valens] gle-minded, deceitful, treacherous, concealers, misanthropists,
impious, accusers, betrayers o f opinion and truth, begrudging,
waterside trades, cause o f troubles through struggles, working in
hard materials
Physical Good coloration, easy to heal, sensitive, vainglorious, fo n d o f

appearance cleanliness, braggarts
( a s c or Moon)
[Teucer]
144 CHAPTER 10
PISCES THE FISHES H

features
Characteristics Bestial · Aquatic · Fertile · Mute · Dual · Servile · Licentious ·

Lewd · Sinewy · Scaly · Rough-finned · Broken · Wet
Places/Winds Red Sea & India, North Wind
Classifications Feminine · Nocturnal · Bi-corporeal · Wintry · Watery
Rulerships d o m ic il e Jupiter · d e t r i m e n t Mercury

e x a l t a t io n Venus (27°) · f a l l Mercury (15°)
TRIPLICITY
BOUNDS
Venus 1—12° · Jupiter 13-16° · Mercury 17-19°
Mars 20-28° · Saturn 29-30°
DECANS
Saturn · Jupiter · Mars
Parts of cosmos/ Good cadent o f the cosmos, the house o f God

Human body/ Feet, soles, and sinews o f feet, ankles
Illnesses Arthritics, gout, hunchbacks, rough-skinned or leprous, scurvy,
scabs, promiscuous, diseases involving humors, eruptions
Personality traits Inconstant, o f two minds, change from bad to good, erotic, servile,
[mostly Valens] popular, sociable, waterside trades, restless, cause o f wandering,
complicated
Physical Pale complexion, nice hair, ingenious, hard-drinkers, spendthrifts

appearance
( a s c or Moon)
[Teucer]
In addition to the astronomical considerations above, the signs were also clas
sified in accordance with the appearances of their images, which contributed
other characteristics to each sign. Among the most referred to were the human/
animal distinctions and how these related to categories of fertility, voice, and
other behaviors. There is some variation in these classifications from one author
to the next. In chart delineation, ancient astrologers looked to the zodiacal signs
of the Ascendant, lord of the Ascendant, and the Moon (rather than the Sun) for
these indications.5
h u ma n (rational, pleasing appearance, beautiful voices, thrive

in the east): Gemini, Virgo, Libra, Aquarius, and the first part
of Sagittarius
b e s t ia l (named after animals): Aries, Taurus, Leo, Scorpio,
Capricorn, and the last half of Sagittarius
w i n g e d : Gemini, Virgo, Pisces, (Sagittarius)
c o m p l e t e q u a d r u pe d s (the four-footed animals): Aries,
Taurus, Leo, Capricorn, and the last half of Sagittarius
t e r r e s t r ia l (living on land): Aries, Taurus, Leo, Scorpio
(Gemini, Virgo, Libra, Sagittarius)
a m p h ib io u s (living on land and water): Cancer, Capricorn,
Aquarius
a q u a t ic (living in water): Pisces
f e r t il e (having many offspring, the three watery signs): Can

cer, Scorpio, Pisces
m o d e r a t e l y f r u i t f u l : Taurus, Capricorn
m o d e r a t e l y b a r r e n : Sagittarius, Aquarius
u n p r o l i f i c (having few children): Aries, Taurus, Libra, Sagit
tarius, Capricorn, Aquarius
b a r r e n / s t e r i l e : Gemini, Leo, Virgo
v o c a l (capacity to be a good speaker): Gemini, Libra, latter

part of Virgo, first part of Sagittarius, Aquarius
s e m i - v o c a l / h a l f a v o ic e (shaped in images of ani
mals bleating, lowing, roaring; those born of little discourse,
speaking less, poor organization of words): Aries, Taurus, Leo,
5 These groupings are explicated by B o n a t t i , Book of Astronomy 2.20; D e V o r e , Encyclope

dia of Astrology, M a n i l i u s , Astronomica 2.150-270; and A n t io c h u s , Summary 2.
146 CHAPTER 10
Capricorn, and the last half of Sagittarius

m u t e / l a c k in g a v o ic e
(shaped in images of animals lack
ing a voice, stuttering, speak little): Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces
s in g l e f o r m(keeping to an unshared estate): Aries, Taurus,

Cancer, Leo, Libra, Scorpio, Aquarius
d u a l f o r m (shared estate, companions both add and take
away): Pisces and Gemini, Capricorn and Sagittarius, Virgo
f r e e (running): Aries, Leo, Sagittarius; (standing erect with

limbs perfectly poised): Virgo, Gemini, Aquarius
s e r v il e (sitting fatigued, slouched, and weariness of mind):
Taurus, Libra, Capricorn, Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces
l ic e n t io u s / in d e c e n t : Aries, Taurus, Capricorn, Pisces,

and Libra in part
l e c h e r o u s / l e w d : Aries, Taurus, Leo, Capricorn in part,
Pisces, and Libra (because the constellation of the Goat rises
with it)6
v io l e n t / d e s t r u c t iv e (domicile or exaltation of malefic
planets): Aries, Libra, Scorpio, Capricorn, Aquarius
b r o k e n / im p e r f e c t / m u t il a t e d (distortions of body and
limbs): Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Pisces, Capricorn, Cancer
ROUGH-SKINNED, LEPROUS, MANGY, SCURVY: Aries, Tau-
rus, Cancer, Scorpio, Capricorn, Pisces
w h o l e / p e r f e c t (strong, robust, less liable to accidents):
Gemini, Libra, Aquarius
In the ancient literature, many of these traits were associated with the Ascendant
sign and the Moon sign, which both signify the physical body, rather than the
Sun, which is more connected to the soul. When individuals act upon their core
instincts, they may express some of the animal behaviors represented by images
of the zodiacal signs prominent in their birth chart.
-> e x e r c is e 9
Having reviewed table io, complete exercise 9:

Characteristics o f the Zodiacal Signs
6 See Rh e t o r iu s , Compendium 76.

EX ERCISE 9
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ZODIACAL SIGNS
1. List whether each sign is terrestrial, aquatic, amphibious, human, or winged.

2. List some physical bodily characteristics fo r each sign.
3. List some human behavioral traits for each sign.
Sign Terrestrial, aquatic, Physical Human

amphibious, characteristics behaviors
human, winged?
ARIES
TAURUS
GEMINI
CANCER
LEO
VIRGO
LIBRA
SCORPIO
SAGITTARIUS
CAPRICORN
AQUARIUS
PISCES
148 CHAPTER 10
R EF L E CT IO N AND A N A LYSIS
1. To what extent can you see a resonance in your own appearance and
bodily image with the zodiacal characteristics of your Moon or Ascen
dant sign?
2. Can you recognize any of the animal behaviors associated with the im
ages of your Moon or Ascendant sign in your core instinctual responses
to situations?
CHAPTER 11
Zodiacal Signs
AS CONFIGURATIONS
SOME OF THE MEANINGS OF THE ZODIACAL SIGNS ARE DERIVED FROM

the characteristics of the living beings associated with their images. Other
meanings arise from the geometric patterns formed by the intervals between
the zodiacal signs relative to their positions in the zodiacal circle. Yet still more
meanings come from the special distances of the zodiacal signs relative to sensi
tive axes such as the solstices and equinoxes.
An underlying rationale that organized the astrological doctrines concern
ing zodiacal signs posited that zodiacal signs do not act only as individual sep
arate entities but also as parts of larger networks of shared traits. We will first
explore how the classifications well-known to modern astrologers—polarity,
modality, and element—link zodiacal signs into certain family alliances with
common behaviors and actions. We will then look to lesser-known zodiacal sign
patterns, such as signs that command and obey, from which interpretive mean
ing is also derived.
In many introductory books on astrology, students learn the first set of
principles that classify the zodiacal signs according to polarity, element, and
modality. We will now revisit these doctrines from a traditional point of view
and discuss the ways that ancient astrologers conceptualized how certain sets
of zodiacal signs shaped the ways in which resident planets brought about their
significations and events. This structure is also the foundation of aspect config
uration theory.
The model that informs these classifications is a geometric substructure
based upon the division of the circle by whole numbers, the conceptual mean
ing ascribed to each number, and the regular polygons that can be inscribed into
the zodiacal circle. These polygons are the six-sided h e x a g o n , the four-sided
s q u a r e , the three-sided t r i a n g l e , and the d ia m e t e r that bisects the circle.
When these geometric figures are inscribed within the twelvefold division of zo
diacal signs, they link together certain sets of signs that are hence related to one
another in specific ways. These sets describe traits that are shared by the zodiacal
signs by virtue of being part of the same family.
150 C H A P T E R 11
THE h e x a g o n : p o l a r i t y a n d g e n d e r
The six-sided hexagon figure links together two sets of every other sign, yielding
the classification of signs into masculine and feminine gender. This category is
better known to modern astrologers as the principle of polarity. Various authors
refer to this classification as positive/negative polarity, yin/yang, or active/pas-
sive. Gender, as we learned in the previous section, is also the underlying quality
of the classification of zodiacal signs as diurnal and nocturnal.
FIG U RE 16. H E XA G O N S L IN K SAME G END ER
Left: The masculine gender/diumal set consists o f Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra, Sagittarius,
c?Aquarius. Right: The feminine gender/nocturnal set consists o f Taurus, Cancer, Virgo,
Scorpio, Capricorn, g[ Pisces.
The nature of masculine energy is to speed up events. Therefore, the ac

tivities of planets occupying masculine gender signs proceed faster, and occur
and conclude sooner. By contrast, the nature of the feminine gender signs is to
move more slowly. Therefore, the activities of the planets occupying feminine
gender signs proceed at a slower pace, occur later, and take longer to complete.
For example, Mercury in a masculine sign is a quick thinker and fast talker,
while Mercury in a feminine sign takes longer to formulate and communicate
thoughts, with the possibility that they may be better-considered.
When zodiacal signs are linked by the sides of the hexagon, they share the
same gender. They have an affinity based upon the speed and pace of the ener
gy that they furnish to planets that reside in their signs, which shapes the way
in which these planets bring about their significations. Planets occupying signs
CONFIGURATIONS 151
linked by the sides of the hexagon likewise have a simpatico relationship with
one another by virtue of operating at the same pace. Later we will discuss how
gender of the signs underlies the nature of the sextile aspect that connects every
other zodiacal sign.
Table 11. Gender, Sect, Element
Gender Signs Geometrical Sect Element Mode of action

figure (aspect)
Masculine T n Hexagon Diurnal Fire Speeds up

Q / ft (6 sides, sextile) Air Occurs sooner
Feminine Ö a? 115 Hexagon Nocturnal Earth Slows down

111 V5 M (6 sides, sextile) Water Occurs later
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
In c h a r t s i and 11, you can look to see how each planet’s events pro
ceed faster or slower according to the gender of their signs. In c h a r t
1, six planets occupy masculine gender signs and only one occupies a
feminine gender sign. Sun and Mercury are in masculine Leo, Venus
and Jupiter are in masculine Gemini, Saturn is in masculine Sagittarius,
the Moon is in masculine Aries, and only one planet, Mars in Virgo, is
in a feminine sign. We might expect the events of this persons life to
move quickly.
In c h a r t 11, the feminine planets Venus and the Moon are in the mas
culine gender signs while all the masculine planets occupy feminine
signs. As a general overview, one might say that the feminine is speeded
up while the masculine is slowed down. Perhaps this suggests a mixed
or moderate pace, albeit with considerable frustrations, as each planet
finds itself in a sign whose rhythm is counter to its own.
-> EXERCISE 10

Gender o f a Planet's Sign
152 CHAPTER 11
EXERCISE 10
GENDER OF THE PLANET’S ZODIACAL SIGN
Using your own chart, enter each planet’s zodiacal sign, the gender of the
planet, and the gender of the zodiacal sign.
Is the planets action speeded up or slowed down by the gender o f its zodiacal sign?
Planet's sign Gender o f Planet Gender o f sign Action o f planet

(m / f ) (m / f ) (Faster or slower)
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
MERCURY
MOON
VENUS
MARS
CONFIGURATIONS 153
R E F L E C T IO N AND ANA LYSIS
1. How many planets occupy zodiacal signs where their actions move fast
er and their events occur sooner?
2. How many planets occupy zodiacal signs where their actions move
more slowly and their events occur later?
3. Which planets occupy zodiacal signs of the same gender?
4. Which planets occupy zodiacal signs of the contrary gender?
5. In which instances, if any, do you experience an ease, pressure, or frus
tration at the pace at which these parts of your personality operate?
154 CHAPTER 11
THE s q u a r e : q u a d r u pl ic it y a n d m o d a l it y
And again, when the Sun comes into the tropical zodiacal sign Cancer,
it brings the summer turning (solstice). The air begins to be warmer
and from this point on it subtracts from the magnitude of the day
and adds to the magnitude of the night. Then the Sun comes into the
solid and summer-like zodiacal sign Leo. It makes the air steadier and
unchanging, still subtracting from the magnitude of the day and add
ing to the magnitude of the night. Then when the Sun comes into the
double-bodied zodiacal sign Virgo, it alternates the air and makes it a
mixture between summer and autumn. It further increases the night
and lessens the day. In this tri-zodiac (quadrant), summer, which is
fire, is completed. — r h e t o r i u s .1
FIG U R E 17. TETRAGO N (F O U R -S ID E D FIG U R E )
The tetragon or square links fo u r signs o f the same modality:

cardinal, fixed, mutable.
When the four-sided square (tetragon) figure is inscribed into the zodiacal cir
cle, it links together three sets of four signs each. Modern astrologers know this
classification of the zodiacal signs as the cardinal, fixed, and mutable modalities.
Traditional astrologers may use the word quadruplicity when speaking about
the modalities because this term is derived from the root word for four. The four
sides of the square connect three sets containing four zodiacal signs each.
Rh e t o r iu s , Compendium, Preface.
CONFIGURATIONS 155
These sets of quadruplicities were

called the tropical, solid, and bi-cor-
poreal (double-bodied) signs by Hel
lenistic astrologers. The nature of each
set of quadruplicities was derived
from the seasonal changes that occur
in the air when the Sun passes through
those signs in its yearly course. These
descriptions help justify the use of the
tropical zodiac in the later Hellenistic
period that continued through subse
quent Western traditions. F IG U R E 18. C A R D IN A L M O D A L IT Y
The tropical (cardinal) zodia Cancer, Libra, Capricorn, Aries
cal signs are comprised of Aries and

Libra (the two signs that mark the
spring and autumn equinoxes), and
Cancer and Capricorn (the two signs
that mark the summer and winter sol
stices). Each of these signs ushers in a
new season with a turning in the air
and a dynamic change of weather. Ar
ies ushers in spring, Cancer summer,
Libra autumn, and Capricorn winter.
The solstices mark a sharp turn
ing of the Suns northern or southern F IG U R E 1 9. F IX E D M O D A L IT Y
direction, and thus events signified by Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius, Taurus
planets in the solstice signs of Cancer
and Capricorn tend to have sudden
reversals and changes in direction.
The equinoxes mark the moment of
equal length of day and night hours,
followed by the increasing prevalence
of day over night or vice versa. Thus
events and topics signified by planets
in the equinoctial signs of Aries and
Libra are characterized by shifts in
balance. Planets occupying tropical
signs initiate new actions, proceed in
F IG U R E 2 0 . M U T A B LE M O D A L IT Y
sudden starts and stops, alternating Virgo, Sagittarius, Pisces, Gem ini
156 CHAPTER 11
and shifting their emphasis. Their focus is more on generating dynamic energy
to initiate endeavors rather than sustaining and completing what was started.
The solid signs are Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius—the fixed signs in
modern astrology. These signs correspond to the second month in each season,
when the air was seen to be calm and unchangeable. The events of planets occu
pying the solid signs are more stable, and the action proceeds towards comple
tion in a focused and steady manner. The midpoint axis at 150 of the solid fixed
signs indicates the points in the zodiacal circle that furnish the most concentrat
ed and focused energy. It corresponds to the midpoint between a Solstice and an
Equinox, and is celebrated by many cultures as a seasonal holiday (Candlemas in
February, Beltane in May, Lammas in August, Samhain/Halloween in October).
The bicorporeal signs, also known as double-bodied signs, are Gemini, Vir
go, Sagittarius, and Pisces. These are referred to as the mutable signs in m odern
astrology. Gemini is depicted as the twins, Virgo as a maiden with wheat, Sagit
tarius as a centaur (human/horse), and Pisces as two fishes. These zodiacal signs
correspond to the third month in each season, marking the transition between
the calm air in the solid sign that precedes it and the dynamic air in the tro p
ical sign that follows it. During the bi-corporeal months, the air changes daily
and is a mixture of both calm and energetic. The bicorporeal signs also signal
the noticeable increase or decrease of the daylight hours. The quality of energy
that flows through these signs is conducive to planets adapting, changing, and
adjusting; their actions proceed with digressions, ups and downs, and twists and
turns before coming to completion.
CONFIGURATIONS 157
Table 12. Q u a d ru p lica tes (M odalities)
QUADRU f ig u r e / SIGNS SEASON el emen t / MODE OF AC

PLICITY a s pe c t GENDER TION
Tropical Tetragon Aries Initiates: Fire (m) Initiates action,

(cardinal) 4 sides Cancer Spring Water (f) Sudden starts &
Square Libra Summer Air (m) stops
Capri Autum n Earth (f) Reversals
corn Winter Shifts
Solid Tetragon Taurus Stabilizes: Earth (f) Stabilizes action,

(fixed) 4 sides Leo Spring Fire (m) Slow & steady
Square Scorpio Summer Water (f) Completes
Aquarius Autum n A ir(m )
Winter
Bi-corporeal Tetragon Gemini Transitions: A ir (m) Adapts &
(mutable) 4 sides Virgo Spring Earth (f) changes,
Square Sagittar Summer Fire (m) Digressive
ius Autum n Water (f) Eventually com
Pisces Winter pletes
For example, Mercury in a tropical sign may initiate action upon an idea,
but at some point along the way stops before completing the action and shifts to
a different idea. Mercury in a solid sign will stay on course, focusing diligently
until the project is done. Mercury in a bi-corporeal sign will consider various
options and alternatives, may become distracted by other things that present
themselves (which may or may not get incorporated into the original plan), but
will eventually end up more or less where it intended.
Hellenistic astrologers were very concerned with the quadruplicity of the
signs on the angles of electional charts. Since this category indicates the various
modes by which an event comes to completion, it was especially important in
all kinds of inceptions (electing times to initiate events). For example, the solid
signs on the angles indicate that the event will be permanent, while tropical
signs portend reversals.
158 CHAPTER 11
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us look at the distribution o f planets in the quadruplicities in the ex

ample charts and assess the quality of energy shaping each planet. Count
ing up the number of planets in each category can shed light on the domi
nant influences in the life.
char t i contains only one planet—the Moon—in a tropical sign (Ar

ies). Hie Sun and Mercury (Leo) and the Ascendant (Scorpio) are in
solid signs. Venus and Jupiter (Gemini), Mars (Virgo), and Saturn (Sag
ittarius) are in bi-corporeal signs. This individual may have difficulty in
initiating things, but once started, can stay focused on course. However,
the mind is always considering other options.
c h a r t i i contains two planets in tropical signs (Mars in Cancer and

Venus in Libra), four planets and the Ascendant in solid signs (Sun and
Mercury in Scorpio, Jupiter and Saturn in Taurus, Leo Ascendant), and
only one planet in a bi-corporeal sign (Moon in Sagittarius). We might
conclude that this person can get started, has great focus in staying on
course and completing, but little flexibility once the course has been set.
-► EXERCISE 11
Using your own chart, complete exercise n:

Quadruplicity (Modality) o f a Planets Zodiacal Sign
C O N F IG U R A T IO N S 159
EX ERCISE 11
Q U A D R U P L IC IT Y (M O D A L IT Y ) OF A P L A N E T ’ S Z O D IA C A L S IG N
Using your own chart, explore how the quadruplicity of each planet’s sign
indicates the mode which shapes the planet’s actions.
1. For each quadruplicity, enter the four signs that are members o f that modality.
2. For each planet, enter its zodiacal sign, then place a check in the box that
corresponds to its modality along with a keyword that describes the mode by
which the action takes place.
3. Tally the numbers fo r each modality to see if any modality predominates or is
lacking.
Planet Tropical/ Solid/ Bi-corporeal/ Keywords

Cardinal Signs Fixed Signs Mutable Signs
SUN
JU P IT ER
SATURN
M ER CU R Y
M OO N
VENUS
M ARS
A SC E N D A N T
TOTAL
i6o CHAPTER 11
R EF L E CT IO N AND A N A LYSIS
1. How many planets utilize the initiating energy of tropical signs?

2. How many planets utilize the focused energy of solid signs? How many
planets utilize the adaptive energy of bi-corporeal signs?
3. Is there any quadruplicity/modality that predominates or is lacking?
4. Can you recognize these traits described by the quadruplicities in your
own ways of proceeding with actions?
CONFIGURATIONS 161
T H E T R IA N G L E : T R IP L IC IT IE S , E L E M E N T S, A N D W IN D S
The three-sided equilateral triangle figure, when inscribed into the zodiacal cir
cle, links together four sets of three signs. These sets of signs were called trigons
or triplicities in ancient literature. You may see these two words used inter
changeably, but they refer to the same concept.
F IG U R E 2 1 . T R IP L IC IT IE S (T R IG O N S )
f ir e t r i p l i c i t i e s : Aries, Leo, Sagittarius

a ir t r i p l i c i t i e s : Cemini, Libra, Aquarius
e a r t h t r i p l i c i t i e s : Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn
w a t e r t r i p l i c i t i e s : Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces
Modern astrologers know this classification as the four elements, consisting

of the fire, earth, air, and water signs. However, while these triplicity groupings
of certain zodiacal signs are present in the astrological literature from the Bab
ylonian and early Hellenistic eras, originally these sets of signs were not associ
ated with the four elements but rather with the winds from the four directions.
Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius were connected with the eastern wind (Eurus); Tau
rus, Virgo, and Capricorn with the southern wind (Notus); Gemini, Libra, and
Aquarius with the western wind (Zephyrus); and Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces
with the northern wind (Boreas).2
2 Cf. D o r o t h eu s , Carmen 1.30, trans. D y k e s ; P t o l emy , Tetrabiblos 1.18; Pa u l u s , Intro

duction 2.
162 CHAPTER 11
F IG U R E 2 2 . FI R E TR I P L IC IT Y F IG U R E 2 3 . A IR T R IP L IC IT Y
Leo, Sagittarius, Aries Gemini, Libra, Aquarius
F IG U R E 2 4 . E A R T H T R IP L IC IT Y F IG U R E 2 5 . W A T E R T R IP L IC IT Y
Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces
Table 13. Elements and Winds
TRIPLICITY WIND ELEMENT IMAGE

Aries, Leo, Sagittarius East wind Fire Bestial
Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn South wind Earth Mixed
Gemini, Libra, Aquarius West wind Air Human
Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces North wind Water Amphibious
Babylonian astrology focused primarily on mundane events, and the triplic

ity of the zodiacal sign designated the direction from which the event—such as
a battle, plague, flood, or storm—would occur or arrive. The Egyptians believed
that the winds carried the celestial bodies in their courses. Early peoples may
CONFIGURATIONS 163
have thought that the winds from the four directions carried the events signi
fied by planets in those signs to their destination. In Greece, the pre-Socratic
natural philosophers sought the primal substance that underlay all matter, and
eventually put forth the doctrine that everything was composed of the four el
ements of fire, earth air, and water. These elements changed into one another
through the actions of the four qualities of hot, cold, wet, and dry. Some, but
not all, Hellenistic authors seeking to align Greek philosophical ideas with the
new astrology assigned each triplicity to one of the elements. Vettius Valens was
the first to do so, but not all of the astrologers after him followed suit. Late in
the tradition, Rhetorius, after designating each zodiacal sign in accordance with
one of the four elements, states: "This was not said heedlessly by the ancients.
For since everything in the material realm is composed of the four elements or
bodies, it is necessary that man, partaking of the same nature, also has a share
in these elements”.3
The Hellenistic, and then later Arabic and Medieval texts, use the elemen
tal associations of the signs literally when describing such topics as manner of
death by water or fire (eighth house sign or sign of its lord) or location of miss
ing objects as high up on a roof or underground (significator in air or earth
sign). However, we do not see in the texts the interpretive meanings of how
human personality and character operate in the elemental qualities of the signs
as pertaining to spiritual (enthusiastic fiery need for autonomy and freedom),
physical (practical earthy need for financial and material security), mental (in
tellectual airy need for communication and human interaction), or emotional
(watery need for emotional security and bonding) until the twentieth century.
This modern perspective has added much richness to our understanding of the
zodiacal signs. We can certainly incorporate this understanding into our inter
pretations, but should recognize that these insights are a relatively recent addi
tion to the astrological tradition.
In an attempt to bridge this gap, Robert Schmidt offered a view that could
lend interpretive meaning to the four elements based upon precepts of gram
mar in the ancient Greek language used to write the primary source astrological
texts. He proposed correspondences between the four triplicities and the four
verbal moods of ancient Greek grammar: imperative, indicative, optative, and
subjunctive.
Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius—notably masculine and diurnal signs—are as
sociated with the fire element. The brilliant illumination of fire compels the
events signified by planets in these signs to be seen, and can be correlated to
the imperative mood which is the issuance of commands. Taurus, Virgo, and
164 CHAPTER 11
Capricorn—feminine and nocturnal signs—are those associated with the earth

element. Events signified by planets in earth signs are physically tangible, and
can be correlated to the declarative mood that gives statements of fact. The signs
associated with the air element are Gemini, Libra and Aquarius—the remaining
masculine diurnal signs. In the same way that air has a certain transparent and
ephemeral nature, events signified by planets in air signs are ripe with potenti
ality in which only a few of the many imagined possibilities may or may not ul
timately occur. The air element is connected to the optative mood—often called
wish-fulfilling: “Oh, would that this thing happen”. Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces
are associated with the water element, and complete the feminine and nocturnal
signs. As water takes the shape of its container, events signified by planets in
water signs are contingent and dependent upon the actions of others; thus they
can be said to correspond to the subjunctive mood that is used for dependent
clauses in sentences.
Thus, planets in fire signs are compelled to take the action they do, while
planets in earth signs perform their actions in a matter-of-fact manner. Planets
in air signs act on the basis of future possibilities and potentials, while the ac
tions of planets in water signs are dependent upon someone or something else.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us look at how the gender, modality, and element of a zodiacal sign
shape the mode and manner by which the actions of a planet proceed.
In c h a r t i, the actions of the Sun in Leo proceed at a faster pace (mas
culine gender), a focused and steady manner (solid modality), and are
urged on by an impulse for freedom and power (fire element). The ac
tions of Jupiter in Gemini proceed at a faster pace (masculine gender),
an adaptable manner (bi-corporeal modality), and are urged on by an
impulse for mental connection (air element).
In c h a r t i i , the actions of the Sun in Scorpio proceed at a slower pace
(feminine gender), a focused and steady manner (solid modality), and
are urged on by an impulse for emotional bonding (water element). The
actions of Venus in Libra proceed at a faster pace (masculine gender),
an initiating manner (tropical modality), and are urged on by an im
pulse for future possibilities (air element).
-> EXERCISE 12

Gender, Quadruplicity, and Element of a Planets Zodiacal Sign
CONFIGURATIONS 165
EX ERCISE 12
G E N D E R , Q U A D R U P L IC IT Y , AN D ELEM ENT
OF A P L A N E T ’ S Z O D IA C A L SIGN
Using your own chart, consider how the composite characteristics of each
planet’s zodiacal sign shape the mode and manner of its action.
1. For each planet in your chart, enter its zodiacal sign, gender, mode, and ele
ment.
2. Compose a short statement based upon these characteristics o f the sign that it
occupies that describes how its actions come about. (Look to the main text fo r
examples o f how to compose these statements).
Planet Sign Gender Mode Element Action
Su n
Ju p i t e r
Sa t u r n
Mer c u r y
Mo o n
Ve n u s
Ma r s
166 C H A PT E R 11
O T H E R C L A S SIFIC A T IO N S OF TH E SIGNS
The zodiacal signs were classified according to various arrangements depending

upon astronomical considerations that were derived from their distances from
the Aries/Libra equinoctial axis, the Cancer/Capricorn solstitial axis, as well
as other axial divisions. These categories were based upon the increasing, de-
so0THrRN I(c creasing, or equal amounts of hours
of daylight and dark as well as the
times it took for various signs to ful
ly rise over the eastern horizon. We
will not be referring to these factors
in our full analysis of each planets
condition, but are including them
here for completeness.
NORTHERN AND SOUTHERN
z o d ia c a l are demarcated
s ig n s
by the Aries/Libra equinoctial axis
and distinguished by those that lie
north of the celestial equator and
those that lie south of the celestial
equator (at least in the northern
F IG U R E 2 6 . N O R T H E R N
S O U T H E R N Z O D IA C A L S IG N S
hemisphere). The northern signs are
Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo
and Virgo, and the southern signs
are Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Cap
ricorn, Aquarius, and Pisces.
THE COMMANDING AND
o b e y in g derive from the
s ig n s
structure of the northern and
southern signs, where certain pairs
were equidistant from the Aries/
Libra equinoctial axis and in oppo
site hemispheres. The com m anding
signs were considered more pow er
ful than the obeying signs because
they were closer to the earth, and
when the Sun was in these signs
F IG U R E 2 7 . C O M M A N D I N G it made the days longer than the
O B E Y IN G Z O D IA C A L S IG N S nights. Thus Taurus com m ands
C O N FIG U R A T IO N S 167
Pisces, and Pisces obeys Taurus. Gemini commands Aquarius which obeys it;
Cancer commands Capricorn which obeys it; Leo commands Sagittarius which
obeys it; Virgo commands Scorpio which obeys it. Technically Aries and Libra
neither command nor obey one another, but some astrologers placed Aries with
the commanding signs because the day hours are increasing, and Libra with the
obeying signs since the day hours are decreasing.
THE SIGNS OF LONG AND
sh o r t a s c e n s io n are demar
cated by the Cancer/Capricorn
axis. Due to the obliquity of the
ecliptic, the signs of long ascen
sion take longer than the signs of
short ascension to rise over the
eastern horizon. In the northern
hemisphere, the signs of long as
cension—also called the upright
or straight signs—are Cancer, Leo,
Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, and Sag
ittarius; they ascend straight up,
requiring more than two hours to
rise. In the northern hemisphere,
F IG U R E 2 8 . S I G N S O F L O N G
the signs of short ascension—also
SH O RT ASCEN SIO N
called slanting or crooked signs—
are Capricorn, Aquarius, Pisces,
Aries, Taurus, and Gemini; they
rise in less than two hours. The re
verse is the case for the southern
hemisphere. The events signified
by the signs of long ascension take
longer to fully mature and eventu
ate than do the events signified by
the signs of short ascension.
e q u ip o l l e n t s ig n s share
the same ascensional rising times
and are parallel to each other. Thus
Aries and Pisces are equipollent,
as are Taurus and Aquarius, Gem
ini and Capricorn, Cancer and F IG U R E 2 9 . E Q U I P O L L E N T ( E Q U A L
Sagittarius, Leo and Scorpio, and R IS IN G ) Z O D I A C A L S I G N S

168 C H A PT E R 11
Virgo and Libra. The events signified by these pairs of signs ripen and are acti
vated simultaneously, which points to a hidden “reluctant conjunction” between
them. These pairs were sometimes said to “agree in journey”.
t h e s ig n s t h a t s e e a n d b e h o l d each other are equidistant from the
Cancer/Capricorn solstitial axis. These pairs give equal amounts of day and
night hours. Each pair rises from the same part of the horizon and sets in the
SC11NC S lC N j r
same part. Gemini looks at Leo and
Leo beholds Gemini; Taurus looks
at Virgo; Aries looks at Libra; Scor
pio looks at Pisces. These zodiacal
signs contribute towards sympathy,
friendship and good-will towards
each other.
SOLAR AND LUNAR SIGNS
were demarcated by the Cancer/
Leo—Capricorn/Aquarius axis in
accordance with the thema mundi
chart. Both the Sun and Moon in
their respective signs of Leo and
Cancer started the order of the re
maining planets ruling the succes
F IG U R E 3 0 . Z O D IA C A L S IG N S
T H A T SEE BEHOLD
sive signs according to their mean
motions. The solar signs are Leo,
Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius
and Capricorn. The lunar signs are
Cancer, Gemini, Taurus, Aries, Pi
sces, and Aquarius.
F IG U R E 3 1 . S O L A R L U N A R S IG N S
CHAPTER 12
Signs and Residences

OF THE PLANETS
The seventh zodiacal sign is Libra, masculine, equinoctial, tropical,

autumnal, domicile of Venus, exaltation of Saturn around 20 degrees,
fall of the Sun around 19 degrees, triplicity by day of Saturn and by
night of Mercury. — pa u l u s .’
IN THE PREVIOUS SECTION WE SAW HOW A ZODIACAL SIGN, AS AN IMAGE,

contributes certain appearances, behaviors, and modes of action to the ways in
which a planet expresses its significations. Now we will learn how a zodiacal sign
also functions as a residence or home for a planet and provides it with various
kinds of resources and powers with which to accomplish its agenda. We have
now arrived at the heart of assessing a planets condition based upon the zodia
cal sign it occupies.
Hellenistic authors used the Greek word oikos as well as zoidion to refer to
a zodiacal sign. The word oikos translates as “house”, but in order to avoid con
fusion with the twelve astrological houses (called “places’ by the Greeks), we
are translating the word oikos as d o m i c i l e . An oikos referred to the home of a
planetary divinity, who ruled like the lord or lady of a manor. This zodiacal sign
also provided a residence for other planetary gods who dwelled there as guests.
This doctrine reflected one of the most important social customs in the an
cient world: the host/guest relationship, by which wealth was exchanged and
power was distributed in society. It is useful to imagine each zodiacal sign as a
different estate or feudal manor that has its own particular natural resources. A
planet might dwell in one of its own estates in which it has access to a certain
kind of power or resource. Or it might find itself residing as a guest in someone
elses estate, where it has to look to its host—the lord of that estate—to provide
the resources it needs to accomplish its intentions on behalf of the individual.
However, some resources are better suited for some planets than for others. This
Pa u l u s , Introduction 2.
170 C H APTER 12
is the reasoning for why planets can be more effective in some zodiacal signs
than others.
As lords of certain signs, planets draw power from those signs in which
they have rulership. As guests, planets also benefit from the resources and
assistance they are given by their hosts. We are going to look at the four dif
ferent kinds of rulership systems—d o m ic il e , e x a l t a t io n , t r i p l i c i t y , and
b o u n d —that ancient astrologers used to determine a planets ability to bring
forth favorable outcomes for the individual. Medieval astrologers added a fifth
system, d e c a n s , which they called “faces”. Hellenistic astrologers recognized
the importance of decans in their interpretations, but did not consider it a rul
ership system.
In all of the systems, planets are said to have familiarity—or family con
nections—in certain zodiacal signs. When the planet occupies these signs, it
is in familiar territory because the sign belongs to its family members. Thus it
has the authority and permission to access and make use of the kinds of powers
available to it when occupying that zodiacal sign. The planet is then called an
oikodespotës—a ruler of a household with access to the privileges, influence, and
wealth of that estate.
Zodiacal signs can provide different kinds of powers to various planets,
based upon the kind of rulership system. For example, the zodiacal sign Cancer
is the domicile of the Moon, offering her the power of resources should she live
there. Cancer is also the exaltation sign of Jupiter, offering him the power that
arises from honors and esteem should he visit there; and it is the triplicity sign
of Venus by day, assisting her with support from the members of the commu
nity whenever Venus abides in Cancer in a day chart. The Moon, Jupiter, and
Venus—when residing in the zodiacal sign Cancer—each have a different kind
of rulership and are thus able to draw a certain kind of power.
Each of the four rulership systems are important, but in different ways. And
each system, besides conferring different kinds of powers that lead to more ef
fective outcomes of a planets actions, is also used for various other inquiries. In
general, more weight is given to a planet when it occupies its domicile or exal
tation than when in the appropriate triplicity or bounds. However, sometimes a
strong bound condition can mitigate or counteract the weakness of other indi
cations. Let us more fully discuss each of these four rulership systems in turn.
The first inquiry is to see if the planet occupies one of its own zodiacal signs
of rulership, and if not, then to determine the lord of the zodiacal sign in which
it resides.
RESIDENCES 171
DOM ICILE RULERSHIPS
Most modern astrologers are familiar with this first system of rulerships, where
the Sun rules Leo, the Moon rules Cancer, Mercury rules Gemini and Virgo,
Venus rules Taurus and Libra, and according to traditional astrologers, Mars
rules Aries and Scorpio, Jupiter rules Sagittarius and Pisces, and Saturn rules
Capricorn and Aquarius. The name “domicile rulership” will be used to refer to
this system. In the course of the discussion, you may see the phrase “the Sun is
the domicile lord of Leo” used instead of “the Sun rules Leo”.
A query that often arises is why certain planets are said to rule certain signs.
The obvious response is due to affinity between the nature of the planet and the
nature of the zodiacal sign: a planet is like the sign it rules. This is the reason
ing behind the assignment of the outer planets to certain signs after their dis
covery in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries. The principle of
affinity is also the basis of the twelve-letter alphabet system used extensively in
modern astrology, in which the meanings of a particular planet, sign, or house
are interchangeable. The earliest astrological writings, however, reveal that the
correspondence of planetary rulerships to certain zodiacal signs is based upon
a geometrical substructure that reflects the astronomy of the solar system. This
model was explicated in the thema mundi.
THEMA MUNDI:
THE CREATION CHART OF THE WORLD
The thema mundi is the name given to an astrological chart that was thought to
represent the nativity of the world. It depicted the positions of the planets at the
moment of creation. The thema mundi originated in Egypt during the Hellenis
tic era and it was discussed in astrological, philosophical, and literary texts for
another 1500 years during the Late Antique, Medieval, and Renaissance periods.
Writing in Latin in the fourth century c e , Roman astrologer Firmicus Maternus
said that it was derived from Hermes Trismegistus, the legendary founder of
Hellenistic astrology, and he provides the details of the nativity itself:
Petosiris and Nechepso in this doctrine followed ^Esculapius and Ha-

nubius. To them, most powerfill Mercury (i.e., Hermes Trismegistus)
entrusted the secret. They set up the birth chart of the universe as fol
lows: the Sun in the fifteenth degree of Leo, the Moon in the fifteenth
172 CHAPTER 12
FIGURE 32. T H E M A M U N D IZ
T H E CREA TIO N CHART OF TH E W ORLD
The placement o f the planets at the creation o f the world,

according to Hellenistic tradition, with Sirius making its heliacal rising.
degree of Cancer, Saturn in the fifteenth degree of Capricorn, Jupiter

in the fifteenth degree of Sagittarius, Mars in the fifteenth degree of
Scorpio, Venus in the fifteenth degree of Libra, Mercury in the fif
teenth degree of Virgo, and the Ascendant in the fifteenth degree of
Cancer.2
The thema mundi is timed to the Egyptian New Year, which begins in sum
mer with the heliacal rising of the star Sirius that announces the flooding of the
Nile River. In ancient Egypt, the first appearance of the star Sirius coincided
with the Suns presence in the zodiacal sign of Leo. A heliacal rising star can
only be seen in the pre-dawn hours. During the zodiacal month of Leo, Cancer
by necessity must be the sign rising over the horizon at dawn when Sirius has
its first visibility at this time of year. Thus the thema mundi has Cancer as the
Ascendant with the Sun in Leo. Egyptian astro-theology held that the heliacal
rising of a star represented the birth/rebirth of stars and hence the rebirth of
souls who were encased in stars—a fitting moment for the birth of the world.
2 F ir m ic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 3.2.1, trans. Ho l den.

RESIDENCES 173
FIGU RE 33. D O M IC IL E RULERSHIPS

D E T R IM E N T S (BASED ON THE TH EMA M U N D l)
Planets in the outer ring are in their signs o f rulership (domiciles);

planets in the inner ring are in the opposite signs (detriments).
Table 14. D om icile R ulerships and D etrim ents
PLANET DOMICILE DETRIMENT

Sun Leo Aquarius
Jupiter Sagittarius & Pisces Gemini & Virgo
Saturn Capricorn & Aquarius Cancer & Leo
Mercury Gemini & Virgo Sagittarius & Pisces
Moon Cancer Capricorn
Venus Taurus & Libra Scorpio & Aries
Mars Aries & Scorpio Libra & Taurus
In this archetypal chart, the domicile of Cancer was given to the Moon.
Thus the two luminaries, the Sun and the Moon, resided side by side in Cancer
and Leo, the zodiacal signs that corresponded to the greatest number of daylight
hours in the northern hemisphere. Then each of the remaining planets, in the
order of their speed and distance from the Sun, were assigned to each of the
174 CH A PTER 12
successive zodiacal domiciles as they fanned out from the Sun. Mercury took up
residence in Virgo, Venus in Libra, Mars in Scorpio, Jupiter in Sagittarius, and
Saturn in Capricorn.
A later text, purportedly written by Medieval Persian astrologers and then
translated back into Greek, preserves the mythological story regarding the the
ma mundi that God then put the world into motion.3 As the Sun in Leo moved
towards Virgo, the approaching heat of the Sun caused Mercury to flee as far
away as it could, and thus it landed in Gemini. Likewise for each of the other
planets—Venus fled to Taurus, Mars to Scorpio, Jupiter to Pisces, and then the
only domicile left for Saturn was Aquarius. If the thema mundi chart is folded in
two along the Leo/Cancer axis, each side is a mirror reflection of the other side,
reflecting its perfect symmetry.
Popular opinion as related by Macrobius held that the positions of the plan
ets in the thema mundi were assigned to the planets by the Demiurge at the be
ginning of creation.4 Each planet was thus the lord of the zodiacal sign in which
it was believed to have been when the world was born. Hence this zodiacal sign
was the planets most powerful placement in any particular chart.
Firmicus Maternus added that this chart did not represent an actual birth
day of the world, but rather that it was a teaching device created by the ancient
sages as an ‘example for astrologers to follow in the charts of men”. As a teaching
device, the thema mundi provides an underlying rationale for many fundam en
tal concepts of the astrological system, including planetary relationships, zodia
cal rulerships, aspects, and houses.
When the outer planets Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto were discovered 2000
years later, they were given the domicile rulerships of the zodiacal signs Aquar
ius, Pisces, and Scorpio, displacing the traditional rulers. This assignment was
based upon perceived similarities between planet and sign, but it was not in
accordance with the underlying geometrical substructure as understood by Hel
lenistic astrologers. This is one reason why traditional astrologers do not use the
m odern rulerships of the outer planets, although these planets have influential
roles in the interpretation of the chart.
Planets occupying their own domicile sign of rulership have the greatest
power to operate optimally and bring forth favorable events and outcomes. They
are powerful because they have full access to and control of the resources of the
sign, and have the power to draw upon the wealth of the household in order to
accomplish their agenda. They are not dependent upon others to provide for
3 c c ag 5.2, pp. 130-37.

4 Ma c r o b i u s , S o m n iu m , C om m entary on the Dream o f Scipio 1.21,23-27.
RESIDENCES 175
their means. This self-sufficiency enables them to act freely in attending to their
business. In addition, the resources of that sign are exactly what are most useful
to the planets nature and intentions. Mercury, the planetary lord of commu
nications, would thrive in his own Gemini home because it is equipped with a
state-of-the art business center and drone courier service.
Notice that the Sun and Moon have domicile rulership in one sign each, but
the other five planets rule two signs each. A planet will perform better in the
domicile it rules when it is of the same sect as the planet. Thus, the diurnal plan
et, Jupiter rejoices in its diurnal domicile, Sagittarius, rather than its nocturnal
domicile, Pisces; and diurnal Saturn rejoices in diurnal Aquarius rather than
nocturnal Capricorn. Nocturnal Venus rejoices in nocturnal Taurus rather than
diurnal Libra, and nocturnal Mars rejoices in nocturnal Scorpio rather than di
urnal Aries. Mercury rejoices in Virgo.5 When you see a planet that is in its own
domicile, you can give it a good evaluation. If, in addition, this is the domicile in
which it rejoices by sect, this improves an already positive evaluation.
Planets are in the signs of their detriment when they occupy the zodiacal
sign opposite their own domicile. A planet in detriment is in a weakened con
dition. The thema mundi illustrates the sets of planetary pairs that oppose each
other as an explanation for the difficulties they face when in the zodiacal signs of
their detriment. Rhetorius relates that the domiciles of the Sun and Moon (Leo
and Cancer) as the lights of the world oppose the domiciles of Saturn (Aquar
ius and Capricorn), the lord of darkness.6 The domiciles of Jupiter (Sagittarius
and Pisces), ruler of abundance, opposes the domiciles of Mercury (Gemini and
Virgo), the lord of words. The intellectual faculty is contemptuous of desire for
possessions, and abundance is contrary to what is intellectual. The domiciles of
Mars (Aries and Scorpio) oppose and are contrary to the domiciles of Venus
(Taurus and Libra). Venus as the ruler of delight and pleasure is contrary to
Mars, the overseer of fear, war, and passion.
Detriments are the zodiacal signs where planets have their least power
because of the scarcity or inconsistency of available resources. Here they find
themselves in a particularly difficult setting. The Hellenistic astrologers sug
gested that a planet in detriment “acts badly”, and the Medieval astrologers de
scribed planets in detriment as being in estrangement or exile.7 One of the worst
punishments in the ancient world was being banished from ones country into
a land where the person did not know anyone, could not understand the lan
guage, did not have the rights of citizens, and did not have access to any phys-
5 D o r o t h e u s , Carmen 1.1.14, trans. D y k e s .

6 R h e t o r iu s , Compendia 8.
7 M o r i n , Astrológica Gallica 15.4, trans. H o l d e n .
176 CHAPTER 12
ical or financial support from family, friends, or the government. Imagine the
desperate actions of someone who has been exiled from their homeland and is
bereft of resources and support.
A planet in detriment is challenged not only because it does not have suffi
cient resources, but also because these resources are less than optimal or unsuit
able for the task trying to be accomplished. A person may bring forth results,
but it is often not required, needed, or useful. The planet may be able to manifest
its significations, but can run out of energy before bringing them to completion,
or has difficulty in sustaining them over time. Thus, a person with a planet in
detriment may have to work harder or get less positive, consistent, stable results
from their efforts in regards to that planetary function and the topics of the
houses in which the planet is located and which it rules.
Detriment has also been interpreted as someone who is antagonistic to
themselves regarding that planetary function.8 There are other factors which
can mitigate the difficult outcomes of planets in detriment, enabling them to
bring forth successful results, but this is the baseline from which a planet in
detriment begins.
Ancient astrologers taught that the astrologer should compare a chart of an
individual to that of the thema mundi to see how many planets are in the signs
of their rulership. The more planets that occupy their own domicile sign (and
exaltation sign), the more fortunate the life, and closer to the divine.9 In general
you can assume that a planet in its own domicile indicates that the topics of the
house it occupies will turn out well for the individual. That planet has full access
to all the resources it needs to bring about its significations successfully. It is the
lord of its own castle and it resides there, where it can command all that it de
sires and needs and receives the bounty of the property and the obedience of the
household members. When interpreting a planet in its detriment, first you must
try to determine the inherent weakness in how it functions based upon the lack
or the instability of what it needs. Does the planet have to use resources that are
antithetical to its essential nature? Then how does the person act as a result of
the real or perceived deprivation?
8 I b n Ez r a , Beginning of Wisdom 8.86.

9 Fir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.23.
CHAPTER 13
Planetary Reception,
P L A N E T A R Y G U E ST A N D H O ST
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN A PLANET AND ANY ONE OF ITS LORDS IS

known as the doctrine of reception in Medieval astrology, where one planet is
received as a guest into the home of its host. When a planet resides in a zodiacal
sign other than its own domicile sign, it is a guest in some other planetary lord’s
estate. That planet is its domicile lord host. It must look to the host planet who is
the lord of that estate to provide the resources it needs to do its business on be
half of the individual. This is where traditional interpretation approaches begin
to differ significantly from modern approaches. Instead of saying that a Moon
in Gemini has an emotional need to make mental contacts and communicate,
the traditional approach would say that the Moon is a guest in the domicile of
Mercury, who is its domicile lord host. Mercury provides the Moon with re
sources from its own basket of Gemini significations—words, reason, intellect,
and friends—with which to accomplish its agenda.
When a planet resides in a zodiacal sign other than its own, it lacks its own
resources, and is dependent upon its host for its well-being. In crafting an in
terpretation for a planet, you must think about which other planet is tasked as
its host with providing for it, the hosts own nature, and what kinds of resources
that host has to offer the planet. For instance, should Mercury find himself on
the Taurus estate, no matter how beautiful the pastoral setting and delicious the
organically grown food, the residence is out of range for phone and internet
reception.
If that host is a friend or family member, well-endowed, and generous, the
planet has the secondary support and wherewithal to function favorably. How
ever, if it finds itself as a guest in the household of a stranger or enemy, or if the
host is impoverished or begrudging, the planet is like a stranger in a strange
land. It lacks resources, support, and connections, making it quite difficult to
take care of itself and be effective in fulfilling its tasks.
178 CHAPTER 13
To follow this train of reasoning, let us take the example of Venus in Ar
ies, the sign of her detriment. A typical modern interpretation would suggest
that these individuals approach intimate relationships in a direct, daring, feisty,
and independent manner. They enjoy the chase and conquest and thrive on ad
venture and stimulation. This may all be accurate. But the traditional approach
recognizes that the nature of Venus is to forge intimate unions that are harm o
nious, peaceful, and loving. When Venus finds herself on the Aries estate, whose
lord is Mars, that environment by nature is full of warriors practicing for battle
with their swords, cultivating forcefulness, and competing with each other for
dominance. Thus, Venus is challenged in Aries as she finds herself attempting
to create intimate loving relationships in a land where her resources entail ac
tivities of conflict, competition, power, and independence. This can underm ine
the loving and harmonious bonding she seeks. On an archetypal level, this is the
symbol of the Warrior Queen; but this can be challenging in forming harm oni
ous relationships.
The next step in this process is to determine if the planet is connected to its
domicile lord. In the above example of the Moon in Gemini, Mercury as host
cannot provide the Moon with resources if Mercury cannot see that his guest
is visiting his estate. The host Mercury cannot send orders to his household to
take care of his guest, e.g., giving the guest use of a computer, car, library, or
whatever the Moon needs from the Gemini domain to accomplish her tasks for
the individual.
A connection between host and guest that allows communication is indi
cated by a whole sign aspect configuration between the two planets. Aspects
were understood as the visual rays by which planets could “see” each other and
therefore connect. The Hellenistic model recognized only five whole sign as
pects: sextile, square, trine, opposition, and conjunction. The semi-square and
quincunx/inconjunct were not considered aspects but aversions, i.e. where a
blind spot exists.
Whole sign aspects mean that aspects are determined by whole sign rather
than by orb of degree, so out-of-sign aspects do not count in this evaluation.
For example, a planet at i° Leo is trine to a planet at 290 Sagittarius, because Leo
and Sagittarius share a trine relationship as zodiacal signs. However, a planet
at 4 0 Virgo would not be considered to have an opposition aspect to a planet at
28° Aquarius because the signs do not have a natural opposition between them,
even though the orb of separation is only 6° from the exact 180° aspect. The as
pect doctrine will be thoroughly discussed in a later chapter.
In the above example (Moon in Gemini), if Mercury is in Leo or Aries (sex
tile), Virgo or Pisces (square), Libra or Aquarius (trine), or Sagittarius (oppo-
RECEPTION 179
sition), there exists an aspect connection between the Moon and her domicile
lord host, Mercury. However, if Mercury is in Cancer, Taurus, Scorpio, or Cap
ricorn, there is no aspect connection.
If a planet has an aspect to its domicile lord, then they have a line of com
munication that enables the planet to request resources, and a conduit to receive
them. Even a difficult aspect—such as a square or opposition that entails nego
tiation—is better than no aspect. The aspect connection significantly improves a
planets condition in terms of its capacity to bring forth its significations. How
ever, the astrologer must also determine the condition of the host planet: does
he himself have the resources to give what is asked of him (what is his zodiacal
sign), is he generous or harsh (benefic or malefic), and is the aspect connection
supportive or begrudging (sextile/trine or square/opposition)? And finally, is
the host a friend (sect mate), or is the host a stranger or enemy (member of
opposite sect)? As you can see, there are multiple factors involved in judging
a planets condition relative to its domicile zodiacal sign, but with practice this
analysis becomes second nature to the astrologer.
When you see a planet that may be in difficult condition, but it has a good
aspect to well-endowed domicile lord, that planet will benefit and the good for
tune will increase over the lifetime. By contrast, if a planets domicile lord is in
poor condition, there is less possibility of ongoing support and the topics of the
planet decrease and suffer over the course of a lifetime.
M UTUAL RECEPTION
Mutual reception occurs when two planets are in each other’s domicile signs.
For example, if the Sun is in Sagittarius and Jupiter is in Leo, they are in mutual
reception. The Sun as host of Leo receives Jupiter into his home while at the
same time Jupiter as host of Sagittarius receives the Sun into his domain. If the
guest-host relationship is like being an extended guest at someone elses home,
mutual reception is like trading homes with them. One is much freer to take
advantage of the households amenities knowing there is reciprocal generosity.
Mutual reception allows two planets to share and pool their resources, and facil
itates joint endeavors for mutual benefit and gain.
There are gradations in assessing mutual reception, and this topic has
spurred debate among astrologers past and present. The Medieval texts specify
that the two planets must have an aspect between them for the reception to be
valid. In the above example, the Sun in Sagittarius has a trine aspect to Jupiter in
Leo, and because the trine is the most favored aspect, this is the best kind of re
ception. A more challenging situation is when the planets are in aspect, but the
i8o CHAPTER 13
aspect is an opposition. An example of this is Jupiter in Virgo and Mercury in

Pisces. This challenge of particular combination is compounded by the fact that
each of the two planets is in its detriment. So while there is definite benefit and
strengthening for each, the amount of good is limited to what each planet has
to begin with and there is some tension in reciprocation. The worst situation,
according to the ancient astrologers, is when there is no aspect at all between
the planets and they are both in detriment, such as Venus in Aries and Mars in
Taurus. The detriment of both shows scarcity—there is not much that they can
do for each other, and the lack of aspect indicates no line of communication to
even discuss helping each other out.
However, not all astrologers agree with the necessity of the aspect. Ibn Ezra
gives the term ‘generosity” to the situation where two planets are in each others
domicile or other rulership, but without an aspect. There is still reception, but
apparently not as strong.
The Medieval texts considered mutual receptions between planets to be
beneficial in accordance with all rulership systems—domicile and exaltation
and some combination of triplicity, bounds, and faces. However, the Hellenistic
astrologers limited mutual reception to domicile rulership.
SUM M ARY OF IM P O R T A N T P O IN T S
1. For all planets, benefics, malefics, and common, the more a planet is in its
own signs of zodiacal rulerships, the more favorable the outcomes that it
can bring forth for the life of the individual.
2. When a planet occupies its own domicile sign, it has power of resources and
self-sufficiency.
3. When a planet is in mutual reception with another planet, it gains a measure
of power through the exchange of resources.
4. When a planet is in some other planet’s sign as a guest, it must look to that
other planet to provide its resources. It is necessary for a whole sign aspect
to exist between them, and better yet if their lord and host is also one of
their sect mates.
5. When a planet is in its detriment, there is instability or scarcity in terms of
accessing the resources needed to accomplish its tasks. If, in addition, the
planet does not have an aspect to its domicile lord host, there is no connec
tion to receive resources and the person may feel a lack of support in their
life relative to the topics it is charged with bringing about.
RECEPTION 181
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us now apply all these principles to our example charts. Remember:
at this point in our learning process, we are more interested in a planets
condition than in its interpretation. This judgment is preliminary to its
more complete delineation in the house it occupies and the houses it rules,
which can be done with confidence once all the criteria of condition have
been evaluated.
We are determining if a planet is in its own domicile rulership or if it re

sides as a guest in some other planets domicile. Is the host planet a friend
ly and generous provider of the resources that the planetary guest must
use to accomplish its agenda? For some lucky planets which reside in their
own domiciles, they are not guests beholden to a host (even a generous
one), but can provide for themselves. How do these determinations impact
a planets condition?
CHART I: PLANET AND ITS DOMICILE LORD
Planet’s Dom icile Aspect to Sect mate, Mutual Detriment

sign lord lord benefic, reception
malefic
SUN Sun* Own — —

Leo domicile
JUPITER Mercury Sextile Sect mate — Yes
Gemini
SATURN Jupiter Opposition Sect mate, — —

Sagittarius benefic
M ERCURY Sun Conjunction Sect mate — —
Leo
M OON Mars Aversion Sect mate, — —
Aries malefic
VEN U S Mercury Sextile Contrary sect — —
Gemini
MARS Mercury Aversion Contrary sect — —
Virgo
182 CHAPTER 13
ANALYSIS
t h e su n is very powerful because it is in its own domicile of Leo. Its kingly

nature has full access to centrality, fame, leadership, nobility, and pride.
m e r c u r y is a very influential planet because it is the domicile lord host for
three of the seven planets (Jupiter, Venus, Mars). Mercury residing on the Leo
estate is especially fortunate to be there at the same time as his domicile lord,
a powerful Sun, who shares his great bounty with his sect mate, who sits at his
table.
j u p it e r , who has been looking very good so far in terms of sect and posi
tive sextile aspect with his domicile lord Mercury, shows the first signs of a po
tential problem because of being in detriment. The detriment confers a certain
amount of instability, of loss following gain, and changing circumstances.
s a t u r n in Sagittarius has the good fortune to have the wise and generous
Jupiter as his domicile lord and sect mate, but we might have concern that Ju
piter’s instability, along with the opposition to Saturn, indicates a tension in the
steady and consistent flow required to meet Saturn’s needs.
t h e m o o n in Aries finds that her nurturing instincts have to be sharp
ened by the blade of her domicile lord, the warrior Mars, in order to protect her
young from attack. The Moon is not connected to Mars, so while her lord is her
sect-mate ally, he is blind to her presence on his estate.
m a r s is not connected to his domicile lord, Mercury. So two out of three of
the nocturnal sect members cannot reach their hosts for support.
v e n u s does have a good sextile aspect to her host, Mercury, in whose do
main good luck, friendship, and literary pursuits abound. Although Mercury is
not her sect mate, he is nevertheless likely to take care of her, because she is the
lovely (albeit sad: no sect-rejoicing) Venus, because of their sympathetic sextile
connection, and also because Mercury is sitting flush at the Sun’s table.
RECEPTION 183
CHART II: PLANET AND ITS DOMICILE LORD
Planets Domicile Aspect to Sect mate, Mutual Detriment

malefic
SUN Mars Trine Contrary — —

Scorpio sect,
malefic
JUPITER Venus Aversion Contrary — —
Taurus sect, benefic
SATURN Venus Aversion Contrary — —

Taurus sect, benefic
MERCURY Mars Trine Sect mate, — —
Scorpio malefic
MOON Jupiter Aversion Contrary — —
Sagittarius sect, benefic
VEN US Venus* Own domi Contrary — —
Libra cile sect, benefic
MARS Moon Aversion Sect mate — —
Cancer
ANALYSIS
A quick scan of domicile lords shows the predominance of Venus and Mars as
the main hosts for this nativity. Jupiter and Mercury have one planet each to
provide for, but the Sun, Mercury, and Saturn are not responsible for anyone.
We also notice that four out of seven planets are not connected to their domicile
lord hosts and five out of the seven are in the residences of those planets which
are not familiar or friendly relations. The overall impression is one of disconnect
and alienation, where the planets reside in the lands of love and strife, uncon
nected and unseen.
v e n u s s t a n d s o u t as occupying her own domicile (but in the non-re
joicing sign of Taurus); remembering that she also belongs to the sect of the
chart, we might, at this stage, expect the best outcomes of this life to be under
the auspices of Venus.
t h e s u n a n d m e r c u r y in Scorpio find themselves in Mars’ other king
dom, where his special forces are trained in stealth and secrecy, with under
tones of strong sexual intensity. They are both trine to Mars, who despite being
184 CHAPTER 13
the malefic of the sect in favor and thus potentially beneficial, is situated in the
twelfth house of enemies; we may wonder how this will play out. Mars is not a
friend to the Sun, but is sect ally to Mercury.
t h e d iu r n a l p l a n e t s Jupiter and Saturn both occupy Venus’ beauti
ful Taurean estate where they are immersed in a garden of earthly delights and
sensual pleasures. We notice that there is no classical aspect between them, and
their domicile lady, Venus, resides at her other palace in Libra. However, we
recall the doctrine that if two planets share the same domicile lord (Venus rules
both Taurus and Libra), even though there is not an aspect between them, they
have a “reluctant conjunction”. Thus, they are empowered by receiving Venus’
beneficence, even if she is not their sect mate.
t h e s a g it t a r ia n m o o n , who is the sect leader and queen of this noctur
nal chart, has a member of the opposite sect, the benefic Jupiter, as her domicile
lord, but there is no aspect connection between them. The potential benefactor
may not come through with support.
m a r s in c a n c e r looks to his queen, the Moon in Sagittarius, for recog
nition of his valor on her behalf, but she does not see him. This may amplify his
anger at feeling rejected and unacknowledged.
So far in our analysis, the nocturnal sect planets who rule the life in this
nocturnal chart place Venus in the best position to do good, followed by Mercu
ry; both the Moon and Mars are challenged in having access to their resources.
The diurnal sect planets have a mediocre leader in the Sun, but Jupiter and Sat
urn come out okay in spite of themselves.
-> EXERCISE 13

The Planet and its Domicile Lord
RECEPTION 185
EX ERCISE 13
T H E P L A N E T A N D ITS D O M IC ILE LORD
In this exercise, you are assessing the power of resources that a planet might re
ceive from the domicile lord of its zodiacal sign. You are also noting if the planet
is its own domicile lord, benefiting from mutual reception, or in the sign of its
detriment.
Planet's Domicile Aspect to Sect mate, Mutual Detriment

malefic
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
M ERCURY
MOON
VEN US
MARS
186 CHAPTER 13
1. Enter the zodiacal sign of each planet.

2. Enter the domicile lord o f each planet.
For example, if the Sun is in Virgo, enter Mercury as the Sun’s domicile lord
or if the Sun is in Leo, then enter the Sun as its own domicile lord.
3. If there is a whole sign aspect (sextile, square, trine, opposition, or co-presence)
between the planet and its domicile lord, enter the glyph or name of the aspect.
If there is no whole sign aspect, enter the word aversion. (Semi-sextile and
quincunx are considered aversions).
4. I f the domicile lord is a sect mate o f the planet, enter sect mate. Otherwise
enter no. Also enter whether the domicile lord is a benefic or malefic.
5. I f the planet is in mutual reception with another planet, make a check mark
and the name o f the planet. Otherwise leave blank.
6. If the planet is in the zodiacal sign o f its detriment, enter “detriment.” Other
wise leave blank.
7. Judgment:
t h e b e s t c o n d i t i o n is if a planet is its own domicile lord as it has total
access to its own resources and they are the optimal kind of resources for it
to accomplish its matters.
t h e n e x t b e s t c o n d i t i o n is if the planet’s domicile lord is one of its
own sect mates, especially the benefic of the sect, and they are connected by
an aspect. This gives a conduit for the flow of resources from the friendly
domicile lord host to its guest planet.
i t is a p r o b l e m if the planet does not aspect its domicile lord. The dom i
cile lord does not see the planet and thus does not know to provide for it.
a d i f f i c u l t c o n d i t i o n is if the planet has a member of the contrary sect
as its domicile lord, and even more difficult if its lord is the malefic of the
contrary sect. The resources are given, if at all, begrudgingly or scarcely or
are not useful for the accomplishment of the planet’s agenda.
t h e w o r s t c o n d i t i o n is if the planet has the malefic of the contrary
sect as its domicile and there is no aspect between them. It’s like being stuck
between a rock and a hard place.
i f a p l a n e t is i n t h e s i g n o f i t s d e t r i m e n t , this is also a prob
lematic situation because the resources are the wrong kind, not useful, or
not consistent nor stable. The individual must often work harder for fewer
results or the outcomes are inconsistent.
i f t h e p l a n e t is i n m u t u a l r e c e p t i o n by domicile with another
planet, it may have access to an exchange of resources. A planet’s strength in
its zodiacal sign and the kind of aspect influence the am ount and quality of
what can be exchanged for mutual benefit.
RECEPTION 187
1. Are there any planets that are domicile lords of more than one planet?
This planet is like the banker holding the money to dole out to more
than one planet and thus has much influence and responsibility.
2. Are there any planets who are not domicile lords of any other planets?
They have no responsibility to provide for anyone.
3. Are there any planets in their own domicile? If so, which ones? These
are flush with their own resources.
4. Are there any planets in their detriments? If so, which ones? These are
needy or perform in unstable or inconsistent ways.
5. Are there any planets in mutual reception? If so, which ones? These are
helping each other out.
6. How many planets and which ones are connected to their domicile
lords by a whole sign aspect?
7. How many planets and which ones are in the domiciles of their sect
mate friends?
8. How many planets and which ones are in the domiciles of the members
of the opposite sect, who may be strangers or foes?
9. Now write a sentence for each planet making a judgment of its capacity
to do its job favorably and effectively based upon the planet’s zodiacal
sign and its relationship with its domicile lord.
CHAPTER 14
Exaltation Lords
EXALTATION RULERSHIP IS THE SECOND SYSTEM OF ZODIACAL RULERSHIPS

th ro u g h w h ich a p la n e t m ay derive power. W h en a p lan e t occu p ies th e zodiacal
sig n o f its ex altatio n , it receives th e p ow er o f elevation to great h eig h ts o f g o o d
fo rtu n e w h e re it can receive ho n o r, glory, reco g n itio n , a n d respect. The G reek
te rm for e x altatio n is h upsom a, w hich m eans “elevation” o r “h e ig h t”.
Table 15. D om icile a n d E xa lta tio n Rulerships
PLANET DOMICILE DETRIMENT EXALTATION FALL
Sun Leo Aquarius Aries Libra
Jupiter Sagittarius Gemini Cancer Capricorn

Pisces Virgo
Saturn Capricorn Cancer Libra Aries

Aquarius Leo
Mercury Gemini Sagittarius Virgo Pisces

Virgo Pisces
Moon Cancer Capricorn Taurus Scorpio
Venus Taurus Scorpio Pisces Virgo

Libra Aries
Mars Aries Libra Capricorn Cancer

Scorpio Taurus
190 C H A P TE R 14
FIGU RE 3 4 . D O M IC IL E
RULERSHIPS (% EXALTATIONS
Planets in the outer ring are in their signs o f rulership (domicile);

planets in the inner ring are in their signs o f exaltation.
The Sun is exalted in Aries, the Moon in Taurus, Mercury in Virgo, Venus in
Pisces, Mars in Capricorn, Jupiter in Cancer, and Saturn in Libra. The Hellenis
tic astrologers gave the specific degrees of each sign for the maximum point of
the planet’s exaltation, but these exact degrees varied in some cases. According
to most ancient astrologers, the Sun is exalted at 190 Aries, the Moon at 30 Tau
rus, Saturn 190 Libra, Jupiter 150 Cancer, Mars 28° Capricorn, Venus 270 Pisces,
and Mercury 150 Virgo.1
An exalted planet is held in high esteem and treated as an honored guest
relative to the topics of the house it occupies. His or her thoughts, positions, and
actions have great influence over the behavior and deeds of others. The closer it
is to its exaltation degree, the greater the honor it has. Firmicus Maternus wrote
that a planet in exaltation is raised up to the maximum of its own natural force,
and those so born are made fortunate and successful.2 Medieval astrologers lik
ened an exalted planet to a person in his or her own kingdom and glory. Indian
1 Fir m ic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.3.5, trans. Ho l d e n .

2 F ir m ic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.3.1-2, trans. Ho l d e n .
EXALTATION LORDS 191
astrologers look to whether the planet is approaching its exact exaltation degree
or is separating from it in order to more finely tune their analysis. The power
and influence that individuals have with an exalted planet is due partially to the
authority or status of their high position, and partially to the respect and esteem
in which others hold them.
When a planet occupies the sign opposite its exaltation sign, it is said to be
depressed, or in its fall. The Greek term, tapeinoma, means a low-lying place,
like a depression in the ground. The word carries both the meanings of lower
status—humbled, base, low-born—and the corresponding state of melancholy:
downcast spirits. Each planet has its fall in the zodiacal sign that is opposite its
exaltation sign. The Sun has its fall in Libra, the Moon in Scorpio, Mercury in Pi
sces, Venus in Virgo, Mars in Cancer, Jupiter in Capricorn, and Saturn in Aries.
A person who has a planet in the sign of its fall may find themselves in situ
ations, in regards to the planets own nature and house location, where they feel
weakened or marginalized due to a lack of authority and respect. Planets in fall
can indicate worry and hardship concerning the matter the planet represents.
Despite ones best efforts, a person may encounter situations that lead to sorrows
and distress and can provoke a sense of being powerless or unfortunate in ones
circumstances.
The origins of exaltation rulerships continue to be a matter of scholarly de
bate. Some argue that they are one of the few Hellenistic doctrines that came
from Babylonian astrology, where a cuneiform text relates that each planet had
a secret place where it was considered to be auspicious. However, these texts
do not specify names for what these secret places were, and we are not even
sure that they were zodiacal sign locations. Some Babylonian texts do give the
names of the exaltation signs, but their late dating opens the possibility that they
may have been influenced by Hellenistic transmission, as other cuneiform texts
from this period contain Akkadian language transliterations of Greek astrolog
ical terms. Firmicus Maternus conveys a Babylonian tradition that is also held
by Vedic astrologers: planets are better positioned in their exaltations than in
their domiciles.3 However, the Arabic/Medieval astrologers reversed this, giving
primacy to domicile rulership and second place to exaltation.
In addition to uncertainty about origins, the rationale behind the exaltation
signs of planets is also unclear. Ptolemy attempts to give a meteorological expla
nation based upon the length of day and the heating, cooling, moisturizing, and
drying powers of nature, but his arguments are not convincing.4
3 Fir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.3.4, trans. H o l d en .

192 CHAPTER 14
Returning to the thema nmndi, we notice that the signs of exaltations of the
diurnal planets are trine to one of the signs of their domiciles. The Sun exalted
in Aries is trine to its domicile, Leo; Jupiter exalted in Cancer is trine to its do
micile, Pisces; Saturn exalted in Libra is trine to its domicile, Aquarius. The signs
of the exaltations of the nocturnal planets are sextile to one of the signs of their
domicile lords: the Moon exalted in Taurus is sextile to its domicile, Cancer;
Venus exalted in Pisces is sextile to its domicile, Taurus; Mars exalted in Cap
ricorn is sextile to its domicile, Scorpio. These geometrical configurations that
link the domicile and exaltation signs of each planet with trine aspect relative to
the diurnal planets and sextile aspects relative to the nocturnal planets hint at an
underlying integrity to the system.
A second pattern that emerges in the thema niundi is that the pure mascu
line planets Jupiter, Sun, Mars, and Saturn (Mercury as common can go either
way) occupy the tropical signs of dynamic action and the angular houses of
dynamic strength. Both tropical signs and angular houses facilitate the manifes
tations of planets as outer events.
Note that certain signs do not have exaltation lords. These are Gemini,
Aquarius, Sagittarius, Scorpio, and Leo. If a planet occupies one of these signs,
there is no resident lord there to raise it up. One might speculate that the diur
nal planets do not want some other planet as exaltation lord of the domicile in
which they rejoice. Thus the Sun reigns supreme in Leo, Jupiter does not allow
an exaltation lord in his rejoicing domicile of Sagittarius, and Saturn does not
share power in his rejoicing domicile of Aquarius. The texts tell us that no planet
can be exalted in the domicile of Scorpio where the Moon has her fall. Mercury
assumes both domicile and exaltation rulership of Virgo. The Arabic astrolo
gers, probably influenced by the Indians who considered the status of the North
and South nodes as equal to that of the planets, gave Gemini as the exaltation of
the North Node (the head of the dragon) and Sagittarius as the exaltation of the
South Node (the dragon’s tail).
Rhetorius comments on the causes of these planetary oppositions in the
exaltation scheme.5 The Sun, lord of light, is exalted in Aries, the seasonal sign
where the day force begins to increase while Saturn, lord of darkness, is exalted
in Libra, the seasonal sign where the dark force begins to increase. Conversely,
the Sun has its fall in Libra with shortening daylight, and Saturn has his fall in
Aries with increasing daylight.
Jupiter, lord of abundance and life, who signifies children, and whose exal
tation is in Cancer, is connected to the increase of the breath of life. Opposing
EXALTA TIO N LORDS 193
Jupiter is Mars, overseer of death, exalted in Capricorn. Thus Mars, lord of death
(Nergal in Babylonian myth), has its fall in Cancer where the life-breath increas
es; and conversely Jupiter has its fall in Capricorn, where death increases.
The oppositions of the exaltations of Mercury and Venus point to increase
in intellectual stimulation (Mercury in Virgo) versus decrease in sexual desire
(Venus in Virgo); conversely, the place where longing and pleasure increases
(Venus in Pisces) is where the intellectual stimulus falls (Mercury in Pisces).
Rhetorius gives the following explanation for why no planet is exalted in
Scorpio:
Where the Moon is exalted, no planet has its fall, and where the Moon
has its fall, no planet is exalted. It is said that the Moon is the Fortune
of all, and he whom fortune exalts, no one can bring down, and he
whom Fortune brings down, no one is able to exalt.6
If a planet is not in the zodiacal sign of its exaltation, investigating its rela
tionship with its exaltation lord can provide additional details. It is the respon
sibility of its exaltation lord, whichever planet that is, to provide honors to the
planet in question. But depending upon the exaltation lord and its relationship
to the planet, it may or may not have the capacity or willingness to do so. Again,
for a more finely-tuned evaluation, you must investigate whether the planet is
connected to its exaltation lord by a whole sign aspect, and whether or not it is
a sect mate.
EXAMPLE CHARTS
Look at each planet in turn to discover its exaltation lord, and to deter
mine if it is the recipient of any special powers o f esteem. This is the form u
la that you need to repeat in your head in order to get the correct response:
char t 1: t h e s u n is in LEO. Which planet is the exaltation lord o f

Leo? There is no exaltation lord o f Leo. Therefore I will put a dash in the
blank space fo r the Suns exaltation lord, t h e m o o n is in a r ie s . Which
planet is the exaltation lord o f Aries? The Sun is the exaltation lord o f Ar
ies. Therefore I will put the Sun in the blank space for the exaltation lord
fo r the Moon. Whatever honor the Moon receives is the responsibility o f
the Sun. I f Venus were in Pisces, for instance (which it is not in this chart),
the form ula would read: v e n u s is in p is c e s . Which planet is the exal
tation lord o f Pisces? Venus. Therefore I will put Venus in the blank space
194 CHAPTER 14
fo r the exaltation lord of Venus, Venus is its own exaltation lord and thus
has great power o f esteem.
CHART 1: PLANET AND ITS EXALTATION LORD
Planet's sign Domicile lord Exaltation lord Detriment Fall
SUN Sun* — — —
Leo
JUPITER Mercury — Yes —

Gemini
SATURN Jupiter — — —
Sagittarius
MERCURY Sun — — —
Leo
MOON Mars Sun — —

Aries
VENUS Mercury — — —
Gemini
MARS Mercury Mercury — —

Virgo
ANALYSIS
We can see that there are n o pl a n e t s e x a l t e d in this chart, and neither are
there any planets in their fall. In fact, most of the planets occupy signs where no
exaltation rulership power is available. One might speculate that this native has
planets in signs whose natures are not amenable to their power.
CHART II: PLANET AND ITS EXALTATION LORD
Planet’s sign Domicile lord Exaltation lord Detriment Fall
SUN Mars — — —
Scorpio
JUPITER Venus Moon — —

Taurus
SATURN Venus Moon — —

Taurus
M ERCURY Mars — — —
Scorpio
MOON Jupiter — — —
Sagittarius
VEN US Venus* Saturn — —

Libra
MARS Moon Jupiter — Yes

Cancer
ANALYSIS
The important piece of information gleaned from this analysis of exaltation and
fall is that m a r s has its fall in Cancer, and the topics it represents are subject to
a certain amount of bad reputation and fall from honor or respect. The aMOON
is responsible for raising up j u p it e r and s a t u r n , but she is in aversion and
cannot notice them.
-> e x e r c is e 14
The Exaltation Lord
196 CHAPTER 14
EXERCISE 14
THE EXALTATION LORD
In this exercise, you will determine if any planet receives power derived from
honors and respect from its presence in a zodiacal sign in which it is exalted,
or if it is diminished in the power of respect because it is in the zodiacal sign
of its fall. Add this information to the ongoing tabulation of each planet’s
rulership positions.
Planet’s sign Domicile lord Exaltation lord Detriment Fall
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
M ERCURY
M OON
VENUS
M ARS
1. Refer to the table o f Domicile and Exaltation Rulerships at the beginning o f

this chapter, and complete the current exercise using your own chart.
2. Enter the zodiacal sign for each planet.
3. Enter the domicile lord for each planet.
4. Enter the planet that is exalted in the sign that the planet occupies. For exam
ple, if Jupiter is in Pisces, Venus is the planet that is exalted in Pisces, so you
would enter Venus as Exaltation lord. If Jupiter is in Cancer, since Jupiter is
the exaltation lord of Cancer, enter Jupiter in that box. You see that Jupiter
is his own exaltation lord and thus has power of esteem.
5. Place an asterisk next to any planet that is exalted in the zodiacal sign it occu
pies. You will know this because the planet that you are inquiring about will
be the exaltation lord of that zodiacal sign.
6. Note if any planet is in a zodiacal sign in which it has its fall (i.e., opposite its
exaltation sign).
1. Are there any planets in the signs of their exaltations? If so, which ones?
2. Place an asterisk next to them.
3. If you have an exalted planet, can you recognize the ways in which the
matters associated with this planet have brought you esteem, honors,
recognition, or respect?
4. Are there any planets in the signs of their fall? If so, which ones?
5. Make a notation of this in your table.
6. If you have a planet in its fall, can you recognize the ways in which the
matters associated with this planet have brought you worry, distress,
lack of appreciation or respect?
CHAPTER 15
Triplicity Rulerships
TRIPLICITY (TRIGON) RULERSHIPS ARE THE THIRD TYPE OF ZODIACAL

rulership system used in traditional astrology. This rulership system is based
primarily upon the four triplicity groupings, now known as the four elements
(fire, earth, air, and water, each of which contain three signs) and secondarily
upon sect. Each of the four trigons (triplicities) has a set of planetary rulers
called its triplicity lords—a day lord that is used for diurnal birth charts, a night
lord used for nocturnal birth charts, and a common (or cooperating/ partici
pating) lord that operates in both day and night charts, giving assistance to the
other two triplicity lords.
When a planet occupies a zodiacal sign and sect in which it has triplicity
rulership, it is supported by its natural elemental environment. It has greater
stability, and thus has greater power to bring about its significations in ways that
are beneficial to the material well-being of the individual. In terms of interpre
tation, a planet in its own triplicity has the support of its community in any ven
ture it might undertake. The Medieval astrologers likened this to a person who
was among his allies and followers, who follow and obey him, but are not related
by kinship.1
There is an alternate interpretation for triplicity lords as giving a person
"motive power”. Robert Schmidt speculates that since the triplicities were orig
inally associated with the winds from the four directions, a planet in its own
triplicity, especially if it was its own triplicity lord, indicated that this planet
had powerful winds at its back spurring it on to the completion of successful
enterprises.
Bo n a t t i, Book of Astronomy 2.2.19, trans. D y k e s .

200 CHAPTER 15
Table 16. Triplicity Lords
Triplicity Diurnal lord Nocturnal lord Cooperating lord
FIRE Sun Jupiter Saturn

Aries, Leo, Sagittarius
EARTH Venus Moon Mars

Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn
AIR Saturn Mercury Jupiter

Gemini, Libra, Aquarius
WATER Venus Mars Moon

Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces
in t h e f ir e t r ipl ic it y (Aries, Leo, Sagittarius), the Sun is the tri

plicity lord in a day chart, Jupiter is the triplicity lord in a night chart;
Saturn cooperates with both.
in t h e e a r t h t r ipl ic it y (Taurus, Virgo, and Capricorn), Venus is
the triplicity lord in a day chart, the Moon is the triplicity lord in a night
chart; Mars cooperates with both.
in t h e a ir t r ip l ic it y (Gemini, Libra, Aquarius), Saturn is the tri
plicity lord in a day chart, Mercury in a night chart; Jupiter cooperates
with both.
in t h e w a t e r t r ip l ic it y (Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces), Venus is the tri
plicity lord in a day chart, Mars in a night chart, the Moon cooperates.
Taking a closer look at the triplicity lords, you can see that the fire and air
triplicities, which are composed of the diurnal masculine signs, have the di
urnal planets as their triplicity lords. Likewise, the earth and water triplicities,
composed of the nocturnal feminine signs, have the nocturnal planets as their
triplicity lords. The air triplicity is comprised of the diurnal planets Saturn and
Jupiter, along with Mercury. Thus, in a general sense, the diurnal planets Sun,
Jupiter, and Saturn do better in the fire and air triplicities where they have ruler
ship and are supported by their natural elemental environment. If, in addition,
they occupy a position in which they also have rulership, this is the best of all
possible conditions. The same holds true for the nocturnal planets Moon, Ve
nus, and Mars when located in the signs of the earth and water triplicities.
TRIPLICITY RULERSHIPS 201
Let us take several different examples of Jupiter in various signs in both

day and night charts to determine a planets triplicity lord, and make the cor
responding judgment of how much power it has in that sign. Go over these ex
amples carefully until you are confident that you can replicate the process. The
steps in your analysis that you need to follow are:
1. What is the triplicity of the zodiacal sign the planet occupies?

Fire, earth, air, or water?
2. Is the chart a day chart or a night chart?
3. If it is a day chart, which planet is the diurnal ruler of that elemental
triplicity?
4. If it is a night chart, which planet is the nocturnal ruler of that elemen
tal triplicity?
j u p i t e r in a r ie s in a d a y c h a r t : Aries belongs to the fire triplicity. The

three triplicity lords of fire are the Sun, Jupiter, and Saturn—the three diurnal
sect mates. The diurnal triplicity lord (because this is a day chart) of the fire
element is the Sun; thus the Sun is Jupiter’s triplicity lord. Jupiter has moderate
power and support in this sign because he is a member of the fire group in which
the Sun, his sect mate, is not only his triplicity lord but also his sect leader.
j u p i t e r in l e o in a n ig h t c h a r t : Leo belongs to the fire triplicity. The
nocturnal lord of fire in a night chart is Jupiter. Jupiter is his own triplicity lord,
the most powerful position possible. In this chart, Jupiter rules as triplicity lord
and his sect mates, the Sun and Saturn, are both behind him giving support by
moving him forward toward completion of his objectives.
j u p i t e r in Sc o r p io in a d a y c h a r t : Scorpio belongs to the water tri
plicity. Notice that all three triplicity lords of water are the nocturnal sect plan
ets—Venus, Mars, and Moon. The diurnal triplicity lord of water in a day chart
is Venus. Thus Venus is Jupiter’s triplicity lord. Jupiter does not belong to this
group and thus in this sign he has little or no power that comes from communi
ty support helping him to move towards his goals. However, Venus is a benefic
planet and her role as his triplicity lord does not necessarily hurt him.
j u p i t e r in Sc o r p io in a n ig h t c h a r t : The nocturnal triplicity lord
of water is Mars. Thus Mars is Jupiter’s triplicity lord. Jupiter has no position
among the triplicity lords of the water triplicity. Mars belongs to the contrary
sect and is the malefic planet of the contrary sect, relative to diurnal Jupiter.
Thus, Jupiter does not receive any supportive help from the community when in
Scorpio in a night chart and may even be subject to adversarial opposition from
the larger community.
202 CHAPTER 15
OTHER USES OF THE T R IP L IC IT Y LORDS
The triplicity lords of the sect light (Sun or Moon) was an important technique
used by Hellenistic astrologers to determine the overall eminence and fortune
of an individual’s life. Dorotheus of Sidon, one of the earliest Hellenistic astrol
ogers, used the triplicity lords extensively for many other considerations. He
often employed the three triplicity lords of a zodiacal sign (its day lord, night
lord, and cooperating lord) rather than the domicile lord for judgments on the
various significations of that house. He wrote that “everything which is decided
and indicated comes to be from the lords of the triplicities [trigons]’?
Dorotheus’ work was one of the prim ary sources for the Arabic astrologers.
Al-Andarzaghar said, “the first lord of the triplicity of the house of death [i.e. the
eighth] signifies death, and the second one ancient things, and the third inheri
tance”.23 Thus if a person with a day chart has the zodiacal sign Gemini occupying
the eighth house, the first lord Saturn signifies his death; the second lord M ercu
ry signifies ancient things related to him; and the third lord Jupiter signifies his
inheritances. Because Dorotheus’ work was translated and used by Persian and
Arabic astrologers, triplicity lords became an integral part of the astrology that
was then passed on into the Medieval era.
The Hellenistic astrologers used the first two triplicity lords, the day lord
and night lord, to rule over the first and second parts of life, while the Arabic
and Medieval astrologers also took the third cooperating triplicity lord for indi
cations on the third part of life. The condition of each triplicity lord in the natal
chart gave indications about the good or bad fortune during the part of life over
which it had jurisdiction. In Hellenistic astrology, the changeover from the first
to second part of life was timed to the planetary periods of the triplicity lords
and the ascensional times of their signs.4
R A T IO N A LE FOR T R IP L IC IT Y LORDS AN D THE

JOYS OF TH E HOUSES
We are going to introduce another seminal chart that is used primarily to illus
trate the integrated structure that stands behind the twelve houses. It also serves
a secondary purpose in giving hints for the underlying structure of the triplicity
2 D o r o t h e u s , Carmen 1.1.8, trans. D y k e s .

3 As cited by A l -Q a b i s i (Introduction to the Science o f Astrology 1.64) in Bo n a t t i, Book o f
Astronomy 2.3.5, trans. D y k e s .
4 Va l e n s , Anthology, 2.2.
lords. Because the triplicity lords were used extensively as rulers of houses in
the widespread tradition that followed Dorotheus, this may well have been an
alternate or competing doctrine to the influence of the domicile lords as house
rulers as illustrated in the thema mundi.
FIGURE 35. TR IP L IC IT Y LORDS

TH E JOYS OF TH E HOUSES
Above is a schema that gives the ancient names of the houses and the place
ments of planets that were said to “have their joy” or “rejoice” in a certain house.
In the chapter on houses, we will discover that many significations for the hous
es were derived from the nature of the planets which had their joy there.
You can see that the Sun has his joy in the ninth house, called God, while the
Moon has her joy opposite him in the third house, called Goddess. Benefic Ju
piter rejoices in the eleventh house of the Good Daimon/Spirit, while the other
benefic, Venus, rejoices opposite him in the fifth house of Good Fortune. Malef
ic Saturn has his joy in the twelfth house of the Bad Daimon, polarizing malefic
Mars in the sixth house of Bad Fortune. Mercury rejoices in the first house.
What stands out is that the Sun, Jupiter, and Saturn—the diurnal triplic
ity lords of the fire and air elements—all rejoice in houses above the horizon,
while the Moon, Venus, and Mars—the nocturnal triplicity lords of the earth
and water elements—all rejoice in houses below the horizon. Mercury as com
mon, which can belong to either the diurnal or nocturnal sect, rejoices in the
204 CHAPTER 15
first house, part of which can be above the horizon and part below, depending
upon the degree of the Ascendant.
Robert Schmidt first made the observation that the triplicity lords tended to
cluster around the four angular houses. The two primary triplicity lords of fire,
the Sun and Jupiter, flank the tenth house and their cooperating triplicity lord,
Saturn, is adjacent to Jupiter; the two primary triplicity lords of air, Saturn and
Mercury, are near the first house and their cooperating triplicity lord, Jupiter,
is adjacent to Saturn. The two primary triplicity lords of earth, Venus and the
Moon, surround the fourth house and their cooperating triplicity lord Mars is
adjacent to Venus; one of the two primary triplicity lords of water, Mars, is next
to the seventh house.
Chris Brennan expanded upon these insights, discussing how this scheme
informed which of the four elements came to be associated with each triplicity.5
Looking at Aristotle’s doctrine of natural place, fire is the lightest element that
rises to the top of the cosmos, while earth is the heaviest element that settles to
the lowest regions. Air rises upwards and settles below fire, while water settles
downwards and rests upon earth. Once the natural position of each element is
linked to its corresponding placement upon the wheel of houses, the assignment
of the triplicity lords to their element follows accordingly. The Sun and Jupiter
at the top of the chart belong to fire at the heights, while Venus and the Moon
at the bottom of the chart belong to earth at the depths. Mercury and Saturn at
the Ascendant belong to air that rises up, while Mars belongs to water that sinks
downward.6
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us now determine whether any planet is its own triplicity lord. Keep
in mind that it is not unusual if there are not any planets in their own
triplicities, but when they are it is an important indicator that the planet
possesses a power o f a special nature.
5 Br e n n a n , Hellenistic Astrology, p. 258.

6 It is important to note that C l a u d iu s P t o l e m y changed the rulers of the water triplicity,
and eliminated the cooperating rulers altogether. Some Medieval and classical Renaissance
astrology, especially the work of William Lilly, is derived directly from the Ptolemaic tradi
tion and adheres to his convention.
CHART I: TRIPLICITY LORDS, DIURNAL CHART
Planet’s sign Domicile lord Exaltation lord Triplicity lord Detriment, fall,
mutual reception
SUN Sun* — Sun* —

Leo
JUPITER Mercury — Saturn Detriment

Gemini
SATURN Jupiter — Sun —

Sagittarius
M ERCURY Sun — Sun —

Leo
MOON Mars Sun Sun —

Aries
VEN US Mercury — Saturn —

Gemini
MARS Mercury Mercury Venus —

Virgo
ANALYSIS
The s u n is its own triplicity lord. In addition to its power of resources that is
indicated by being its own domicile lord, it has the power that comes from the
support of a community whose members go beyond ones kinship system. One
might note that the Sun is also the triplicity lord for the planets s a t u r n , m e r
c u r y , and the m o o n . Because the Sun itself is powerful, the support it confers
is strong, especially to its sect mates.
206 C H A P T E R 15
c h a r t i i : t r ipl ic it y l o r d s , N O C T U R N A L CHART
Planet's sign Domicile lord Exaltation lord Triplicity lord Detriment, fall,
mutual reception
SUN Mars — Mars —

Scorpio
JUPITER Venus Moon Moon —

Taurus
SATURN Venus Moon Moon —

Taurus
MERCURY Mars — Mars —

Scorpio
MOON Jupiter — Jupiter —

Sagittarius
VENUS Venus* Saturn Mercury —

Libra
MARS Moon Jupiter Mars* Fall

Cancer
ANALYSIS
Because m a r s in a night chart is the triplicity lord of the water signs, Mars in
Cancer has rulership and power as he is his own triplicity lord in this nocturnal
chart. This placement gives him the power of support from his followers and
mitigates, to some extent, the difficulties of disrepute that Mars has due to it
being in the zodiacal sign of its fall. One might compare the thief and his merry
band of followers.

The Triplicity Lord
EX ERCISE 15
THE TRIPLICITY LORD
In this exercise, you will determine the primary triplicity lord for each plan
et. You are looking to see if any planet is its own triplicity lord, thus receiving
the power of support gained from its community of followers. Add this in
formation to the ongoing tabulation of a planet’s rulership positions.
SECT OF CHART (DAY OR NIGHT):
Planet's sign Domicile lord Exaltation lord Triplicity lord Detriment, fall,
mutual reception
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
M ERCURY
M OON
V EN U S
M ARS
208 CHAPTER 15
1. Enter the zodiacal sign for each planet.

2. Enter the planet's domicile lord (from the preceding exercise).
3. Enter the planets exaltation lord (from the preceding exercise).
4. Consult Table 16 (Triplicity Lords) at the beginning o f this chapter (page 200).
Referring to your own chart, enter each planets triplicity lord. First note the
sect of the chart (diurnal or nocturnal); then note the elemental triplicity o f
the planets sign (fire, earth, air, or water). If the chart is diurnal, enter the di
urnal lord for that element. If the chart is nocturnal, enter the nocturnal lord
for that element.
5. If a planet is its own triplicity lord, mark it with an asterisk.
6. If a planet is not its own triplicity lord, check to see if its triplicity lord is one
o f its triplicity sect mates.
7. Make a note if the planet is in its detriment, fall, or mutual reception (from the
preceding exercises).
1. Do any planets derive power from rulership by triplicity?

If so, which ones?
2. What kind of power do triplicity lords offer?
3. Which planets are in triplicities of their sect mates?
4. Which planets are in triplicities of the members of their opposite sect?
5. Discuss any placement that stands out as significant.
6. Based upon your analysis of the triplicity lords, can you recognize the
presence or lack of support from the community of followers relative
to the significations of that planet? Can you gauge the extent of motive
power from the followers, or any “wind” spurring the planet on?
CHAPTER 16
Bound Rulerships
THE BOUNDS ARE THE FOURTH SYSTEM OF RULERSHIPS THAT WAS USED
in Hellenistic astrology. “Bound” comes from the Greek word horion (pl. horia)
which can be translated as the boundaries or limits of a territory. In the vari
ous contemporary translations of the ancient texts, you may see this rulership
system referred to as the bounds, limits, confines, or in Medieval literature, the
terms (which comes from Latin terminus, meaning “end limits”). Be aware that
all these words are referring to the same concept. In the remainder of this work,
we will use the word “bound” as a translation of horion.
Each zodiacal sign is subdivided into five unequal sectors. Each sector is
called a bound and is under the jurisdiction of one of the five planets—Mercury,
Venus, Mars, Jupiter, or Saturn—which is called the bound lord of that portion
of the zodiacal sign. The Sun and Moon are not lords of any of the bounds as
they—Solar King and Lunar Queen—were thought to rule and have dominion
over everything.
While the domicile lord of a zodiacal sign provides the resources available
for planets residing in that sign, the bound lord sets the terms, rules, or limits
of what is permissible within the particular degrees over which it has authority.
The bound lord is also called an oikodespotes, or ruler of the household. When a
planet is located within the bounds of another planet, it is subject to the param
eters set by its bound lord.
We may compare this to a middle school where the principal is the domicile
lord of the sign, and while he governs the school as a whole, is primarily respon
sible for administrative duties and budget allocations to provide resources. The
bound lords are likened to the individual teachers in each classroom, who set
the rules for attendance, homework, grading, behavior, etc.
If the bound lord is a benefic planet, its parameters and rules are often le
nient and generous, with a wide leeway for transgressions. A Jupiterian bound
lord is a teacher who would be easy-going with the rules, allow homework to
come in late, give outlines for the exam questions, and accommodate special
needs and requests.
210 CHAPTER 16
Table 17. Bound Lords (Egyptian)
ARIES
TAURUS
I ! 2 ! 3 I 4 ! 5 I 6; 7 j 8 ! 9 10 ■11 ; 12 ’ 13 j 14 , 15 ■ 16 ! 17 : 18 1 19 i 2 0 ! 21 j 2 2 ' 2 3 I 24 | 25 ; 26 > 7 I 28 j 29 J 30
9 j i i 2 i !> ’ or
GEMINI
1 ! 2 j 3 J 4 i 5 I 6 | 7 ! 8 i 9 ' 1 0 ; 11 ) 12 13 114 · 15 i 1 6 1 17 , 18 ! 19 | 20 ; 21 j 22 i 23 i 24 [ 25 2 6 | 27 ' 28 | 29 | 30
9 I 2 i 9 I o' ; !>
CANCER
1 , 2 i 3 I1 4 ; 5 I 6| 7 [ 8 9 ! 1 0 ' 1 1 12 13 ! 14 I 15 16 ; 17 | 18 | 19 ! 20 i 21 I 22 | 23 24 i 25 j 26 ; 27 | 28 j 29 j 30
o' I 9 9 I 2 I 5
LEO
1 i 2 j 3 j 4 : 5 | 6 | 7 ( 8 | 9 j 10 ; 11 i 12 j 13 . 14 j 15 | 1 6 ; 17 11 8 ' 1 9 ; 20 | 21 ! 22 j 23 | 24 j 25 i 2 6 ; 27 : 2 8 : 29'1 30
2 : 9 5 ; 9 ; O’
VIRGO
1 j 2 ! 3 j 4 j 5 | 6 I 7 i 8 I 9 1101 11 ■
' 12 [ 13 _ 24 ■15 1 1 6 ; 17 i 1 8 1 19 | 20 j 2 1 : 22 I 23 | 24 i 25 j 2 6 i 27 i 28 j 2 9 : 3 0
* I 9 I 3 I o* i b
LIBRA
» 1 2 ( 3 j 4 ; 5 16 j 7 j 8 j 9 1 0 ; 11 ■ 1 2 ; 1 3 ; 1 4 : 1 5 1 x 6 , 1 7 1 1 8 1 1 9 ; 2 0 1 2 1 12 2 : 2 3 1 2 4 ] 2 5 12 6 ; 2 7 1 2 8 : 2 9 1 3 0
b I 5 i 4 | 9 i o*
SCORPIO
1 ’ 2 ; 3 1 *! 5 | 6 1 7 i 8 1 9 : 1 0 ; 1 1 ! 12 · 1 3 1 14 15 j 1 6 1 1 7 ! 1 8 1 1 9 1 2 0 12 1 12 2 1 2 3 1 2 4 1 2 5 1 2 6 , 2 7 1 2 8 j 2 9 ; 3 0
O' ! ? i i I 2 I 5
SAGITTARIUS
1 ! 2 i 3 I 4 i 5 ! 6 j 7 ! 8 : 9 ! 1 0 ! 11 j 12 j 13 ; 1 4 ! 1 5 1 1 6 1 1 7 1 1 8 1 1 9 1 2 0 1 2 1 1 22 j 23 j 2 4 1 25 J 2 6 1 27 i 2 8 1 2 9 1 3 0
2 i 9 I 9 I -5 I O'
CAPRICORN
1 ! 2 i 3 I 4 j 5 6 ! 7 I 8 I 9 j 10 j 1 1 ! 12 1 13 ! 14 i 15 | 16 1 17 1 18 >19 | 2 0 | 2 1 1 22 1 23 | 24 ¡2 5 I 26 | 27 I 28 ¡ 2 9 I 3 0
9 | 2 ! 9 I 5 i o'
AQUARIUS
1 · 2 ! 3 I 4 j 5 j 6 j 7 [8 | 9 : 1 0 1 1 1 1 12 i 13 j 14 1 15 j 16 j 1 7 1 18 1 19 I 2 0 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 23 I 24 I 25 1 2 6 1 27 j 28 j 29 j 3 0
9 i 9 I 2 I Of I b
PISCES
1 I 2 i 3 i 4 ; 5 ; 6 [ 7 ; 8 I 9 ! 1 0 ; 11 j 1 2 1 13 j 14 1 15 1 1 6 ! 17 [ 1 8 1 1 9 1 2 0 1 21 j 22 j 23 | 24 I 25 j 2 6 1 2 7 1 2 8 1 29 ] 3 0
9 1 * 1 * 1 C* H
BOUND RULERSHIPS 211
By contrast, a malefic planet bound lord would have strict and harsh rules,
limiting the range of fortunate options and opportunities, or demanding unre
alistically high standards of achievement with punishment for incompetency
or failure. A Saturnian bound lord teacher would pile on the homework every
night, grade down for late submission of work or missed attendance, and con
sistently grade low with negative remarks about one’s performance. However, if
Saturn is a functional benefic in a particular natal chart, or is exalted in a zodi
acal sector where he has dominion by bound, the enforced hard work can result
in the mastery of a difficult skill.
When a planet is in some other planets bounds, it must abide by the limits
set by that bound lord, however generous or harsh. But when a planet has the
good fortune to occupy its own bounds, it sets its own rules of operation and is
not restricted or subjected to the rules or authority of another. It has autonomy
in directing the course of its actions without being constrained by transgres
sions or repercussions. To extend the example above, a planet in its own bounds
may be compared to the student doing an independent study and setting his or
her own course, schedule, and structure for evaluation.
Lets now turn to Table 17 (Bound Lords) to examine how it is construct
ed, and how to determine a planets bound lord. We will then discuss the finer
points of interpretation.
In looking at the table as a whole, you can see that each zodiacal sign is di
vided into five sectors of unequal length, with a different planet associated with
each sector. For example, in the zodiacal sign Aries, the first six degrees are un
der the governance of Jupiter; Venus oversees the seventh to the twelfth degree,
followed by Mercury who rules the thirteenth to the twentieth degree. Mars has
jurisdiction from the twenty-first to the twenty-fifth degree, and Saturn governs
the twenty-sixth to the thirtieth degree. Each of these planets is the bound lord
of their particular sector.
To determine the bound lord of a planet in a particular birth chart, locate its
sign and degree on the table. See which planet rules the sector in which the de
gree is located. That planet is the bound lord of the planet under inquiry. When
checking each planet, be sure to round up to the next degree for any position
that is greater than the whole integer. A planet at 6° Aries oo' is read as 6° Aries.
But if that planet were at 6° Aries 01, it would be read as 70 Aries.
Because the Greeks did not have the number zero in their arithmetical sys
tem, each zodiacal sign begins with the first degree of that sign. What this means
in actuality is that if a planet is at o° Aries 10', it is in the first degree. Likewise if
it is at 6° Aries 03', it is in the seventh degree. Therefore the bounds of Jupiter in
Aries begin at oo°oo' of the sign and end at 6°oo'. In this example, the bounds
212 CHAPTER 16
of Venus in Aries begin at 6° Aries o f and end at 12° Aries oo', and so on. So
if there is a planet at 20° Aries 20', it is read as the twenty-first degree of that
sign and located in the bounds of Mars, not Mercury. Read this paragraph over
carefully until you thoroughly understand what is being said; otherwise you will
make mistakes determining the correct bound lord.
Let us try a few examples. If the planet Jupiter is at 220 Aries, its bound
lord is Mars. If it is at 18° Aries, its bound lord is Mercury. If it is at 50 Aries, its
bound lord is Jupiter—hence Jupiter is his own bound lord. Similar to the other
rulership systems, a planet in its own position of rulership has access to special
powers which improve its overall condition.
The Hellenistic texts contain interpretive material describing the qualities of
each of the bound sectors in the various zodiacal signs. They describe how plan
ets operate in the various bounds when under the governance of their bound
lords. These entries attest to the importance of the bounds in Hellenistic astrol
ogy. Vettius Valens delineates each of the bounds, with phrases such as:
The first six degrees of Aries, those of Jupiter, are well-tempered, ro
bust, prolific, beneficent. The six degrees of Venus are cheerful, skill
ful, radiant, proper, pure, fair-complexioned [...] The five degrees of
Mars are destructive, fiery, unstable due to the wickedness of men,
reckless.1
Firmicus Maternus wrote that a planet in its own bounds is as powerful as

in its own domicile.2 He approached the delineations from the perspective of the
meanings of the Ascendant and planets when occupying the bounds of another
planet, or in other words, each planet under the dominion of the various bound
lords. He also factored in the ways that sect considerations modified these influ
ences. An abridged excerpt reads:
If the a s c is found in the bounds of Mercury, it will make literati

[...] learned persons always adorned with right judgment [...] but if
Mercury is found in those degrees in which the a s c is, it will make
astrologers, mathematicians, haruspices, but always decorated with
every duty of virtue [...] But if Mars is found in those same degrees
[bounds of Mercury], and it is a diurnal nativity, it will make bad, ma
licious persons [...] defrauders and scoundrels. But if it is a nocturnal
nativity, all these things are mitigated to some extent.3
Va l e n s , Anthology 1.3.
2 Fir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.7, trans. H o l d e n .
3 F ir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 5.2.15-18, trans. H o l den.
Rhetorius tells us that the actions of the bound lords have an effect upon
the fate of the individual. When a planet is found in the domicile of a benefic
and in the bounds of a benefic, it benefits the natives fortune; and if found in
the domicile of a benefic and the bounds of a malefic, it reduces the good of the
fortune. But if it chances to be in a malefic domicile and malefic bound, it afflicts
and dims the fate.4 The Medieval Arabic tradition taught that a planet in its own
bounds was likened to a man being among his parents and relatives.5
Lets take a closer look at the bound table in order to fine-tune our inter
pretations. The conditions that a bound lord offers to its resident planets are
generally positive and fortunate if the bound lord has domicile or (even more
so) exaltation rulership in the portion of the zodiacal sign which it governs. The
planet is faced with especially challenging conditions if its bound lord is located
in a zodiacal sign in which it has its fall. For example, Valens tells us that the
bounds of Jupiter in the sign Cancer (in which Jupiter is exalted) are “kingly, au
tonomous, esteemed, litigious, high-minded, pertaining to rulers and the good
of the whole”, while Jupiter’s bounds in Capricorn (in which Jupiter has its fall)
“make for ups and downs of reputation and disrepute, of wealth and poverty”.6
A second example is Venus. Despite being a benefic, planets which occupy
her bounds in Virgo, the sign of her fall, have a particularly difficult experi
ence; they are “liable to go astray, be blameworthy, erring in matters of marriage
and shameful in relation to the passions”. By contrast, the bounds of Venus in
Pisces, the sign of her exaltation, accord “dedication to enjoyment and living
pleasantly”.
The bounds of the malefic planets are generally filled with destructive and
injurious terrain, with the exception of Saturn’s rule of the first part of Libra and
Mars’ governance of Capricorn, where they are both exalted. The bounds of Sat
urn in the last degrees of Virgo are “monstrous”, but in the first degrees of Libra,
its exaltation, are “kingly”. As your proficiency with the nuances of this kind of
interpretation grows, you will increasingly refine your judgments.
Another point to note is that one of the two malefic planets, either Mars
or Saturn, is the bound lord of the last few degrees of each sign. A trace of this
technique remains in modern astrology, where the last degrees of each sign are
associated with some kind of difficult or fated condition; but most astrologers
no longer remember why this is the case. According to Bonatti, if a “malefic did
not possess two out of the three rulerships of exaltation, trigon, or domicile in a
4 R h e t o r i u s , Compendia 12.
5 A l -Q a b i s i 1.23, as reported by B o n a t t i , Book of Astronomy 2.2.19, trans. D y k e s .
214 CHAPTER 16
zodiacal sign, as bound lord it was thrown to rule the final degrees of the sign”,7
the hinterlands, the most distant realms of the kingdom where it was unhappy,
becoming bitter or mean.
As you check to see who the bound lord of a certain planet is, remember
that you are not only looking to see if it is its own bound lord (where, among
its kin, it has the most autonomy). You are also looking to see if the bound lord
is a benefic or malefic, a sect mate or a member of the contrary sect, and also
whether the bound lord is in a zodiacal sign of its own rulership by domicile,
exaltation, and even triplicity, or whether it is in its fall or detriment. These con
siderations add nuance to your interpretations and help you assess the localized
terrain in which the planet finds itself, the nature of its rule, and the rules to
which it is subject.
The bounds that we are using in this treatment of Hellenistic astrology are
known as the Egyptian Bounds. Claudius Ptolemy reported that there were two
predominant systems of bounds circulating in his time: one attributed to the
Egyptians and the other to the Chaldeans. Finding problems with both, he pre
sented his own table of bounds that he claimed to have found in a very old book.
Each of these systems gives a different order of bound lord planets and the de
grees they rule for the various signs. Ptolemy’s system of bounds was recorded
by Bonatti and then passed on to the Renaissance tradition of William Lilly and
others. If you are using a computer program to generate the bound lords of the
planets, be sure to verify which system is being used as a default, and adjust
accordingly if needed.
O T H E R USES OF T H E B O U N D LO RD S
There is still no clear rationale that has been ascertained for the order of bound
lords in each sign and the num ber of degrees each planet rules. Both Ptolemy
and Bonatti’s explanations become convoluted and confusing. But what is clear
is that the sum of degrees that each planet rules in the bounds table equals the
Greater Years of that planets planetary periods—Saturn: 57 years, Jupiter: 79
years, Mars: 66 years, Venus: 82 years, and Mercury: 76 years. The bound lord
of the planet that was chosen as the Ruler of the Nativity was thought to give
the expected years of life in accordance with the Greater Years of the planets, as
modified by several other factors. The M inor Years of the planets are based upon
a planets synodic recurrence cycle with the Sun, and some variation of this as-
7 B o n a t t i , Book o f A stronom y 2.2.14, trans. D y k e s .

tronomical cycle may be a likely candidate for the bounds algorithm.

The bounds and bound lords thus had critical roles in timing techniques
concerning longevity and vital force. In length of life inquiries, the Hellenistic
astrologers searched for a planet that had the authority to be the Ruler of the
Nativity (Oikodespotês). Various authors taught that this planet was the bound
lord of the Sun, Moon, or Ascendant, or possibly even the Lot of Fortune or
Prenatal Lunation. Each of these planets and sensitive points were put through
a long and exacting procedure of qualifying criteria, and the bound lord of the
most qualified planet was chosen to determine the length of life.
The bounds and the bound lord of the Ruler of the Nativity provide the
structure for one of the Hellenistic time-lord procedures called ‘circumambula
tions through the bounds”. This procedure establishes the general time periods
in a persons life by means of primary directions based upon the ascensional
times of the zodiacal signs. The Ascendant or some other significator is moved
by means of primary directions through the successive sequences of bounds.
The duration, ups and downs of a persons life, and the quality of a particular pe
riod are indicated by the nature of the bound lord whose terrain the significator
is passing through, and its condition in the natal chart.
SUM MARY
The bound lord plays an important role in assessing a planets condition in terms
of its capacity to bring about favorable outcomes. A planet in its own bounds
has the power of autonomy, for it is not subject to the rules of others. When a
planet is in the bounds of some other planet, it is governed by that bound lord.
The bound lord sets the parameters and terms of operation and determines its
fate in accordance with its own relative benefic or malefic nature and condition
in the natal chart. Under these circumstances, the best bound lord is the benefic
planet of the same sect, or better yet, if the bound lord is in the sign of its ex
altation. The worst condition is when the bound lord is a malefic planet of the
opposite sect, and is especially problematic if that malefic is in the sign of its fall.
However, if the malefic planet is in otherwise good overall condition in the natal
chart, then some of the difficulties are mitigated and the person has the capacity
to transform the difficulties into a source of gain.
EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us now determine the bound lords for each planet in our example
charts before repeating the process with our own chart.
216 CHAPTER 16
CHART I: BOUND LORDS
Planet, sign, Domicile Exaltation Triplicity Bound Detriment,

and degree lord lord lord lord fall, mutual
reception
0^ Sun* — Sun* Jupiter —

O5°O9
Mercury — Saturn Jupiter* Detriment

O9°34'
Jupiter — Sun Saturn* —

24°39
Sun — Sun Jupiter —

02° 24*
Mars Sun Sun Saturn —

25°36'
9n Mercury — Saturn Mars —

2i°46’
o '"5 Mercury Mercury Venus Venus —

14o49
ANALYSIS
The important thing to notice here is that both j u p i t e r and s a t u r n are in

their own bounds, which grants to each of them the power of autonomy. For Ju
piter, being its own bound lord mitigates some of the problems of its detriment.
If we follow Firmicus Maternus, we could also say that Jupiter has the same pow
er it would have if it were in its own domicile. Furthermore, Jupiter is the bound
lord for both its sect mates, the s u n and m e r c u r y , and here some of its own
increased beneficence becomes available to them in regards to the generosity
and good fortune of the particular terrain they inhabit.
CHART II: BOUND LORDS
Planet, sign, Domicile Exaltation Triplicity Bound D etriment,

and degree lord lord lord lord fall, m utual
reception
O»L Mars — Mars Mars —

O2°42*
Venus Moon Moon Saturn —

2 3°33
bda Venus Moon Moon Mercury —

09° 27
9111 Mars — Mars Saturn —

24°14
T )Z Jupiter — Jupiter Jupiter —

O8°12'
9Q Venus* Saturn Mercury Saturn —

O4°3i'
O '¿9 Moon Jupiter Mars* Venus Fall

12°21'
A N A L Y S IS
None of the planets are in their own bounds. Thus no planet derives power
from operating by its own rules; all are subject to another, s a t u r n sets the
rules for three of the seven planets; as the malefic contrary-to-sect> he is a dif
ficult bound lord for j u p it e r and m e r c u r y , but functions well as a bound
lord for v e n u s in Libra because he is exalted in Libra. Valens tells us that the
first six degrees of Libra, those of Saturn, are kingly, exalted, practical, espe
cially by day, but overly exacting by night. Here, in this nocturnal chart, you
can see that while Venus may be subject to overly-exacting rules and ex
pectations, the outcome can result in something that is noble and exalted.
Using your own chart, complete exercise 16: The Bound Lord
218 CHAPTER 16
EXERCISE 16
THE B OUND LORD
In this exercise, you will determine the bound lord for each planet. You are
looking to see if any planet is its own bound lord and thus has the power of
autonomy. You will add this information to the ongoing tabulation of a plan
et’s rulership positions.
Planet, sign, Domicile Exaltation Triplicity Bound Detriment,

and degree lord lord lord lord fall, mutual
reception
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
M ERCURY
M OON
VEN US
M ARS
1. Enter the zodiacal sign and exact degreefor each planet.

2. Enter the planet's domicile lord (from the preceding exercise).
3. Enter the planets exaltation lord (from the preceding exercise).
4. Enter the planets triplicity lord (from the preceding exercise).
5. Enter the planets bound lord. Remember to round up the degrees of your
planetary positions and keep in mind the guidelines about whole integers in
the bounds table (i.e., 6° Aries 01' = the seventh degree of Aries).
6. If a planet is its own bound lord, mark it with an asterisk.
7. If a planet is not its own bound lord, check to see if its bound lord is one of its
sect mates, a benefic, or a malefic, or if it has any power by domicile or exal
tation.
8. Make a note if the planet is in its detriment, fall, or mutual reception (from the
preceding exercises).
1. Are any planets in their own bounds? If so> which ones?

2. What kind of power does a planet in its own bounds have access to?
3. Which planets are in the bounds of their sect mates? Is this bound lord
a benefic or malefic?
4. Which planets are in the bounds of planets that belong to the opposite
sect? Is this bound lord a benefic or malefic?
5. Check to see if any planet’s bound lord is in a sign in which it is exalted
or has its fall. If so, does this makes the baseline conditions better or
worse?
6. Is any planet the bound lord of several planets? If so, the life as a whole
is more subject to that planet’s parameters.
7. Discuss the conditions of any planet that stands out in some way.
CHAPTER 17
Decans
Decans are of great divinity and power, and through them all fortu
nate and unfortunate things are denoted. —f ir m ic u s m a t e r n u s *
THE DECANS ARE THE FIFTH AND FINAL MAJOR DIVISION OF THE ZODIACAL
signs. In Hellenistic astrology the decans have interpretive meaning, but they
are not considered to be a rulership system that influences a planets good or bad
condition. By contrast, in Medieval astrology where the decans are called “faces”,
they are used as a minor rulership system.
The decans divide each zodiacal sign into three ten-degree segments (decan
comes from the Greek word for the number ten), so there are thirty-six de
cans, and each sign contains three decans. They function as both images whose
characteristics shape human appearance and behavior, and as residences for the
planets. Each ten-degree decanic sector has a planetary ruler that contributes to
the ways that the decan itself, and any planets occupying those zodiacal degrees,
are interpreted.
Firmicus Maternus wrote that the decans are “of unlimited power and li
cense, in that they denote the fates of men through the authority of their own
power”.12 He hinted that the decanic doctrine was one of the secret mystery
teachings of the ancient sages, which they deliberately “entangled in obscurity”
lest these secrets made public become known to profane men.
The decans are the contributions of the ancient Egyptians to the doctrines
of Hellenistic astrology. As early as 2400 b c e , the Egyptians had identified thir
ty-six stars or star groups that lay in a band south of the ecliptic which rose
heliacally every ten days over the course of the year. These decanic stars were in
scribed on the inside of coffin lids to inform the dead of the proper times to say
prayers during their journey through the underworld. By the Middle Kingdom,
1 Fir mic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 4.12,2, trans. Ho l d e n .

2 Fir mic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis2.5,1, trans. Ho l d e n .
222 C H A PT E R 17
the thirty-six decan stars had become identified with gods and depicted in their
iconography. By the Late Kingdom, the decanic gods were associated with the
bringers of disease as well as their cures. Their images were inscribed on amulets
for protection. Over the course of this two-thousand-year period, there were a
number of different decan families that were identified. At first they were chosen
from stars that rose heliacally on the eastern horizon, and then later upon stars
that culminated in the mid-heaven overhead.
When Hellenistic astrology developed in Egypt around the second century
b c e , the thirty-six decan star system was grafted onto the twelve-sign zodiacal
circle, yielding three decans for each zodiacal sign. There are a number of tem
ple facades from Ptolemaic Egypt, such as the Zodiac of Dendera, where we see
this confluence of the decans with the zodiacal signs. The Hellenistic astrologers
knew that decans were important because of their long and prestigious histo
ry in Egyptian astro-theology and healing. However, they were less certain as
to how to integrate them into the system of Hellenistic astrology. By the third
century b c e , there were five different families of decans in fifty-three lists, not
all complete, recorded in the Egyptian texts and monumental iconography. The
problem of deciding just which decanic star set with its corresponding deity, and
which decanic sector of the zodiac it belonged to, was daunting.
Teucer of Babylon re-imagined each decanic set of stars as the fixed stars of
the Babylonian/Greek extra-zodiacal constellations that rise along with the zo
diacal signs. These extra-zodiacal constellations are called the parans or parana-
tellonta. The early Hellenistic astrologers were also challenged to come up with
planetary rulers for each decan, as the Egyptian tradition had the decans’ images
under the auspices of Egyptian gods that did not have any direct correlations to
the Greek gods. One wonders if the Greeks could not understand the material,
or if it was a secret doctrine as Firmicus alluded, or simply an awkward fit of an
ancient Egyptian doctrine onto the new system of Hellenistic astrology.
Hellenistic astrologers devised a system of assigning planetary rulers to
each decan based upon the same order as the heptazone (sometimes called the
Chaldean order) that puts the planets in the order of their mean motions. This
order is M oon, Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. Recorded by
Teucer of Babylon, this is the m ost common system in use throughout subse
quent traditions. Two other systems recorded in the literature are described at
the end of this chapter.
According to this arrangement, the first decan of Aries begins with its own
domicile lord Mars; the second decan is under the auspices of the Sun, which
precedes Mars in this order; the third decan goes to Venus. Continuing in this
order, the first decan of Taurus is ruled by Mercury, the second by the Moon,
DECANS 223
FIGURE 36 .
DECAN RULERSHIPS
Table 18. D ecan Rulerships I
ZODIACAL DECAN 1 DECAN II DECAN III

SIGN o °-9 °5 9 ' io°-19°59' 2O °-29°59'
Aries Mars Sun Venus

Taurus Mercury Moon Saturn
Gemini Jupiter Mars Sun
Cancer Venus Mercury Moon
Leo Saturn Jupiter Mars
Virgo Sun Venus Mercury
Libra Moon Saturn Jupiter
Scorpio Mars Sun Venus
Sagittarius Mercury Moon Saturn
Capricorn Jupiter Mars Sun
Aquarius Venus Mercury Moon
Pisces Saturn Jupiter Mars
224 C H A P T E R 17
and the third, jumping to the end of the list, goes to Saturn. The three decans of
Gemini follow with Jupiter, Mars, and the Sun as their faces, and so on.
IN T E R P R E T IN G T H E D E C A N S
The Greek word prosopon, used in discussion of the decans, means face or mask.
The thirty-six decan stars as deities were thought to shine through their portions
of the zodiacal signs, where they shaped the faces of the seven stars (planets).
In turn, that planet, in sympathy with its decanic god, shaped the appearances,
behaviors, ailments, and fate of individuals when that decan was significant in
their chart, such as their rising sign, or the residence of some planet.
In Hellenistic astrology, the authors did not list decans along with the oth
er rulerships of domicile, exaltation, triplicity, and bound in terms of giving a
planet authority and power. But Paul of Alexandria and Firmicus Maternus both
relate the teaching that if a planet is in its own decan (even if it is in the domi
cile of another star, such as Mars at 26° Leo), it rejoices and performs the same
things it denotes when in its own domicile sign.3
In Book 5, Firmicus gives the very same delineation for a planet in the do
micile or decan of another planet, such as Mercury in the domicile or decan of
the Sun. However, the primary use of the decans in Hellenistic astrology was to
describe the bodily ailments and fates of individuals, harkening back to their
ancient role in Egyptian astral religion.
The Hellenistic astrological literature offers several different sets of interpre
tive guidelines for the practical use of the decans.4 Firmicus Maternus wrote that
“sudden accidents, pains, illnesses, colds, fevers are denoted by them, and what
ever there is that is wont to occur without our wish or knowledge”.5 The decan
rising with the Ascendant was said to describe the appearance of the physical
body, its health, and illnesses. Both Teucer of Babylon and Hephaistio of Thebes
give detailed descriptions for each decan when it is rising on the Ascendant
at the moment of birth. Here is a passage about the second decan of Scorpio,
which rises along with 170 Scorpio 58' in chart 1. Hephaistio begins the Scor
pio section by naming his selection of the Egyptian gods for each of the three
decans of this sign: the first is Stochnene, the second Sesme, the third Sisieme.
He continues:
3 Pa u l u s , Introduction 4; Fir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.5.2, trans. H o l d e n .

4 P o r ph y r y , Introduction 47; R h e t o r iu s , Compendium 10; T e u c e r o f Ba b y l o n ; Pa u
l u s , Introduction 4; A n u b io , Carmen-, H e p h a i s t i o , Apotelesmatics 1.’
5 F ir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.4.5, trans. H o l d e n .
DECANS 225
The person who is born upon the second decan [of Scorpio] will be
great, wealthy, domineering, educated, pleasant speaking, prudent,
having acquired many of his own things, knowledgeable in many
things, partakes of many arts, music and wrestling school. Sometimes
he can be a ships captain and at other times a military commander.
If this decan is beheld (aspected) by Mars, it produces cuts and burns
and ruptures around the extremities. The signs of this decan are medi
um build, large head, comely eyes, graceful limbs, there will be marks
around the bosom and loins. The critical periods are the seventh year,
eleventh, twenty-second, thirty-third, forty-second, fifty-seventh, six
ty-first, seventy-third, eighty-fourth, and eighty-ninth.6
In a very early Hermetic text entitled From Hermes to Asclepius on the Thir
ty-six Sacred Decans, instructions are given for constructing an amulet for each
decan with the advice that if that decan is rising (technically the decan midway
between the Horoskopos and the Good Daimon) when a person is born, wear
ing this amulet will protect them from the illnesses that would otherwise befall
them.7 The amulet is inscribed with the image of an Egyptian god on various
kinds of stones, under which is placed a certain herb, before being encased in a
certain metal; it is accompanied by a prohibition not to eat a certain food. Here
is the description for the same decan as above, the second decan of Scorpio:
The twenty-third decan. This one has the name Oustikos, it has the
form of a man who is robed with a stolus, standing with his feet bound
together on top of the scorpion. This one sends malignant pustules
and watery excesses to the genitals of men. Engrave this image in a
pyrite stone and place the greater heliotrope plant under it, enclose it
in whatever you want and carry it.8
Note how the names of the Egyptian gods differ, but that in the first passage
there is a black mark upon the loins and in the second, malignant pustules on
the genitals. Both of these refer to the ailing parts of the sexual organs that are
under the dominion of the sign Scorpio. The first chart example has the Ascen
dant 170 Scorpio 58' in the second decan. It has been suggested that her difficul
ties with her lost pregnancies may have been due to venereal disease contracted
from her husband. Also note that her second husband owned a shipping empire
and her first husband was a military officer.
6 H e ph a is t io , Apotelesniatics 1.
7 Ed. Cardinal Pit r a , Analecta Sacra et Classica, vol. 5» Paris-Rome 1988, pp. 284-290; ed.
C.-E. Ru e l l e , Revue de Philologie, Oct. 1908, pp. 247-277.
8 From Hermes to Asclepius on the Thirty-six Sacred Decans.
226 C H A PTE R 17
Rhetorius passes on a tradition about how to interpret a planet in a certain

decan that is ruled by another planet. He gives us an example of the Sun. He
relates that since the Sun signifies the matters of the soul, the decan in which
the Sun is found describes the nature of his soul. For instance, when the Sun
is in the first decan of Aries, which is the face of Mars, the soul of the native is
militant; in the second decan of Aries, the face of the Sun, the soul is a lover of
fame and honor; in the third decan, the face of Venus, the manly spirit is femi-
nine-souled.9
In c h a r t 1, the Sun is in the first decan of Leo, which is ruled by Saturn.
This would suggest that the soul of this person is sorrowful, in c h a r t i i , the
Sun is found in the first decan of Scorpio, the decan of Mars, which renders the
soul militant and delighting in battle.
The full and empty degrees of the zodiac are another way that decans were
used in interpretation. This is part of the secret doctrine alluded to by Firmicus
Maternus. While there exist three ten-degree segments in each sign, the divinity
of the decanic power does not extend uniformly throughout all the degrees of
each decan. The exact stellar position of each decan star or star set inhabits cer
tain degrees; these are called the full degrees because they contain a decanic star.
The degrees that do not contain a decan star or star set are called empty degrees
“to which degrees the divinity of the decans never comes”.
The process of judgment involves the examination of whether a person has
the Ascendant, Sun, Moon, or any of the five planets in full or empty degrees.
The more stars in full degrees, the more fortunate the life; if none, the life will
be wretched, deprived, and poor. The Ascendant degree in full or empty de
grees is especially important in regards to the strength of the body and power of
authority.10
Firmicus gives a listing of full and empty degrees, and the names of the
Egyptian decan deities residing in the full degrees. Due to precession, this list
needs to be adjusted for twenty-first century use by subtracting the differential
of the precessional shift. A second problem in the ease of using this procedure is
that the names of the decanic star deities as given by Firmicus were corrupted by
Medieval scribes transliterating Egyptian to Greek to Latin. This doctrine may
be the possible origin of the light and dark degrees of Arabic astrology.
The decans, while being mentioned by most authors, seem to have fallen out
of use later in the astrological tradition. Medieval astrology refers to the decans
as “faces”; they are used as the fifth and least powerful level of rulership. The Me-
9 R h e t o r i u s , C om pendium io.
10 F i r m i c u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 4.12, trans. H o l den .
DECANS 227
dieval astrologer Ibn Ezra wrote that a planet in its face is like one in beautiful
ornaments and vestments, and ibn-Saul relates that when a planet is in its own
face, it is like a person who lives among strangers because of an art, profession,
or service he performs."
But the decans continued to have a long, rich, and varied continuity in the
Hermetic, Gnostic, and Hindu medical and magical literature that was passed
on as the genre of astral magic into the Arabic and Renaissance traditions. The
decanic gods took the forms and faces of the daimons and demons invoked in
magical rituals and inscribed on talismans. Renaissance frescoes such as the one
in Villa Schifanoia in central Italy illustrate how the decan gods became incor
porated and reborn as some of the Tarot images.112
-> n o t e : There is no workbook section in this chapter on the decans. If you

want to, check to see if any of your planets occupy their own decans, and
look at the decan lord of your Sun to reflect upon the nature of your soul.
In order to give a completeness to this section on decans, we will mention

the two other systems described in the astrological literature that assign plane
tary rulerships to the decans. The second system of decan rulers was based upon
the planetary rulers of the zodiacal signs of each triplicity. The Arabic astrologer
Abu Mashar recorded it from the Indian astrologers. In modern astrology, this
system is sometimes called the decanates. Here, each decan of a sign is ruled by
a planet that belongs to the same elemental triplicity. They are arranged in the
same order as they appear in the zodiac. For the fire triplicity, the first decan of
Aries is ruled by Mars, lord of Aries. The second decan is ruled by the Sun, lord
of Leo, the next fire sign in the zodiacal order. The third decan of Aries is ruled
by Jupiter, the lord of Sagittarius, the final fire sign of this triplicity.
The third system of decan rulers is given by Manilius, based upon the order
of the zodiacal signs given to each decan in turn, and was not used by anyone.
11 I b n E z r a , Beginning of Wisdom 8.82; B o n a t t i , Book o f Astronomy 2.2.19, trans. D y k e s .

12 Austin C o p p o c k offers delineations for the planets in various decans. See 36 Faces: The
History, Astrology, and Magic o f the Decans (Three Hands Press, 2014).
228 CHAPTER 17
Table 19. Decan Rulerships II
FIRE DECAN I DECAN II DECAN III

TRIPLICITY o °-9°59’ io ° -i9 ° 5 9 ’ 2O°-29°59’
Aries Mars Sun Jupiter

Leo Sun Jupiter Mars
Sagittarius Jupiter Mars Sun
EARTH DECAN 1 DECAN II DECAN III

TRIPLICITY o °-9 °5 9 ’ io°-19°59’ 2O °-29°59’
Taurus Venus M ercury Saturn

Virgo M ercury Saturn Venus
Capricorn Saturn Venus M ercury
AIR DECAN 1 DECAN II DECAN III

TRIPLICITY o °-9°59’ io ° -i9 ° 5 9 ’ 2O °-29°59’
Gemini M ercury Venus Saturn

Libra Venus Saturn M ercury
Aquarius Saturn M ercury Venus
WATER DECAN 1 DECAN II DECAN III

TRIPLICITY o o -9 ° 5 9 ’ io ° - i9 ° 5 9 ’ 2Oo - 2 9 o 59’
Cancer M oon Mars Jupiter

Scorpio Mars Jupiter M oon
Pisces Jupiter M oon Mars
CHAPTER 18
The Judgment
Each planet is a benefic when it is in its house (i.e. domicile), or in its

trigon/triplicity, or in its exaltation, so that what it indicates of good is
strong, increasing. A malefic, also, if in its own place [of rulership], its
evil becomes lighter and decreases. — Do r o t h e u s ?
WE ARE NOW READY TO MAKE OUR FINAL JUDGMENT CONCERNING THE

condition of each planet based upon its rulership positions in zodiacal signs.
Later we will combine this category with that of sect and the other major cri
teria, but for now let’s ensure we thoroughly understand this category without
mixing it up with other factors. Remember our basic guideline that the more
times a planet occupies a sign where it has rulership according to any of the four
rulership systems, the more powerful it is in its capacity to be effective and to
bring about favorable and beneficial outcomes for the individual. When a planet
occupies two or more positions of its own rulerships, it is said to be in its chariot
or throne, and to rejoice.
Each rulership system—domicile, exaltation, triplicity, and bound—grants
a unique kind of power. When we judge that a planet has power, we must also
specify what kind of power is enhancing its capacity to bring about fortunate
events and outcomes in the houses it occupies and rules. In addition, the domi
cile, exaltation, triplicity, and bound lords each have their own procedures that
give indications for the life as a whole in accordance with their condition.
The Medieval astrologers attempted to rank and quantify the rulership pow
ers, which they called dignities. They devised a point system, giving five points
for a planet in its own domicile, four points for exaltation, three points for tri
plicity, two points for bounds, and one point for decan. The planet that had the
most points was judged the strongest—the victor or alniuten of either a specific
house or the entire chart. A planet that did not have any dignities was called
1 D o r o t h e u s , Carmen 1.6, trans. Pin g r e e .

230 CHAPTER 18
peregrine, derived from the Latin word peregrino, which means “to wander” or
“travel”: a person without a home or who is outside his homeland. They saw an
increase in difficulties and impediments for peregrine planets.
Although there is software for Medieval astrology that reduces all of these
calculations to a flat number, all the subtleties and nuances of a planets assets
and deficiencies are lost. I would advise against resorting to this easy approach,
because the art of astrology lies in the art of making this judgment.
Let us begin by summarizing our main principles:
1. d o m ic il e —power of resources that allows a planet to be effective in its

task and to bring forth stable and consistent outcomes
2. e x a l t a t io n —power of honors, respect, and high esteem that enhanc
es a planet’s glory and influence
3. t r i p l i c i t y —power of support from ones community of followers to
push one forward to the successful accomplishment of ones task
4. b o u n d —power of autonomy to set ones own rules of engagement and
not be subject to another’s authority
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Looking at our example charts, we are examiningall of a planets zodiacal

lords—the types of powers and resources that it has available—in order
to manifest its beneficial agenda on behalf of the individual. Beginners
should consider domicile and exaltation lords; intermediates can add tri
plicity and bound lords.
JU D G M EN T
231
CHART I: PLANETARY ZO D IA CA L RULERSHIP COND ITION
Planet, Domicile Exalta Triplicity Bound Own Detri Judgment

sign, lord and tion lord lord lord rider ment, fall, grade
degree aspect ships mutual
reception
Sun* — Sun* Jupiter 2 — A+

5°O9'
Mercury, — Saturn Jupiter* 1 Detri B+

9°34 sextile ment
b /n Jupiter, — Sun Saturn* 1 — A-

2 4°39 opposi
tion
w, Sun, — Sun Jupiter 0 — B+

2° 24' conjunc
tion
Mars, Sun Sun Saturn 0 — C-

25°36' aversion
9F1 Mercury, — Saturn Mars 0 — C

2i°46' sextile
o*nj Mercury, Mercury Venus Venus 0 — c

14°49' aversion
A N A L Y S IS
t h e su nis in excellent condition. He occupies two places of his own rulership in

Leo. The Sun is his own domicile lord in Leo, from where he can draw on all the
Leo resources to produce events that are successful, stable, and consistent. In this
day chart, the Sun is also his own triplicity lord in Leo, where he can count on the
support of a large community of followers to help carry him on towards accom
plishment. The Sun has Jupiter for his bound lord, a benefic who is his sect mate,
232 CHAPTER 18
and who sees him via the friendly sextile aspect. This is almost as good as it gets,
so I am giving the Sun an a +.
j u p i t e r presents an interesting challenge to judge. It is a benefic planet
in detriment. The general interpretation of a benefic in poor condition is that
it is limited in the amount of good it can do. Being in detriment indicates that
there is some interruption in the flow and consistency of resources to the indi
vidual, leading to a certain amount of instability. However, it is still connected
by a friendly aspect to its domicile lord Mercury, also its sect mate, who is sit
ting flush at the kings table. Its triplicity lord, Saturn, is also his sect mate, and
while they have a tense opposition, they are nevertheless still connected. Finally,
Jupiter is his own bound lord, where he is free to play by his own rules and is
not subject to the constraints of others in order to prime the pump and gener
ate more resources. While I considered giving Jupiter an a -, thinking that the
bound rulership almost neutralizes the detriment, I am going with a B+ because
of the detriment.
s a t u r n is a malefic, but even though we are not supposed to be looking at
sect considerations now, we can’t help but be aware that he belongs to the sect
in favor and is thus in a position to do good for the individual (while still being
true to his Saturnine nature). Saturn is in the domicile of Jupiter, a benefic who
is also his sect mate, and there is an aspect between them. In addition, Saturn
has the power of being in his own bounds, bringing up his score. He also has the
powerful Sun as his triplicity lord, linked by a supportive trine aspect. I’m in a
quandary because I am thinking that Saturn is actually in better condition than
Jupiter because he is in one place of his own rulership (like Jupiter), and with all
of his sect mates, but he is not in detriment the way Jupiter is. Should I give him
a better grade than Jupiter? Yet he is malefic, so maybe not. I’ll give Saturn an a -,
and will revisit this decision at the end.
m e r c u r y ’s condition is overall very good. While not in any of his own
places of rulership, he is co-present in the same zodiacal sign as his domicile
lord, the powerhouse Sun, who is also his triplicity lord. Mercury’s bound lord is
the beneficent Jupiter, who also happens to live in one of Mercury’s own dom i
ciles, further strengthening their relationship. All of his lords are his sect mates,
so M ercury gets a solid b + in this category.
t h e m o o n has a succession of considerable problems in term s of zodiacal
rulerships. W hile she occupies Aries, the domicile of her sect mate Mars, there is
no aspect connecting her to him. So Mars cannot see her needs and thus there is
no check in the mail coming from him. The Moon is in the triplicity of her n o n
sect mate, the Sun, and in the bounds of a harsh Saturn, who has his fall in Aries
and is especially withholding to a non-sect mate. I am trying to decide between
JU D G M EN T
233
a c- or a d +. The factors that would make her situation even more dire would
be: to be unaspected in a domicile of a non-sect mate, and to be in signs of her
detriment or fall. I think I will go with the c-, because, although considerably
challenged, she could be much worse off.
v e n u s also has challenges in her condition. She is not in any of her places
of rulership. She is in the domicile of Mercury, connected to him by the friendly
sextile, but unlike Jupiter, who also has this relationship, Mercury is not her
sect mate. But he is a friendly sort of guy who is doing well, so is likely to help
her out. Saturn is her triplicity lord, the malefic of the contrary sect, opposing
her by aspect and thus not inclined to muster the support of the communi
ty on her behalf, and possibly inclined to plot against her. Mars is her bound
lord; he is a sect mate, and they are connected by the tense square aspect. I am
thinking a c.
m a r s ’ condition involves some thinking. He, like Venus, is also in the do
micile of Mercury; but unlike Venus, Mars does not have an aspect with Mercu
ry. So Mercury is blind to his needs (in a similar way that Mars cannot take care
of his tenant, the Moon). Mars has some sort of disconnection going on. His tri
plicity and bound lords are Venus, his sect mate, who as a benefic is more sym
pathetic to Mars than he is as a malefic to her. And their square aspect points to
the tension between team mates.
Here is the dilemma for the astrologer. Venus’ main problem is her triplicity
lord, Saturn; otherwise she is more or less okay by domicile and bound lord.
Mars’ principal problem is his disconnection from his domicile lord, but he can
probably coax assistance from Venus, his triplicity and bound lord. Which of
their two situations is better? We shall call them even and also give Mars a c.
Looking at our evaluations according to zodiacal rulership, we can see that
the condition of the diurnal sect planets—Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, and Saturn—is
excellent, and the condition of the nocturnal sect planets—Moon, Venus, and
Mars—is quite challenged. In the next two chapters, we’ll continue to examine
planetary condition according to other broad categories, and see how this im
pacts their capacity to do their best.
234 CHAPTER 18
CHART II: PLANETARY ZODIACAL RULERSHIP CONDITION

sign, lord and tion lord lord lord ruler ment, fall, grade
reception
0111 Mars, — Mars Mars 0 — c

2°42 trine
Venus, Moon Moon Saturn 0 — b-
23°33‘ aversion
Venus, Moon Moon Mercury 0 — B-

9° 27 aversion
m Mars, — Mars Saturn 0 — c+

24°14‘ trine
Jupiter, — Jupiter Jupiter 0 — c+

8°12’ aversion
9Û Venus* Saturn Mercury Saturn 1 — A-

4°3 1 '
or o ? Moon, Jupiter Mars * Venus 1 Fall B

12°21* aversion
ANALYSIS
A quick bird’s-eye view of this table reveals that two planets, Venus and Mars,
have most of the rulership power. However, four of the planets are not connect
ed with their domicile lords. And we see that many planets are not in the signs of
their sect mates, which is another cause for concern. Let’s evaluate each planet.
t h e s u n does not occupy any signs of its own rulership. Its domicile, tri
plicity, and bound lords are under the dominion of the malefic Mars, who is the
malefic of the contrary sect and thus especially problematic. While the Sun has
JU D G M EN T
235
a sympathetic and helpful trine relationship with Mars, Mars is not his friend. I
am initially giving the Sun a c.
j u p i t e r a n d s a t u r n for the most part have a similar situation. They are
both in the zodiacal sign of Taurus, and thus have Venus as their domicile lord.
The quincunx configuration between them is considered a blind spot by the
Hellenistic astrologers, but because Venus is in Libra, ruling both Taurus and
Libra, there is some connection between them. Venus, while of the contrary
sect, is a benefic and well-situated herself, and can thus be expected to provide
a moderately helpful amount of resources to Jupiter and Saturn. Their triplicity
lord is the Moon, which is of the contrary sect, and unconnected to them. So
she is not much help there. Jupiter has his sect mate, Saturn, as his bound lord,
whose rules and limits are likely to be harsh, but good for him. Saturn has Mer
cury as his bound lord, which is of the contrary sect and in opposition. I think
I’ll give both of them a b or maybe B-.
m e r c u r y has its sect mate, Mars, as its domicile and triplicity lord, and it
is connected by a helpful trine aspect. Mercury is in the bounds of the malefic
Saturn, who is not his sect mate, and thus has stringent and restricted param
eters of operation. All his lords are malefic planets, and thus I give him a c+.
This grade is slightly better than that of the Sun, who also has malefics for all his
lords. In the case of Mercury, Mars is at least his sect mate, which is not the case
for the Sun.
t h e m o o n has Jupiter as lord of all three of her possible rulerships—domi
cile, triplicity, and bound—but there is no aspect between her sign of Sagittarius
and Jupiter’s sign of Taurus. While Jupiter is a benefic, he is not her sect mate.
While the Moon may have had a lot of potential powers with Jupiter as her lords,
it might not really work out in actuality. I give her a c+.
v e n u s is the strongest planet in this chart. As ruler of her own domicile,
she has the power of ample resources for Venus-ruled significations—love, art,
beauty, and intimate relationships. Saturn, harsh and exacting, is her exaltation
and bound lord. Although Saturn is a malefic planet of the opposite sect, she
has a reluctant reciprocal relationship with him as one of her tenants in Tau
rus. There is a way in which they need to scratch each other’s backs, but Saturn
doesn’t give her too many concessions. Mercury is her triplicity lord, responsi
ble for rousing the community of supporters; and although they are nocturnal
sect mates, they are not connected. I am going to give Venus an a - instead of
a b +, mainly because she is a benefic belonging to the sect in favor and in her
own domicile.
m a r s presents a fascinating case. Its domicile lord and sect leader, the
Moon, does not see him because of the blind spot (aversion) between them.
And furthermore, Mars is in fall in the sign of Cancer, so is both unseen and
236 CHAPTER 18
dismissed with little regard. Jupiter, its benefic exaltation lord, is of the opposite
sect and thus will limit what he does to raise Mars up. But Mars is its own triplic
ity lord, and this indicates that this ruffian of ill repute and little means will have
a huge rabble of followers cheering him on. And Venus as his bound lord will
probably give him a garden of pleasures in which to indulge, and will continue
to make allowances for his bad behavior. I think I will give Mars a b , taking off
points for his fall and aversion from his domicile lord, but putting them back on
for his triplicity rulership.
Final Judgment o f the Planets Condition
based upon its Zodiacal Sign
JU D G M EN T
237
EX ERCISE 17
FIN A L JU D G M EN T OF THE PLA N ET’S C O N D ITIO N
BASED U PO N ITS ZODIACAL SIGN
In this exercise, you will make a final judgment concerning the condition of
each planet based upon its rulership positions in its zodiacal sign.
If you are a beginner and feel overwhelmed by all the factors to synthesize, sim
ply begin with how many times a planet is in its own place of rulership, and
look to see if that planet is connected to its domicile lord by a whole sign aspect.
As you become comfortable with these steps, you can then add benefic/malefic
nature and sect-mate considerations.
When you come to giving each planet its final grade, you may feel uncertain
in your evaluation. At the end of all these deliberations, you must use your in
tuition to make the judgment. Once you have practiced on a dozen or so charts,
the process will become easier. Resist trying to completely quantify the results
as computer programs do. There are situations in life where all the factors are
similar, but a different decision or course of action is called for. This interspace
is where our freedom of mind exists, and is the art of judgment.
After you give an initial grade to each planet, review your decisions. If you
see that you gave a planet too high or too low a grade relative to other planets’
conditions, you may decide to change some.
238 CHAPTER 18
P L A N E T A R Y Z O D IA C A L RU LERSH IP C O N D IT IO N

sign, lord and tion lord lord lord ruler ment, fall, grade
reception
cf
1. Enter the zodiacal s i g n a n d d e g r e e /or each planet.

2. Enter each planets d o m i c i l e l o r d . If the planet is its own domicile lord,
such as Venus in Taurus, place an asterisk next to it. This reminds you that
it occupies a position where it receives power of resources from its own
zodiacal sign. If the planet is not in its own domicile, then enter the planet
which rules and is lord o f that domicile. For example, if Venus is in Virgo, her
domicile lord is Mercury, the ruler o f Virgo. Thus you would enter Mercury
in the box.
3. Check to see if there is a w h o l e s i g n a s p e c t between the planet and its
lord— is there a conjunction, sextile, square, trine, or opposition between Ve-
JU D G M EN T 239
nus and Mercury in this example? If so, there is a supply line for the resources
to flow between the host, Mercury, and the guest, Venus. Enter the glyph of the
aspect; if there is no aspect, enter a dash—this will remind you that there is a
problem with the reception of resources.
4. Enter each planets e x a l t a t io n l o r d . If the planet is its own exaltation
lord, such as Saturn in Libra, place an asterisk next to it. This reminds you
that it occupies a sign from which it derives the power of being held in es
teem. Certain zodiacal signs do not have exaltation lords; in this case enter
a dash —.
5. Enter each planets t r ipl ic it y l o r d . You will need to determine both the
sect of the chart and the element of the sign of the planet in question. Refer to
Table 16, Triplicity Lords, on page 200. If the planet is its own triplicity lord,
such as the Moon in Capricorn in a night chart, place an asterisk next to it.
This reminds you that it occupies a sign from which it derives power of
support from its followers.
6. Enter each planets b o u n d l o r d (refer to Table 17, Bound Lords, on page
210). If the planet is its own bound lord, such as Mars at 21° Gemini, place an
asterisk next to it. This reminds you that it occupies a portion of a zodiacal
sign from which it derives power of autonomy. Think about whether the
bound lord is a benefic or malefic, and if it has domicile or exaltation ruler
ship in that zodiacal sign. Remember: in determining the bound lord, if a
planet is at 6° Aries 00' for example, it is at the sixth degree; but if it is at 6°
Aries 01-7 0 Aries 00' it is at the seventh degree.
7. Count how many times the planet occupies one of its o w n z o d ia c a l r u l
e r s h ip s . This will show up in your table not only with asterisks, but with that
planet itself. For example, if Venus is at 6° Taurus in a day chart, it occupies
its own domicile, its own triplicity, and its own bounds. You would enter the
number “3” in that column. The higher the number, the more powerful the
planet is in terms of its zodiacal rulerships, and the better positioned it is to
do its best for the person.
8. Check to see if the planet is in m u t u a l r e c e pt io n with another planet, and
if so, if there is a whole sign aspect between them. For example: Mercury in
Aquarius has a mutual reception with Saturn in Virgo, but there is no aspect
between them since Hellenistic astrology does not recognize the quincunx.
However, Jupiter in Scorpio has a mutual reception with Mars in Pisces, and
these planets are connected by a trine aspect. If a planet has some kind of
mutual reception, it increases the planet’s power to effectively do good.
p. If the planet occupies a sign of its d e t r im e n t o r f a l l , make a notation in
the corresponding column. You know it has some handicaps and challenges in
being able to do its best for the individual.
24 0 CHAPTER 18
jo . j u d g m e n t: The more a planet occupies those zodiacal signs in which it has

some kind of rulership, the more powerful it is, the better its condition, and
thus its predisposition to bring about good outcomes for the individual is im
proved,
in g e n e r a l , domicile and exaltation rulership (and there is some debate

as to which of these two is more powerful) may be more important than
triplicity and bound rulerships. Remember to make sure there is an aspect
connecting the planet to its lord. However, depending upon the inquiry and
the tradition, sometimes triplicity rulership (especially for Arabic/Medieval
astrology) and bound rulership (length of life inquiries) take precedence.
a pl a n e t in it s o w n d o m ic il e has stable, consistent power, and the

most suitable kinds of resources for its own nature with which to accom
plish its matters.
a p l a n e t in it s e x a l t a t io n has the power of being held in high esteem
and respect.
a pl a n e t in it s o w n t r i p l i c i t y has the power of support from its
community of followers.
a p l a n e t in it s o w n b o u n d s has the power of autonomy.
if a p l a n e t is n o t it s o w n l o r d , then the next best situation is having
its sect mates, especially the benefic of its sect, as its lords. The more lords
there are that are sect mates, the better it is for the planet.
a p l a n e t ’s g o o d c o n d i t i o n d e c r e a s e s if its lords are members of
the contrary sect, and especially if its lord is the malefic of the contrary sect.
m u t u a l r e c e p t i o n improves a planets condition, while detriment and
fall bring it down.
n. Grade: Give each planet a grade—a , b , c , d , e , or F—with pluses (+) or mi

nuses (-). You can change your mind later on.
12. Compose a judgment for each planet. Factor in as many or as few variables as
you feel comfortable with synthesizing at this point. With practice, this process
will get easier, a b o v e a l l , b e s u r e t o g iv e e a c h p l a n e t a g r a d e .
You can change your mind later on. Remember, we are learning Hellenistic
astrology, where there is a clear-cut difference between good and bad, unlike
modern astrology where everything is potentially good. Learning how to make
this evaluation and feeling confident about your process is the key to easily and
accurately interpreting the planet in its house location.
JUDGMENT 241
R E F L E C T IO N AND ANA LYSIS
1. Do any planets occupy their own zodiacal signs of rulership?

2. Which planets are these, and how many kinds of rulerships do they
have? (This is your most important consideration. Consider how the re
sources of the zodiacal signs are most suitable and useful for the planet
to bring about its significations).
3. Are any planets in the zodiacal signs of their detriment or fall? (This
is also an important factor. Consider how the qualities of the zodiacal
signs do not provide the optimal kinds of resources for the planet to
bring about its significations).
4. Are any planets not aspected to their domicile lord? This is a problem.
Do you sense a lack of external support in your life concerning the m at
ters of the planet?
5. The planets that are in the best condition represent the parts of yourself
where actions are more likely to result in positive and successful out
comes. The planets that are in poor condition represent the places in
your life where you are most challenged.
6. Write a summary for each planet, along with the reasons for the grade
that you give.
CHAPTER 19
Summary
AND SOURCE READINGS
THE TWELVE ZODIACAL SIGNS ARE IMAGES OF LIVING THINGS. They are
based upon the groupings of the fixed stars, which have a higher order of divin
ity than the planets in the Platonic and Aristotelian cosmologies. These zodiacal
images or signs shape the characteristics and behaviors of planets residing in
those signs.
The inscription of the hexagon, square, and triangle into the zodiacal circle
link certain sets of signs into familial relationships, which in turn determine
the speed (gender), mode of completion (modality), and manner of expression
(elemental triplicity) by which the significations and events of the planets come
about.
The thema mundi provides a scheme that gives a rationale for the basic na
tures of the planets and the assignment of domicile and exaltation rulerships to
the zodiacal signs.
Zodiacal signs also function as residences (oikoi) for the planets, which in
accordance with the four systems of rulership provide a spectrum of powers
and resources to the planets in order that they may accomplish their agendas. A
planet in its own positions of rulership has greater power and stability to pro
duce its positive significations with consistency.
A planet in its own domicile is self-sufficient and has full command of its
own resources. A planet in the sign of its exaltation wields influence from the
respect and esteem it is accorded. A planet in its own triplicity is dignified, hav
ing the support of its community, and when it is its own triplicity lord, it is more
energetic and active. A planet in its own bounds is autonomous and self-deter
mining, and is not subject to another’s rules or restrictions.
A planets placement in some other planet’s zodiacal domicile sign is similar
to a guest visiting someone else’s home, and it must look to the lord of that zodi
acal sign as its host to provide for its needs.
There is ambiguity about the decans as a rulership system, but they had an
important influence in bodily characteristics and health.
244 CHAPTER 19
PRIM ARY SOURCE READINGS

FOR PART TW O: SIGNS AND RULERSHIPS
C H A R A C T E R IS T IC S OF TH E Z O D IA C A L SIGNS
Te u c e r Hie Twelve Signs ( c c a g 7, pp. 192-213; trans. Ho l d e n in Rhetorius

Astrological Compendia, Appendix 1).
Do r ot h eus Carmen Astrologicum 1.30: Masculine and Feminine Signs, Eastern
and Western, Diurnal and Nocturnal.
Ma n il iu s Astronomica 2.150-269.
Va l e n s Anthology 1.2: The Nature of the Twelve Zodiacal Signs.
Rh e t o r i u s Compendium 3: The Nature of the Twelve Zodiacal Signs.
Pt o l e m y Tetrabiblos 1.11: Solstitial, Equinoctial, Solid, and Bicorporeal Signs.
Pa u l u s Introduction 2: The Twelve Zodiacal Signs.
He p h a i s t i o Apotelesmatics 1: The Name and Power of the Twelfth Parts.
Fi r m i c u s Mathesis 2.16: The Customs, Natures, and Risings of the Signs
and the Winds that are Subject to them.
R U LE R SH IPS OF TH E Z O D IA C A L SIGN S
Do r ot h eus Carmen Astrologicum 1.1: The Triplicities of Zodiacal Signs

and their Lords; the Domiciles of the Planets.
Carmen Astrologicum 1.2: The Exaltations of the Planets.
Va l e n s Anthology 1.3: The Sixty Bounds.
Po r p h y r y Introduction 5: The Domiciles of the Stars which they also call Zones.
Introduction 6: Exaltations.
Introduction Co-rulers (Trigons).
Fi r mic u s Mathesis 2.2: The Domiciles of the Stars.
Mathesis 2.3-4 The Exaltations and Falls.
Mathesis 2.5: The Decans.
Mathesis 2.7: The Bounds (Terms).
Pa u l us Introduction 3: The Bounds that were Allotted to
the Five Revolving Stars in the Twelve Zodiacal Signs.
Introduction 4: The Faces of the Decans in the Twelve Zodiacal Signs.
Introduction 5: The Single Degrees (monomoira) that the
Stars Rule in the Signs.
He p h a is t io Apotelesmatics 1.6: The Trigons According to Dorotheus.
Apotelesmatics 1.7: The Zodiacal Signs in which the Stars Rejoice.
Apotelesmatics 1.8: Exaltations.
Rh e t o r iu s Compendium 7: Exaltations and Falls.
Compendium 9: The Sect of the Rulers of the Trigons.
Compendium 10: The 36 Decans and the Paranatellonta and the Faces.
su mma r y 245
TH E TH EM A MUNDI
An t io c h u s Summary 2.1: The Nativity of the Cosmos.

F ir m ic u s Mathesis 3.1: The Chart of the World.
Pa u l u s Introduction Genesis of the Cosmos.
PART TH REE
T H E SO L A R P H A SE CYCLE
CHAPTER 20
Special Solar Considerations

AN OVERVIEW
ARISTOTELIAN COSMOLOGY PLACED THE EARTH AS THE IMMOVABLE

center of the cosmos, with all the celestial bodies revolving in separate nested
spheres around its fixed central point. There was no distinction between the two
luminaries and the other planets in terms of their orbits relative to the Earth,
yet it was clear that the two lights did not behave in the same way as planets.
The sphere of the Moon was closest to the Earth, and it was here that the Moon
gathered the effluences of the other planets and transmitted them to the terres
trial realm, drawing down the powers of the planets into the physical bodies
of animate life. The Sun, while not at the center of the cosmos, held the central
position in the order of the planetary spheres surrounding the Earth—Moon,
Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. Thus, although ancient cos
mology was not heliocentric, the Sun still retained the role of central organiz
ing principle in relation to the planets, and in this chapter we will explore this
through the synodic cycles.
While the ancient astronomers may not have understood that the planets
circled the Sun, their computations concerning the planets’ orbital relationship
to the Sun in terms of speed, direction, visibility, and phase were accurate. It was
from their observations of the fixed stars that early astronomers were able to
deduce the movements of the planets relative to the Sun.
The cycle of the appearances and disappearances of the fixed stars was an
important part of both early Greek and early Babylonian astronomy, and also
hinged on their relationship to the Sun. As they rose and set each night during
the various seasons of the year, certain stars would disappear for a period of
time when the proximity of the Suns light obscured their appearances. Some
time afterwards, the stars would emerge from their period of invisibility. For the
first time in the year, they could be seen rising again in the east a few minutes
before dawn.
This re-emergence from invisibility was known as the heliacal morning ris
ing of a star. In a similar manner, a star’s heliacal setting was understood as the
250 CHA P T E R 20
time at which a star made its last appearance on the western horizon before
entering a period of invisibility for several months. Because each star’s unique
morning risings and evening settings occurred around the same time each year,
they were used to mark the various seasons. Knowledge of these dates was of
great practical interest to farmers, sailors, and astrologers, and was collated into
early star calendars called parapegma.1
During the next several centuries, Hellenistic astrologers not only incorpo
rated the risings and settings of the stars into their astrological system, they also
adapted the cycle of stellar phases to the planetary phases with accompanying
interpretations. Consequently, the activity of a star or planet on the horizon
relative to its orbital distance from the Sun commanded special attention for
ancient astronomers, astrologers, and priests. Indeed, because it formed the
borderline where the heavens touched the Earth and the Earth touched the un
derworld, the horizon was an especially significant locus of appearances and
disappearances.
D IU R N A L A N D Z O D IA C A L M O T IO N
Looking upward at the expanse of sky, ancient peoples watched the daily move
ments of the Sun, Moon, planets, and stars rising in the east, culminating over
head, and setting in the west. This procession is known as the diurnal motion of
celestial bodies. Simultaneously with the diurnal motion, the planets, but not
the stars, also have a second motion in the opposite direction referred to as
zodiacal motion. This is the path that the Sun, Moon, and planets take along
the ecliptic as they move through the various signs of the zodiac. Plato called
these different motions the ‘circle of the Same” and the “circle of Difference”. The
Same—the motion of the constellations—was more unchanging and self-simi
lar over time, and formed an image of eternity; Difference—the motion of the
planets— displayed erratic movements and went against the grain of the Same.
As such the planets embodied transience rather than eternity, governing the
shifting world of fate.2
W hen viewing an astrological chart, diurnal motion depicts the planets
moving in a clockwise direction, rising at the Ascendant and moving upwards in
1 One of the oldest books on Greek mathematical astronomy, Risings and Settings, was
written by Au t o l y c u s around 320 b c e . He provided a theoretical understanding for the
annual cycle of star phases. See James Ev a n s , The History and Practice of Ancient Astrono
my (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998), 190-97.
2 See P l a t o , Timaeus, 34C-39E.
S O L A R A N D L U N A R C O N S ID E R A T IO N S 251
F IG U R E 3 7 . D IU R N A L (%
Z O D IA C A L M O T IO N
the sky towards culmination at the Midheaven, then setting at the Descendant
before moving under the Earth towards the anti-culmination at the Imum Cceli.
Zodiacal motion, by contrast, depicts the planets moving from one zodiacal sign
to the next in a counterclockwise direction. In the course of this chapter, we will
be referring to both kinds of motion and both perspectives of viewing the chart.
Because of their erratic and apparently opposite motions, the planets were
called “wanderers” by the ancient Greeks. They traveled in both easterly and
westerly directions, sometimes faster and other times slower, often direct but
occasionally retrograde, making loops in the sky, traveling north and south of
the ecliptic, appearing and disappearing. Over time, astronomers and astrolo
gers came to understand all these variables as a factor of a planet’s orbital rela
tionship to the Sun, taking it as a central organizing principle.
The Moon also held a special status in the astrological hierarchy, and we will
look at this in more detail in the next section of this book. For now, it suffices
to say that anyone who looks at the night sky cannot help but notice the M oons
waxing and waning phases. Its alternating cycle of increasing and decreasing
light gave early peoples their first intimations about the alternation of life and
death; deeply connected to the life cycles of all living things, it was especially
synchronized to womens monthly menstrual cycles. Over the millennia, m oon
gazers have divided this cycle in many ways—by two, three, four, eight, and elev
en phases; into twenty-seven nakshatras\ and twenty-eight lunar mansions. Tra-
252 C H A P T E R 20
ditional astrologers look at the Moon as a primary significator of bodily health

and illness in humans. The monthly phases of the Moon cycle relative to the
Sun, known as the lunation cycle, are easily visible and recognizable.
The other planets also form phase cycles with the Sun, but it takes a more
acute eye to notice and track their unique features. There are certain qualities
unique to each that influence how a planets significations are manifested, its
condition, and interpretation. This section will focus on the solar phase cycle of
the planets. In the next section, we will explore the many factors unique to the
Moon and her cycle.
CHAPTER 21
The Synodic Solar

PHASE CYCLE
The wandering stars make phases with regards to the Sun when they
are morning rising and evening setting and when they are evening
rising and morning setting, being borne along their courses towards
the first and second stations, from which they decrease in numbers
(retrograde motion) and rise at sunset (acronychal) and then they are
seen as advancing (direct motion). — pa u l u s .1
TH E C R IT IC A L TRA N SITIO N S AND PHASES THAT THE PLANETS MAKE IN

relation to their orbital cycle relative to the Sun are depicted in the synodic cy
cle. The word “synodic” derives from the Greek word sunodos, which means a
“coming together”, a “meeting”, and also “sexual union”. From one conjunction
{sunodos) of a planet with the Sun to the time of its next conjunction, the planets
distance from the Sun changes. The different phases that occur at various points
during this cycle are relative to a planet’s speed, direction, and visibility at the
horizon. Each of these visible phenomena affects a planets condition and plays
a role in its interpretation. Another term used for the synodic cycle is the solar
phase cycle.
The first and broadest division of the planets relative to their location in
the solar phase cycle is whether they are o f the morning or o f the evening. When
planets rise before the Sun in the morning, they are said to be of the m orning
because they appear in the sky before dawn. When planets rise after the Sun,
they are said to be of the evening because they only appear in the sky after the
Sun has set at dusk. Lets look at an example to clarify (f i g u r e 38).
Introduction 14.
254 CHAPTER 21
F IG U R E 3 8 . M O R N IN G A N D E V E N IN G PLANETS
: The Sun is at 750 Virgo. A planet at o f

a p l a n e t o f t h e m o r n in g
Virgo precedes the Sun. A planet in Cancer precedes Virgo and thus the Sun.
A planet in any degree and sign from 750 Virgo to 750 Pisces in the clockwise
direction (towards Leo, diurnal motion) precedes the 750 Virgo Sun and will
therefore rise before the Sun.
a pl a n et o f t h e e v e n i n g .* The Sun is at 750 Virgo. A planet at 25°
Virgo follows the Sun. A planet in Scorpio follows Virgo and thus the Sun.
A planet in any degree from 75° Virgo to 750 Pisces in the counterclockwise
direction (towards Libra, zodiacal motion) follows the 75° Virgo Sun, and
will therefore rise after the Sun.
Sometimes you will see a planet of the morning referred to as a “morning

star”, “matutine”, or “oriental” (from the Latin word for east), because planets
of the morning can potentially be seen rising over the horizon in the eastern
morning sky. Likewise, planets of the evening are often referred to as “evening
stars”, “vespertine”, or “occidental” (from the Latin word for west), since after the
Sun has set they can be seen upon the western horizon in the evening. But this
nomenclature is not strictly correct. We will define these terms more clearly in
the course of our discussion.
THE SYNODIC SOLAR PHASE CYCLE 255
F IG U R E 3 9 . S U P E R IO R (3[
IN F E R IO R P L A N E T S
(g e o c e n t r ic )
T H E SY N O D IC CYCLES OF T H E S U P E R IO R P L A N E T S:
M A RS, JU P IT E R , AND SATURN
The synodic cycle of the superior planets—Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn—differs

from that of the inferior planets, Mercury and Venus. In this context, the words
superior and inferior refer to the order of the planets from the perspective of
the geocentric or Ptolemaic cosmos. The superior planets are Mars, Jupiter, and
Saturn because they were thought to be more distant, beyond the orbit of the
Sun, while Venus and Mercury were regarded as inferior planets because they
were within the orbit of the Sun relative to the Earth (f ig u r e 39). For the su
perior planets, the major stations or phases of the synodic cycle are as follows
(f ig u r e 40):
A. CONJUNCTION (sunodos), LYING HIDDEN

The synodic cycle begins when a planet is conjunct the Sun along the
ecliptic. While they rise together over the horizon, the planet is not yet
visible in the sky because its appearance is obscured by the blinding rays
of the Sun. This is point (a ) on the diagram (f ig u r e 40). This phase
of a planets (or star’s) invisibility is called the “lying hidden phase”; it
extends from a distance of 150 behind the Sun to 150 ahead of the Sun.
256 CHAPTER 21
B. HELIACAL RISING, FIRST APPEARANCE (phasis)

Hie Sun and the planets travel at different rates. Once a planet separates
from the Sun by one degree, it rises over the horizon before the Sun and
is said to be of the morning. As the arc of separation increases, the planet
becomes visible on the eastern horizon after a certain number of days.
This is called its heliacal morning rising (heliacal is related to helios, the
Greek word for Sun). Hie exact number of days or degrees of separation
varies by planet and by latitude, but for the purposes of interpretation,
the Hellenistic astrologers standardized this to 150 (b ).
D. MORNING STAR PHASE
A planet was considered to be a morning star (or in the morning star
phase) between its heliacal morning rising at 150 from the Sun (b ) until
its retrograde station near the 120° right trine (e ).
E. RETROGRADE STATION, ACRONYCHAL PHASE
As the distance between the superior planets and the Sun increases to
approximately 120°, they make their first station—standing still—before
turning retrograde. At this moment, the morning star phase ends and
the acronychal phase begins (e ). Hie planets now appear in the eastern
sky after the Sun has set in the west. In Greek, akronuchos means “at
sunset”: the phase at the beginning of nightfall.
F. OPPOSITION
The superior planets then move towards an opposition to the Sun (f ). If
a superior planet is opposite the Sun, it will always be retrograde. Tech
nically, according to the ancient literature, the exact opposition marks
their transition from being of the morning (oriental) to being of the eve
ning (occidental), as their zodiacal longitude is now in the degrees or
signs following the Sun. Visually, they still appear in the eastern sky
early in the evening, culminate overhead in the south at midnight, and
set towards the west before dawn.
G. DIRECT STATION
Continuing their retrograde motion and decreasing their distance from
the Sun, the planets form a second trine, but now the planets are behind
the Sun. At around 120°, they stand still again, make their second sta
tion, and turn direct (g ).
F IG U R E 4 0 . S Y N O D IC CYCLE O F M A R S , J U P IT E R , Of S A T U R N
Solar Phase Cycle o f the Superior Planets:

Mars, Jupiter Saturn
258 C H A P T E R 21
H . E V E N IN G STAR PHASE
They now enter their evening star phase. The evening star designation
refers to the fact that the planets can now be seen to set in the west rath
er than rise in the east. A planet was considered to be an evening star
during the interval between its direct station near its left-sided trine and
its heliacal setting 150 behind the Sun. The planets continue to decrease
their distance from the Sun as they re-approach their conjunction.
J. H E L IA C A L E V E N IN G SET
At 150 from the exact conjunction, the planets make a heliacal evening
set (j) with their last appearance in the western sky at sunset. After the
planets heliacal set, it is invisible once again, lying hidden until the next
heliacal rising.
T H E SY N O D IC CYCLES OF T H E IN F E R IO R P L A N E T S:
M ERCU RY AND V ENU S
Mercury and Venus follow a somewhat different pattern in their synodic cycle.
From the perspective of Earth, these planets never appear more than one or
two zodiacal signs apart from the Sun. Mercurys greatest elongation (distance)
from the Sun is about 28°, and Venus is about 48°. Thus, Mercury and Venus
can never make a square, trine, or opposition to the Sun. Rather, they make a
second conjunction with the Sun within one synodic cycle, and two additional
phases—a morning setting and an evening rising.
The first conjunction with the Sun, called the inferior conjunction, occurs
when the planet is retrograde in motion. The planet is inside the orbit of the
Sun from Earths perspective. The second conjunction with the Sun, called the
superior conjunction, takes place when the planet is direct in motion: the planet
is beyond the orbit of the Sun from Earth’s perspective (f ig u r e s 41-42).
a . in f e r io r c o n j u n c t io n
The synodic cycle of Mercury and Venus begins at the inferior retro
grade conjunction (a ); the morning heliacal rise (b ), which immediate
ly follows it, symbolizes the rebirth of a star.
b . m o r n in g r is in g , f ir s t a ppe a r a n c e ( p h a s is )
After the conjunction, as the distance between the planet and the Sun
increases, the planet becomes visible in the eastern sky as it makes its
heliacal morning rising (b ). This begins its morning star phase.
O P P O S IT IO N Q
S U P E R IO R C O N J U N C T IO N Q
IN F E R IO R C O N J U N C T IO N 0
C O N J U N C T IO N 0
F IG U R E 4 1 . C O N J U N C T IO N S O F
IN F E R IO R A N D S U P E R IO R P L A N E T S
( H E L IO C E N T R IC )
Superior and inferior conjunctions of the inferi

or planets (Mercury and Venus) versus conjunc
tions and oppositions of the superior planets
(Mars, Jupiter, cl Saturn).
C. GREATEST ELONGATION, MORNING SKY

Around that time it also stations and turns direct in motion and then
moves away from the Sun towards its greatest elongation above the
horizon (c).
D. M O RNING SETTING
Then, as the distance between the planet and the Sun begins to decrease,
the planet is seen descending back towards the horizon until, at about
15° from the Sun, it makes its morning setting (d ) and disappears. This
ends its morning star phase.
E. SU PER IO R CO N JU N C TIO N
Still in direct motion, it lies hidden as it makes its next conjunction with
the Sun (e ). Again, as the distance between them increases and reaches
150 from the Sun, it reappears in the western sky making an evening
rising (f ) shortly after the Sun sets.
F. EV EN IN G RISING
The re-emergence from invisibility begins its evening star phase.
260 C H A P T E R 21
GREATEST E LO NG ATIO N
IN T H E M O R N IN G SKY
$28’ 948·
GREATEST E L O N G A T IO N
IN THE E V E N IN G SKY
9 28° 948°
F IG U R E 4 2 .
S O L A R P H A S E CY C LE O F I N F E R IO R P L A N E T S
M E R C U R Y &. V E N U S
G. GREATEST E LO N G A TIO N , EVENING SKY

In the evening star phase, it moves towards its greatest elongation above
the horizon (g ). After peaking at that point, it then descends back to
wards the horizon.
H. R E TR O G RA D E STATION, HELIACAL SETTIN G

As the distance between the planet and the Sun decreases to around 150 ,
it will station, turn retrograde, and begin its heliacal setting (h ), its last
appearance in the western sky before once again disappearing behind
the rays of the Sun. This ends its evening star phase. Still in retrograde
motion, it lies hidden, and once again conjoins the Sun at the same de
gree (a ).
In most cycles, the retrograde and direct stations of Mercury and Venus are
close to their heliacal rise or set. But sometimes there can be a longer interval
between the two events. Either the station or the rise/set can occur first and then
the other.
CHAPTER 22
Planetary Speed
DIRECTION, AND VISIBILITY
TO RECAP, THE KEY MOMENTS IN THE SOLAR PHASE CYCLE OF PLANETS ARE:
1. When planets become visible and invisible at their morning and eve
ning risings and settings
2. When planets make their stations, turning retrograde and direct
3. When planets make their conjunction and opposition to the Sun
Each of these moments signifies an essential shift in a planets appearance and

behavior. The observable phenomena of their speed, direction, and visibility im
pact the condition of the planet and thus its interpretation. Let us discuss each
in turn.
PLA N ETA R Y SPEED AND D IR ECTIO N
Each planet has an average rate of speed at which it travels, based in part upon
its distance from the Sun and the length of time it takes for one complete rev
olution. A planets average daily motion is the average distance it traverses in
one day as it travels around the ecliptic (geocentric perspective) as measured in
degrees, minutes, and seconds.
However, the planets do not travel at a constant rate of speed throughout
their cycle; sometimes they are faster or slower than their average speed. The
planets distance from the Sun along the ecliptic during its synodic cycle deter
mines how fast or slow it is moving. Hellenistic astrologers used speed as an
important factor in the assessment of a planets condition. A planets direction in
terms of forward motion (direct), or backward motion (retrograde) is intimately
connected to its speed.
Once again, it should be emphasized that the pattern for Mars, Jupiter, and
Saturn differs from that of Venus and Mercury. The Moon is exempt from this
264 C H A P T E R 22
pattern because it orbits the Earth, not the Sun; furthermore, the Moons speed
is determined by its proximity to the Earth and is never retrograde.
Table 20. Planetary Speed
Planet Average Daily Distance in Degrees and Minutes
M OON 130 10.56" per day

SUN o° 59.16" per day
M ERCURY o° 59" per day (same as the Sun)
VENUS o° 59" per day (same as the Sun)
MARS o° 31-444" per day
JUPITER o° 4.987" per day
SATURN o° 2.009" per day
M A R S, JU P IT E R , AND SA T U R N
When conjunct with the Sun (a ), Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn are each in direct
motion and moving at their swiftest speeds (f ig u r e 40). Their speeds grad
ually decrease as their distance from the Sun increases. At around the 6o° arc
of separation (c), they are slower than the speed at the conjunction, but still
moving faster than average. At the 90° arc of separation (d ), they are moving at
their average rate (with the exception of Mars, which displays anomalies). Be
yond that point, they move with slower than average speed. When they are near
the right trine, around 120° ahead of the Sun (e ), they make their first station,
standing still against the background of the fixed stars.
When they turn retrograde, the planets appear to make a backward loop in
the sky, and they move at their slowest speeds. The retrograde period lasts from
the right trine (e ), passing through the opposition (f ), until it reaches the left
trine (g ) 120° behind the Sun. The retrograde period might be considered a case
of extreme slowness. However, as the planet approaches the opposition to the
Sun, its velocity suddenly increases and, once it passes the opposition, rapidly
decreases and resumes its slow motion. The maximum speed of the retrograde
period occurs when the planet is in direct opposition to the Sun.
At the second station, near the 120° left trine (g ), the planets stand still once
again, before resuming direct motion. Still slower than normal, they pick up
SPE E D , D IR E C T IO N , V ISIB IL IT Y 265
speed until they reach their average rate near the waning 90° square (h ) (note
that Mars is an exception to this). By the time they reach the sextile (1), they are
traveling faster than average, even faster as they approach the conjunction with
the Sun (a ), where they are at their swiftest.
Once you are familiar with this pattern, you can look at a chart and approxi
mate a planets speed by checking its aspect to the Sun. Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn
will be moving the fastest when near the conjunction with the Sun, faster than
average around the sextile, average near the square, and s/ow near the trines. If
these planets are opposite the Sun, they will always be retrograde and extremely
slow unless they are very close to the exact opposition.
If the planet is direct at the first trine, it will soon station and turn retro
grade. If it is retrograde at the second trine, it will soon station and turn direct.
Mars makes two phases with the Sun which are called “anomalies” because
they differ from the pattern of Jupiter and Saturn. When Mars, both as a morn
ing star and as an evening star, approaches the square aspect with the Sun, it
abruptly decreases its speed. Reduced to a slower than average rate, Mars thus
remains longer than usual in the zodiacal signs that square the Sun.
M ERCURY AND VENUS
The synodic cycles of Mercury and Venus begin with their inferior conjunction,
when they are retrograde and moving very slowly (a ) (f ig u r e s 41-42). As the
distance between the planet and the Sun increases, it slows down to approach its
direct station (b ). This is one of two points in the cycle during which the planet
is motionless. After its direct station, the planet gradually picks up speed, mov
ing towards its greatest elongation ahead of the Sun as a morning star appearing
in the eastern sky (c). During its greatest elongation, it travels at its average rate
of speed. The planet then begins its descent as a morning star in the east, gradu
ally increasing its speed until it is 150 from the Sun, where it makes its morning
set, disappearing from view (d ). Moving ever faster, the planet reaches its maxi
mum speed, and forms a superior conjunction with the Sun (e ).
Still moving fast, but gradually decreasing their speed, Mercury and Venus
pull away from the Sun. At 150 they reappear as evening stars (f ). As they ap
proach their greatest elongation from the Sun, their speed normalizes (g ). They
then begin to move ever slower as they re-approach the Sun. At around 150 be
fore the Sun, they make a heliacal setting in the western sky, turning retrograde
near their second station (h ). They are now at their slowest speed as evening
stars as they move towards the inferior conjunction with the Sun (a ). A short
burst of speed occurs near the conjunction in this otherwise slow period.
266 CHAPTER 22
When you look at a chart and see Mercury or Venus conjunct the Sun and
in direct motion, you know they are moving at their fastest daily speed. If you
sec that they are retrograde and conjunct the Sun, you know that they are slower
than average. The slowest motion occurs at both station points.
D E T E R M IN IN G SPEED AND DAILY M O T IO N
There is software for calculating the speed of each planet on any given date. If
you know the average daily motion, you can determine if, on that day, the planet
is traveling faster or slower than its daily rate. Some programs will also note if
the planet is increasing or decreasing in speed. Historically, this was an im port
ant consideration in horary and medical inquiries.1
Hellenistic texts used the phrases additive in numbers and subtractive in
numbers when discussing a planets motion. Generally, additive in numbers re
ferred to a planet in direct motion, and subtractive in numbers referred to a plan
et in retrograde motion. However, arguments can also be made for these terms
being used to indicate a planet increasing or decreasing its speed. However, this
notion is more accurately called moving towards the greater or lesser extent o f a
planets course.
IN T E R P R E T IN G SPEED A ND D IR E C T IO N
And if [the stars] occupy the first station and are found to be stepping
backwards, the matters that were previously determined, actions,
profits, and undertakings are delayed. Likewise, even if the stars rise
at sunset (acronychal), they are weak, thwarting, foretelling only illu
sions and hopes. And if, in any way, they come to the second station,
they remove the hindrances, restore the same matters, and they bring
stability and successful accomplishment of the livelihood. But if they
are carried under the setting phase, they bring hindrances and troubles
in what is being accomplished, and also bodily dangers, weaknesses,
You can also determine the planet’s daily motion by looking at an ephemeris. Subtract the
longitude of a planet (as given in degrees and minutes) from its position on the day before.
This figure tells you the distance it has traveled within a twenty-four hour period. You can
then compare this to its average to assess its relative average speed on that day. If you then
subtract the longitude of the planets position on the following day, you can compare the
two sums and see whether the figure on the day after is larger or smaller than the figure on
the day before. This will tell you if the planet is speeding up or slowing down. If the num
ber is larger than the day before, the planets speed is increasing. If it is smaller than on the
day before, the planets speed is decreasing.
SPEED, DIRECTION, VISIBILITY 267
and afflictions in the secret places. Often holding out the promise of
honors and great expectations, they turn them towards the worse.
— VALENS?
Planetary speed is connected to the planet’s level of activity. The faster the plan
et, the more active and energetic it is. Medieval astrologer Ibn Ezra wrote that
"a planet swift in its motion is like a young man running”.23 A planet that is faster
than average in motion was thought to move more quickly and to accomplish
its agenda sooner, to produce more of its significations, and easily take advan
tage of opportunities to manifest its significations as outer events. The faster
speeds occur when the planet is direct in motion. The planet proceeds swiftly
and directly towards the accomplishment of its objectives. You may recall
that a planets presence in a masculine zodiacal sign also indicates moving at
a faster pace.
The slower the planet’s motion, the less active and energetic it was thought
to be. “A planet slowing down”, writes Ibn Ezra, “is like a person who is exhaust
ed and has no strength to walk”.4 A planet that is slower than average in motion
was thought to be lethargic, to have low energy, to take longer to accomplish
its objectives, to have fewer events, and to be too hesitant to act (thus missing
advantageous opportunities). The slow speeds occur when the planet is near its
stations and is retrograde in motion. You may recall that a planet’s presence in a
feminine zodiacal sign also indicates moving at a slower pace.
IN T E R P R E T IN G R E T R O G R A D E M O T IO N
Hellenistic and Medieval astrologers considered a retrograde planet, moving ex

tremely slowly and backwards, to be a problematic condition. Paulus says that
when planets are retracing their paths, their influences are useless, unfavorable
for action, and insignificant; Dorotheus writes that a planet in retrograde m o
tion signifies difficulty and misfortune in the native and others; Ibn Sahl relates
that a retrograde planet signifies disobedience, contradiction, and diversity or
discord. 5 This rebellious quality can be seen in the erratic visual movement of its
retrograde loop, speeding up at the opposition and “pushing the envelope” as it
3 I b n E z r a , Beginning of Wisdom 8.95, trans. Eps t e in .
4 I b n E z r a , Beginning of Wisdom 8.94, trans. Eps t e in .
5 Pa u l u s , Introduction 1.14; Do r o t h e u s , Carmen 1.6; I bn Sa h l , TheFifiy Judgments 10.
268 CHAPTER 22
moves beyond the normative boundaries of the ecliptic.6 The Greek word used
for retrograde is anapodizo, which means "to step or go back”, "to call back”, or
"to recall”. Robert Schmidt suggests that retrograde benefic planets take back
what good they have given, and retrograde malefic planets do not give over any
thing in the first place.7
The Medieval term “impedited” had several related meanings. It was used
to describe the retrograde predicament as well as an afflicted aspect condition.
Impedited comes from Latin impedire, roughly translated as "to shackle or snare
the feet”, i.e., "to impede”. It indicates a retarding movement, or progress through
obstructions or hindrances.
We might then say that a retrograde planet is not only moving very slowly
towards its goals, but it is going backwards or in the opposite direction of ac
complishing its objective. There exists some kind of hindrance or obstruction
that inhibits the expression of its significations, or which provokes rebellious
ness against the norms of consensus behavior.
Modern astrologers have reframed the concept of retrograde planets as an
internalization of that planetary function. Mercury retrograde may refer to a
mind inwardly turned; Venus retrograde, to the development of one’s own val
ues. The rebellious quality ascribed to a retrograde planet by the ancient astrolo
gers is revisioned as the need for a more individualistic expression of that plane
tary function than that which is the consensus norm for the general population.
Vedic astrologers, by contrast, consider the retrograde an auspicious condition
because the planet is closest to the Earth and brightest.
Another perspective on the meaning of retrograde planets is that their sig
nifications take a longer time to fully mature, bringing forth their objectives at
a later age in life. Looking to the timing procedure of secondary progressions,
where each day after birth is equated to one year of life, the date at which a natal
retrograde planet goes direct after birth corresponds to the age when the planet
begins to bring forth its agenda.
When checking to see if a planet is direct or retrograde, it is necessary to
investigate whether the planet made a station within seven days before or after the
birth. You will need to consult an ephemeris to determine this unless your soft
ware has a feature that alerts you to this possibility. If this is the case, the planet
is imbued with a special significance. When a planet is near its station, it stands
still. It is intense, focused, concentrated, and unwavering in its nature. It is also
6 For the astronomical and astrological significance of the Mercury retrograde, see especial
ly Gary' P. C a t o n , Hermetica Triptycha: Vie Mercury Elemental Year (Auckland: Rubedo
Press, 2017), pp. 21-29.
7 Personal communication/teaching.
SPE E D , D IR E C T IO N , V ISIB IL IT Y 269
at its brightest in the sky because of its proximity to the Earth. This intensity
can be beneficial if the planet is a benefic in good condition, but it can also be
particularly destructive if the planet is a malefic in bad condition.
Ancient astrologers differentiated between a direct planet which stations ret
rograde (becoming weaker) and a retrograde planet stationing direct (becoming
stronger). “A planet about to turn retrograde”, writes Ibn Ezra, "is like a fright
ened person, fearing adversities that are coming to him”, whereas "a planet in its
second [direct] station is like a person hoping for good circumstances”.8 Valens
instructs that when a planet is a time lord (an influential planet for a period of
time using Hellenistic timing techniques), the first retrograde station indicates
the postponement of ones affairs and benefits, but at the second (direct) station,
it removes the hindrances and restores the stability and rectification of ones
matters.9
FAST A N D D IR E C T VERSUS SLOW AND R E T R O G R A D E
In the analysis of planetary condition, a planet that is fast and direct in motion
is considered to be more active and better able to accomplish positive outcomes
for the individual in a forthright manner. A planet that is slow and retrograde is
considered less active and is obstructed from bringing about its full potential, or
its manifestations are retracted or undone at some point.
We may illustrate this with the example of driving to an appointment.
The fast, direct planet is clipping along at a good pace with little traffic along a
straight course to its destination. When the planet turns retrograde, it is as if a
detour sign appears due to an accident. The retrograde planet must turn off the
freeway onto a side road where it becomes snarled in traffic and has to crawl
along, heading in the opposite direction to its destination. The first retrograde
station corresponds to the moment when the driver realizes that he or she might
not make the appointment in time, with all the ensuing consequences. The sec
ond direct station corresponds to the moment when the driver is finally back on
course, hopeful that all will turn out well.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us look to our example charts to see what information can be obtained
from the planets' speed and direction.
8 I b n Ez r a , Beginning of Wisdom, 8.91,93, trans. Ep s t e in .

270 CHAPTER 22
CHART I: SPEED, DIRECTION, STATION
Planet Speed Direction Station within

7 days
SUN n /a n /a n /a
IUPITER Faster than average Direct —
SATURN Very slow Retrograde —
MERCURY Very fast Direct —
MOON n /a n /a n /a
VENUS Average Direct —
MARS Faster than average Direct —
ANALYSIS
Sa t u r n stands out as being slow and retrograde, pointing to some difficulties

with the ways in which it manifests itself, thus signifying delays and reversals.
The other planets are fine in regards to their speed, direction, and motion. No
planet makes a station within seven days of the birth.
CHART II: SPEED, DIRECTION, STATION

7 days
SUN n /a n /a n /a
JUPITER Very slow Retrograde —
SATURN Very slow Retrograde —
MERCURY Very slow Direct Retrograde on 10/29
MOON n /a n /a n /a
VENUS Faster than average Direct —
MARS Slower than average Direct —
ANALYSIS
All the planets except v e n u s are moving slowly, j u p i t e r and s a t u r n are ret-
rograde. m a r s , near the trine aspect to the s u n , is slowing down as it heads

towards its retrograde station (not until November 18). m e r c u r y , while still
direct, is very slow in motion as it will make its retrograde station within four
days of the birth, on October 29. Thus, m e r c u r y has the focus and intensity
that marks stationary planets, but this part of the cycle also signifies a kind of
fear that difficult situations lie ahead.
Speed, Direction, Station
272 CHAPTER 22
EXERCISE 18
SPEED, DIRECTION, STATION
In this exercise, you will determine each planet’s relative speed, direction,
and whether it has made a station within seven days before or after the birth.
You will need an ephemeris for a thirty-day period around your birth date.
SOLAR PHASE CONDITIONS

/d a y s
SUN n /a n /a n /a
JUPITER
SATURN
MERCURY
MOON n /a n /a n /a
VENUS
MARS
1. pl a n e t : Enter the zodiacal sign and degree of each planet.

2. s p e e d : for Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, enter the planets speed as fast (direct
and near the Sun), faster than average (near the sextile to the Sun), average
(near the square to the Sun), slower than average (near the trine to the Sun),
standing still (at station), or slow (retrograde).
3. s p e e d : for Venus and Mercury, enter the speed as fast (direct and near con
junction with the Sun), average (near greatest elongation: 28°for Mercury, 48°
fo r Venus), standing still (at station), or slow (retrograde).
4- d i r e c t i o n : enter whether the planet is direct (d ) or retrograde in motion
fR X /
5. s t a t io n : Note if the planet has made a station from direct to retrograde or
retrograde to direct within seven days before or after the birth.
1. Which planets are more active because they are moving faster than their
average speeds?
2. Which planets are less active because they are moving slower than their
average speeds?
3. Are there any planets that are retrograde?
4. Think about how this is expressed in your life. It may be in ways that
are not immediately obvious. For example, my Mercury is retrograde,
near its station the day before. My mind is quite active, but I think for
a long time before speaking, am a very slow writer, and my reflexes are
poor in that it takes a longer time for me to process a visual stimulus be
fore being able to take action. This especially affects driving and certain
athletic activities.
5. Are there any planets that will make a retrograde or direct station with
in seven days before or after the birth? How does this add intensity to
the expression of the planet? Do the significations of that planet saturate
and overwhelm your life?
CHAPTER 23
Visibility
AT THE HORIZON
A p l a n e t ’s VISIBILITY ON THE HORIZON WAS AN IMPORTANT FACTOR IN

the determination of its condition. As mentioned previously, while all planets
rise, culminate, and set every day, there are times when they are so close to
the Sun that they cannot be seen when rising or setting on the horizon due to
the glare of the Sun obscuring our vision of the planet. Hellenistic astrologers
referred to this condition as a planet "under the beams”. Medieval astrologers
substituted the word “rays” for beams.
The distance at which a planet cannot be seen because of its position rel
ative to the Sun is highly variable due to the intrinsic brightness of the planet,
atmospheric conditions, and geographical latitude. The Hellenistic astrologers
standardized this interval in two ways. In the first way, a uniform fifteen degrees
on either side of the Sun was assigned to each planet.1 In the second way, which
is more consistent with the intrinsic brightness of the planet, Venus and Mars
are assigned eight degrees on either side of the Sun, Jupiter twelve degrees, Sat
urn fifteen degrees, the Moon fifteen degrees, and Mercury nineteen degrees.2
In addition to their proximity to the Sun, the planets Mars, Jupiter, and Sat
urn have a second period of invisibility near their oppositions to the Sun. When
these planets approach their oppositions to the Sun, they are visible in the night
sky, but they are not visible when rising over the eastern horizon or setting upon
the western horizon. They are first seen in the eastern sky well above the horizon
several hours after the Sun sets. They seem to vanish several hours before dawn
while still well above the western horizon. The duration of their visibility in the
night sky is “docked”—cut off at either end—and they were thus said to be in
1 Pa u l u s , Introduction 14; P o r p h y r y , Introduction 2.

2 F i r m i c u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.15, trans. H o l d e n . The distances from the Sun at
which planets could be seen were incorporated by Arabic and Medieval astrologers as the
doctrine o f moiety, in which the determination of aspects were based upon the intersec
tion o f these various orbs o f light.
276 C H A PT E R 23
curtailed passage. This interval of invisibility on the horizon was standardized to

a planet having a seven-and-a-half degree orb on either side of the opposition
to the Sun.3
Mercury and Venus are never opposite the Sun, thus they do not have this
second period of invisibility on the horizon through curtailed passage, as do
Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. However, since Mercury and Venus have two con
junctions with the Sun during each synodic solar phase cycle, they are invisible
not only when they are direct and near conjunction to the Sun, but also when
they are retrograde and near conjunction with the Sun.
In summation, all planets are invisible on the horizon when they are under
the Suns beams—within fifteen degrees on either side of the Sun. In addition,
Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn are also invisible on the horizon when they are op
posite the Sun within seven-and-a-half degrees. Otherwise, all the planets are
visible when rising or setting on the horizon.
IN TERPRETATIO N OF V IS IB IL IT Y
When planets are visible rising or setting on the horizon, their significations can
be made manifest and seen. Valens says that when a planet is rising and visible
and the transit comes to an effective house, the power of the planet is aroused
and causes its actions to be conspicuous, resulting in significations that are in
accordance with its own nature.4
Planets that are visible when rising or setting over the horizon have the ca
pacity to bring forth the things they represent and to actualize their agenda for
the life of the individual. This improves their condition. When they are invisible,
their significations are hidden. This may suggest a secret life, or actions that
are hidden from view. Valens wrote that when planets enter a setting phase, in
terruptions and difficulties are introduced into the planets’ objectives.5 Ancient
astrologers also interpreted planets under the beams as weakened or debilitated
due to being “burnt in the heat of the Sun”, thus losing their power and being
unable to manifest their significations and agenda.6
To illustrate what debilitation from the Suns rays feels like, imagine being
outside at noon in the scorching sun, carrying your groceries several miles from
3 Be aware that some authors use the term “curtailed passage” to refer to the shortened peri
od of visibility, while others use this term to refer to the orb of invisibility near the horizon.
Be sure to ascertain which interval is being referred to when reading various texts.
4 Va l e n s , Anthology 4.14, speaking of a planet as a time-lord.
6 D o r o t h e u s , Carmen 1.6, trans. Dy k e s .
VISIBILITY AT THE HORIZON 277
the store to your home. A planet weakened by its proximity to the Sun is in poor
condition because it is less able to bring forth its most beneficial outcomes for
the individual. The benefic planets lose their ability to do good actions. Some
say that the malefic planets also lose their power to do bad, but others hold that
the evil happens secretly, just as thieves operate by night when they are less likely
to be seen.
The moments when planets first disappear under the rays of the Sun, as well
as when they first re-emerge from the beams, were of special interest to ancient
astrologers. They gave much commentary on the hidden interval during which
the planets were invisible.
When a planet approaches the Sun, it disappears under the beams at about
fifteen degrees. This is the beginning of the weakening, when it has “fallen into
the burning fire” and encounters distress and diminution.7 The planet is said to
be “combust” when within twelve degrees (Medieval) or nine degrees (Hellenis
tic). Paulus writes that at this interval, the planets become weak and ineffective,
and Bonatti tells us it is like one who begins to grow ill.8 At extreme combustion,
approaching around three degrees, it is like a “sick person when he is in a state
of extreme paroxysm, when a fever is upon him”.9
However, as the planet approaches the heart of the Sun, which the Hellenis
tic astrologers place at one degree on either side of the Sun, the planet is protect
ed from this inactivity, weakening, and irregularity.10 The Medieval astrologers
limit this protective area to seventeen minutes on either side of the Sun, and
they compared it to being strong in the Suns forge, or like sitting with the king
in the same seat."
As the planet begins to separate from the conjunction with the Sun, the fe
ver breaks, and the sickness diminishes as it moves out of the nine-degree com
bustion zone. As the planet begins to emerge from the beams, between twelve
and fifteen degrees from the Sun, the person is freed from the illness. Although
somewhat weak, recovery is assured and strengthening lies ahead.11123
A planet is protected from the burning, debilitating power of the Sun when
it is in its “chariot” or “throne”.’3 This occurs when the planet is strengthened by
being in its own domicile, exaltation, or bound (Porphyry adds triplicity to this
7 Bo n a t t i , Book of Astronomy 3.2.6; 2.7, trans. D y k e s .

8 B o n a t t i , Book o f Astronomy 3.2.7, trans. D y k e s .
9 B o n a t t i , Book o f Astronomy 3.2.7, trans. D y k e s .
10 R h e t o r i u s , Compendium 1.
11 B o n a t t i , Book o f Astronomy 3.2.7, trans. Dykes; I b n E z r a , Beginning of Wisdom 8.98.
12 Bo n a t t i , Book o f Astronomy 3.2.7.
13 A n t i o c h u s , Summary 14; P o r p h y r y , Introduction 25; R h e t o r i u s , Compendium 43.
278 CHAPTER 23
list), and it is invested with strength. Robert Schmidt points out that in antiquity,
chariots usually had fringed canopies that acted as umbrellas, helping to block
the damaging heat of the Sun. When benefic planets are in their chariot, they
increase their positive potentials, and malefics change to beneficence.
Ptolemy, in his treatise on the Phases of the Fixed Stars, writes that the “pe
riod when the stars disappear for a time, we call the times of arising and lying
hidden”? 4 This statement can lead us to an esoteric mystery interpretation of a
planets union with the Sun under the cloak of darkness. The heliacal setting of a
star corresponds to its death and its passage into the underworld. As it proceeds
in its course, it unites with the Sun at the conjunction. Remember, the word
synodic, or “union”, is derived from sunodos, and also means “sexual union”. The
protected space at the heart of the Sun is the sanctum sanctorum, the innermost
holy chamber of the mystery initiations. Here, the union of a planet or star with
the Sun represents the seminal impregnation and regeneration. The rebirth oc
curs at the heliacal rise, as the planet emerges from the womb of the solar rays.
In the mythology of Mercury, one of Hermes’ epithets was psuchopompos,
“psychopomp”, the guide of souls into and out of the underworld. This aspect
of the the god’s nature corresponds to the journey undertaken during the Mer
cury retrograde cycle as he descends into Hades, leading the souls of the dead
through the hidden realm, where the great mystery of divine sexual union takes
place. This is followed by rebirth at the heliacal morning rising.
Venus, in her Sumerian form as Inanna, likewise makes a descent into the
underworld to attend the funeral of her brother-in-law, where she dies and is re
born. This epic journey corresponds to Venus’ retrograde, where she disappears
behind the Sun, transitioning from her heliacal set as evening star to her heliacal
rise as morning star, representing regeneration from death.
From the perspective of traditional astrology, the ordinary interpretation of
a planet under the beams is one of weakening and debilitating, except when the
planet is in its chariot or in the heart. The extraordinary interpretation of this
secret obscuration is that of the initiation chamber, where a fundamental death,
regeneration, and rebirth occurs relative to that planetary function. For Mercu
ry and Venus, this is during the retrograde conjunction. For Mars, Jupiter, and
Saturn, it takes place during the direct conjunction.
In modern astrology, a planet conjunct the Sun is often interpreted in a very
positive manner. The archetypal nature of the planet is merged with the basic
solar identity and purpose of the individual. A person becomes more Jovian,
Mercurial, or Venusian. The traditional perspective is that the Sun takes up and
14 Pt o l e m y , Phaseis 5.
absorbs the qualities of the planet, so that the Sun is strengthened. The planets’
energies are still being expressed, albeit through the agency of the Sun. Howev
er, the significations of a planet under the beams have greater difficulty in com
ing about, or they occur in ways that are ineffectual for the individual in terms of
what the planet itself represents. This also extends to its activities in the houses it
occupies or rules, as well as its ability to provide for any planets in its domiciles.
SUMMARY
1. If a planet is visible, it is able to manifest its significations and events.

2. If a planet is invisible, its significations and effects do not appear, do not
come to anything, or may not be apparent to the external observer.
3. All the planets are invisible if they are within fifteen degrees on either
side of the Sun. In addition, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn are invisible on
the horizon if they are within seven-and-a-half degrees on either side of
the opposition to the Sun.
4. If a planet is invisible, check to see if it is “in the heart” of the Sun. This
orb is one degree on either side of the Sun according to Hellenistic as
trologers, and seventeen minutes according to Medieval astrologers. If
this is the case, it is protected from being weakened by the Suns rays.
5. If the planet is in its own domicile, exaltation, triplicity, or bound, it is
“in its chariot” and thus protected from the weakening power of the
Suns rays.
EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us now turn to our example charts to determine if any planets

are invisible.
28 0 CHAPTER 23
CHART I: SOLAR PHASE CONDITIONS
Planet Speed Direction Station within Visibility,

7 days chariot, heart
0 n /a n /a n /a n /a
Faster than Direct — Visible

average
5 Very slow Retrograde — Visible
? Very Direct — Under beams

fast Combust
Invisible
n /a n /a N //\ n /a
? Average Direct Visible

•
o' Faster than Direct — Visible

average
ANALYSIS
Our attention is drawn to m e r c u r y , which is under the beams of the s u n , ac

tually combust within the three-degree orb, and in direct motion. While still of
the morning, m e r c u r y , like Icarus, is moving very fast towards crashing into
the s u n . Mental overstimulation and fragmentation, recklessness, and brilliant
illumination are all possible expressions of this condition. The house topics that
m e r c u r y rules may not be apparent to the outside observer.
CHART II: SOLAR PHASE CONDITIONS

0 n /a n /a n /a n /a
a Very slow Retrograde — Visible
5 Very slow Retrograde — Invisible, cur

tailed passage
9 Very slow Direct Rx on 10/29 Visible
n /a n /a n /a n /a
9 Faster than Direct — Visible

average
o' Slower than Direct — Visible

average
ANALYSIS
All the planets are visible, except for s a t u r n which is in curtailed passage. The
seven-and-a-half degree orb of opposition to the s u n lends it an air of mystery
and concealment. As ruler of the seventh house of relationships, we may wonder
about this topic.
-> EXERCISE 19

Solar Phase Conditions
282 CHAPTER 23
EXERCISE 19
SOLAR PHASE CONDITIONS
In this exercise, you will examine whether each planet is visible when rising
or setting on the horizon, or if it is invisible under the Sun’s beams. If so, you
will check to see if it is in its chariot or in the heart of the Sun.

O n /a n /a n /a n /a
n /a n /a n /a n /a
o*
1. v is ib il it y : If the planet is visible, enter ‘visible". If the planet is not visible

when rising over the horizon, i.e., within fifteen degrees before or after the
Sun, enter "u s b ” (under the Suns beams), or "c p ” (“in curtailed passage") if
the planet is within seven-and-a-half degrees on either side o f the opposition
to the Sun.
2. c h a r i o t : I f a planet is u s b or c p , check to see if it is in its chariot (domicile,
exaltation, triplicity, bound).
3. h e a r t : I f a planet is u s b , check to see if it is “in the heart" o f the Sun (Hel
lenistic: one degree on either side of the Sun; Medieval: seventeen minutes on
either side o f the Sun).
1. Which planets, if any, are under the beams of the Sun or in curtailed
passage?
2. Do you experience a weakening, secretiveness, or mystery associated
with them?
3. Are any of these invisible planets in the heart of the Sun or in their
chariots?
CHAPTER 24
Planetary Phases
And when the stars happen to be upon their morning risings, they are
considered effective and active from the time of youth, bringing forth
their own significations. But when they are making their evening ris
ings, they operate after the passage of time in bringing forth their own
significations. But when they are making their morning or evening
concealments (under the Suns beams) or retracing their paths (retro
grade) or declining, the outcomes of their actions are weak, idle, and
insignificant. — pa u l u s .1
WE HAVE EXPLORED THE SYNODIC CYCLE IN TERMS OF A PLANET’S SPEED,

direction, and visibility. We now turn to the phase intervals themselves, as well
as the unique moments when the planets make the transitions into these phases.
Each phase transition represents a dynamic shift that occurs when a planet ei
ther first appears at the horizon after a prolonged absence, or when the planet
first disappears at the horizon after having been visible for a period of time. The
retrograde and direct stations in the solar phase cycle also act as pivotal transi
tion points between the phases.
The first and last appearance of a celestial body figured prominently in the
astral religions of antiquity. In Egyptian astral theology, the first appearance of a
star at its heliacal morning rising on the eastern horizon was seen as the rebirth
of the star after its period of invisibility. Later, this appearance was identified as
the place of rebirth of pharaohs and then of mortals whose souls were embod
ied in stars after death. The last appearance of the star sinking into the western
horizon was likened to the death of the star and the death of souls who then
embarked upon their netherworldly passage.
The star Sirius, personified as the goddess Isis, would disappear for seventy
days in each annual cycle. Egyptian religion believed seventy to be the number of
days that a soul journeyed through the underworld. The heliacal rising of Sirius
286 CHAPTER 2 4
around the same time each summer heralded the annual flooding of the Nile
River, which regenerated the land. Thus, this event also marked the beginning
of the Egyptian New Year with great celebrations. Other stars that had the same
pattern of visibility at the heliacal rise and invisibility at the heliacal set as Sirius
did were codified as the decan stars, which measured the length of the night and
the year.
In Babylonian cosmology, the planets were understood as one of the mani
festations of the gods. When a planet made a heliacal morning appearance after
a time of absence from the skies, it was as if the planetary god was coming out
of seclusion to make an announcement to humanity concerning its intentions.
This moment can be compared to a yogi coming out of his cave after years of
spiritual retreat to give a blessing, the Pope opening the doors of his balcony
after a time of intensive prayer to give a benediction, or the King and Queen
emerging from their palace to give a dispensation. The power and awe of these
ritual moments is the power accorded to the appearance of a planet or star mak
ing its heliacal rising.
Phase comes from the Greek word phasis which has two distinct meanings.
The first refers to an appearance—specifically an appearance of stars above the
horizon (from the verb phaind, “to appear”). The second meaning has to do with
an utterance—something that is said or asserted (from the verb phemi, “to say,
declare”). Both of these usages were reflected in ancient Babylonian astrology,
where the first appearance of a planet on the horizon was understood as the ap
pearance of that corresponding planetary deity who had emerged to utter a pro
nouncement about some matter under its jurisdiction. This visual phenom enon
was seen as an omen, and marked a significant moment. Robert Schmidt em
ployed the term phasis to refer to these critical moments in the solar phase cycle
as “an appearance that speaks”.2 Visually, the planet bursts forth as a sudden flash
of light on the horizon. This was considered to be an auspicious omen, and any
births that took place near this time were invested with a special eminence.
-> REFER TO FIGURE 4 0
Solar Phase Cycle o f the Superior Planets: Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn
(chapter 21, page 257)
There are four distinct phases in the synodic cycle for the superior planets
Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. These are the lying hidden phase, the m orning star
phase, the acronychal phase, and the evening star phase. The transition from
2 Personal communication/teaching.
PLANETARY PHASES 287
one phase to the next is a critical phasis-\ike moment, where the dynamic energy
of the planet is intensified as it makes its transitional shifts. These transitional
phasis moments are the heliacal rise, when the planet transitions from its lying
hidden phase to its morning star phase (b ); the first station, when the planet
turns retrograde and transitions from the morning star phase to the acronychal
phase (e ); the second station, when the planet transitions from the acronychal
phase to the evening star phase (g ); and the heliacal set, when the planet transi
tions from the evening star phase to the lying hidden phase (j).
-> REFER TO FIGURE 42
Solar Phase Cycle of Inferior Planets Mercury and Venus

(chapter 21, page 260)
Mercury and Venus have three distinct phases—the lying hidden phase
(which occurs twice in their synodic cycle); the morning star phase; and the
evening star phase. However, in addition to their heliacal rise and heliacal set,
they have two additional phase transitions in their cycles. Unlike the superior
planets, they also make a morning setting and an evening rising. The transition
al shifts in their cycles are thus the heliacal morning rise, as they transition from
the lying hidden phase to the morning star phase (b ); the morning set, when
they transition from the morning star phase to the lying hidden phase (d ); the
evening star rise, when they transition from the lying hidden phase to the eve
ning star phase (f ); and the heliacal evening set, when they transition from the
evening star phase to the lying hidden phase (h ).
IN TERPRETIN G THE PHASES
Let us now turn to our discussion of planetary phases relative to the Sun. Most
of what we learn will be focused upon the effects of the planetary phases in this
temporal world. However, in order to participate in the greater mystery, keep in
mind the deeper spiritual significance associated with a planet’s first appearance
after having been hidden, and its last appearance before withdrawing into con
cealment once again.
Paulus of Alexandria tells us that when planets are in their morning star
rising phase, they are ‘effective and active from the time of youth in relation
to their specific significations”; and when they are in their evening star rising
288 C H A P T E R 24
phase, they are "effective regarding their own significations with the passage
of time”.3
During a planets passage through its morning or evening star phase, it is
visible, direct in motion, and fast in speed. All these factors contribute to its
effectiveness in bringing about its significations. To the extent that the heliacal
morning rise is equated to the rebirth of a star or planet relative to its solar phase
cycle, the activity of morning stars was thought to begin early and continue
throughout the life. By contrast, the activity of evening star risings emerged later
in life as the person matured.
Paulus adds that when planets are making their morning or evening dis
appearances or are retracing their path, their influences are useless, unfavor
able for action, and insignificant.4 The main difficulty for planets when passing
through the lying hidden phase is that even though they may be fast, they are in
visible and their significations cannot be seen and made manifest. There is also
a secondary problem of weakening and debilitation that comes from proximity
to the heat of the Sun. The acronychal phase slows down and reverses the action
of a planet due to the retrograde motion. And for the inferior planets, Mercury
and Venus, there is a double indemnity during one of their lying hidden phases
when they are not only weakened from the Sun, but also retrograde—moving
slowly in reverse direction.
Paulus goes on to say that planets are “weak and ineffective relative to their
own matters when they are distant from the Sun within nine degrees or less”.5
While Paulus gives us the fifteen-degree distance from the Sun as one boundary
that demarcates a planets capacity to be effective and active, he also gives us the
nine-degree interval from the Sun as demarcating the ineffective and inactive
condition. The Medieval authors distinguished between a planet being under
the rays at fifteen degrees, but entering into the combust zone at the eighth-to-
ninth degree interval. This leaves us with a “grey area” between nine and fifteen
degrees from the Sun, where a planet may be weak but not totally ineffective.
This occurs during the lying hidden phase, where a planet may indeed be
ineffective at bringing about outer matters because it is in the stage of its cycle
where release, regeneration, and the movement toward rebirth occur—the great
mystery of transformation from death unto life renewed. However, both Helle
nistic and Medieval traditions acknowledge the extremely potent qualities of the
planet in exact union with the Sun (cazimt) during its lying hidden phase.
4 He is referring here to Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn making a heliacal evening setting into
the lying hidden phase; Mercury and Venus making their morning setting into the lying
hidden phase; and Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn when retrograding in their acronychal phase.
5 Pa u l u s , Introductory Matters 14
Let us now turn to the moments of the phase transitions themselves, which
were imbued with such great potency and significance. These are the intervals
in the synodic cycle when the planets make their risings, settings, and stations.
On one hand, the Hellenistic astrologers standardized the interval for a planet
rising and setting to fifteen degrees from the Sun. But they were aware of the in
dividual variations for each planet due to its intrinsic brightness, as well as geo
graphical latitude and atmospheric conditions. This may be their reasoning for
isolating a seven-day interval before and after a heliacal rise or set as conferring
an intensified quality to a planets energy. This situation can also be extended
to Mercury and Venus when they make their morning set and evening rise. In
these situations, a persons life is saturated with the significations of that planet,
for better or worse.
DETERM INING PHASIS
In order to determine the possibility of the phasis condition, you must consult
an ephemeris.6 Find the day of the birth. Then count seven days forward and
seven days backward. This is the interval you are examining. For each individual
day of those fifteen days, calculate how many degrees exist between the Sun and
the planet being investigated on that day. You are looking for a specific day when
there are exactly fifteen degrees between the planet and the Sun. If you find such
a day, then you know that the planet made its rise or set on that day.
While Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn will always be emerging from the Sun’s rays
when they make their heliacal rise (fifteen degrees ahead of the Sun) and sinking
back under the rays at their heliacal set (fifteen degrees behind the Sun), this
is not the case for Mercury and Venus. If you find Mercury and Venus at this
fifteen-degree interval, you must also determine if they are emerging from un
der the Suns beams at their heliacal rise after having recently made the inferior
conjunction with the Sun, or whether they are sinking back under the beams at
their m orning set as they approach the forthcoming superior conjunction with
the Sun.
A similar situation exists in distinguishing between their evening rising af
ter their superior conjunction with the Sun, and their heliacal set when they are
approaching the inferior conjunction with the Sun. All four possibilities will
have a fifteen-degree interval. Each situation has a different interpretation.
6 Some astrology software programs, such as Delphic Oracle, tabulate the day when a planet
makes its heliacal rise and set, but most of them do not.
290 CHAPTER 24
IN T E R P R E T IN G PH A SIS
1. If Mercury or Venus are ahead of the Sun, and the interval of the daily
motion between the Sun and the planet is increasing on several con
secutive days, then the planet is moving away from the Sim towards its
emergence from the beams at its heliacal rise.
2. If Mercury or Venus are ahead of the Sun, and the interval of the daily
motion between the Sun and the planet is decreasing on several consec
utive days, then the planet is moving towards the Sun and going into the
beams at its morning setting.
3. If Mercury or Venus are behind the Sun, and the interval of the daily
motion between the Sun and the planet is increasing on several consec
utive days, then the planet is moving awayfrom the superior conjunction
with the Sun towards its emergence from under the beams.
4. If Mercury or Venus are behind the Sun, and the interval of the daily
motion between the Sun and planet is decreasing on several consecutive
days, then the planet is moving towards the inferior conjunction with the
Sun, and sinking under the beams at its heliacal set.
When a planet is at the fifteen-degree rise or set interval, its significations

are intensified and saturate the natives life. But depending upon whether it is
rising or setting, the intensification is either strengthening or weakening. When
a planet is making its rise, it is intense and tends towards strength. When it is
making its set, it is still intense, but tends towards weakness.7
A phasis of Mercury may overwhelm a persons life with piles of books, pa
pers, words, ideas, communications, or business dealings. Venus in this state
may bring endless relationship activity, strong sexual drive, and excessive con
cern with beauty, fashion, or creative endeavors. A phasis of Saturn can denote
huge and enduring responsibilities, laborious work, and constricting circum
stances.
If the planet is in good condition, this intensification can be for the better.
However, if the planet is in poor condition, especially if it is a malefic, the po
tential for difficulty is increased or unrelenting. Given the understanding that
7 In order to get a sense of the difference between “intense” and its opposite, “slack”, imagine
the following contrast. A planet that is intensified is similar to attending a major five-day
astrology conference with every moment suffused with classes, networking, meals, parties,
and conversations with friends and colleagues. The slack condition consists in lounging
and napping by the side of a pool all day and occasionally rolling over into the water or
sipping a drink.
PLA NETAR Y PHASES 291
the rising of a planet, whether it is a heliacal morning rising for the superiors,
or an evening rising for the inferiors, is a condition of strengthening, it follows
that a planet is made stronger for effective outcomes. But if the planet is making
its heliacal evening setting for the superiors, or the morning setting for the in
feriors, the intensification weakens the effectiveness of the planet in accordance
with its nature.
In the writings of the Medieval authors, the planets were considered to be
especially strong when they first emerged from under the Suns beams and were
in direct motion. They were compared to “someone who has emerged victorious
from a battle” and “an ill person who has survived an illness and is restored to
full health and vigor”.8 The Medieval astrologers seemed to prefer the evening
risings of Mercury and Venus because they were moving fast in direct motion,
rather than their morning risings when they were just beginning to gain speed
after their retrograde. By contrast, when the planets were moving in direct mo
tion towards the Suns rays, it was like a person impeded by an illness where
they cannot help themselves without the aid of another; for the superior planets,
it was likened to a person in flight, tiring, who fears they cannot escape their
pursuer.9
In summary, when evaluating the condition of a planet in terms of its solar
phase, first determine if it is effective as either a morning star or evening star
phase, or ineffective as a lying hidden or acronychal phase. This will indicate
how effective it is in bringing about its matters. Second, note if the planet is
making a heliacal rising or heliacal setting within seven days on either side of
the birth. For Mercury and Venus, note if the morning setting or the evening
rising occurs within this interval. If the planet is in one of the phasis conditions,
the intensity of its significations saturate the life for better or worse.
-► EX A M PLE C H ARTS: PH ASE A N D PH ASIS
For each planet, we will now examine whether it is a morning star phase,
evening star phase, acronychal phase, or lying hidden phase. We will
then check the ephemeris to see whether it made its heliacal rise or set,
its morning set, or its evening rise, within seven days on either side of the
birth. If so, we will enter that notation in the phasis column.
8 B o n a t t i , Book o f Astronomy 5.54; 3.2.5, trans. D y k e s .

9 B o n a t t i , Book o f Astronomy 5.56; 3.2.8, trans. D y k e s .
292 C H A P T E R 24
CH AR T I: PHASE AND PHASIS
Planet Phase Phasis within 7 days
su n n /a n /a
JU PITER Morning star —
SATURN Acronychal —
M ERCURY Lying hidden —
M OO N n /a n /a
VENU S Morning star —
M ARS Evening star —
ANALYSIS
j u p it e r is strong and effective because it is a morning star and thus rejoices. It

is more than 150 ahead of the Sun but not yet within the 120° retrograde station
area. It is too far from the Sun to have made a heliacal rise within seven days of
the birth.
Sa t u r n is ineffective, due to being in the acronychal phase, where it is ret
rograde. It is too far from the Sun to have made a rise or set within seven days
of the birth. However, because it is of the evening, behind the Sun near its trine,
we know that it is heading towards its direct station, which occurs a month later.
Even though it is in a weakened condition, it is slowly gaining strength.
m e r c u r y is of the morning, under the Suns beams, and thus ineffective
in the lying-hidden zone. It does not make a morning set or evening rise at 150
from the Sun during the fifteen-day interval period, so it does not have any ad
ditional qualities of intensification.
v e n u s is strong and effective as a morning star, although she does not re
joice because she is of the nocturnal sect and ahead of the Sun. She is more than
150 from the Sun; in fact she is 430 distant, near her greatest morning elongation,
so she is nowhere near the rising or setting point of her cycle, where a phase
transition might occur. An inferior planet is often most effective near its greatest
elongation from the Sun.
is strong and effective as it is an evening star. He is more than 150 from

ma r s
the Sun; in fact he is almost forty degrees distant, so is nowhere near the seven-
day interval for the setting-point of his cycle, where a phase transition might
occur (the heliacal set occurs on October 14).
Thus, Jupiter, Venus, and Mars are all effective by phase. Saturn and Mercu
ry are ineffective and weakened according to solar phase criteria.
CH A R T II: PHASE AND PHASIS
su n n /a n /a
JU P IT ER Acronychal —
SATURN Acronychal —
M ER CU R Y Evening star Heliacal set, phase transition
MOON n /a n /a
VENUS Morning star
MARS Morning star
ANALYSIS
j u p it e r a n d s a t u r n , both retrograde, are in their acronychal phases. Thus,

they are ineffective according to the solar phase criteria. Saturn is also in the
curtailed passage zone and cannot be seen rising as the Sun sets. This reduces
his capacity to make his significations visible and manifest.
v e n u s a n d m a r s are both effective as morning stars, but because they
belong to the nocturnal sect, they do not rejoice in this zone. They have cleared
the fifteen-degree distance from the Sun, and are nowhere near their stations, so
they do not make any phase transition intensifications.
m e r c u r y is effective in an evening star phase, and he also rejoices in this
interval because he belongs to the nocturnal sect. He is 220 from the Sun. How
ever, he will make the heliacal set on November 1, when he will be exactly 150
294 CHAPTER 24
from the conjunction with the Sun while he is in retrograde motion (Sun 8°
Scorpio, Mercury 230 Scorpio retrograde). Thus, Mercury has a phase transi
tion intensification condition on the seventh day after the birth. Mercury is ef
fective, intensely saturating the life with mercurial significations, but is rapidly
approaching his weakening, both through retrograde and heliacal set. Mercury
flashes with great intensity, then crashes.
e x e r c is e 20
Phase and Phasis
EX ERCISE 20
PHASE AND PHASIS
For each planet you will determine if it is in a morning star phase, evening
star phase, acronychal phase, or lying-hidden phase. Check the ephemeris to
see if it made its heliacal rise or set, its morning set, or its evening rise within
seven days on either side of the birth.
SUN n /a n /a
JU P IT E R
SATURN
M ER CU R Y
MOON n /a n /a
VENUS
MARS
296 CHAPTER 2 4
j. Phase for Mars, Jupiter, Saturn: Enter the phase of the planet as:
l y in g h id d e n (within 150 before or after the Sun)

m o r n in g s t a r (15 - -120° ahead of the Sun)
a c r o n y c h a l (~i2o° ahead of Sun/retrograde station - -120° behind the
Sun/direct station)
e v e n in g s t a r (-120° behind the Sun/direct station - 150 behind Sun)
2. Phase for Mercury and Venus: Enter the phase of the planet as:
l y in g h id d e n (within 150 before or after the Sun either at the superior

direct conjunction of the planet with the Sun or at the inferior retrograde
conjunction)
m o r n in g s t a r (150 distant after the retrograde conjunction at the morn
ing rising before the Sun through to the greatest elongation to 150 distant
from the Sun, when it makes its morning setting as it approaches the supe
rior direct conjunction)
e v e n in g s t a r (150 distant from the Sun after the superior direct conjunc
tion as it makes its evening rise through to its greatest elongation as an eve
ning star until 150 distant from the Sun, when it makes its evening heliacal
setting on its way towards the retrograde conjunction)
3. Phasis (intermediate/advanced): Enter whether a planet has made its exact

rise or set within seven days before or after the birth:
a l l p l a n e t s : Heliacal rise (exact 150 distance between the planet as it

moves ahead of the Sun, increasing its distance after its conjunction with
the Sun within seven days before or after the birth)
m e r c u r y a n d v e n u s o n l y : Evening rise (exact 150 distance between the
planet and the Sun as it moves away from its superior direct conjunction
towards it greatest evening elongation within seven days before or after the
birth)
m e r c u r y a n d v e n u s o n l y : Morning set (exact 150 distance between the
planet and the Sun from its greatest morning elongation as it moves towards
its superior conjunction within seven days before or after the birth)
a l l p l a n e t s : Heliacal set (exact 150 distance between the planet and the
Sun as it moves from its greatest evening elongation towards the conjunc
tion with the Sun within seven days before or after the birth)
1. Which planets are effective as either morning star or evening star

phases?
2. Which planets are ineffective because they are in their acronychal phase
or lying-hidden phase?
3. Do you experience ease with activating the matters of the planets that
are effective as morning or evening stars, or do you struggle to get action
and external results with planets that are lying hidden or acronychal?
4. Are any planets in a phase transition condition of intensification, mak
ing their actual rising or setting within seven days before or seven days
after the birth?
5. How does this add intensity to the expression of the planet? Do the
significations of that planet saturate and overwhelm your life? Do you
experience sudden awakenings or shifts in your understanding con
cerning the significations of this planet?
CHAPTER 25
Final Overview
OF THE SOLAR PHASE CYCLE
LET US GO THROUGH THE VARIOUS STAGES OF THE SYNODIC SOLAR PHASE

cycle one more time with the keys for interpretation in order to fix it in our
understanding. By now, you should begin to feel comfortable with this material.
We will then do our final evaluation for each planets condition based upon solar
phase criteria. Make sure you refer to f ig u r e 40 (Solar Phase Cycle of the Su
perior Planets: Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, page 257) and f ig u r e 42 (Solar Phase
Cycle of the Inferior Planets: Mercury and Venus, page 260) in chapter 21.
S U P E R IO R P L A N E T S : M A R S, JU P IT E R , SA T U R N
l y in g - h id d e n p h a s e : The cycle begins in the middle of the lying-hidden

phase at the conjunction of the planet with the Sun. Immediately afterwards, the
planet is of the morning, although not yet visible. When a planet is within one
degree (Hellenistic) or seventeen minutes (Medieval) of the Sun, it is said to be
in the heart of the Sun and to indicate everything good. As the distance between
the planet and the Sun increases to about 8-12° degrees, it is in the combust
zone. The planet is moving very fast, making it active, but it is simultaneous
ly being burned up, debilitated, and weakened by the heat. In the glare of the
Sun, the planet is lost from sight and thus unable to manifest its significations.
From a distance of 12-150 degrees, the planet begins to emerge from under the
Suns beams, still weak, but with recovery in sight. When passing through this
lying-hidden phase, with the exception of being in the heart of the Sun, the
planet is generally weak, ineffective, and its significations do not eventuate or
cannot be seen.
h e l ia c a l r is e t r a n s i t i o n : When a superior planet is 150 from the Sun,
it rises heliacally, emerging in the eastern sky as a morning star, and is visible
near the horizon. This is its first phasis moment, when it transitions from the
lying-hidden phase to the morning-star phase. If this occurs within seven days
300 CHAPTER 25
before or after a persons birth, the planet is intensified.

m o r n i n g - s t a r p h a s e : As this phase begins, the planet is symbolically
reborn, regenerated, and filled with vigor and strength. It is moving with faster
than average speed, in direct motion, visible, and its greatest strength occurs
in the proximity of the 6o° sextile aspect with the Sun. Moving with average
speed around the square aspect, and hence an average level of activity, it begins
to slow down and reduce its efficacy as it approaches the first station near the
trine aspect with the Sun. When passing through the morning star phase from
150 ahead of the Sun to the first station at around 120° ahead of the Sun, a planet
is very strong and effective in bringing about its significations.
r e t r o g r a d e - s t a t io n t r a n s i t i o n : When a superior planet makes its
first station, it has experienced its second phasis moment. Standing still, its ener
gy is intensified with unwavering focus and concentration. If this station occurs
within seven days before or after a persons birth, it is as if it is making its last
stand and show of strength before retreating.
a c r o n y c h a l p h a s e : The planet turns retrograde, weakening and losing
its power and strength. It is moving extremely slowly in backwards zodiacal di
rection and appears to make a loop in the sky. The planet experiences difficulty
and reversals in bringing about its agenda. At the same time, the Sun is moving
ahead in the zodiacal sequence and comes to oppose the planet. The planet tem
porarily speeds up when opposite the Sun, indicating confusion and hopes that
do not materialize. This disorientation is coincident with it being in curtailed
passage when 7/2° on either side of the opposition. During curtailed passage, the
planet is not visible when rising over the eastern horizon after dusk, or setting
on the western horizon as dawn approaches, although it can be seen in the sky
during the remaining parts of the night. It is the lack of visibility on the horizon
that further underm ines the actions of the retrograde superior planet. Once the
planet passes the opposition point to the Sun, it is said to be o f the evening. And
after the curtailed passage degree, it can be seen rising and setting again in the
evening sky. However, the planet is still retrograde and remains weak, ineffec
tive, and powerless in the acronychal phase until its direct station, when it is
around 120° behind the Sun.
d i r e c t - s t a t i o n t r a n s i t i o n : The planet once again stands still at its
second station as it is about to turn direct. This is its third phasis moment, and
if this station occurs within seven days before or after a person’s birth, it brings
a focused, concentrated intensity to the planet’s matters. This is its “comeback”
moment.
e v e n i n g - s t a r p h a s e : As it resumes its direct motion, the planet begins
to gain speed and its power returns. The superior planets are generally active
FINAL OVERVIEW: SOLAR PHASE CYCLE 3OI
and effective during their evening star phase, because they are increasing in
speed, direct in motion, and visible. However, the Medieval authors point out
that they are not truly strong, but simply less weak than during their acronychal
phase. The best indications for the superior planets are said to occur during
their morning-star phase. The planet in the evening-star phase slowly diminish
es in strength after the 90° square with the Sun. Even though it is moving very
fast as it approaches the 6o° sextile aspect, it progressively sinks closer to the
western horizon on each successive night and becomes dimmer in appearance.
Hence it is interpreted as moving towards weakening in its ability to bring about
its effects.
h e l i a c a l - s e t t r a n s i t i o n : When a superior planet is 150 behind the
Sun, it sets heliacally, disappearing at sunset in the western sky near the horizon
for a number of days. This is its fourth and final phasis moment, when it transi
tions from the evening-star phase to the lying-hidden phase. Check to see if this
occurs within seven days before or after the birth.
l y in g - h id d e n p h a s e : The superior planet is now in the segment of its
cycle that corresponds to the death and dissolution stage of the lying-hidden
phase, when none of its power remains. Moving with increasing speed, it is
nevertheless obscured from sight. Hence, it is weak and ineffective in bringing
about its external events, but hurtling into the womb of renewal as it approaches
the throne, where it will conjoin the Sun to be revivified in the mystery chamber.
IN F E R IO R PLA N E T S: MERCURY AND V EN U S
l y in g - h id d e n p h a s e : This conjunction is the moment of the great mystery.

Once the distance between the planet and the Sun extends beyond this interval,
the planet finds itself in the fiery crucible of the combust zone, both moving
slower and burning up, where it is ineffective, weak, and unable to manifest its
significations. From 12°-15° degrees ahead of the Sun, the inferior planet begins
to emerge from under the Suns beams and comes to a standstill.
h e l i a c a l - r is e t r a n s i t i o n : The first phasis moment is an auspicious
omen announcing the planet s rebirth and increase in strength. Here the planet’s
significations are intensified in the life if the heliacal rise occurs within seven
days before or after the birth.
m o r n i n g - s t a r p h a s e : The morning star designation for Mercury and
Venus is limited to the duration from their heliacal morning rise to their morn
ing set. During this time, they are visible, direct in motion, and gaining in speed
and thus generally effective in bring about their significations, strongest around
their greatest elongation.
302 C H A P T E R 25
m o r n in g - s e t t in g t r a n s i t i o n : The second phasis moment occurs

when an inferior planet makes its last appearance as morning star in the eastern
sky, and begins to sink under the Suns rays. It is always in direct motion when
making its morning setting. Hie planet’s significations are intensified, but now
tending towards weakening.
l y in g - h id d e n p h a s e : The inferior planet is now entering into its second
lying hidden phase. It is invisible, but this time moving extremely fast and di
rect in motion as contrasted to the first lying-hidden phase, when it is slow and
retrograde. Invisible and debilitated, the inferior planet has difficulty bringing
forth its agendas.
e v e n in g - r is in g t r a n s i t i o n : The evening rising near the western hori
zon just after sunset is the third phasis moment. It is once again intensified, but
now moving into the strongest segment of its cycle.
e v e n in g - s t a r p h a s e : The evening-star phase in general supports a plan
ets effectiveness in bringing about its matters with the first part of it better than
the second part. This phase ends at the heliacal set.
h e l ia c a l - s e t t r a n s i t i o n : This is its fourth and final phasis moment.
The combination of heliacal set and retrograde station gives a double intensifi
cation to its significations, but now the tendency is toward its ultimate weakness.
l y in g - h id d e n p h a s e : The planet now descends into the lying-hidden
phase; it is very slow, and retrograde in motion. This segment closes its cycle
as it is the dissolution stage of the cyclic process. On the ordinary level, it is in
active, ineffective, and powerless, as it is devoid of vital life-force in actualizing
its significations. However, on the extraordinary level, it is bringing its matters
to closure and completion, and distilling the essence into the seed that will be
fertilized at the inferior conjunction and reborn at the heliacal rising.
in s u m m a r y , when evaluating the condition of a planet relative to its so
lar phase, the best condition is for a planet to be fast in speed, direct in motion,
visible, and in the morning or evening star interval, preferably in accordance
with its sect. The worst condition is for a planet to be slow in speed, retrograde
in motion, and invisible in the lying-hidden or acronychal phase. If a planet is
in its chariot (occupying the sign of domicile, exaltation, triplicity, or bound),
it is protected from the debilitating effect of excessive proximity to the Sun. A
planet is also protected when “in the heart” of the Sun, within a one-degree orb
on either side (or seventeen minutes, depending on your preference for Me
dieval or Hellenistic interpretation). When a planet makes a station, or makes
an appearance or disappearance (exact rise or set within seven days before and
after the birth), it adds an intensifying quality to the planet’s energy and moves
it towards strengthening or weakening.
FINAL OVERVIEW: SOLAR PHASE CYCLE 303
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Looking to the example charts, let us make our final judgment fo r each
planet relative to its solar phase conditions, and give the planet a grade.
CHART I: FINAL JUDGMENT OF SOLAR PHASE CONDITIONS
Planet Speed Direction Station Visibility, Phase Phasis Jitdg-

within chariot, within ment
7 days heart 7 days grade
O n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a
* Faster Direct — Visible Morning — a

than
average
!> Very Retro — Visible Acrony- — c-
slow grade chal
Very fast Direct — Under Lying — D+/B

beams hidden
Combust
Invisible
n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a
9 Average Direct — Visible Morning — B+
o' Faster Direct — Visible Evening — A

than
average
304 CHAPTER 25
ANALYSIS
j u p it e r is faster than average, direct in motion, and is visible rising over the
eastern horizon; he rejoices as a morning star at the most potent part of his cycle
around the sextile aspect to the Sun. He is active and effective. Grade: a .
Sa t u r n , of the evening, is very slow, retrograde in motion, but is visible
setting on the western horizon. He is ineffective in the acronychal phase, and too
far away from his direct station (which occurs a month later) for any intensifica
tion or significant tendency towards strengthening. Grade: c-.
m e r c u r y is of the morning, under the Suns beams, and very close to the
Sun in the combust zone. It is direct in motion and moving very fast. In a few
days (July 31) it will make the exact conjunction with the Sun. It is debilitated
and weakened by proximity with the Sun, and its invisibility obstructs its sig
nifications from becoming manifest, or they may occur hidden from the view
of others. It does not make a morning set or evening rise during the fifteen-day
interval period, so it does not have an additional intensification quality. Grade:
d +. Some Medieval astrologers held that Mercury does not suffer from debil
itation when conjunct the Sun in Leo or Aries—the signs of the Suns domicile
and exaltation; this consideration would raise Mercury’s grade to perhaps a b .
v e n u s is moving at average speed, direct in motion, and is visible as a
morning star. While she is strong and effective in the morning-star phase, she
does not rejoice because she is a nocturnal planet ahead of the Sun. She is 430
from the Sun in the region of her greatest morning elongation, so is full of po
tency. Venus is nowhere near the rising or setting point of her cycle, where a
phase transition intensification might occur. Grade: b +.
m a r s is traveling with faster-than-average speed, direct in motion, and is
visible as an evening star. As a nocturnal-sect planet, he rejoices in this evening
star phase, where he is active and effective. Mars is nowhere near any phasis
conditions, stations, or heliacal risings/settings, which would intensify his sig
nifications. Grade: a .
Jupiter, Venus, and Mars are all effective by phase. Saturn is ineffective, and
Mercury has the greatest weakness.
F IN A L O V ER VIEW : SOLAR PHASE C YCLE 305
C H A R T II: FIN A L JU D G M EN T OF SOLAR PHASE CONDITIONS
Planet Speed Direction Station Visibility, Phase Phasis ludg-

0 n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a
z Very
slow
Retro
grade
— Visible Achron-
ychal
— c-
■5 Very Retro — Invisible, Achron — D+

slow grade curtailed ycal
passage
<? Very Direct Rx on Visible Evening Heliacal B-
slow 10/29 set,
phase
transi
tion
9 Average Direct — Visible Morning — B+
o’ Slower Direct — Visible Morning — B

than
average
ANALYSIS
j u p i t e r , of the morning, is extremely slow, retrograde, but visible in his acron-

ychal phase. Thus, he is ineffective according to the solar phase criteria, c-.
s a t u r n , of the evening, is within 7/2° of the opposition to the Sun. Thus,
even though retrograde, he is moving faster than usual for a retrograde planet,
but is also invisible in the curtailed-passage zone, unable to be seen rising in
the east or setting in the west. He carries rebellious and unruly qualities, and is
judged as active, but ineffective in the acronychal phase. Grade: d +.
m e r c u r y , of the evening, is moving quite slowly in direct motion, as he
approaches his retrograde station in a few days. He is still visible, but will make
his heliacal set on the seventh day after birth, placing him in double phasis
3o6 c h a pt e r 25
conditions. Mercury remains mildly effective in this evening-star phase, intense

ly saturating the life with mercurial significations, but he is rapidly approaching
weakening, through both retrograde and heliacal set. Grade: B-.
v e n u s , of the morning, is moving at average speed, is direct in motion,
and stretching towards her greatest elongation. While she is effective in
the morning star phase, as a nocturnal sect planet, she does not rejoice.
Grade: B+.
m a r s , of the morning, is moving with slower-than-average speed, direct
in motion, and is visible as a morning star. While effective in the morning star
phase, as a nocturnal sect planet, Mars does not rejoice. Grade: b .
Final Evaluations fo r Solar Phase Conditions
FINAL OVERVIEW: SOLAR PHASE CYCLE 307
EX ERCISE 21
FIN A L EVALUATIONS FOR SOLAR PHASE C O N DITIONS
In this exercise, review the previous entries and make a final evaluation for each
planet based upon all of the solar phase criteria—speed, direction, visibility, and
phase. Each o f these factors influences the planet’s condition and has an interpre
tive meaning. Use the following guidelines to help you arrive at your judgment.
Planet Speed Direction Station Visibility, Phase Phasis Judg-

0 n /a n /a n /a n /a n /a N /A n /a
<?
o*
308 C H A P T E R 25
1. Judgment:
A planet that is fast (active), direct (moving towards its goal), and visible
(able to manifest its agenda) is in the best condition.
A planet making a direct station, a heliacal rise or evening rise (becoming
stronger after being weaker) increases its intensity in a positive manner.
A planet that is slow (inactive), retrograde (moving in the opposite direc
tion from its goal), and which is invisible under the Suns beams (unable to
manifest its agenda) predisposes it towards ineffective or weak outcomes.
A planet that is in its chariot or in the heart of the Sun is protected from
being weakened under the Suns beams.
A planet making a retrograde station, a heliacal set, or morning set also
increases its intensity (in the direction of weakening), but towards more
problematic outcomes.
A planet that is in a morning or evening-star phase is more effective than in
the lying-hidden or acronychal phases.
2. Grade: Give each planet a grade: a , b , c , d , or f , with pluses or minuses.
1. Write a few sentences for each of the five planets, describing their so
lar phase and how it affects their condition and their capacity to bring
about beneficial outcomes.
CHAPTER 26
The Synodic Cycle

AND THE MINOR YEARS OF THE PLANETS
THE SYNODIC CYCLE IS ALSO THE BASIS FOR THE HELLENISTIC TIMING
procedure called the minor years of the planets. This is a subdivision of timing
by planetary periods which includes the minor, mean, and greater years of the
planets. Timing by the minor years was the most basic timing method used by
almost every ancient astrologer. The minor years of the planets are derived from
the confluence of a planets tropical cycle with its synodic cycle.
As we mentioned earlier in this section, a planet’s tropical period is the
amount of time that it takes—as seen from Earth—for it to go all the way around
the ecliptic (i.e., the circle of zodiacal signs). The synodic or solar phase cycle is
the average amount of time between a planets successive conjunctions with the
Sun as seen from Earth, as well as its phases.
A Sun-planet conjunction occurs at a specific degree and sign of the zodiac.
At the completion of its synodic cycle, the next conjunction will occur at a later
sign and degree of the zodiac. A planet’s minor years are the number of years
it takes for the Sun-planet conjunction to progress in successive synodic cycles
all the way around the ecliptic and then to return and reoccur at the very same
degree of the zodiac as it did previously. For instance, if you look at the position
of Venus in your solar return chart, it will be within several degrees of its natal
position every eight years.
The minor years of each planet, sometimes called the “least” years, are as
follows:
MERCURY 20 years
VENUS 8 years
MARS 15 years
JUPITER 12 years
SATURN 30 years
SUN 19 years
MOON 25 years
3io C H A P T E R 26
The minor years of the Sun and Moon are not based upon a synodic inter
val because the Sun itself is the reference point for the synodic cycle, and the
Moon does not revolve around the Sun, but rather around the Earth. The Suns
minor years are based upon the nineteen-year Metonic eclipse cycle, when an
eclipse recurs at the same degree of the zodiac. One speculation concerning the
Moon’s minor years are that they are the interval of time it takes for its phases to
occur on the same days of the year.12These recurrences of the planets were first
observed by the Babylonians and then imported into Hellenistic astrology as an
important astrological timing device.
As a stand-alone method called “timing by planetary periods”, the minor
years indicate the times at which the significations of planets would fully ma
ture, become busy, and bring forth their events. Moreover, Valens informs us
that the planets become activated not only at the completion of their minor
years, but also at one-third, halfway, and two-thirds through these periods. Re
member, the critical points of the solar phase cycle are at the first station—one
third of the way around the synodic cycle; the opposition—halfway through the
cycle; and the second station—two-thirds of the way through the cycle.
The minor years of the planets also form a component of various time-lord
procedures. Valens gives a brilliant exposition concerning the minor years of
the planets in combination with the ascensional times of the zodiacal signs to
discover the times at which planets becomes activated and bring about their
events? The minor years of the planets are also used in the time-lord system of
zodiacal releasing from the Lots of Fortune and Spirit. As the process of releas
ing moves from one zodiacal sign to the next, the planet that is the domicile lord
of each successive sign becomes a time lord, governing the affairs of the life for
the duration of the period of its minor years.
The minor years of the planets are part of a larger system entailing the great
er years and the mean years. The greater and mean years were used for inquiries
concerning longer periods of time. The greater periods of the planets come from
the total number of degrees allocated to each planet in the system of bounds or
terms. We suspect that the greater years are also derived from longer successive
cycles of the synodic cycle, but the mathematical algorithms have not yet been
uncovered. The mean periods are an average derived from the minor and great
er years.
1 Robert H a n d , “Predictive Periods in Vettius Valens”, in Introduction to Vettius Va l e n s ,

Anthology 2, translated by Robert Sc h m id t (Berkeley Springs, wv: Golden Hind Press,
1994).
2 Va l e n s , Anthology 7.
M INOR YEARS OF THE PLANETS 311
T a b le 21. M in o r , M e a n , a n d G r e a te r P l a n e ta r y P e r io d s
M oon M e rc u ry V enus Sun M ars Jupiter S a tu r n
M INOR 2 5 20 8 19 15 12 30
MEAN 66.5 48 45 69.5 40.5 45-5 43-3
GREATER 108 76 82 120 66 79 57

CHAPTER 27
Summary
AND SOURCE READINGS
A PLANET’S SPEED, DIRECTION, VISIBILITY, AND PHASE ARE ALL

factors of its synodic cycle with the Sun.
A planet is effective in bringing about its significations when it is fast,
direct, visible, and in a morning or evening star phase. It is intensified,
and growing stronger, when it is making a morning or evening rising, or
stationing direct within seven days either side of the birth.
A planet is less effective when it is slow, retrograde, invisible, and in the
lying-hidden or acronychal phase. It is intensified, and growing weaker,
when it makes an evening or morning set and a retrograde station with
in seven days either side of the birth.
The minor years of the planets are derived from their recurrence synod
ic cycle with the Sun.
PRIMARY SOURCE READINGS

FOR PART THREE: THE SOLAR PHASE CYCLE
Do r o t h e u s Carmen 1.29.7 (trans. Dykes): (Excerpt on retrograde).

Pt o l e m y Phaseis (trans. Schmidt): The Phases of the Fixed Stars
(Berkeley Springs, wv: Golden Hind Press, 1993).
An t io c h u s Summary 15: Rising and Setting.
Po r p h y r y Introduction 2: Changes Produced by the Transfers of the Sun,
Moon, and Stars.
Fi r m i c u s Mathesis 2.12-15 (trans. Holden): When the Stars are Matutine and
when Vespertine.
Pa u l u s Introduction 14: The Phases which the Five Stars make with the Sun.
Introduction 15: Stations.
3M C H A P T E R 27
Rh e t o r iu s Compendium 25 (trans. Holden): Stars under the Sun’s Beams.

Compendium 43: Chariots.
I b n Ez r a Beginning of Wisdom 6; 8.89-98 (trans. Epstein).
Bo n a t t i Book of Astronomy 3.2.5 (trans Dykes): When the Planets are said to
be Oriental, and when Occidental.
Book of Astronomy 3.2.6: Of the Two Inferiors, when they are Oriental
and when Occidental.
Book of Astronomy 5: Considerations 52-54.
PART FOUR
TH E LU N AR PH ASE C YC LE
CHAPTER 28
Special Lunar
Considerations
All the substance of the human body is ruled by the power of this
divinity [i.e., the Moon] and by her courses, she sustains the form of
the body. — f ir m ic u s m a t e r n u s .’
THE MOON WAS ELEVATED AS QUEEN OF THE HEAVENS WHO ILLUMINATED

the night sky with her waxing and waning light. However, the Moon was also the
planet that was closest to the Earth, and as such, she presided over everything in
the sublunary realm—including both the atmosphere, and all life on Earth. Ac
cording to the Hellenistic astrologers, the Sun governed the seasons of the year,
but the Moon arranged the four weeks of the month and the hours of the day.
In their search to identify the primal substance of the cosmos, ancient Greek
philosophers posited that the heavenly realm was made of a divine substance
called aither, while the terrestrial realm was composed of the four elements
of fire, earth, air, and water. These four elements were in a continual state of
transformation, changing into one another due to the four qualities of hot, cold,
wet, and dry. It was the heating and cooling activity of the Sun and Moon that
caused the elemental changes on Earth. Because humans were also composed
of these same four elements, the Moon, being the closer of the two lights, had
a direct role in the changes affecting the health and illness of human bodies.
Ancient physicians held that a balance of the elements and qualities within the
human body led to the state of optimal health, while imbalance predisposed one
toward illness.
The Moon was intimately connected to all vegetative and human life and
its cyclical processes of birth, growth, decay, and renewal, which were mirrored
in her phases. Porphyry wrote how the Moon’s wetness was thought to cause
the swelling and ripening of plants. The Moon regulated the flows of wom
en’s monthly menses and that of rivers, springs, and seas, as well as maritime
Fir mic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 4.1, trans. Ho l d e n .

320 CHAPTER 28
creatures, which all change with the increasing and decreasing nature of the
Moon.’ Above all, she was the main significator of conception and the health
and illnesses of the human body. More than that, all prosperity and fortune re
lated to the creature comforts of life were also under her dominion.
Many spiritual teachings hold that the body is the temple of the soul, point
ing to the union of the lunar and solar principles within human life. Eastern
philosophies speak of the “precious human rebirth”, in that it is only while being
alive within a body that humans have the possibility of spiritual realization. In
the Hellenistic astrological texts, the Moon is one of the five “places of life”. She
represents both the physical body itself, as well as the necessary matrix in which
the process of spiritual transcendence can take place.
There are a number of special concepts related to the Moon that we shall
discuss in the following section. Some of them influence the condition of the
Moon herself in the nativity, and others impact the condition of the planets to
which she is joined in various ways.
L U N A R A P P L IC A T IO N S A N D S E P A R A T IO N S
Without the matter of separation and application [of the Moon], nei
ther longevity, nor brevity of life, nor sickness, nor injury, nor wealth,
nor misfortune, nor fame, nor obscurity, nor manliness, nor weakness
is established in the nativity. — p a u l u s .*3
The Moon is the planet that is closest to the Earth. Due to her swift motion,
she circles the entire zodiac every month. Along her course she is able to make
applying aspects with each of the other planets. As she does so, she was thought
to gather up their effluences and transmit them to Earth. It follows that if the
Moon applies to a planet, she is able to help bring down and make manifest
the significations of that planet into the terrestrial realm. Thus, an application
(applying aspect) from the Moon improves the planet’s condition by bringing its
matters to fruition.
An applying aspect from the Moon occurs when the Moon is moving to
wards a planet, either bodily by conjunction or by aspect ray. In this case, the
Moon will be in a lesser degree than the planet. A separating aspect occurs when
the Moon has already made contact with the planet and is now moving away
from it. In this case, the M oon will be in a greater degree than the planet. For
2 Po r ph y r y , Introduction 2.
SPECIAL LUNAR CONSIDERATIONS 321
example, the Moon at 6° Libra is applying to a conjunction with Jupiter at io°

Libra or to a trine with Venus at io° Aquarius (6° is less than io°), but it is sepa
rating from a conjunction with Mars at 2° Libra or from a trine with Saturn at 20
Aquarius (6° is greater than 20 ).
f i g u r e 43. A p p l y in g # s e p a r a t in g l u n a r a s p e c t s
The Moon at 6° Libra is separating from a bodily conjunction

with Mars at 2* Libra, and applying towards a bodily conjunc
tion with Jupiter at 70° Libra. The same Moon at 6° Libra is
also separating from a trine with Saturn at 2° Aquarius, and
applying to a trine with Venus at w° Aquarius.
Paulus makes a distinction between the allowable orbs in the Moon’s appli
cations and separations to other planets, giving a wide orb for conjunctions and
a small orb for the other aspects.4 For the conjunction, Paulus states that if the
planets are found in the zodiacal sign before or after that of the Moon, within
an orb of 30°, they are also considered in this topic of lunar applications and
separations. He further elaborates that the specific range of degrees between
the Moon and the planet which she conjoins indicates the stage in a person’s life
when the effects of this aspect will occur. If the distance between them is less
than three degrees, the aspect will manifest in youth; 3°-7°> prime of life; 7°-i5°>
later years; 15°-3O°, old age.
4 Introduction 17.
322 C H A P T E R 28
However, when determining the allowable range for the Moons application
to the planets by means of the aspects (sextile, square, trine, opposition), he
gives an orb of 30 .5 To anticipate our discussion of the Hellenistic view of aspects
in the next section, we should note that the Moon is given a range of 130 for her
application to the other planets when assessing the conditions of bonification
and maltreatment.
Hellenistic texts contain extensive delineations about the Moons applica
tions and separations in the interpretation of natal charts, as well as in katarchic,
inceptional, or electional charts for commencing various activities.
Firmicus Maternus provides interpretations for the Moons application to
each of the planets by conjunction.6 Similar to his distinctions between planets
belonging to the day or night sect, he draws out the differences in interpretive
meaning between the Moon when she is waxing in light or waning in light as she
makes applying aspects to each planet.
For the most part, a Moon that is increasing in light when applying to a
planet is interpreted as giving more favorable indications than when decreasing
in light. He follows this with another set of delineations regarding which planet
the Moon has most recently separated from, and towards which planet it is next
applying. In general, if the Moon had separated from a malefic and was apply
ing towards a benefic, the situation would move towards improvement, but if
the Moon had separated from a benefic and was moving towards a malefic, the
situation would worsen.
When this doctrine was incorporated into horary astrology, particularly in
the Arabic and Medieval traditions, the Moons separations indicated what had
already taken place in the past, while her applications pointed to what would
come about in the future. The Arabic/Medieval traditions developed many more
considerations regarding the M oons motion that were expressed in terms of the
collection and transfer of the M oons light from one planet to another.
Because the Moon is so connected to the physical earth, there exist many
texts detailing the applications of the Moon regarding auspicious times to com
mence events such as farming, sailing, marrying, building, buying, selling, and
legal actions. Antiochus gives delineations for the Moons applications to the
various planets, both bodily by conjunction, and by aspect ray, giving recom
m endations for engaging in specific kinds of activities. For example:
6 F ir m i c u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis4.
When the Moon is conjoining Saturn, opposition is encountered in all

matters. But the conjunction of the Moon to Saturn is fine for plant
ing and bloodletting.... When the Moon is sextile to Saturn it is fine
for building, planting trees, and sowing pulses.... When the Moon
squares Saturn, the person traveling abroad will be taken captive, the
one building a house will not finish it and the building will fall, and
the person who is engaged in business will be fined.7
M O O N VOID IN COURSE
Many m odern astrologers are familiar with the void of course moon as an inter
lude that is slack and inactive, where “nothing will come of the matter”. The void
of course phenomenon occurs when the Moon is not making any applications
by conjunction or aspect ray to another planet for a certain interval of degrees.
The Hellenistic astrologers defined the Moon as void in course when she did
not make any applying aspects within a range of thirty degrees, and clearly ar
ticulated that this interval could cross sign boundaries. This stands in contrast
to Medieval and modern astrologers, who limit the range of the interval to that
of the time between the Moons last aspect to a planet within a certain zodiacal
sign until she leaves that sign.
Void in course comes from the Greek word kenodromia, which literally
means “empty course”. It is sometimes translated as “emptiness of course”, “mov
ing toward nothingness”, or “without attendant planets”. If one of the M oons pri
m ary functions is to draw down the significations of the other planets into the
terrestrial realm, while she is void in course there is no one for her to connect
with and nothing for her to do. If this is the case, and there is no benefic on an
angle, Firmicus Maternus writes that these individuals are denied the supports
of daily life, face poverty and need, and suffer from weakened and tired bodies.8
He may be alluding to the idea that when something has “run its course”, it is
depleted of vital energy and finished.
Firmicus also looks at the last planet the Moon conjoined before she moves
towards nothingness. In accordance with the nature of each planet, he associates
this condition with loss of inheritance and parents, orphans, illness, sluggishness,
captivity, poverty, and wandering travelers.9 The Arabic astrologer Ibn Sahl wrote
that the Moon void in course—that is, joined to none of the planets—signifies
7 An t io c h u s , Thesaurus (c c a g 7, pp. 107-08).

8 Fir mic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 4.2.3, trans. Ho l d e n .
9 Fir mic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 4.3G, trans. Ho l d e n .
324 C H A P TE R 28
F IG U R E 4 4 . V O ID IN C O U R S E M O O N F IG U R E 4 5 . V O ID IN C O U R S E M O O N
(M E D IE V A L mo d er n ) (H E L L E N IS T IC )
The Moon will not make any applying as The Moon will not make any applying as
pects before it leaves its sign (Aries). The pects fo r the next jo°. The M oon’s last as
Moon at 250 Aries made its last aspect to pect while in Aries was a trine to Saturn at
Saturn at 24° Sagittarius. Because it will not 24° Sagittarius. Once it enters the next sign,
make any more aspects while it is in Aries, it has until 2<f Taurus to make an applying
it is considered to be void in course accord aspect to another planet. While in Taurus, it
ing to Medieval and modern definitions. The will be in aversion to planets in Sagittarius
Hellenistic definition, however, allows the (Saturn), Libra (Mars), Cem ini (Jupiter),
Moon to cross sign boundaries fo r an inter and it has already separated from its con
val o f up to 30°. Thus, in the above chart, junction to the Sun and Mercury in Aries. Its
when the Moon enters Taurus, it will make allowable interval expires at 25° Taurus, and
a square to Mercury at 2° Leo; therefore it so the conjunction to Venus at 28° Taurus is
would not be considered void in course ac beyond the allowable orb. Thus, this Moon
cording to the Hellenistic definition. is void in course according to the Hellenistic
definition.
futility and annulment, and turning back from that same purpose, and the im
pediments of that same purpose.10
The Hellenistic void in course condition is relatively rare, since the Moon
has the opportunity to make contact with another planet for a 30° range that can
cross sign boundaries. One of the most fundamental interpretative meanings for
a void in course Moon is the lack of connection and subsequent alienation or
isolation that a person can experience as the predominant feature of their emo-
10 I b N Sa h l , The Fifty Judgments 6.

tional landscape. It can also point to challenges in being able to take effective
actions in regards to bringing anything to pass. So it can point to experiences of
failure, a sense of futility resulting in lack of motivation, or aimlessness. Some
texts call the person with a void in course moon a traveler and vagabond, with
reluctance to putting down roots.
From a spiritual perspective, the void in course interval is a kind of bardo
interlude, the liminal space between two states of consciousness, such as the
interval between waking and sleeping, or between death and life. It is the inter
ludes of transition when the Moon pauses between her activities in regulating
earthly and human affairs. As such, it can be an optimal time for meditative
reflection on concepts such as emptiness, as well as a period of deep rest and
regeneration following the exertion of energy. During void in course intervals,
the Moon can turn her focus to the inner and non-manifest realms of being.
IN TERPRETIN G LUNAR A P PLICA T IO N S

AND THE VOID IN COURSE MOON
Looking to the planet from which the Moon has most recently separated, and
then to the planet to which she next applies, can deepen our understanding of
the Moons influence in a persons life. This provides insight into whether cir
cumstances will improve, decline, or remain the same. In this determination,
you can extend the interval of the Moons motion across sign boundaries until
you reach the next planet to which the Moon applies—unless it first becomes
void in course. Keep in mind that the condition of this planet is not necessarily
improved by an application from the Moon unless it has a valid, applying whole
sign configuration. We shall not detail these kinds of interpretations, however.
The focus of this chapter is on determining the condition of the Moon herself,
as well as how she impacts the condition of the other planets in their capacity to
bring about their agenda for the best interests of the individual.
When the Moon is applying to planets, especially when she is waxing in
light, she is an active and purposeful Moon helping to manifest the other plan
ets significations. It is almost as if the Moon draws her energy from her asso
ciations with other planets. In turn, if a planet has an applying aspect from the
Moon, this contact improves the planet’s condition.
When the Moon is void, she herself is inactive and aimless in terms of or
dinary, everyday life-matters, which can result in loss, decrease, and emptiness.
However, in terms of non-ordinary states of awareness, the void Moon has the
capacity to travel in the subtle realms of consciousness and survey the mysteries.
326 CHAPTER 28
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us now turn to our example charts to determine if the Moon is void
in course. I f not, then we will identify the planets to which she is making
an applying aspect. These planets are assisted by the Moon, who helps
draw down their significations into the terrestrial realm and life o f the
individual. Their condition is thus improved.
c h a r t 1: m o o n ’s c o n d i t i o n : v o i d , s e p a r a t i n g , a p p l y in g
Moon sign Void in course? Separatingfrom/

and degree Applying to
25 0 ARIES 36' No Trine Saturn

Square M ercury
LUNAR INFLUENCES ON PLANETS
Planet Application from Moon
SUN 5° LEO Yes

JUPITER 9 ° GEMINI —
SATURN 240 SAG. RX —
MERCURY 2° LEO Yes
MOON 2 5 0 ARIES n /a
VENUS 21° GEMINI —

MARS I4 0 VIRGO Yes
ANALYSIS
The w a n in g m o o n at 250 Aries has just separated from a trine to s a t u r n .

She does not make any other applying aspects while she is in the sign of Ar
ies. Modern astrologers would consider this to be a moon void in course.
However, the Hellenistic guideline extends her range of applications for
the next 30°, and the Moon could cross the sign boundaries in this inter
val. Thus the Moon has until 250 Taurus in which to make applying aspects.
After the Moon enters Taurus, she will apply to a square with m e r c u r y
at 20 Leo.
From an interpretive perspective, the Moon is moving away from past con
ditions of hardship (s a t u r n ) concerning money (2nd house), and moving
towards future conditions regarding literary creativity (m e r c u r y in Leo) ex
pressed through the profession (10th house). In fact, it was through a career as
an editor in a publishing house later in life that this person earned a livelihood
for the first time from her own efforts.
From a condition perspective, the Moon is active because she is not void in
course. The planets m e r c u r y , s u n , and m a r s all benefit from her application,
and have her assistance in manifesting their matters in the life of the individual.
However, because this a waning Moon, and even more so a waning moon in a
diurnal chart, the potential for benefit is somewhat lessened.
cha r t 11: m o o n ’s c o n d it io n : v o id , s e pa r a t in g , a ppl y in g
Moon sign Void in course? Separating fro m /

8° s a g 12' No Sextile Venus

Sextile Sun
SUN 2° SCORPIO Yes

JUPITER 23 0 TAURUS RX —
SATURN 9° TAURUS RX —
MERCURY 24° SCORPIO —
MOON 8° SAG. n /a
VENUS 40 LIBRA —
MARS 12° CANCER —
328 C H A P T E R 28
ANALYSIS
The m o o n at 8° Sagittarius has separated from a sextile with v e n u s at 40 Libra.

It does not make any other conjunction, sextile, square, or trine aspects to any
other planet while in Sagittarius. Again, modern astrologers might consider the
moon void in course (unless they allow the quincunx aspect, which Hellenistic
astrologers did not consider to be an aspect). However, once the Moon enters
Capricorn, it will sextile the s u n at 20 Scorpio before exceeding its 30° range,
which ends at 8° Capricorn.
From an interpretive point of view, the Moon is separating from Venusian
entanglements of love affairs and moving towards the s u n . With the passage of
time, it gives increase in personal wealth and fulfillment of desires."
From a condition perspective, the Moon is active because she is not void in
course. While the s u n is the next planet to which the Moon applies, preventing
the Moon from being void in course, the Suns condition is not necessarily im
proved by this application, because the Moon at 8° Sagittarius does not have a
valid aspect configuration to the Sun at 20 Scorpio in the natal figure.
Active or Void Moon
11 Fir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 4.3F, trans. Ho l d e n .

EX ERCISE 22
A C T I V E OR V O ID M OON
In this exercise, you will investigate whether your Moon is void in course and
inactive, or if it is active, making applying aspects to other planets.
CRITERIA OF THE MOON’S CONDITION
Moon sign Void in course? Separating fro m /

su n :
JUPITER:
SATURN:
mer c u r y :
MOON: N/a
VENUS:
ma r s:
1. Enter the sign and degree of your Moon.

2. Determine if your Moon is void in course. It will be so if it does not make
any applying aspects to any planet within the next 30°, including crossing zo
diacal sign boundaries. (Compare this to the modern definition o f a void in
course moon, where the interval for application is limited to the zodiacal sign
330 CHAPTER 28
in which the Moon is located.)

3. Determine the planet from which your Moon has last separated. Then deter
mine the planet to which it next applies (within a 30° range that can cross sign
boundaries).
4. If your Moon is not void in course, note which other planets the Moon is mak
ing an application to within the next 30°, and enter the kind o f aspect configu
ration (conjunction, sextile, square, trine, opposition).
QUESTIONS FOR REFLECTION
1. Is my Moon void in course? (y / n ) Thus, is it active or inactive?

2. If it is void, do you experience a sense of aimlessness or difficulty in
bringing things to completion?
3. If it is void, can you easily enter into meditative or psychic states of
awareness?
4. Which planet has the Moon last separated from?
5. Which planet will the Moon next apply to?
6. Based upon your understanding of the planets and houses, what kinds
of circumstances are part of your past, and what kinds of circumstances
are you moving towards?
7. Which planets (if any) benefit from the Moons application? The Moon
assists these planets in bringing forth and grounding their significations
in your life.
C H A PTER 29
The Lunar Phases
THE MOON’S INCREASE AND DECREASE IN LIGHT IS DISPLAYED IN HER

monthly cycle of waxing and waning phases, which were thought to affect all
living things. As the Moon circles the Earth each month, she continually chang
es her relationship to the Sun. The arc of the distance between them increas
es as she approaches the Full Moon. The arc then decreases as she moves to
wards reunion with the Sun at the New Moon. Each night in her dance with
the Sun, the queen of the night displays yet another phase of her multi-faceted
nature through her changing luminosity. Her cycle can be divided in several
different ways.
t h e t w o f o l d d iv is io n gives rise to a waxing hemisphere, where the
Moon increases in light from the New Moon to the Full Moon, and a wan
ing hemisphere, where the Moon decreases in light from the Full Moon back
to the New Moon. The increasing and decreasing light of the Moon was used
in natal interpretation, in lunar guides to planting, and in medical diagnosis
and treatment.
F IG U R E 4 6 . TW OFOLD D IV IS IO N OF TH E LUNAR CYCLE

Upper hemisphere: Waning Moon decreasing in light from full to
new; lower hemisphere: Waxing Moon increasing in light
from new to full.
332 C H A P T E R 29
t h e t h r e e f o l d d iv is io n of the lunar cycle—New, Full, and Dark—was

personified as the Triple Moon Goddess. The most well-known faces of the
trinity are personified in Artemis, Selênê, and Hekatë. These three phases rep
resented the three stages of a womans life—maiden, mother, and crone—and
their initiation rites were timed in accordance with womens blood mysteries:
menstruation, lactation, and menopause.
F IG U R E 4 7 . T H R E E F O L D D IV IS IO N O F T H E LU N A R C Y C L E
Waxing Moon, Full Moon, Waning Moon, representing the
Triple Coddess: Artemis, Selene, c? Hekate.
F IG U R E 4 8 . F O U R F O L D D IV IS IO N O F T H E L U N A R C Y C L E
The four quarters of the lunar cycle, and the pivotal turning
points where light increases and decreases, reflect the four
quarters of the solar cycle: first quarter (spring), second quarter
(summer), third quarter (autumn), and fourth quarter (winter).
THE LUNAR PHASES 333
t h e f o u r f o l d d iv is io n mirrors the solar cycle, where the critical turn

ing points of increasing and decreasing light at the four quarters of the Moon
correspond to the increase and decrease of solar light marked by the equinoxes
and solstices. Ptolemy explains how the Moon is more productive of moisture
in its waxing from New Moon to First Quarter; of heat in its passage from First
Quarter to Full; of dryness from Full to Last Quarter; and of cold from Last
Quarter to occultation (New Moon).1 Porphyry relates how the Moons first ap
pearance until the First Quarter is like spring; and thence to the Full Moon like
summer; from there to the Second Quarter like autumn; and next down to its
disappearance (at New Moon) like winter.2 The quarters of the Moon were very
important in the timing of the critical days during the course of an illness. It is
also the basis of a Hellenistic time-lord technique called “Quarters of the Moon”.
FIG U R E 4 9 . E IG H TFO LD D IV IS IO N OF THE LUNAR CYCLE

The eight quarters of the lunar cycle add the halfway points
between solstices and equinoxes.
When these four quarters are subdivided once again, t h e e ig h t f o l d d i

v i s i o n corresponds to the addition of the cross quarter days which stand mid
way between each solstice and equinox. This was ritualized in the pagan holiday
celebratory rites of the wheel of the year—Winter Solstice, Candlemas, Spring
Equinox, Beltane (May Day), Summer Solstice, Lammas, Autumn Equinox, and
Hallomas (Halloween).
334 CHAPTER 29
The eightfold division of the lunar cycle, based upon increments of 450
(New, Crescent, First Quarter, Gibbous, Full, Disseminating, Last Quarter, and
Balsamic), is the most frequently used in modern western astrology. It was re
visioned by Dane Rudhyar in his seminal 1936 work, The Lunation Cycle. Rud-
hyar uses the phases of plant growth as a metaphor for the cyclic development
of all life processes. The New Moon thus corresponds to the germination of a
seed, while the successive phases correspond to the first shoots above ground
(Crescent), the root and stems systems (First Quarter), the bud (Gibbous), flow
er (Full), fruit (Disseminating), harvest (Last Quarter), and finally the decom
position of the old plant (Balsamic); in the final Dark Moon phase, the seed
is released and buried underground to await germination at the onset of the
next cycle.3
Ancient astrologers such as Porphyry identified seven phases.4 But Valens,
Paulus, and Rhetorius set out several additional phases, bringing the total to
eleven.5
Porphyry distinguishes seven phases that generally correspond to the arcs
of the seven planetary aspect rays. He specifies the two crescent phases at the 6o°
sextiles, the two haif/quarter phases at the 90° squares, the two gibbous phases
at 120/110° trine, and the full phase at the 180° opposition.
Paulus specifies three more phases—the conjunction, coming forth, and ris
ing—and mentions that some astrologers add an eleventh phase, the nearly full,
at 150°. He agrees with Porphyry that the crescent and gibbous phases have the
6o° and 120° arcs of separation with the Sun.
Valens and Rhetorius agree with Paulus on the eleven lunar phases, but they
differ on the arc separations of the crescent and gibbous phases, stating that
the crescent phases have a 450 separation rather than 6o°, and that the gibbous
phases are marked by the 1350 separations rather than 120°. They specify a set
ting phase that begins 150 before the Moon re-conjoins the Sun.
The lunar phases were not given interpretation as to personality typing as
they are in m odern astrology, but they were used in other ways, some of which
have been m entioned above.
3 See Demetra G e o r g e , Finding Your Way through the Dark (Tempe, a z : American Federa
tion of Astrologers, 1994), chapter 1.
5 Va l e n s , Anthology 2.36; Pa u l u s , Introduction 16; Rh e t o r iu s , Compendium 79.
FIGU RE 5 0 . ELEVENFOLD D IV IS IO N OF TH E LUNAR CYCLE

Following Porphyry, Valens, Paulus, <£ Rhetorius
Table 22. Elevenfold Division of the Lunar Cycle.
1. c o n j u n c t io n . Moon is in the same degree as the Sun.

2. . Moon is i° past the Sun; it begins to appear in the cosmos,
c o m in g f o r t h
though is not visible from Earth.
3. . Moon is 150 past the Sun; first appearance as a thin streak of light
r is in g
(2°-i5°).
4- . Moon is 450 from the Sun (Rhetorius, Valens) or 6o°
w a x in g c r e s c e n t
(Porphyry, Paulus); name in accordance with shape (15°-45760°).
5. f i r s t h a l f ( q u a r t e r ). Moon is 900 from the Sun; grown to half its full
amount (9O°-12O°/135°).
6. f i r s t g ib b o u s ( d o u b l e c o n v e x ). Moon is 1350 past the Sun (Valens);
120° (Paulus); no° (Porphyry); both sides appear to be humped.
7- whol e ( f u l l ) m o o n . Moon is i8o° from the Sun; completely filled with
the Suns light.
8. ( d o u b l e c o n v e x ). Moon 2250 (135°) from the Sun
s e c o n d g ib b o u s
(Valens); 2407120° (Paulus).
9. sec o n d ha l f ( l a s t q u a r t e r ). Moon is 270790° from the Sun.
10. w a n in g c r e s c e n t . Moon is 3oo76o° or 315745° fr° n i the Sun.
11. s e t t in g . Moon is 345°/i5° degrees from the Sun; lessening of light.
336 C H A P T E R 29
Valens discusses how each lunar phase gives indications for various inqui
ries.6 For instance, the conjunction phase of the Sun and Moon gives indications
for reputation and power, while the rising phase gives determinations for the
length of life. Both he and Rhetorius instruct how the astrologer must look to
the house of the phase as well as the planet that is the ruler of the sign of the
phase.7 Rhetorius then presents a method for making a judgment as to how
well-born, renowned, and fortunate the life will be. Valens gives associations
for various planetary gods who assist the lords of the phases. However, both
their explanations prove cryptic when attempting to apply them to particular
birth charts.8
DETERM ININ G THE LUNAR PHASE
Let us first determine if the Moon is waxing or waning, and then find its specific
phase. In some cases you may have to decide which system of division (Porphy-
ry/Paulus or Valens/Rhetorius) you are going to employ.
a w a x in g m o o n is increasing in light; it is moving away from the New
Moon conjunction with the Sun and heading towards the Full Moon opposition
to the Sun. It will be located from o° to 180° ahead of the Sun (between the New
Moon and Full Moon).
a w a n in g m o o n is decreasing in light; it is separating from the Full Moon
opposition to the Sun, and heading back towards the New Moon solar conjunc
tion. It will be located from 180° to o° behind the Sun.
If you are not sure how to see this in the chart, draw a line from the Sun
across to its opposition point. Then, move from the Sun in the natural order
of the zodiac; if you find the Moon before you come to the opposition point, it
is a waxing Moon. If you cross the opposition point to get to the Moon, it is a
waning Moon.
In order to determine the phase of the Moon more specifically, count how
many degrees there are between the Sun and the Moon. Refer to the above ta
ble of phases to obtain the correct lunar phase based upon its arc of separa
tion (number of degrees) between the Moon and the Sun. If you have a waning
Moon, it might be easier to count in the other direction to see how many degrees
the Moon is behind the Sun.
7 Rh e t o r i u s , Compendium 79.
8 For personality profiles for each of the phases, you can refer to modern astrological books
such as The Lunation Cycle by Dane Ru d h y a r , or my book Finding Your Way through the
Dark. However, keep in mind that this was not a feature of the traditional texts.
LU NA R R E JO IC IN G
Because the Moon does not revolve around the Sun, the sect rejoicing by solar
phase does not apply to the Moon as it does for the other planets. However, the
Moons phase is the key to her rejoicing by sect.
a w a x in g m o o n (increasing in light from New Moon to Full Moon)

rejoices in a diurnal chart. A Moon that is filling up with light resonates
with the energies of day.
a w a n in g m o o n (decreasing in light from Full Moon to New Moon)
rejoices in a nocturnal chart. A Moon that is emptying herself of light is
more in accordance with the energies of night.9
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us look at the example charts in order to determine the lunar phase
and whether the Moon rejoices by phase and sect.
9 S e r a p i o , 229,11-12.
338 CHAPTER 29
CHART i: m o o n ’s c o n d i t i o n : PHASE, SECT-REJOICING
Moon sign Waxing or Rejoicing by sect

and degree waning phase
25° ARIES 36' Waning Gibbous No

(Disseminating)
ANALYSIS
The Moons phase is w a n in g g ib b o u s , as it is 260° ahead of the Sun (or ioo°

behind Sun). In contemporary astrology, this phase is called the disseminating
phase. The chart is diurnal, and thus a waning Moon, decreasing in light, does
not rejoice in a diurnal chart where the light abounds.
CHART II: m o o n ’s CONDITION: PHASE, SECT-REJOICING

8° SAG 12' Waxing Rising No

(New)
ANALYSIS
The Moons phase is w a x in g r i s i n g , as it is almost 36° ahead of the Sun in zo

diacal motion (more than 150, but less than 450 or 6o°, which begins the crescent
phase). In contemporary astrology, this is called the New Moon phase. The chart
is nocturnal, and thus a waxing Moon, increasing in light, does not rejoice in a
nocturnal chart, where the dark prevails.

Lunar Phase and Rejoicing by Sect
EX ERCISE 23
LUN A R PH A SE AND R EJO IC IN G BY SECT
In this exercise, you will determine the phase of your Moon, and whether it
rejoices by phase and sect.

1. Using the Sun as your point of reference, determine if the Moon is moving
away from the Sun in accordance with the natural order o f the zodiac (coun
terclockwise) up to the opposition degree of the Sun. If so, the Moon is waxing,
increasing in light. If the Moon has passed the opposition degree o f the Sun, it
is waning, decreasing in light.
2. Count the number of degrees between the Sun and Moon, again using the Sun
as the point o f reference. Referring to table 22 (page 335), locate your Moon
phase based upon the arc of separation between the two lights. In some cases,
you may need to make a choice between two different phases depending on
which astrological author you want to follow.
3. Waxing or waning phase: In the above table, enter whether the Moon is wax
ing or waning, as well as its phase.
4. Determine if your Moon rejoices. A waxing moon rejoices in a diurnal chart.
A waning moon rejoices in a nocturnal chart. (Is your Moon waxing or wan
ing? Is the sect of your chart diurnal or nocturnal? In your chart, does the
Moon rejoice?). Enter yes or no in the table above.
340 C H A P T E R 29
R E F L E C T IO N AND A N A LYSIS
1. Depending upon whether or not your Moon is in a rejoicing condition

by sect, do you feel comfortable in your body?
2. Does your body feel in sync with the usual activities that take place
during day and night hours?
CHAPTER 30
Bonding
AND THE MOON UNDER THE BONDS
THE ASTROLOGICAL TERM “BONDING” COMES FROM THE GREEK WORD

sundesmos, which means “union”, “fastened”, or “that which is bonded togeth
er”. It is sometimes used to refer to the conjunction aspect. Rhetorius tells us
that the Moon is carried under the bond when it comes to 150 approaching the
conjunction with the Sun.1 It escapes or loosens the bond when it has separated
from the Sun by 150 . The same is true for the Full Moon when it is approaching
the opposition by 150 and separating from it by 150 . Paulus adds all the other as
pects as well (sextile, square, trine), but reduces the orb to 50 on either side of the
exact aspect.2
The Moon under the bond of the Sun is conceptually similar to a planet that
is under the beams of the Sun. When the Moon is under the bonds, there is a
sense in which she is held captive and her significations are constrained. From
the traditional perspective, it is a condition of debilitation and weakening. It
is unclear from the texts whether the i° orb on either side gives her the pro
tection of being “in the heart”, although the ancient astrologers recognized the
exact conjunction of the Moon with the Sun within the same degree as a distinct
phase in their cycle, signifying their union.
Firmicus Maternus indicates dangers and illnesses when the Moon is too
close to the Sun. The Medieval astrologers said that the Moon signifies secrets
and hidden things when under the bond at the conjunction, and especially those
things that we want hidden and concealed. When she moves under the bond at
the Full Moon opposition, she signifies contrariety and its cause.3 Looking at the
placement of the Moon’s domicile lord may give further information concerning
what topics are being hidden, concealed, or are the cause of rebellion.
3 Bo n a t t i , Book of Astronomy 3.7, trans. Dy k e s .
342 CHAPTER 30
The Hellenistic astrologers paid careful attention to the arrangement of the

planets when the Moon loosened herself from her bonds. This happened when
she moved 150 past the conjunction or opposition. Exiting from hiddenness and
captivity, she was in a weakened state and especially vulnerable to the first planet
she encountered, bodily or by aspect. If the planet was benefic, she would benefit
and be assisted. However, if it was a malefic, she would be harmed. The situa
tion was especially dangerous if she encountered Mars after loosening the bond
at the conjunction with the Sun (excessive heat with a waxing Moon), or had
an encounter with Saturn after the opposition to the Sun (excessive cold with
a waning Moon). This was a basic guideline in the analysis of the course of an
illness employed in medical katarchic charts.
L O O S E N IN G T H E BO N D
The notion of “loosening the bond” is also used in the time-lord technique of
zodiacal releasing from the Lots of Fortune and Spirit, where sudden reversals
and changes in the life often occur. This term derives from the Roman religious
ritual of Saturnalia. For the majority of the year, the feet of Saturn’s cult statue in
his temple were tied with rope. During his festival days, the bonds constraining
his feet were loosened, and the restrictions governing society were temporarily
undone, turning the world topsy-turvy. Roles were reversed: masters became
slaves and slaves became masters. “Loosening the bond” is thus a release from
previous circumstances where one was confined by law or regulated by custom.
IN T E R P R E T IN G M O O N U N D E R T H E BO N D
When looking at a chart, you should note if the Moon is within 150 on either
side of the conjunction with, or opposition to, the Sun. If so, the significations of
the Moon are being restricted in some way and there may be an air of secrecy,
concealment or sedition regarding the topics of the Moon. The Moons seclusion
within the fortress of the Sun may also suggest a kind of protection. This may
especially be the case with a new Moon, which is still young and vulnerable.
Check the planet that is the domicile lord of the Moon and its house loca
tion for m ore inform ation on what may be concealed. Look ahead and see what
planet the M oon first aspects when she is released from the bonds at 150 past the
conjunction or opposition. Then make a judgm ent as to the kind of influence to
which the M oon is m ost subject, according to the nature of the planet (and the
nature of the aspect).
M OO N UNDER THE BONDS 343
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
77ie Moon is not under the bond in either of our example charts, as the
distance between the Sun and Moon is more than 15° on either side o f the
New Moon conjunction or Full Moon opposition.
CH A R T I: M O O N ’ S C O N D IT IO N : UNDER THE BOND
Moon sign and degree Under the bond?
250 a r ie s 36' No
C H A R T II: m o o n ’s C O N D IT IO N : UNDER THE BOND
8° sa g 12' No
-> EXERCISE 24

Moon Under the Bond
344 CHAPTER 30
EXERCISE 24
MOON UNDER THE BOND
In this exercise you will determine if your Moon is under the bond.
1. Was 1 born within a day before or after the New Moon conjunction, with the
Moon within 15° on either side o f the Sun?
2. Was I born within a day before or after the Full Moon, with the Moon within
15° before or after the opposition point o f the Sun?
3. I f you answered no to both questions, enter n o in the box above.
4. I f the answer to either question is yes, your Moon is under the bond. Enter y e s
above and reflect upon the following questions.
r e f l e c t i o n a n d a n a l y s is
1. Do you experience a sense of constraint, restriction, or secrecy con

cerning the significations of your Moon?
2. Is this an area of vulnerability where you feel the need to protect your
self, or where others attempt to protect you in accordance with or
against your wishes?
3. If your Moon is under the bond, project it forward until it is loosened
from the bond (150 past the conjunction or opposition points with the
Sun). What is the first planet it encounters by either bodily conjunction
or aspect (sextile, square, trine, opposition)?
4. Is that planet a benefic or malefic?
5. What is the aspect?
6. Does this strengthen or weaken the condition of the Moon?
7. What house does the Moon rule in your natal chart and what topics
M O O N UNDER THE BONDS 345
does that house signify? These topics indicate the originating cause of
the restriction that the Moon experiences. (The houses will be dealt
with in detail in volume two).
8. Which planet is the domicile lord of the Moon, and which house is that
planet located in?
9. What information does this give concerning the nature of the constric
tions or secrets to which the Moon is subject?
CHAPTER 31
Phases and Illnesses

OF THE MOON
THE MOON IS CONSIDERED TO BE THE PRIMARY SIGNIFICATOR OF THE

body. According to the doctrine of melothesia, the zodiacal signs correspond to
the various parts of the body, as follows:
1. a r ie s , head
2. t a u r u s , throat and neck
3. Ge m in i , shoulders, arms, lungs
4. c a n c e r , breast, stomach
5. l e o , heart
6. Vir g o , intestines
7. l ib r a , kidneys
8. Sc o r p io , private parts (reproductive and sexual)
9. Sa g it t a r iu s , hips and thighs
10. c a p r ic o r n , knees
11. a q u a r iu s , ankles
12. p is c e s ,feet
The zodiacal sign of the Moon at birth shows the part of the body that is
predisposed to illness, especially if the Moon is configured to Mars or Saturn by
a “harsh destructive” aspect (conjunction, square, opposition).
The Moon played a primary role in many methods of katarchic medical
astrology (known as iatromathematika to the Greeks). latros comes from the
Greek word for “physician” or “doctor”, and mathematikoi referred to “astron
omers” and “astrologers”, who were always calculating numbers. Several texts
describe the role of the Moon in the diagnosis and prognosis of illnesses?
1 Iatromathematika: From Hermes to Amman to Egyptian, in J. L I d e l e r »Physici et Medici

gracci minores (Berlin 1841), vol. 1, pp. 387-396; 430-440; Prognostications from the As
trological Science, in Galenas Opera (ed. Kuhn), vol. 19» PP· 5-9-573; Concerning Taking to
348 CHAPTER 31
One popular method investigates the state of the Moon at the time a per
son becomes ill. The Moons speed, waxing or waning light, and configuration
to the benefic and malefic planets are taken into consideration and provide the
basis for a diagnosis as to the origin, cause, course, critical days, and prognosis
of the illness.
The Moon has an average motion of 130 per day, but in the course of the lu
nar month, its motion varies from as little as n° per day near apogee (when the
Moon is farthest from the Earth), to as much as 150 per day near perigee (when
the Moon is nearest to the Earth). In general, when the Moon is fast (“additive
in numbers”) or increases in speed, the illness is active and increases, but when
the Moon is slow (“subtractive in numbers”) or decreases in speed, the illness is
less active and slows down.
In the analysis of a chart at the moment a person takes to bed ill, a Moon
that is fast, waxing, and conjunct/square/opposed to Mars indicates a severe
illness due to overheating (such as inflammations and fevers), while a Moon
that is slow, waning, and conjunct/square/opposed to Saturn points to cold and
constrictive diseases (such as bronchitis and paralysis). If the Moon is also wit
nessed by Venus or Jupiter, especially by conjunction, sextile, or trine, recovery
is indicated.
If, at the time of the onset of the illness, the Moon was under the bond,
it was carefully observed as to its increasing or decreasing speed after it was
loosened from the bond. If it was released after the New Moon conjunction,
and it traveled toward the greater extent of its course (i.e., towards its fastest
speed), the illness would become severely acute as it reached the opposition,
and could be destructive. But if after leaving the bond, the Moon traveled to
ward the lesser extent of its course (i.e., towards its slowest speed), the patient
would recover, as the crisis of the opposition was behind them.2
The lunar phases were an essential component of another system of medical
diagnosis known as the doctrine of critical days. First suggested by Hippocrates
in the fifth century b c e , it was based upon the idea that diseases reach critical
turning points, for better or worse, after a certain interval of days from the onset
of the illness. Galen, the second-century Roman physician, attempted to pro
vide a rational explanation for the critical days theory. The Moon was thought
to govern changes in the atmosphere, which in turn affected changes on Earth
and thus in the human body, which was composed of the same elements. The
strongest changes occur at the New Moon, followed by the Full Moon (14th
One’s Bed and Illnesses (Peri katakleison kai noson), in c c a g 1, pp. 122-124.
2 latromathematika: From Hennes toAmmun to Egyptian, in J. L. I d e l e r , Physici et Medici
gracci minores (Berlin 1841), vol. 1, pp. 387—396; 430-440.
P H ASES AND ILLN ESSE S OF THE M OON 349
day), lesser changes at quarters (waxing 7th day; waning 2oth-2ist day), weak
changes at crescent (4th day) and gibbous (nth day). Each consecutive lunar
phase correlated to the critical days when there were thought to be changes in
the course of an illness.
Astrologers adapted this model and superimposed it upon the lunar phase
cycle. They posited that the cycle began in whatever sign the Moon was lo
cated in at the onset of illness, regardless of the Moons actual objective phase
in the sky. The patient was thought to undergo critical changes in the course
of their illness on the days when the Moon made phase aspects to her posi
tion at the inception of the illness. On these critical days, the Moon would be
investigated as to its contacts with the benefic or malefic planets in order to
judge if the illness would worsen or improve, and suggestions were made as to
appropriate treatments.3
Dorotheus of Sidon (circa 75 c e ) made a direct analogy between the critical
days and the days of the lunar cycle, and spoke to the role of the Moons phases
in tracking the course of the disease:
Note the position of the Moon at the time of becoming ill. Look in
the daily ephemerides to where the Moon has moved after 7 days to
the square aspect figure, after 9 days it goes to the trine figure in the
inception chart, after 14 days it will clearly oppose its own position,
after 19 days it will go to the right trine figure, and after 21 days it will
have come to its own right square figure. It is necessary to accurately
examine these five figures of the Moon, and which of the stars, after
the inception chart, the Moon is about to conjoin. For if [the Moon]
conjoins a benefic, health comes to pass, but if a malefic, illness
and harm.4
3 Glen M. C o o p e r , Galen, De diebus decretoriis, from Greek into Arabic: A Critical Edition,
with Translation and Commentary, o f Hunayn ibn Ishaq, Kitab ayydm al-buhran (Surrey:
Ashgate, 2011); D o r o t h e u s , Carmen 5.42; H e p h a i s t i o , Apotelesniatics 3.3.31; D o r o
t h e u s , Fragment 5.41; Nicholas C u l p e p p e r , Astrological Judgment o f Diseases from the
Decumbiture o f the Sick (Astrology Classics, 2005).
4 D o r o t h e u s , Fragment 5.41,12-14 (c c a g 1, p. 123), in H e p h a i s t i o , Apotelesniatics 3,
Appendix f , trans. G r a m a g l i a , ed. D y k e s
CHAPTER 32
Nodes, Bendings, Eclipses
THE LUNAR NODES DEFINE TWO POINTS IN SPACE WHERE THE PLANE OF
the Moons orbit around the Earth intersects with that of the ecliptic (the appar
ent path of the Sun). The North or Ascending Node (the dragons head, caput
draconis) marks the point where the path of the Moon crosses the ecliptic from
the south to the north latitude; the South or Descending Node of the Moon (the
dragon’s tail, cauda draconis) is where the path of the Moon crosses the ecliptic
from the north to the south latitude. When the Moon or any other planet is con
junct the nodes, it has o° latitude relative to the ecliptic.
ft
NORTH
NODE
FIGU RE 51. TH E LUNAR NO DES
The North Node (Ascending Node, Head of the

Dragon) and the South Node (Descending Node,
Tail of the Dragon) on the intersecting paths of Sun
and Moon.
352 CHA P T E R 32
Whenever a New Moon (Sun and Moon conjunct) or a Full Moon (Sun
and Moon opposed) occurs at the nodes, an eclipse will occur. Because these
bodies of light are located at the same latitude, the shadow of one is capable of
obscuring the light of the other. This is why ancient astrologers referred to the
nodes as the “eclipsing places”. The ominous quality associated with eclipses was
also carried by the nodes as the places where eclipses could take place. Imagine
a mountain pass where at certain times of the year the dragon might come out
of its cave and devour you. Even if you were passing through at a time when
the dragon did not ordinarily come out, it would still be a frightening place be
cause of its associations. For this reason, ancient astrologers regarded the nodes
with trepidation.
The lunar nodes were mentioned by the Hellenistic and Medieval astrolo
gers, but not given the importance with which they are invested in Vedic and
some modern western astrologies. There is no indication in the Hellenistic texts
that they had anything to do with karma, reincarnation, evolution, or past lives.
These associations were imported from Vedic astrology during the late nine
teenth century, when there were cross-cultural transmissions of metaphysical
doctrines between east and west by astrologers such as Alan Leo, who spent
time in India under the influence of the Theosophical Society.
Valens relates that if the benefic planets are with the North Ascending Node,
the life will be successful and practical. However if the Ascending Node is with
the malefic planets, the life will be marked with loss and accusations.1 Rheto-
rius begins with the instruction that all planets are problematic when with the
Ascending Node, but qualifies this by saying that “the Ascending Node is good
with benefics and the Descending Node is good with the malefics”.2 This state
ment is echoed in the writings of the Arabic astrologers.
The Medieval Arabic astrologer Abu Mashar explained that the nature of
the North Ascending Node is toward increase, and it increases the good with
benefics and also increases the bad with malefics.3 Conversely, the nature of the
South Node is toward decrease; it decreases the good of the benefics and the bad
of the malefics. In summary:
nor t h node conjunct benefics increases the good o f benefics.

nor t h node conjunct malefics increases the bad o f malefics.
so u t h node conjunct benefics decreases the good o f benefics.
sout h node conjunct malefics decreases the bad o f malefics.
2 Rh e t o r ic s , Compendium 80.
3 Ab u Ma ’s h a r , The Abbreviation of the Introduction to Astrology 4.19-20.
NODES, BENDINGS, ECLIPSES 353
The meanings behind the North and South Nodes reflect a worldview in
which up equates to good and down to bad. This bias is embedded in common
phrases and gestures: life can “look up” or it can “bring one down”. In modern
astrology, the North Node is often given a positive slant and interpreted as our
future path of growth and integration, while the South Node is considered to be
less desirable and infused with a sense of weaknesses and vulnerability to un
conscious, destructive behavioral patterns. In Vedic astrology, the North Node
(Rahu) signifies desire for increase and material acquisition, while the South
Node (Ketu) is associated with release and surrender to emptiness.
It is thus important to distinguish between the eastern views and the tradi
tional western interpretation, in which increase (of both good and bad) is asso
ciated with the North Node, and decrease (of both good and bad) is associated
with the South Node.
In a general sense, the house location of the North Node of the Moon in
dicates an area of life that is directed towards increase, while the house of the
South Node tends towards decrease. That being said, the focus of this chapter is
not to interpret the meanings of the Nodes in the various signs and houses, but
rather to investigate how a planet’s contact with the Nodes impacts its condition
and capacity to bring forth fortunate outcomes for the individual.
A traditional astrologer would see Jupiter conjunct the North Node as the
increase of prosperity, while Jupiter conjunct the South Node would indicate a
decrease of prosperity. In the same way, Mars with the North Node was under
stood as an increase of conflict, while Mars with the South Node was seen as a
decrease in conflict. It is thus important to take especial note of any planets lo
cated in the same sign and house as the Nodes, and to judge their significations
of increase/decrease together with the benefic/malefic nature of the planet.
Abu Mashar considers it a great misfortune if the Moon is within 120 of
the head or tail of the dragon. When the Moon is conjunct the Nodes, it is ex
periencing a kind of phase change, for it is passing from the north latitude, the
“great above”, to the south latitude, the “great below” (or vice versa). These times
of transition can be fraught with great instability and danger, for we are passing
the dragons lair.
When the Moon is conjunct the Nodes, her significations are infused with
a similar kind of intensity as when the planets shift between their appearances
and disappearances at their rising and setting phases. A Moon that is conjunct
the Nodes is filled with a sense of urgency and need for mindfulness as she nav
igates the powerful shifts and great divides encountered on her journey.
354 C H A PTER 32
B EN D IN G S OF T H E M O O N
While the Nodes represent the points on the Moons orbital path that intersect
with the ecliptic, the bendings of the Moon are located in the degrees of the
zodiacal signs that are square to the Nodes (see f ig u r e 51). Here at the bend
ings, the orbit of the Moons plane reaches her greatest northern and southern
latitudes, which mark the farthest distance of the plane of the lunar orbit from
that of the Sun’s path on the ecliptic. The Moon at the bendings suggests both a
state of objective awareness between the lunar body and solar soul, but can also
indicate the potential for disassociation and lack of connection. Planets that are
square the Nodes are an important feature in the doctrines of modern evolu
tionary astrology, where they represent parts of the personality that are not fully
integrated into the psyche.
Valens explains how the Nodes break down the power of the signs they oc
cupy. In a discussion about inception charts (electing a time to commence an
event), he relates that when the Moon is in the same sign as either Node or in
a sign squaring the Node, one must guard against beginning anything, for the
matter will not be stable or easily brought to completion; instead, it will be in
constant, incomplete, or painful.4
By contrast, Ptolemy presented a more positive view of the Moon at the
Nodes and bendings. He states that if the Moon is at the bendings of its north
ern or southern limits, it helps with the character of the soul in the direction of
greater versatility, resourcefulness, and capacity for change. The Moon at the
Nodes inclines the character towards greater keenness, activity, and excitability.5
While many modern astrologers look to planets at the bendings of the
Moon, it should be recognized that, strictly speaking, each planet also has its
own nodal path, where the plane of its orbit intersects that of the Suns solar
path. Therefore, it could be argued that a planet should be investigated relative
to its location at the bendings of its own nodal orbital path rather than that rel
ative to the Moon.
E C L IP S E S
When the Sun or Moon are conjunct with either of the Nodes, and it is a New
Moon (Sun and Moon conjunct), a solar eclipse occurs. A lunar eclipse takes
4 Va l e n s , A n th o lo g y 5.2.
place at the Full Moon, when the Sun and Moon are opposed and conjunct the
Nodes. Photographs of solar eclipses that are taken from above the earth show a
large dark smudge over the sky that looks like black smoke. This is the shadow
that blocks the life-giving energies of the Sun from reaching the Earth below.
Imagine standing underneath a great plume of dark smoke, which engulfs you
and obscures your vision.
N EW M O O N
FIGURE 52. ECLIPSES AT TH E NODES
A New Moon (conjunction of Sun and Moon) oc

curring at either the South Node or North Node
produces a Solar Eclipse. A Full Moon (opposition
of Sun and Moon) occurring at either the South
Node or North Node produces a Lunar Eclipse.
In the interpretation of eclipses, the significations of the Sun and Moon are
intensified, which adds a “fated” quality to the life of the native. Historically,
eclipses were used as one of the main techniques in mundane or general astrol
ogy to investigate collective matters such as earthquakes, floods, nations, and
their leaders. Under eclipses, there can be sudden, dramatic events, reversals,
or the revelation of hidden information. If someone is born near an eclipse, the
personal events of their life are “fated” in so far as the person plays a role that
impacts or participates in collective destinies.
E C L IPSE IN TE R PR E TA TIO N GUIDELINES
The condition of the Moon, as well as other planets, are impacted when they are
connected to the lunar nodal cycle and the eclipses. If the 1M00N is c o n j u n c t
356 C H A P T E R 32
t he nor t h node within a 10-12° degree orb on either side, she is in transition
from the south latitude below the plane of the ecliptic to the north latitude above
the plane of the ecliptic. She is moving towards an increase of her significations,
but has just navigated—or is about to navigate—a precipitous pass in her course.
This can be exciting, adventurous, and dangerous; in any case it requires a keen
ness of attention when walking along the razors edge.
If the m o o n is c o n j u n c t t h e s o u t h n o d e within a 10-12° orb on ei
ther side, she is in transition from the north latitude above the plane of the eclip
tic to the south latitude below the plane of the ecliptic. She is moving towards
a decrease of her significations; likewise, she has just navigated—or is about to
navigate—a precarious pass in her course that will take her down and under
into unknown terrain. Some may surrender to the unknown and others may use
their night vision to guide their way.
If the m o o n is s q u a r e t h e n o d e s , she is at the bendings. This is another
point of intensity on her course, where her path has taken her the farthest from
that of the Sun. The distance can give both objectivity as well as disassociation.
At the north bending, she is at her greatest height in the “above”, but has turned
and begun the descent towards the “below” and the South Node. At the south
bending, she is at the depths of her journey, but is turning towards the ascent at
the North Node. The Moon at her bendings can make dramatic reversals in her
directions.
If p l a n e t s a r e c o n j u n c t t h e n o r t h n o d e , their significations are
subject to increase in accordance with their benefic or malefic natures. If p l a n
e t s a r e c o n j u n c t t h e s o u t h n o d e , their significations are subject to de
crease in accordance with their benefic or malefic natures.
If a p e r s o n is b o r n n e a r a n e c l i p s e —the Sun and Moon are conjunct
on either the North Node or the South Node (New Moon); or the Sun is con
junct one Node and the Moon the other (Full M oon)—the Sun (and any planet
within a 3° orb of the Nodes) and the Moon (within a 13° orb of the Nodes) are
intensified and have a fated quality to their significations.
-► EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us determine if any planets are subject to increase or decrease o f their

benefic and malefic significations as a result o f their conjunction with the
lunar Nodes, or if the Moon is at the bendings. Pay special attention to the
occurrence o f an eclipse.
CHART I: MOON’S CONDITION; NODES, BENDINGS, ECLIPSES
In chart i, the Moon is not at the nodes, not at the bendings, and there is no
eclipse pattern in the chart. Nor are there any planets conjunct the Nodes. Let
us move on to chart n.
CHART i i : m o o n ’s c o n d i t i o n ; n o d e s , b e n d in g s , e c l ip s e s
Moon sign and degree Conjunct node, bending, or eclipse?
8 ° s a g 12' Moon conjunct North Node
a n a l y s is
The Moon is c o n j u n c t t h e n o r t h n o d e . Thus the Moon is in a precarious

condition. The latitude of the Moon is 0.06° south. Its conjunction to the North
Node indicates that it is about to transition from the south latitude, below the
plane of the ecliptic, to the north latitude, above the plane of the ecliptic, moving
towards an increase of her significations. This improves the future condition of
the Moon, but also gives an undertone of risk and danger associated with the
Moons actions.

The Moons Nodes and Eclipses
358 CHAPTER 32
EXERCISE 25
TH E M O O N ’ S NODES A N D E C L IP SE S
1. Is the Moon conjunct either the North or South Node within a 10-12° degree orb?
2. Is the Moon at the bendings (square the lunar nodal axis) within a 10-12° orb?
3. Were you born near an eclipse?
If the Moon was conjunct the Sun at either of the Nodes (within 10-12°), you were
born on the day of a solar eclipse. If the M oon was conjunct one of the nodes and
also opposite the Sun (within 10-12°), you were born on the day of a lunar eclipse.
4. Conjunct Node, Bending, or Eclipse: I f you answered yes to any o f these questions,
enter the appropriate information in the table below.
t h e m o o n ’s c o n d i t i o n : n o d e s , b e n d i n g s , e c l ip s e s
Moon sign and degree Conjunct node, bending, or eclipse?
1. If your Moon is conjunct one of the Nodes, have you seen an increase
in lunar significations (North Node conjunction) or a decrease (South
Node conjunction)? Some people may experience the North Node con
junction as an increase in desire to manifest more, and the South Node
conjunction as a decrease in desire—a willingness to surrender matters
associated with the Moon’s significations.
2. If your Moon is conjunct one of the Nodes, do you feel that certain as
pects of your life are precarious, presenting you with risky, dangerous,
but exciting situations?
3. If your Moon is at the bendings (square the nodal axis), do you feel a
sense of disassociation or lack of integration with your body, health,
or emotions? Or do you experience the reverse: a greater capacity for
objectivity and change?
N O D E S, B E N D IN G S, ECLIPSES 359
4. If you were born within a day of an eclipse, have you experienced a

“fated” quality to your life? Do you perceive that you have played a role
impacting the larger collective events of your world?
LUNAR IN FL U E N C E S ON PLANETS: NODES
Planet Conjunct Nodes? Conjunct Bendings?

(Square Nodes)
SUN
JU P IT ER
SATURN
M ER CU R Y
M OON
VENUS
M ARS
1. Are any planets conjunct or square the Nodes?

If so, enter them in the table above.
1. Which planet(s) are conjunct which Node?

2. How do you experience the increase or decrease of the significations of
that planet?
3. W hen the North Node is conjunct the benefics, it is said to increase the
good, and when conjunct the malefics, to increase the bad. Does this
apply to your chart, and if so, how?
4. W hen the South Node is conjunct the benefics it is said to decrease the
good, and when conjunct the malefics, to decrease the bad. Does this
apply to your chart, and if so, how?
C H A PTER 33
The Lot of Fortune^

T H E SPEC IA L LOT OF THE M OON
HELLENISTIC ASTROLOGY EMPLOYS THE USE OF VARIOUS "LOTS”, WHICH

are better known today as the Arabic Parts. The notion of Lots comes from Greek
words related to the concept of fate as one’s allotted portion in life. The Lots are
mathematical analogs of the arc interval between various planets or sensitive
points, which are then projected from the Ascendant. The ancient astrologers
constructed special Lots for each planet, as well as several Lots for the various
topics of each house. The Lots are ways to differentiate among the various topics
associated with each house as well as the significations of its lord. The conjunc
tion of a planet with a Lot can impact its condition, and the presence of a Lot in
a house changes the relative dynamic quality of the house.
In Hellenistic astrology, each planet had its own special Lot. As a group,
these were called the Hermetic Lots. The Lot of Fortune is the special Lot of the
Moon, and it speaks to matters of the body, health, and wealth. The Lot of For
tune is one of the five places of life, standing alongside (and equal in rank to) the
Sun, the Moon, the Ascendant, and the Prenatal Lunation. It is often interpreted
as indicating an area of life where accidental good fortune and happiness of a
material nature may come to a person by means of luck or chance, rather than
by actions and intent.
While the basic underlying foundation of Hellenistic astrology was oriented
towards fate personified as the goddess Moira, there was an accompanying belief
in the possibility of the power of chance personified by the goddess Tyche (For
tuna). The ancient astrologers attempted to acknowledge the role of chance and
the amount of accidental good luck a person could expect.
The Lot of Fortune is calculated differently for day and night births.1 For di
urnal charts, the distance is taken from the Sun to the Moon in the order of the
zodiac signs. This distance is then projected from the Ascendant. In nocturnal
i Ptolemy was the only Hellenistic astrologer who used the diurnal formula for both day and
night charts.
362 CHAPTER 33
births, the order of the luminaries is reversed. Hie distance is taken from the
Moon to the Sun, in the order of the zodiac signs, and then projected from the
Ascendant. The sign and degree where this falls in the chart is the location of
the Lot of Fortune.
The analysis of the Lot of Fortune is based upon the relative angularity and
favorability of the house in which it falls (angular, succèdent, cadent, fortunate,
or unfortunate), how it is witnessed by the benefic and malefic planets, and the
location and condition of its lord. The focus of this chapter is not an exposition
on how to interpret Fortune in a chart, but more on how a planets condition
is impacted by its association with Fortune as derived from the Moon. Simply
stated, a planet that is conjunct Fortune is made more fortunate. The house that
contains Fortune is also made more active.
LOT OF FORTUNE AND ILLNESS
Valens presents a method that looks to the zodiacal sign of the Lot of Fortune
(and its lord) for indications concerning the parts of the body that are liable to
injury, and to the Lot of Spirit (and its lord) for indications of ailments. He lists
the kinds of physical afflictions that are associated with each zodiacal sign. The
injuries are more active when the malefic planets are upon the place of Fortune
or its lord, or are witnessing them by aspect; and likewise the ailments for the
Lot of Spirit or its lord. Lack of injuries in the body parts are indicated when the
zodiacal places of the Lot of Fortune and its lord are well situated and the rulers
not afflicted.2
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us examine the calculation and interpretation of the Lot of Fortune.
CHART I
This is a d a y c h a r t . To calculate the Lot of Fortune, the distance is taken be

tween the Sun at 50 Leo, counting the number of degrees in the natural order of
the signs to the Moon at 250 Aries (250 remaining in Leo + 30° of Virgo + 30° of
Libra + 30° of Scorpio + 30° of Sagittarius + 30° of Capricorn + 30° of Aquarius
2 Va l e n s , Anthology 2.37. See our discussion in chapter 31, Phases and Illnesses of the Moon,
for the correspondences of zodiacal signs and body parts. Valens includes an expanded
listing of limbs, organs, and ailments.
THE LOT OF FORTUNE 3Ó3
+ 30° of Pisces + 250 of Aries = 260° total. This total (260°) is then projected
from the Ascendant at 170 Scorpio, and comes to 08° Leo. The Lot of Fortune is
located at 08° Leo.
CH A R T 1: m o o n ’s C O N D IT IO N : LOT OF FORTUNE
Moon sign and degree Lot of Fortune
25 0 Ar ie s 36' o8° Leo 24’
ANALYSIS
The l o t o f f o r t u n e is located in the dynamically strong and favorable tenth

house, and is witnessed by both benefics. The lord of the Lot is the Sun, very
powerful in its own zodiacal sign of Leo, and co-present with the Lot. The tenth
house is made more fortunate, active, busy, and advantageous for doing the busi
ness of reputation and profession. The Lot of Fortune is in the sign of Leo, which
rules the heart. Neither of the malefics witness the house of Fortune, and both of
the benefics see it by sextile. Thus, there is not much concern about heart issues.
C H A R T 1: LU NAR IN FL U E N C E S ON PLANETS: LOT OF FORTUNE
Planet Conjunct Lot of Fortune
su n Yes
JU P IT E R —
SATUR N —
me r c u r y Yes
MOON —
VENUS —
MARS —
364 CHAPTER 33
ANALYSIS
The l o t o f f o r t u n e at o8° Leo falls in the tenth house. Hie Sun and Mercury,
which are co-present with Fortune, likewise participate in the accidental good
luck and material well-being that accompanies Fortune.
CHART 11
This is a n i g h t c h a r t . Count from the Moon at 8° Sagittarius to the Sun at 20

Scorpio in the order of the signs, giving 3240 . Project 3240 from the Ascendant at
5° Leo and arrive at o° Cancer. The Lot of Fortune is in the twelfth house in Cancer.
c h a r t i i : m o o n ’s c o n d it io n : l o t o f f o r t u n e
Moon sign and degree Lot o f Fortune sign and degree
8° s a g 12' o° Cancer 07'
ANALYSIS
The l o t o f f o r t u n e is located in the cadent, weak, and unfavorable twelfth

house. While the am ount of accidental good luck is slight, the house itself is
improved and made more active due to the presence of the Lot. The lord of the
Lot is the Moon, which is in aversion to the Lot, decreasing its effectiveness. For
tune is in the sign of Cancer, which rules the breast and stomach. The presence
of Mars in the same house may point to injuries in this part of the body. And in
fact, this person had an ulcer operation.
THE LOT OF FORTUNE 365
CH A R T II: LUNAR IN FLU E N C E S ON PLANETS: LOT OF FORTUNE
Planet Conjunct Lot o f Fortune
su n —
JU P IT ER —
SATURN —
M ER CU R Y —
M OON —
VENUS —
ma r s Yes
ANALYSIS
The l o t o f f o r t u n e is co-present with Mars. Thus the condition of Mars is

made more fortunate, but not by much, as the Lot itself and its lord are relatively
weak.
-> e x e r c i s e 26

The Lot o f Fortune
366 CHAPTER 33
EXERCISE 26
LOT OF FORTUNE
Calculate the Lot of Fortune and enter its position in the table below.
m o o n ’s c o n d i t i o n : l o t o f f o r t u n e
Moon: sign and degree Lot o f Fortune: sign and degree
LUNAR INFLUENCES ON PLANETS: LOT OF FORTUNE
Planet Conjunct Lot o f Fortune?
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
MERCURY
MOON
VENUS
MARS
1. In what sign and degree is my Lot of Fortune located?

2. What house does it fall in? What are the topics associated with this
house? This house is made more active regarding matters of the body,
health, and wealth, increasing the fortunate outcomes of the favorable
THE LOT OF FORTUNE 367
houses, decreasing the unfortunate outcomes of the unfavorable hous

es, and making the cadent houses busier.
3. Which part of the body is associated with the sign of the Lot of Fortune?
See the melothesia listing at the beginning of chapter 31 for correspon
dences; consider how it may be more sensitized?
4. What planet is the lord of the Lot of Fortune? What zodiacal sign is the
lord in? If Mars or Saturn is in the same sign as Fortune, or in the same
sign as the lord of Fortune (or making a square or opposition aspect),
this part of the body may be vulnerable to injury or ailment.
5. Which planets, if any, are in the same sign and house as the Lot of For
tune? These planets partake of the accidental good fortune concerning
matters of the body, health, and wealth accorded to them by the Lot of
Fortune.
CHAPTER 34
Zodiacal Releasing
FROM THE LOT OF FORTUNE
ZODIACAL RELEASING FROM THE LOT OF FORTUNE IS A TIME-LORD

procedure that investigates the matters of the body, health, and prosperity over
the course of life. Beginning with the sign and ruler of the Lot of Fortune, it
demarcates the favorable and unfavorable periods over the entire life. The lord
of Fortune rules the first part of life for the duration of the period of its minor
years. The zodiacal sign that follows that of Fortune marks the second period of
the life, and it is under the jurisdiction of the lord of that sign for the duration
of its minor years, and so on. The “loosening of the bonds” is part of this time
lord technique, and it indicates when dramatic reversals in fortune, health, and
wealth can occur.
A complete teaching upon this time-lord method is beyond the scope of this
book. However, I will present a very simple short form of the procedure so that
you can see how the Lot of Fortune, the special lot of the Moon, was used, along
with the minor years of the planets, in order to time issues related to the body.
We will illustrate this method using chart I.
CHART I: ZODIACAL RELEASING TIMELINE
AGE 0 - 1 9
At birth, the Lot of Fortune is in the sign of Leo. The lord of Leo is the Sun.
The minor years of the Sun are 19. Thus the first 19 years of life are under
the jurisdiction of the Sun, and are influenced by the other planets in the
zodiacal sign of Leo, which are the Sun and Mercury.
a g e 19-39
The next sign is Virgo, whose lord is Mercury. The minor years of Mercury
are 20. Thus the next 20 years are under the jurisdiction of Mercury and are
influenced by any planets in the sign of Virgo, which in this chart is Mars.
a g e 39-47
The next sign is Libra, whose lord is Venus. The minor years of Venus are 8.
370 CHAPTER 34
Thus the next 8 years are under the jurisdiction of Venus and influenced by
any planets in the sign of Libra, which are none.
a g e 47-62
The next sign is Scorpio, whose lord is Mars. The minor years of Mars are 15.
Thus the next 15 years are under the jurisdiction of Mars, and are influenced
by any planets in the sign of Scorpio (there are none).
a g e 62-74
The next sign is Sagittarius, whose lord is Jupiter. The minor years of Jupiter
are 12. Thus the next 12 years are under the jurisdiction of Jupiter, and are
influenced by any planets in the sign of Sagittarius, which in this chart is
Saturn. This native died when she was 63.
Each period can be further subdivided three more times into increments of
months, weeks, and hours. Any specific date will have a hierarchy of four levels
of time lords operating at a given time, which shape the events of the life in
terms of health, wealth, general happiness, and well-being.
For example, with our example chart, this persons first child was born when
she was 28 years old on November 27,1957, after two failed pregnancies. Accord
ing to Zodiacal Releasing from Fortune, which governs matters of the body, the
time lords for levels 1, 2, 3, and 4 are Mercury, Jupiter, the Moon, and Mercury,
respectively.
l ev el 1 Virgo/M ercury 4/19/48-1/5/68

LEVEL 2 Pisces/Jupiter 7/1/57-6/26/58
LEVEL 3 C ancer/M oon 11/16/57, 6:30 3.111.-1/17/58, 6:30 p.m.
LEVEL 4 Virgo/M ercury 11/25/57,10:30 3.111.-11/29/57, 2:30 p.m.
Note that in this chart, Jupiter in Gemini is the lord of the fifth house (Pi
sces) of children, Mercury is the domicile lord of Jupiter, and the Moon is a
general significator of conception. These three planets are favorably connected
in the natal chart with trine and sextile aspects. The relevance of these plan
ets to the topics of conception, birth, and children, and their generally benef-
ic nature and harm onious interaction, provided favorable conditions for a
successful birth.
THE DAYS OF THE M OON
This special tim ing procedure is based upon the position and condition of the
M oon on the 3rd, 7th, and 40th days after birth. The Moon at birth describes the
RELEASING FROM FORTUNE 371
life as a whole, but its position on the 3rd day gives specialized information
concerning the quality of the persons upbringing and the general fortunate, un
fortunate, or mediocre circumstances of their life. Firmicus explains that it is on
this day that nourishing food is first given to the infant and so the configurations
of stars relative to the Moon on this day likewise show the cosmic nurturance,
for better or worse.
Valens explains that if a person has the Moon at 70 Scorpio at birth, on the
third day, the Moon will be at 70 Sagittarius. Remember that the Hellenistic as
trologers are counting without the use of zero, so the third day is actually two
days later. The Moon on this day is examined as to its location by sign and house,
its aspects to the benefic or malefic planets, and for determinations as to a pros
perous or miserable upbringing. Dorotheus points out the problems of a void
Moon indicating hardship in the pursuit of ones needs, as well as the difficulties
concerning livelihood of a waxing Moon configured by conjunction, square, or
opposition with Mars, or a waning Moon configured in these ways with Saturn.
The seventh day of the Moon is found by the zodiacal sign that is square to
the natal Moon, which in the above example would be 70 Aquarius. It is eval
uated in the same way, but aside from it being an important day, there is no
interpretive material in the texts giving indications as to the specific meanings.
However, the fortieth day is mentioned by a number of astrologers as shed
ding light on the quality of the death, and particularly the possibility of violent
death.’ According to Rhetorius, ‘‘Saturn, Mercury, and Mars lying on the place
of the Moon on the fortieth day make those dying violently”.2
F ir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 3.14.10; 4.1.7, trans. H o l d e n ; D o r o t h e u s , Carmen

1.12.1, trans. D y k e s ; Va l e n s , Anthology 1.14.
2 R h e t o r i u s , Compendium 77.
CHAPTER 35
The Prenatal Lunation,
HELLENISTIC ASTROLOGERS PAID SPECIAL ATTENTION TO THE PRENATAL

lunation—the degree of the New or Full Moon before birth. These are some
times referred to as the conjunction (New Moon) and Whole Moon (Full Moon)
in the texts. The prenatal lunation was considered to be one of the five “places of
life” along with the Sun, Moon, Ascendant, and Lot of Fortune. It was consid
ered to be equal in importance to these more well-known significators.
If a person is born during the waxing part of the lunar cycle, between the
New Moon and the Full Moon, the prenatal lunation is the zodiacal degree of
the New Moon before the birth. If a person is born during the waning part of the
lunar cycle, between the Full Moon and the New Moon, the prenatal lunation is
the zodiacal degree of the Full Moon before birth.
Valens tells us that if the zodiacal sign of the prenatal lunation or its lord
marks the hour (first house) or culminates (tenth house), the person will be
fortunate.’ The prenatal lunation was also examined in relation to which of the
parents might die first, or the possibility of ones own violent death.12
The prenatal lunation is considered to be one of the five possible candidates
chosen to play a key role in a Hellenistic time-lord procedure called “circumam
bulations through the bounds”, a form of primary directions.3 In this context,
the prenatal lunation has the potential power to determine the broadest divi
sions of life, particularly the assessment of longevity and vital force.
The prenatal lunation was used in conjunction with the Nodes in another
technique that investigated the length of life in the event that the chart does not
have a predominator or ruler (which can happen in some instances). The inter
val between the degrees of the prenatal lunation up to either the ascending or
descending node, proceeding in the order of the zodiacal signs, is then projected
2 Va l e n s , Anthology 2.34; 2.41.
3 D o r o t h e u s , Carmen 3.1-2, trans. Dy k e s ; He ph a is t io , Apotelesmatics 2.26.
374 CHAPTER 35
from the degree of the Ascendant towards the Midheaven. One then calculates
the number of years between this point and the Ascendant in accordance with
the ascensional times of each of the zodiacal signs for the latitude of the birth.
This technique may be beyond the scope of the beginning student, but we have
included it for the advanced student, who is referred to Valens for a full discus
sion and exposition.*4
The prenatal lunation degree marks the syzygy between the Sun and Moon,
when they are either united at the conjunction or diametrically polarized at the
opposition. To the extent that the Sun and Moon signify the soul and body re
spectively, on a spiritual level this syzygy of the lights may speak to the moment
when the soul is fully united with the body. Everyone born within a two-week
period shares this moment of the unification of the soul and body as they will
have the very same prenatal lunation degree and lord of that degree. Of course,
the prenatal lunation and its lord will vary by house location for each person.
However, on a broader, soul level, the prenatal lunation may address concepts
regarding the incarnation of individuals who, in addition to their individual
path, also share a collective intention and destiny.
EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us determine the p n l (prenatal lunation) for each o f our charts, and
note if its sign is either in the Ascending sign (first house) or the M id
heaven sign (tenth house).
CHART I: m o o n ’s CONDITION: PRENATAL LUNATION
Moon sign and degree Prenatal lunation
250 a r ie s 36' 28° Capricorn
ANALYSIS
Chart 1 has a w a n in g m o o n at 250 Aries. Therefore, we search for the previous

Full Moon just before birth, which occurred on July 21 at 28° Capricorn. The
p n l thus falls in the third house, and the lord, Saturn, falls in the second.
4 Va l e n s , Anthology 3.9-10.
THE PRENATAL LUNATION 375
CHART ii: m o o n ’s c o n d i t i o n : p r e n a t a l l u n a t i o n
M oon sign a n d degree P renatal lun ation
o 8 ° SAGITTARIUS 12' 29 0 Libra
ANALYSIS
Chart i i has a w a x in g m o o n . The previous New Moon before birth occurred

on October 23 at 290 Libra. The pn l thus falls in the third house, and the lord,
Venus, is also in the third house.
The Prenatal Lunation
376 CHAPTER 35
EXERCISE 27
THE PRENATAL LUNATION
Calculate the prenatal lunation. Enter its zodiacal sign and degree in the ta
ble below.
CHART I: MOON’S CONDITION: PRENATAL LUNATION
Moon sign and degree Prenatal lunation
1. Does your pn l or its lord fall in the first or tenth houses?

2. If so, in what ways does this connote a measure of good fortune to the life as
a whole?
CHAPTER 36
Final Judgment
ON THE INFLUENCE OF LUNAR CONCEPTS
WE ARE NOW READY TO MAKE OUR FINAL JUDGMENTS CONCERNING THE

special concepts associated with the Moon outlined in the last several chapters.
In most charts, there may not be any special factors that stand out. However, if
there are, it is important to pay attention to them. First, look to see if the Moon
herself stands out in any particular way.
1. Does the Moon rejoice by waxing or waning phase in

accordance with sect?
2. Is the Moon active or slack (void in course)?
3. Is the Moon free or captive under the bond?
4. Is the Moon precarious, conjunct either Node, or uninte
grated at the bendings?
5. Is the Moon intensified as part of a solar or lunar eclipse?
6. Are the Moons Lot (Fortune) and its ruler in strong and
favorable houses?
7. Is the prenatal lunation and its ruler fortunate in the first
or tenth houses?
8. Next look at how the Moon impacts the other planets,
affecting their condition.
9. Does the Moon make an applying aspect to a planet, help
ing to manifest that planet’s significations?
10. Does the conjunction of a planet with the Moon’s North
Node contribute towards the qualities of increase for
benefics and malefics?
11. Does the conjunction of a planet with the Moon’s South
Node contribute towards the qualities of decrease for
benefics and malefics?
12. Finally, does the Moon’s Lot of Fortune bring some mea
sure of good luck to a planet by means of conjunction?
378 CHAPTER 36
CH A RT I: FINAL JU D G M EN T
Chart 1 has a waning gibbous moon that does not rejoice, but is active (not
void), and free (not captive). Hie Moon is not captive under the bond; it is not in
a precarious position crossing the Nodes; and is not intensified due to an eclipse.
The Moon’s Lot, Fortune, is located in a strong and favorable house and brings
good luck concerning reputation and profession. The Moon, as the ruler of the
body, points to both the head (Moon in Aries) and heart (Fortune in Leo) as
the sensitive areas of injury and illness. Fortune in Leo, and its lord the Sun, are
both strong and protected—and the native did not suffer from heart problems.
However, the Moon in Aries in the sixth house, and in aversion to its lord Mars,
points to some difficulty regarding the head. It was speculated that the natives
prolonged use of black hair dye was a contributing cause to the cancer which led
to her death.
The Sun, Mercury, and Mars are improved in regards to their condition be
cause they are receiving an applying aspect from the Moon. In addition, the Sun
and Mercury benefit from being in the same sign as the Lot of Fortune. None of
the planets are conjunct the Nodes.
CH A R T II: FIN A L JU D G M E N T
Chart 11 has a waxing rising Moon that does not rejoice in a nocturnal chart.
The Moon is active (not void), and free (not captive). It is precarious as it cross
es a Node, and it is not intensified as part of an eclipse. The Moons Lot, For
tune, is located in a weak and unfavorable house, which on one hand lessens the
amount of accidental good luck, but on the other hand saves one from disasters.
The Moon as the ruler of bodily matters points to both the hips and thigh area
(Moon in Sagittarius), as well as to the stomach (Fortune in Cancer) as sensitive
areas of injury and illness, which is exacerbated by the co-presence of Mars with
Fortune.
The condition of the Sun is improved by the Moons applying aspect as she
helps to manifest his significations in the physical world. The condition of Mars
is improved by the accidental good luck that brushes off on him due to his con
junction by sign with the Lot of Fortune. The influence on the Moon via her
conjunction with the North Node has already been discussed above.

Final Judgment on Lunar Concepts
FINAL JUDGMENT OF LUNAR CONCEPTS 379
EX ERCISE 28
FIN A L JU D G M E N T ON LUNAR C O N C EPTS
Review the previous exercises and compile them in the following table.
MOON SIGN AND DEGREE
w a x in g / w a n in g
a c t iv e /s l a c k
( v o i d in c o u r s e )
f r e e / c a p t iv e
(u n d e r t h e b o n d )
PRECARIOUS
(n o d e s , b e n d in g s )
ECLIPSES
LOT OF FORTUNE
PRENATAL LUNATION
1. Compose a brief summary describing the special lunar considerations regard

ing the condition o f your Moon. Include whether the Moon is active or void, its
phase and whether it rejoices by sect, if it is under the bond, conjunct a Node,
or involved in an eclipse. Think about the extent to which the Moons condition
is improved in its ability to be beneficial or if it is challenged.
2. Discuss how the Moons special Hermetic Lot, the Lot o f Fortune, impacts the
good fortune o f the house in which it is located, and how it affects your bodily
health. Check to see if your prenatal lunation (p n l ) gives an added boost to
good fortune in your life if it is located in the ist or 10th houses.
38o C H A P T E R 36
3. Next, evaluate the extent to which each planet benefits fro m its contact with
the Moon, based upon whether it receives an applying aspect (within 30° cross
ingsign boundaries), is conjunct the appropriate Node in accordance with its
own nature, and whether it is in the same sign as the Lot o f Fortune.
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
M ERCURY
VENUS
M ARS
R E F L E C T IO N A N D A N A LYSIS
1. Which planets are made fortunate by one of these connections with the
Moon or a lunar factor? (You will incorporate this judgment in your
final evaluation of each planet at the end of this volume).
CHAPTER 37
Summary
AND SOURCE READINGS
THIS CONCLUDES OUR SECTION ON THE SPECIAL LUNAR CONCEPTS THAT

were employed in Hellenistic astrology. We have focused on those that have
an impact upon how the Moon functions on her own, in terms of her motion,
speed, phases, light, and her relation to the Nodes and eclipses. We have also
seen some of the ways in which the Moon was used in the analysis of bodily
matters regarding health, injury, and illness. In addition, we have set out the
ways in which the Moon impacts the other planets in the chart. The general
principles may be summarised as follows:
A planet that receives an applying aspect from the Moon is assisted in

manifesting its significations.
The Moon is ineffective when it is void in course and does not conjoin to
a planet or its ray for an interval of 30° (including crossing sign bound
aries). This is a rare condition.
The Moon is under the bond when it is within 150 on either side of the
conjunction or opposition with the Sun.
The North Node of the Moon is a principle of increase: it magnifies the
good of the benefics and also the bad of the malefics. The South Node
of the Moon is a principle of decrease: it diminishes the good of the
benefics as well as the bad of the malefics.
382 C H A PTER 37
P R IM A R Y S O U R C E R E A D IN G S
FO R PA R T F O U R : T H E L U N A R P H A S E C Y C L E
An t io c h u s Thesaurus·. Applications of the Moon to the Seven Planets

(c c a g 7, pp. 107-11; trans. Schmidt in Antiochus of Athens,
Thesaurus, Berkeley Springs: wv, Golden Hind Press, 1993).
Pa u l u s Introduction 17: The Separations and Applications that the Moon
Makes with the Revolving Stars.
Po r ph y r y Introduction 2: Changes Produced by the Transfers of the Sun, Moon,
and Stars (Phases).
Pa u l u s Introduction 16: The Configurations that the Moon Makes with
the Sun (Phases).
Va l e n s Anthology 2.36: The Eleven Figures of the Moon (Phases).
Fir m ic u s Mathesis 1-3; 14 (trans. Holden): Applications and Separations
of the Moon.
An t io c h u s Summary 11: Void of Course.
Po r ph y r y Introduction 23: Void of Course.
Rh e t o r iu s Compendium 39: Void of Course.
Pa u l u s Introduction 35: Configuration of the Moon with the Sun (Bonding).
Rh e t o r iu s Compendium 38: Bonding.
Va l e n s Anthology 1.14: Concerning the Third, Seventh, and Fortieth Days
of the Moon.
Anthology 2.23: Excerpt on the Prenatal Lunation.
Anthology 5.2: Lunar Nodes and Prenatal Lunation.
PART F IV E
ASPECTS
CHAPTER 38
A ñedís
THE COSMIC DANCE OF THE PLANETS
IN THE CELESTIAL COSMOLOGY, PLANETARY GODS ARE THE MEDIATORS

between the zodiacal signs and the houses. Their function is to bring the life of
the individual—whom they serve—to its natural conclusion, which is the per
sons destiny. Planets stand midway between the divine energies flowing down
through the zodiacal images of the stars and the terrestrial realm here on Earth.
The terrestrial realm is divided into twelve sectors that describe the range
of human experiences. The planets move along their courses in nested spheres
at different rates of speed, ever passing by each other in a continual dynamic
dance. Their first relationships are to the two luminaries, the Sun and Moon,
the king and queen of the heavens, which we explored in the previous sections.
Next, the planets relate to each other.
In this section we turn to the aspects, which are one of the fundamental
components of astrological interpretation, alongside planet, sign, and house.
Aspects depict the wide variety of interactions that take place between the plan
ets. Planets have harmonious and unharmonious relationships which move
them to help, harm, or even be indifferent to each other. As a result of the sup
portive or antagonistic interactions between the planets, the aspects also con
tribute to shaping and modifying the behavior of planets individually as well as
in combination. Sometimes their two natures blend together in accordance with
their aspect, and sometimes one planet takes the active role in impacting the
outcomes of the other planet.
Since our focus with this book is the determination of planetary condition,
many teachings in this section will be directed to how planetary aspects improve
a planets condition, assisting it to bring forth its positive significations for the
benefit of the individual. The correlate to this is the exploration of the ways in
which planets can block or oppose one another, preventing the matters from be
ing realized in ways that serve the best interests of the individual. In some aspect
situations, one planet can actively harm and injure another to the extent that it is
unable to bring forth its significations, or does so in ways that can be destructive
388 CHAPTER 38
for the well-being of the person.

The Hellenistic aspect doctrine in its entirety is a complex and sophisticated
vision of the cosmic dance of the planets. This aspect doctrine has been one
of the most challenging parts of the Hellenistic astrological system to trans
late, understand, and integrate into the reconstruction of the practice. The basic
components are contained in a series of definitions found in the texts of A ntio
chus and Porphyry (which may have originated from some other common but
unknown source), and then repeated by Hephaistio and Rhetorius.1
While many of the definitions are broadly similar in each of the texts, the
various versions reveal disagreements over some critical details. Some m anu
scripts even by the same author differ, and some manuscripts have different lines
of transmission. The definitions have names that seem strange and exotic to our
contemporary ears. It has been extremely challenging for those of us translating
and reconstructing the aspect doctrine to find translations for these words that
aptly convey their meanings, which have been a struggle to fully understand
in the first place. So be aware that in your studies you may encounter different
words used by different contemporary authors to refer to the same original con
cept. In some cases, I will use the Greek technical term because so far, as a com
munity, we cannot settle upon a satisfactory English translation for the concept.
Here is a short list of various aspect terms described in the Hellenistic texts. The
term in Greek is followed by the term I’ll use throughout this manual.
EPIMARTURIA Witnessing
DEXIOS & EUONUMOS Right and Left Figures
PARALLAGE Passing Beyond
SUNAPHE Connecting
KOLLESIS Adherence
SUNODOS Meeting
APORROIA Separation
PERISCHESIS Containment
EMPERISCHESIS Enclosure
MESEMBOLESIS Intervention
A n t i o c h u s , Summary, c c a g 7.3, pp. 111-119. P o r ph y r y , Introduction to Ptolemy’s Tetra-

biblos, c c a g 5.4, pp. 187-228. H e p h a is t io o f T h e b e s , Apotelesmatics (Leipzig: Teubner,
1973)· R h e t o r iu s o f E g y pt , Compendium, c c a g 1, pp. 140-64; c c a g 8.4, pp. 115—24.
For translations and commentary, see Robert Sc h m id t , Definitions and Foundations
(Cumberland, m d : The Golden Hind Press, 2009); H o l d e n , Introduction to the Tetra-
biblos (Tempe, a z : American Federation of Astrologers, 2009); Sc h m id t , Apotelesmatics 1
and 2; G r a m a g l ia , Apotelesmatics 3, ed. D y k e s (Minneapolis, m n : Cazimi Press, 2013);
G e o r g e (in the present volume).
ASPECTS 389
EPIDEKATÈSIS Domination
KATHUPERTERÈSIS Overcoming
HOMORÈSIS Neighboring
KENODROMIA Traveling Alone (Void)
AKTINOBOLIA Hurling a Ray
LAMPANÈ Chariots
ANATOLE & DUSIS Rising & Setting
METOCHÉ Joint Possession
ANTANALUSIS Counteraction
KAKÔSIS Maltreatment
DORUPHORIA Spear-bearing Bodyguard
In the study of the Hellenistic aspect doctrine it becomes evident that the
understanding of aspects changed many times as the doctrines were translated
and transmitted through the Persian, Arabic, Medieval, Renaissance, and mod
ern cultures. On one hand, all of the approaches to the interpretation of aspects
are similar in that aspects show the ease or difficulty that the planets have in
their interactions with one another. However, there is great divergence when it
comes to which aspects are valid, which orbs to use, whether the orbs go with
the planet or the aspect, the use of whole sign aspects or degree-based aspects,
and the validity of out-of-sign aspects. The underlying view concerning how
aspects operate differs as well.
Before engaging more deeply in the Hellenistic view, take a moment to look
over the following brief historical summary of how the various astrological tra
ditions approached their understanding of aspects.
H IS T O R IC A L O V ER V IE W OF A SPE C T D O C T R IN E S
Hellenistic astrologers recognize only four aspects, which they called “configu
rations”—the 6o° sextile, the 90° square, the 120° trine, and the 180° opposition.
The conjunction was not technically an aspect, although it was treated like one
in most instances. The quincunx and semi-sextile were not considered aspects,
but called “aversions”. The trine and sextile configurations are harmonious, the
square and opposition unharmonious, and the conjunction variable. Aspects
are primarily determined by whole sign, rather than by an orb of exact degree.
Thus, for the most part, no out-of-sign aspects are acknowledged as aspects.
However, there are a number of specific and quite important situations where
orbs of degrees are important.
390 CHAPTER 38
Similar to modern astrology, the individual meanings of planets are blended

together by means of their easy or challenging aspect. However, what differs is
the additional distinction that one planet can do something to the other planet,
either helping or harming it, which impacts its condition. This is the difference
between the modern interpretation of Mercury square Mars indicating aggres
sive speech as part of ones personality characteristics and the Hellenistic view
that Mercury is being harmed and injured by Mars in regards to the faculty of
speech, with the result that the individual experiences slander, accusations, and
betrayals.
The Arabic/Medieval tradition assigned orbs in the determination of as
pects. The orbs were not associated with the individual aspects, but rather with
each of the planets based upon the distance of the orbs of light that emanated
from each planet. The Sun has an orb of 150 , the Moon 120 , Mercury 70 , Venus 70 ,
Mars 8°, Jupiter 90 , and Saturn 90 .2 Known as the doctrine of moiety, an aspect
between two planets becomes effective when the two orbs are added together,
and then halved to obtain a mean value that applies to both. This moiety sets the
range that the planets’ actual distance can deviate from the exact aspect whereby
the planets have a valid interaction. Therefore, each set of planets has its own orb
of connection.
During the Renaissance, Kepler added many more aspects, including the
quintile, septile, and novile. Modern astrology includes a multitude of aspects,
and some m odern astrologers consider the quincunx a major aspect. There are
descriptions and interpretations of many aspect patterns such as the T-square,
the grand trine, and the yod. The orbs are assigned to the aspects themselves,
rather than to the planets. The practice of using orbs varies among m odern as
trologers. There is dissent about whether to use narrower or wider orbs, how to
apply the orbs in different circumstances, as well as which aspects and aspect
patterns are significant.
In Hellenistic astrology, aspects and their interpretation are primarily deter
m ined by the nature and relationship of the zodiacal signs the planets occupy,
regardless of orb or degree. So for the most part, the concept of out-of-sign
aspects doesn’t exist in the source material.
In Medieval astrology, aspects are determined by the orbs of the planets,
regardless of their zodiacal signs. In m odern astrology, aspects are determ ined
by the orb of degrees of the aspect itself, regardless of zodiacal sign. In Medieval
and m odern astrology, this range of degrees can cross sign boundaries, allowing
for out-of-sign aspects.
2 I b n S a h l , Introduction 5.3.
ASPECTS 391
TH E SEV EN V IS U A L RAYS
The broad vision that stands behind the Hellenistic aspect doctrine is that of
visual rays. Porphyry wrote that ‘each star sends forth seven rays, three upwards
and three downwards, and one towards the diameter”.3
These seven visual rays emanate
from the planets and are the means by
which planets can see each others sig
nifications and see into the affairs of the
various houses. All of the Greek words
that refer to aspects have visual mean
ings such as “to see”, “to look upon”, “to
gaze at”, “to scrutinize”, or “to behold”.
The English word “aspect” derives from
the Latin adspicere, which translates as
“to look at”. The Vedic astrologers, when
discussing aspects, use the Hindu word
drishti, meaning “to glance”.
To visualize the aspect doctrine, FIG U RE 53.
you might imagine that a planet is PLANET CA STING
like a flashlight. The beam of light that SEVEN VIS U A L PARTILE RAYS
it sends forth is refracted into seven The ray cast fro m J u p ite r a t 150 o f a
Whole Sign goes to the fifte e n th degree o f its
primary directions (aspects) that il
sextile, square, trine, and opposition aspects.
luminate the spaces where they land.
That beam enables the planet to “see”
what is going on in certain sectors of the chart. To determine whether there
is a helpful or harmful impact upon the outcomes of the house topics and
planetary significations, we take into account the planet’s own essential benef-
ic or malefic nature, as well as the kind of “look” (sympathetic or unsympa
thetic) that emanates from the angle of a visual ray. And we add to our con
sideration the significations of the house and planet where those looks land.
Imagine the difference in how you might be affected by receiving a loving gaze
from a parent versus a glaring stare from a frightening stranger. This notion
of a “bad look” is related to the fear of the “evil eye”, an archetypal symbol in
ancient cultures.
In Hellenistic astrology, aspects operate both by whole sign and by specific
degree. We can think of planets that “observe” each other by whole sign as-
3 P o r ph y r y , In tro d u ction 9.
392 CHAPTER 38
pect as influencing one another through the process of witnessing each other
and then giving friendly or hostile testimony about what they have seen. In this
way, planets have an influence upon one another, for good or for ill, as a result
of what they see and say. Planets that observe each other in a closer manner, ac
cording to degree-based aspects, have more intense interactions, and for better
or for worse, they engage with one another and have a stronger impact. They
can actively change the ways in which each others significations come about, or
even block them from eventuating.
Special conditions of maltreatment, bonification, and protection fall under
the category of the more complex aspect relations based upon degrees and spa
tial considerations. As a whole, the aspect doctrine describes the many kinds of
beneficial and harmful testimonies that planets present about one another as
they “negotiate” (in the words of Robert Schmidt) “about the fate of the native”
whose life they oversee.4
This is a very different conception of the workings of aspects than that of
modern astrology, which poses that when planets move into a certain angular
relationship, regardless of sign, it is as if their gears lock, they connect, and they
have an interaction based upon the nature of the aspect, which blends their in
dividual significations into a hybrid expression. Hellenistic astrology definitely
contains the delineations of hybrid expressions of the various planetary aspect
combinations. But it also goes a step further to show how the significations of
certain planets can become better—or others become worse—as one planet
takes the initiative to actively help or harm the other.
Within the context of each planet sending forth seven visual rays, the move
ment of the planets in their orbits is dynamic. One might imagine strobe lights
flashing from dancers as the circular stage on which they are performing spins
around. The planets are in continual motion, ever-changing in their relation
ships towards one another. Planets unite at conjunctions and then move apart as
they travel at different rates of speed: now faster, now slower, sometimes moving
towards each other and then separating away, stepping forwards and backwards,
the one leading the moves of the dance and the other following. Their view of
each other is in constant flux as they find themselves in sextile, square, trine, and
opposite formations. At times they even disappear from each others sight, be
fore reuniting at their next union. In many ways, the cycles of relative planetary
motion have similarities to the lunar and solar phase cycles, where at critical
points in the cyclic dance, special kinds of interactions take place.
The music temporarily stops when a child is born, and the cosmic dancers
4 Robert Sc h m i d t , personal communication.

ASPECTS 393
freeze in place. The arrangement of the planets’ positions defines their relation
ships to one another at that moment in time. In this way, the aspects formed in
this dynamic planetary dance contribute to shaping the experiences of the life
of the native.
Because aspects are relationships, their interpretation speaks to the ways
planets (and the people they serve) come together, feel connected, loved, sup
ported, or helped. Others point to ways in which they break up, disconnect, and
move apart; how they suffer, feel hurt, are harmed, or become alienated. The re
lationships of the planets at the moment of birth prefigures the internal dynamic
in the psyche and its relation to others, which individuals then act out externally
in their dance with the other.
We will now begin our study of the Hellenistic aspect doctrine. We will start
with whole sign aspects, then move on to degree-based aspects and spatial di
rections, and finally, discuss some other ways planets relate to one another based
upon zodiacal signs, rather than aspects.
CHAPTER 39
Whole Sign A^ecfts

WITNESS AND TESTIMONY
THE FIRST DEFINITION IN OUR LIST CONCERNING ASPECTS REFERS TO

Epimarturia, a Greek word meaning “to bear witness or give testimony”. The
doctrine teaches that each planet sends forth seven rays, understood as beams
of light that enable planets to see into other parts of the sky, where the activities
of other planets are taking place in their respective house locations. The planets
then give a report or testimony about what they have witnessed.
The ideas of witnessing and testimony were very important concepts in the
Hellenistic world generally. They appear frequently in the religious literature of
the New Testament, in which people affirmed their belief in Jesus because they
had witnessed a miracle, either directly or through a vision. They then gave their
eye-witness testimony, which helped to convince others of the authority of this
new dispensation.
Robert Schmidt first pointed out the legal paradigm that works as a meta
phor for understanding the aspect doctrine.1 Similar to a court of law, the planets
are called to the witness stand in order to offer their affirmative or negating tes
timony about what they have seen regarding the actions of some other planet or
house. After all the testimony is taken into account, a judgment is rendered. The
issues that are up for judgment are not only the specific agendas of each planet,
but also the topics designated by the twelve houses, such as marriage, children,
or wealth. The operative question is if the various topics of life will eventuate
for the individual, and if so, whether those topics will be a source of happiness
or suffering.
Two popular titles used for astrology books in the ancient periods were Apote-
lesmatica (Hellenistic) and the Judgment of Nativities (Arabic). The art of astrol
ogy is making the judgment as to how something will turn out in the end (apo-
teled) after taking all the various factors into consideration. And the testimony
of the planets via their aspects is a major factor influencing ones final decision.
Robert Sc h m id t , personal communication.

396 CHA P T E R 39
It is useful to compare the similarities and differences in the definitions of

witnessing provided by Antiochus and Porphyry. These definitions provide an
overview of the entire aspect doctrine. We will unpack each of the concepts in
the discussion that follows.
a n t i o c h u s : [Antiochus told] How the stars are said to bear witness

to one another whenever they are tetragons or triplicities or diame
ters or hexagons of one another, and at how many intervals (zodiacal
signs) each one of these foresaid [figures] is configured. And how the
trigonal figure is sympathetic and helpful, even if one of the stars is
a destroyer, for it is less harmful; the tetragon is the opposite, even if
the star is benefic; the diameter is adversarial, but worse when a m a
lefic star is present; the hexagon is less effective than the others. The
aforementioned figures are brought about according to two different
ways, either simply by zodiacal sign or by degree. Wherefore many
times the stars that are triangular to each other according to zodiacal
signs are not triangular according to the degrees; so it is with the other
figures?
p o r p h y r y : They call the configurations of the stars towards each

other bearing witness. There are the following figures: the trigon is
through five [intervals] whenever there are three zodiacal signs be
tween the two; the tetragon is through four [intervals] whenever there
are two zodiacal signs between them; the diameter is through seven
[intervals] whenever there are five in the middle; and the hexagon is
through three [intervals] whenever there is one between them. And
the trigon is sympathetic and helpful, and even if a destructive star is
there, it is less damaging. The tetragon is harsh and unsympathetic
and capable of causing pain if a destructive star is present. The diame
ter is adversarial, but worse if a malefic star is present. The hexagon is
less efficacious. It is necessary to consider if the figures are perfect by
degree and not only according to zodiacal sign. The triangular figure
is at an interval of 120°, the tetragon at an interval of 90°, the hexagon
at an interval of 6o°, the diameter at an interval of 180°. For often
[stars] are configured according to zodiacal sign, but not further ac
cording to degree?
2 An t io c h u s , Sum m ary 6.
3 Po r ph y r y , Introduction 8.
WHOLE SIGN ASPECTS 397
T H E CO N FIG U R A T IO N S
So, under what circumstances can planets see each other for the purpose of giv
ing testimony? Our authors tell us that planets bear witness towards each other
when they stand in certain configurations (schématismes) towards one another.
These configurations are the tetragon (square), trigon (triangle or trine), diame
ter (opposition), and hexagon (sextile). The Greek word schema means “a form,
shape, or figure”, and can be used to refer to a geometrical figure. When the
geometrical figures of regular polygons are inscribed into the zodiacal circle,
they connect certain sets of signs. When planets stand in the zodiacal signs that
FIGU RE 54. W H O LE S IG N ASPECTS:

T R IG O N S , TETR A G O N S , D IAM ETERS, H E XA G O N S
are connected by these polygonal figures, they are configured, and are thus able
to bear witness and give testimony. The visual rays emitted by planets travel
398 CHAPTER 39
along the pathways designated by the angular slopes of the sides of these regular
polygons, which establish the connection between the planets in their respective
zodiacal signs.
As we saw in section two, the tetragon (four-sided figure, square, 90°) con
figures zodiacal signs of the same modality (tropical/cardinal, solid/fixed, and
bi-corporeal/mutable). The trigon (three-sided figure, triangle, 90°) config
ures signs of the same triplicity or element (fire, air, water, earth). The diameter
(line, opposition, 180°) configures signs that are opposite each other. The hexa
gon (six-sided figure, sextile, 6o°) configures signs of the same gender (male,
female).
Here we see that Hellenistic astrologers understood the zodiacal signs to
form the configurations. Certain sets of zodiacal signs have a coherent and in
trinsic relationship with one another due to the geometrical figures that connect
them. Planets that stand in these signs are thus likewise configured—not due to
the orb of degrees, but rather by the pre-existing connection of the signs. Any
planet in those signs partakes of the relationships that those signs already have
between them.
This is the rationale for the use of whole sign aspects. A planet in any de
gree of Leo (even 20 Leo) is trine to a planet in any degree of Sagittarius (even
28° Sagittarius), because the zodiacal signs of Leo and Sagittarius are connected
by the sides of the trigon. The same is true for planets in square, opposition, or
sextile configurations. The sympathy or antipathy that shapes the relationship
between planets is prefigured by the sympathies or antipathies of the signs they
occupy.
Imagine the animosity during the Wars of the Roses, a series of wars for
control of the throne of England between the Houses of Lancaster and York A
m em ber of one of these families was likely to have an adversarial attitude toward
a m ember of the other family, not because of any particular individual interac
tion—the two might never have even met. Rather, their interaction was based
upon their belonging to families that had pre-existing relations with each other.
In whole sign aspect configurations involving witnessing and testimony, it is
the zodiacal signs that the planets occupy which determines the harm onious or
unharm onious relationships between them —not the number of degrees in their
angular arcs of separation.
W hat about the conjunction, quincunx, and semi-sextile? The conjunction
was not technically an aspect, but it was treated as an aspect. Planets in the same
sign could not see each other, but they were nevertheless connected through a
kind of com m ingling or cohesion of their significations. Planets in the same sign
were said to be co-present.
The 30° semi-sextile and the 150°

quincunx were not considered aspects.
They were called aversions, from the
word apostrophé meaning “to turn away
from, be estranged, or alienated”. It is not
possible to see something right next to
you in an adjacent sign (semi-sextile),
and there is a blind spot in the vision at
the 150° angle (quincunx). When learn
ing to drive, you learn to use the mirror
rather than turning your head to look
behind when getting ready to pass. That
particular angle is the 150° blind spot.
Because planets in aversion could
f ig u r e 55.
not see each other, they could not give
A v e r s io n
testimony. However, there were other
means of interaction available to them
not determined by configurations. These will be discussed later in this section.
When planets occupy the geometrically configured signs (square, trine, op
position, and sextile aspects) they have the potential to act as witnesses to each
others significations and provide testimony regarding certain matters or topics.
This is a very different way of looking at planetary aspects than the approach of
blending together the individual significations of each planet in accordance with
easy or difficult modes of interaction.
T H E N A TU R E OF T H E A SPEC T C O N F IG U R A T IO N S
The Greek word schématismos translates as “configuration”, and suggests a cer

tain attitude that is conveyed by a “posture”. Think of approaching someone who
has their arms crossed in front and then another whose arms are opened wide.
The first posture suggests that person is resistant, blocking, and keeping you
away. The second posture is welcoming, inviting you in.
Both Antiochus and Porphyry describe the nature of each of the aspect con
figurations. The trigon (trine aspect) is sympathetic and helpful. Even when one
of the stars is a malefic, it is less harmful when in a trine configuration. The
tetragon (square aspect) is harsh and unsympathetic. It is capable of causing
pain if one of the stars is a malefic. Antiochus holds that the tetragon is harmful,
even if one star is a benefic. The diameter (opposition aspect) is adversarial, but
even worse if one of the stars is a malefic. The hexagon (sextile aspect) is weak
and ineffective.
400 CHAPTER 39
The notion that the trine aspect is harmonious and the square and opposi
tion aspects are challenging has remained consistent throughout the tradition
from ancient to modern times. In the Hellenistic view, the trine is a helpful
aspect, and especially beneficial when Jupiter is involved. The square and op
position aspects are unsympathetic, and harmful, injurious, inflicting damage
or pain when Mars or Saturn is involved. The sextile was acknowledged as an
aspect, and while not destructive, it was nevertheless weak and ineffective. One
might interpret that the sextile was mildly sympathetic, but could not be count
ed on to give much help.
RA TIO N A LES FOR T H E N A TU RE

OF TH E A SPEC T C O N F IG U R A T IO N S
Several rationales have been proposed to explain the relative natures—friendly

or antagonistic—of each of the aspects. Ptolemy and Manilius approached the
explanations in terms of the affinities and aversions between the configurations
of the zodiacal signs themselves.4 The sextile aspect is called harmonious be
cause it configures signs that are of the same gender, either entirely feminine or
entirely masculine. The implication is that signs of the same gender are harmo
nious because they move at a similar pace. Likewise, the trine configures signs
that are the same element—fire, earth, air, water—so their manner of operation
is in sympathetic accord. The lack of harmony in the square aspect is due to
it linking signs that are composed of different genders and different elements,
though they are of the same modality. And the opposition is adversarial because
it is composed of signs that are of opposite kinds, according to Ptolemy. This
lack of common orientation coming from different zodiacal signs can create a
sense of otherness, engendering challenge and conflict. Thus there is an enmi
ty or rivalry between planets occupying signs that are linked by the sides of a
square or opposition. The quincunx is an aversion because the signs are of a dif
ferent gender, different element, and different modality. Zodiacal signs in aver
sion thus have no connection with one another, and share no common ground.
The inherent meaning of each aspect can also be approached through the
symbolic significance of the number that is used to divide the zodiacal circle in
order to create the regular polygons:
4 Pt ol emy , Tetrabiblos 1.13; M a n i l i u s , Astronomica 2.446-692.

WHOLE SIGN ASPECTS 4O I
t h e c o n j u n c t io n , which unites, relates to the number one,

a symbol of unity.
t h e o p p o s it io n , which is divisive, relates to the number two,
a symbol of duality.
t h e t r i n e , which is harmonious, relates to the number three,
a symbol of synthesis.
t h e s q u a r e , which is challenging, relates to the number four,
a symbol of conflict.
t h e s e x t il e , which is mildly easy, relates to the number six, a
symbol of harmony.
THE TH EM A MUNDI
An elegant view into the intrinsic benefic or malefic nature of each type of con
figuration is revealed by the construction of the thema mundi. As we have seen
in section two, the “nativity of the world” provides the underlying structure for
the assignment of the domiciles and exaltations of the planets. The thema mundi
also shows that the natures of the planets and their configurations to the Sun
and Moon play a role in the nature of the aspect.
FIGU RE 56 . ASPECT RELATIONS

DERIVED FROM TH E T H E M A M U N D I
402 CHAPTER 39
The two luminaries, the Sun and the Moon, are the domicile lords of the
zodiacal signs Leo and Cancer. Fanning out to one side, Libra, the domicile of
Venus, is the zodiacal sign that is configured to Leo by the side of the hexagon.
Fanning out to the other side, Taurus, also the domicile of Venus, is the zodiacal
sign that is configured to Cancer by the side of a hexagon. Therefore, the mildly
harmonious nature of the sextile aspect partakes of the nature of the benefic
planet Venus (sometimes referred to as the lesser benefic). In a similar manner,
Scorpio, the domicile of Mars, is in a square configuration to Leo, just as Aries,
the domicile of Mars, is in a square configuration to Cancer. Thus, the destruc
tive and harsh nature of the square aspect partakes of the nature of the malefic
planet Mars. Proceeding with this pattern, the zodiacal signs of Sagittarius and
Pisces, both domiciles of Jupiter, are configured by the sides of a trigon to Leo
and Cancer, placing the sympathetic and supportive trine aspect under the aus
pices of Jupiter. Finally, Capricorn and Aquarius, both the domiciles of Saturn,
are opposed to the signs Leo and Cancer. Thus, the adversarial and conflictual
opposition aspect is under the influence of the malefic planet Saturn. In this
way, the thema mundi gives an insight into the harmonious and unharmonious
natures of the four major aspects by means of their intrinsic associations with
the benefic and malefic planets.
A N O T H E R V IE W
Yet one more view into the nature of the aspect configurations has been pro
posed by Robert Schmidt.5 He begins with the Greek word schema as a geomet
rical figure whose additional meanings include “posture, stance, gesture, and
attitude”. He then looks at the physical stances accompanied by certain attitudes
that planets adopt when they assume a configuration with one another.
When planets assume the stance of a square, the right angle that is formed
between them suggests that they are working at cross purposes. The opposition
al stance suggests the planets are moving in parallel, but opposite directions.
Planets assuming the stance in the trigonal figures have an acute inclination
towards one another, and the sextile depicts a smaller angle which gives a lesser
inclination. It follows that the blockage, frustration, and tensions that are as
sociated with square aspects can be derived from the stance of being at cross
purposes. The disagreement, open conflict, and contrariness associated with the
opposition can be seen as a pull toward opposite directions. The sharply slop-
5 Sc h m i d t , Definitions and Foundations, pp. 134-135-

ing inclination of one planet towards another via the trine aspect gives rise to
sympathetic attitudes and supportive, helpful actions. A sympathetic feeling but
with less actual support behind the sentiment is in line with the more gradual
inclination of the sextile aspect. In these ways we can see how the natures of
the aspects can be derived from the stances taken by the planets in the angles
formed by their configurations.
PE R FE C T IO N
The final section of the opening definition pertains to the notion of perfection,
and it addresses the use of both whole sign aspects and degree-based aspects.
Antiochus writes that “these figures are brought about and completed according
to two different ways, either simply by zodiacal sign or by degree”. The import
ant Greek term in the original sentence is the verb apoteled, whose definitions
include “to bring to an end”, “to complete”, and “to accomplish”. Many of the
ancient astrology books, such as those by Ptolemy and Hephaistio, are entitled
Apotelesmatica, which suggests that the inquiry of ancient astrologers was to
foresee the final outcome of the combinations of planetary factors.
The root verb teled suggests the final outcome or result of an action that has
been brought to fulfillment or perfection. In the Hellenistic world, the study of
astrology was understood as the final outcomes of planetary actions when they
have been completed or perfected. In the New Testament, teled (tetelestai) was
the final word of Jesus (John 19:30) when he said, “It is finished”, meaning that
the purpose for which his life was intended had been fulfilled, perfected, and
brought to a successful end.
Given the usage of this word during the era when these astrological texts
were written, we can see a deeper meaning here. The planets in their configura
tions witness and testify about each others significations, impacting how anoth
er planet will be judged. The final outcome of these actions, as the purpose for
which they were intended, is brought to completion, fulfilled, and made perfect
according to zodiacal sign as well as according to degree. This establishes that
the matters of the planets in aspect configuration can be accomplished by the
considerations of whole sign aspects. Through these aspects, a planet in any
degree of a sign that is configured to a planet in any degree of another sign can
bear witness and give testimony.
Porphyry gives the intervals at which each aspect is exact—120° for the tri
angular (trine) figure, 90° for the square, 180° for the diameter (opposition),
and 6o° for the hexagon (sextile). Both he and Antiochus instruct that, “often
the stars are configured according to zodiacal sign, but not further according to
404 CHAPTER 39
degree”. They are preparing the reader for the number of other instances when
the consideration of exact degrees is important and necessary. Many of the fol
lowing aspect definitions pertain to these situations.
The Arabic and Medieval authors pick up on the notion of perfection, es
pecially when addressing horary questions, where they enumerate a number of
ways to determine when the matters of the planets are perfected, confirmed, and
brought to a successful completion. The later understanding of perfection by
aspect necessitates that the faster-moving planet makes the exact aspect to the
slower-moving planet before either planet leaves the zodiacal signs of the con
figuration. However, a reading of the Hellenistic texts illustrates that most ex
amples of the witnessing and testifying of planets operate by whole sign aspects
and do not necessitate the more precise definition of perfection that develops
later in the tradition.
Because whole sign aspects were used extensively in Hellenistic astrology,
a quick perusal of a chart involved looking to see if a planet, house, or sensitive
point was witnessed by benefics or malefics. This affirming or negating testimo
ny then impacted the astrologers judgment concerning the final outcomes of
the various matters under the auspices of a planet as well as the topics of life. A
planet that received positive testimony would be enhanced in the judgment of
its final outcome, while one receiving negating testimony would raise concern
as to its ability to bring about fortunate events for the individual, as well as dis
appointments regarding the matters it represented.
CHAPTER 4 0
Interpretation,
OF WHOLE SIGN CONFIGURATIONS
ALL ASPECT CONFIGURATIONS HAVE AN INTERPRETIVE MEANING. VALENS

and Firmicus Maternus both give “cookbook” interpretations for the planets
commingling in the same sign (conjunction) and in aspect configuration (sex
tile, square, trine, opposition).12In spirit, these are similar to modern interpre
tations in which the significations of the planets blend together, forming hybrid
characteristics as a result of the harmony or lack of harmony of the aspect rays.
Here is an excerpt from Valens:
Mercury trine with Jupiter is indicative of great achievements, es

pecially when it is at morning rising. For these individuals become
scribes or administrators of kings, cities, or the populace. And if the
star of Mercury should be in altogether good condition and provide
results, it will bring about high reputation and acquisition of liveli
hood, especially when it occupies the profitable zodiacal signs. And
if the stars are sextile, they will effect the same things, but to a lesser
degree. If they should be well-positioned and square, they bring forth
to some extent reputation and acquisitions, but with envy. But if they
are poorly situated, they bring ruin together with hatred and oppo
sition from those more powerfill. If the stars are in opposition, they
bring greater slanders and those who are inconstant and contrary.
And if the stars are in opposition in the house of the Bad Daimon,
these individuals will be oppressed by great authorities, experience
the insurrection of the masses, and they will have few siblings or ha
tred towards brothers, children, or relatives.1
Looking carefully at the above delineation you will notice that both plan
ets contribute their significations—as a scribe (Mercury) of kings (Jupiter). The
best indications are for the trine, and somewhat less auspicious for the sextile
1 Va l e n s , Anthology 1.19-20; 2.17; Fir m ic u s Ma t e r n u s , Mathesis 6.3-27, trans. H o l d e n .

406 CHA P T E R 40
(hexagon), but still good. A well-figured square indicates some beneficial re
sults, but with envy, while a poorly situated square is much more difficult. And
the delineation for the opposition aspect is quite dire. These delineations are in
accordance with the essential meanings of the aspect configurations.
Aspects not only contribute to the shaping of ones own personality charac
teristics, but also have independent injurious or beneficial impacts upon other
people in ones life. In the following examples, we see how one planet affects the
significations of the other planet.
Valens writes that Saturn square the Sun on the left impedes the fathers
income even while he is alive, especially in feminine zodiacal signs, while Venus
sextile the Sun when she is rising in the morning signifies that the father and
child are charming and notable? Firmicus Maternus explains that when Mars
is on the right side of a square aspect to the Sun, it impugns all opportunities
for advancement, but when on the left side, a miserable demise is prepared for
both the father and for the native.34 The Sun signifies the father, and the nature
of the aspects in ones own chart also describes the good or bad that happens to
the parents.
Embedded within the delineations are a host of other factors that contribute
to the final judgment of the configuration, such as a planets sect status, the gen
der of its zodiacal sign, whether a planet is in its own signs of rulership, whether
it is morning or evening rising, if the planet is in a fortunate or unfortunate
house, if the aspects are on the right or left hand sides. In our final sum m ary for
each planet, we wall consider each of these factors.
However, for the purposes of this chapter, we will keep our focus upon the
aspect configuration criteria, and in particular, how each planets condition is
improved or weakened as a result of its configuration with the benefic or malefic
planets. The actual interpretation of the meaning of an aspect is the final step,
after all the factors that contribute to the condition of that planet are thoroughly
understood and integrated.
G U ID E L IN E S FOR IN TER PR ETIN G W ITN ESSIN G AN D

W H O LE SIGN T E ST IM O N Y C O N F IG U R A T IO N S
1. Being witnessed by a benefic gives positive testimony on behalf of the

planet and is supportive. The basic nature of a benefic is affirmative, and
3 Va l e n s , Anthology, 2.17.
4 Fir m i c u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis4.11, trans. H o l den.
INTERPRETATION OF WHOLE SIGN CONFIGURATIONS 407
it says “yes” to the other planets significations.

2. Being witnessed by a malefic gives negative testimony on behalf of the
planet and is obstructive. The basic nature of a malefic is negating, and
it says “no” to the other planet’s significations.
3. Being witnessed by trine is supportive to a planet, helping to bring forth
its positive significations.
4. A benefic witnessing by trine enhances the best and most positive qual
ities a planet has to offer.
5. A malefic witnessing by trine is less harmful than would otherwise be
the case.
6. Being witnessed by square or opposition is not supportive to a planet
being able to bring forth its positive significations.
7. A benefic witnessing by square or opposition does not harm (and in
some special cases may help).5
8. A malefic witnessing by square or opposition is destructive and harmful
for a planets positive significations, and in some cases may amplify the
planets negative significations.
9. Being witnessed by sextile, though mildly beneficial, does not have a
particularly strong impact. While sympathetic, its beneficial support
may be limited.
10. Co-presence (conjunct in the same sign) with a benefic is beneficial for
a planet, and co-presence with a malefic is not beneficial for a planet.
11. Planets in their own signs of rulership will bring forth better outcomes,
even when in square and opposition configurations. In some cases they
are considered “functional benefics”.
12. If a planet is witnessed by both benefics and malefics, they do not cancel
each other out. Rather, the expression and experiences that pertain to
that planets significations will be a mixture of good and bad regarding
the events and outcomes in a person’s life.
13. A benefic that receives good testimony is enhanced in being able to
bring about its best.
14. A benefic that receives bad testimony is limited in the amount of good
it can do.
15. A malefic that receives good testimony is supported in bringing about
better outcomes for the individual, albeit at the expense or loss of oth
ers.
16. A malefic that receives bad testimony has its own malefic tendencies
5 Note, however, that according to Antiochus, a benefic in square aspect could harm.
408 CHAPTER 4 0
amplified and activated.

17. Hie semi-sextile and quincunx/inconjunct are called aversions. They
are not considered aspect configurations and are not used in the as
sessment of a planets condition, although they do have an interpretive
meaning of being associated with enmities and factionalisms.6
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us assess each planets condition based upon the positive and negative
whole sign testimony it receivesfrom the benefic and malefic planets. Keep
in mind that whole sign testimony impacts the outcomes of the houses as
well, even if there are no resident planets in a particular house. This will
be covered in volume 2.
For each planet, we will note if it is co-present, sextile, or trine with
Venus or Jupiter. These aspect configurations will improve the plan
ets condition and enhance the planets ability to bring forth its more
beneficial significations. If the planet is co-present, square, or opposed
to Mars or Saturn, this weakens a planets condition and supports the
planet’s more problematic expressions. We will enter a plus (+) mark
for each positive testimony from a benefic and a minus (-) mark for
each negative testimony from a malefic. We will then give a preliminary
grade to each planet based only upon whole sign testimony.
CHART I: WHOLE SIGN TESTIMONY FROM BENEFICS AND MALEFICS
Zodiacal sign Conjunction, Conjunction, Adjustment Grade

sextile, or trine square, or
from benefics opposition from
malefics
SUN Venus sextiles — + A

Leo Jupiter sextiles +
IUPITER Venus conjoins Mars squares +- c
Gemini Saturn opposes -
SATURN — Mars squares - D
Sagittarius
MERCURY Venus sextiles — + A
Leo Jupiter sextiles +
MOON Venus sextiles — + A
Aries Jupiter sextiles +
VENUS Jupiter conjoins Mars squares +- C
Gemini Saturn opposes -
MARS — Saturn squares - D
Virgo
ANALYSIS
t h e su n a n d m e r c u r y in Leo receive mildly helpful assistance (sextile)

from the two benefics, Venus and Jupiter in Gemini, enhancing their capaci
ty to bring forth their best outcomes. There is no negative testimony from the
malefics. Therefore I give both of them a grade of a . v e n u s a n d j u p i t e r are
each strengthened by the mutual commingling of their benefic natures in the
same zodiacal sign. However, the square from Mars and the opposition from
Saturn both pose severe difficulties as regards their beneficial outcomes along
with the good for these two benefics. The double negative testimony leads me to
give them a grade of c. t h e m o o n in Aries receives mildly helpful testimony
from the two benefics, Venus and Jupiter in Gemini, which can ease some of the
problems she may encounter in the sixth house. There is no negative testimony.
Therefore I give her a grade of a , similar to Sun and Mercury. Sa t u r n a n d
m a r s are both suffering from the square configuration between them, and each
is made more malefic and problematic because of the other. There is no positive
testimony from either benefic (although we will modify this statement later). I
give them both a d grade.
4 io CHAPTER 4 0
CHART II: WHOLE SIGN TESTIMONY FROM BENEFICS AND MALEFICS

malefics
SUN — Saturn opposes - c

Scorpio
JUPITER — Saturn conjoins - c
Taurus
SATURN Jupiter conjoins + B+
Taurus
MERCURY — Saturn opposes - c
Scorpio
MOON Venus sextiles + B+
Sagittarius
VENUS — Mars squares - C
Libra
MARS Jupiter sextiles + B+
Cancer
ANALYSIS
t h e s u n a n d m e r c u r y receive negating testimony by the opposition from

Saturn and are hampered in bringing about their best for the individual. There
is no positive testimony from the benefics. I give them a grade of c. j u p i t e r is
harmed by its conjunction with s a t u r n in the same sign; however, Saturn is
helped by Jupiter’s presence. This commingling is good for Saturn but bad for
Jupiter. Thus I am giving Saturn a b +, but Jupiter a c. v e n u s is harmed by the
negative testimony square from Mars and is obstructed from manifesting her
best outcomes. She is in aversion to both Jupiter and Saturn. I am giving her a c.
m a r s is mildly helped by its sextile from Jupiter, able to do better on behalf of
the individual. The Venus square does not help and the Saturn sextile does not
harm. I am giving Mars a b +.
e x e r c is e 29

Whole Sign Testimony by Benefics and Malefics
EX ERCISE 29
WHOLE SIGN TESTIMONY BY BENEFICS AND MALEFICS
Preparing Your Chart
It will be easier for you to follow the discussions in this chapter if you have a
visual map in your mind concerning how and where the planets cast rays. If you
have studied modern astrology, it will be necessary to retrain your m ind as to
how aspects operate according to Hellenistic understanding of this doctrine. So
first, lets prepare your chart that you will use for all of the remaining exercises
in this section.
Print out a copy of your chart, using whole sign houses, the seven visible
planets, the lunar Nodes and the Lot of Fortune. For each planet in the chart,
draw the seven rays that emit from it (two sextiles at 6o°, two squares at 90°, two
trines at 120°, and one opposition at 180°) into the appropriate signs/houses at
approximately the same degree as that of the planet emitting the ray. In Example
Chart 1, the two sextile rays from the Sun will land at 50 Gemini and 50 Libra, the
two square rays will land at 50 Taurus and 50 Scorpio, the two trine rays will land
at 50 Aries and 50 Sagittarius, and the opposition ray will land at 50 Aquarius.
Be sure that the ray falls in front of or behind any planet that is in that house,
based upon their respective degrees. In Example Chart 1, one of the square rays
from Jupiter at 90 Gemini falls into the n th house at 90 Virgo. Make sure that ray
falls in front of Mars, which is at 140 Virgo.
I suggest that you use a different color pen or pencil for each of the various
aspects—green for sextile, blue for trine, red for square, and purple or orange for
opposition. You can choose your own colors for each aspect, but think about the
differences between colors that suggest harmony and those that suggest conflict.
Based upon the colors, you immediately can see to what extent a house is filled
with harm onious light rays or unharmonious light rays. It may be less frustrat
ing if you first draw the ray in pencil that can be erased. Once you are satisfied
that the line of the ray is correctly placed, you can draw over it in color.
412 CHAPTER 4 0
In this exercise, you are going to look at the whole sign affirming and negat
ing testimony that each planet receives from the benefics and malefics and
how that impacts its ability to express its positive significations. Then you are
going to make a judgment and give each planet a preliminary grade based
upon testimonial relations.
WHOLE SIGN TESTIMONY FROM BENEFICS AND MALEFICS

malefics
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
M ERCURY
M OON
VEN US
M ARS
1. Zodiacal sign: Enter the zodiacal sign for each planet. Since we are looking at
whole sign testimony, degrees are not important.
2. Conjunction, sextile, or trine from Venus or Jupiter: If the planet receives a
whole sign conjunction, trine, or sextile from Venus or Jupiter, enter the plan
et and the aspect. In the score column, enter a plus sign for each affirming
testimony.
3. Conjunction, square, or opposition from Mars or Saturn: If the planet receives
a whole sign conjunction, square, or opposition from Mars or Saturn, enter the
planet and the aspect. Then, in the score column, enter a minus sign for each
negating testimony.
4. Remember: Whole sign aspects, no out of sign aspects, no orbs.
5. Judgment:
A planets condition is improved by benefic testimony from the benef-
ic planets that affirm its significations. This positive testimony helps the
planet to bring about its most positive significations for the benefit of the
individual.
A planets condition is worsened by malefic testimony from the malefic plan
ets which negate its significations. This negative testimony blocks the planet
from bringing about its most positive significations for the benefit of the
individual, or activates the more problematic expressions.
A mixture of benefic and malefic testimonies do not cancel each other out,
but result in some good outcomes and some bad outcomes. Like a court of
law, this testimony influences the final judgment made by the judge or jury
(or astrologer) concerning the planets relative condition that enables it to
bring forth its best significations on behalf of the individual.
6. Give each planet a grade—a , b , c , d , or F—with pluses or minuses.
1. Which planets are being helped by the benefics to bring forth their best
significations?
2. Which planets are being harmed by malefics that hinder or prevent
their most positive significations?
3. Which planets receive a mixture of both help and harm, resulting in
both good and bad things arising?
4. Overall, is there more witnessing by benefics or malefics, or is there an
even mix?
5. Write a sentence for each planet, detailing which planets help it, which
planets harm it, and which are neutral or indifferent.
414 C H APTER 40
6. Which planet is in the best condition due to whole sign testimony con
figurations?
7. Which planet is most handicapped due to whole sign testimony config
urations?
8. Which sect of planets, the day or night, is doing better overall?
CHAPTER 41
Aépedt Relations
IN THE HELLENISTIC TEXTS, THE DOCTRINE OF BENEFIC AND MALEFIC

planets witnessing and testifying by whole sign configuration is the primary
mode of evaluating a planets condition according to aspect criteria. This ap
proach views the planetary interactions as relatively static in their configura
tions to their respective zodiacal signs.
Hellenistic astrology also contains another more complex view, where the
ever-changing relationship formed by planets in their moving cycles with one
another presents a dynamic range of interactions that dramatically impact the
interpretation of aspect relations between planets. Here, specific degrees are im
portant, along with certain spatial considerations.
THE C YCLE OF A SPECT RELATIO N S:

AN O VERVIEW
The cycle of any two planets begins at the conjunction, where they come together
at the same degree and merge their essences in a seminal inception. Due to the
different rates of speed and the direction of their courses, the faster-moving
planet pulls away from the slower-moving planet and increases the distance be
tween them until it reaches the opposition. At the opposition, the two planets
stand at their maximum polarity from one another and a fundamental direc
tional shift occurs. The faster-moving planet then begins to re-approach the
slower-moving planet, decreasing the distance between them until they unite
at the next conjunction. In the course of this cycle there are critical interactions
that occur near the places where the seven rays of one planet more closely en
counter the seven rays of the other planet. These planetary encounters occur
near the 6o° sextiles, the 90° squares, the 120° trines, and the 180° opposition. As
in the solar phase cycle, these critical points have special interpretive meanings.
416 CHAPTER 41
The Hellenistic aspect doctrine superimposes two different conceptual

overlays upon this cycle. One is based upon the relative speed of each planet,
and employs the notions of application and separation. The other is based upon
the planets right and left-sided directions. The left/right direction establishes
which of the two planets holds the superior and which holds the inferior position
in their relationship. Each system has its own specific effects that occur at the
critical junctures of a planet’s rays, and in some instances exact degrees are im
portant. Further details of the aspect doctrine take the zodiacal sign and house
location of a planet into account.
There are various kinds of relationships formed between planets as they
move through their courses relative to one another. When examining these, it
is important to note that the direction in which the planets move as they form
aspects with one another is based upon the counterclockwise or secondary mo
tion as they travel along the ecliptic through the natural order of the zodiacal
signs. This stands in contrast to the solar phase cycle, discussed in the previous
chapter, which is based upon the clockwise, diurnal motion due to the Earths
rotation on its axis. Before we discuss each aspect in greater depth, we will first
give an overview of the cycle as a whole.
FIG U R E 57. L E F T -H A N D SIDE

A N D R IG H T -H A N D S ID E OF A PLANET
Like all cycles, the major axis of division is the diameter between the con
junction, when the two bodies are united, and the opposition, when they are at
their furthest distance apart. The first cut, so to speak, is to distinguish between
a planets r i g h t s id e (dexios) and its l e f t s id e (eudnumos). The right side of
ASPECT RELATIONS 417
a planet is defined as the arc containing those zodiacal signs from which it has
recently departed, as far back as its opposition point. The left side of a planet is
defined as those zodiacal signs towards which it is being carried upon its course,
up to the opposition point. When it passes by the o p p o s it io n (parallage), it
makes a transitional shift from the left side to the right side. A good way to
conceive this division is to imagine a line extending from the center of a chart
towards the planet in question: the left and right-hand sides are relative to the
direction that you "face” when looking at the planet from this center.
The c o n j u n c t io n is multi-layered, and there are many incremental divi
sions based on the interval between the individual planets in question. Planets
in the same whole sign did not "see” each other by means of rays. And so, while
the conjunction was not considered an aspect (like the sextile, square, trine,
and opposition), it was still treated like one. Regardless of their specific degrees,
planets in conjunction were still connected by their c o - p r e s e n c e (sumparou-
sia) in the same sign, and thus commingled their significations.
Within the range of the whole sign conjunction, further levels of intimacy
were distinguished, a s s e m b l y (sunodos) occurs when a faster-moving planet
comes within a 150 interval of a slower-moving planet. We will remember that
the 150 interval was a very important marker in the solar phase doctrine, as it
represented the full extension of the Suns orb of light that encompassed another
planet, a d h e r e n c e (kollesis) occurs when the planets adhere to one another
within a 30 interval. They remain bonded until one planet has begun to flow
apart (aporroia) from the other.
A similar process of c o m in g t o g e t h e r in connection (sunaphe) and
f l o w in g a pa r t (aporroia) occurs at each of the other aspect configurations
at both right and left-sided sextiles, squares, and trines, as well as at the opposi
tion, when the planets are within the range of 30 (applying) and i° (separating).
On the left side of the cycle, one planet is increasing its distance from the other,
which pursues it, while on the right side it is closing back in and bearing down
on the other planet as the distance between them shrinks.
With square and trine aspects, there are special instances in which a plan
et can h u r l r a y s b a c k w a r d s and s t r ik e (aktinoboled) a planet at the left
square, and o v e r c o m e (kathuperteresis) and d o m in a t e (epidekateid) a planet
at the right square. Recall the solar phase cycle, in which Mars made its anom
alies around the squares and the superior planets made their stations around
the trines.
As rays are being cast about by the planets, some manage to e n c l o s e (em-
perischesis) and c o n t a in (perischesis) a planet, holding it captive or protecting
it, unless some other planet in t e r v e n e s (niesembolesis) by interposing its own
418 CHAPTER 41
ray as a shield. Planets can travel together as n e ig h b o r s (homoresis), r u l e

t o g et h er (metoche) in a certain domicile, or t r a v e l a l o n e (kenodromia).
At many points in this cycle, a planet can receive tremendous assistance in re
alizing its best potential through b o n i f i c a t i o n , or be injured by m a l t r e a t
m e n t (kakosis) by another planet. Sometimes bodyguards b e a r in g s p e a r s
(doruphoria) stand in certain formations to offer protection to those who are
sufficiently eminent to warrant this extra attention.
CHAPTER 42
Bonification,
AND MALTREATMENT
i n j u r y (kakosis). It is called maltreatment (kakosis)

c o n c e r n in g
whenever some [star/planet] is struck with a ray (aktinoboled) by m a
lefic destroyers, or it is enclosed or if it is in a connection (sunaphe)
with a destructive star or an adherence (kollesis), or if it is opposed
(diametred) or overcome (kathupertered) or ruled (oikodespoted) by
an evil doer which is badly situated, and when it itself declines in the
ineffective places. — p o r p h y r y .1
AFTER THE OPENING PARAGRAPH IN THE ANTIOCHUS AND PORPHYRY

texts concerning witnessing and testimony, many of the subsequent definitions
in the series are simply statements of the various aspect formations without any
interpretive commentary. A few definitions include a phrase concerning the
effects when either the malefic or benefic planets are involved in the forma
tion. However, the aspect section culminates with the articulation of the seven
conditions of maltreatment (kakosis), whereby a planet (i.e., its significations)
can be severely injured and destroyed when certain aspect formations involve a
malefic planet. In short, maltreatment is a condition in which a planet finds it
self in extremely unfortunate circumstances due to especially harsh aspects with
malefic planets.
MALTREATM ENT AND ITS MODERN A PPLICA TIO N
Kakosis translates as “ill treatment, oppression, suffering, and distress”. We are

going to use the word “maltreatment” as the preferred convention. When a plan-
1 P o r p h y r y , Introduction 28. In similar definitions, Antiochus omits “opposed by a malef

ic", Rhetorius omits “overcome by a malefic" and rewrites that it is only when the domicile
lord of the malefic is in unadvantageous/ineffective houses. Note that the next section of
the text tells us that the unadvantageous places are the 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 8th, and 12th houses;
and that declining in unadvantageous/ineffective places are the cadent houses (6th, 12th).
420 CHAPTER 42
et is maltreated by certain kinds of aspect relations, it can be abused, severely

injured, and sometimes even disabled in its capacity to bring forth its positive
significations. A very close encounter with a visual ray from a malefic planet in
a harsh configuration may be connected to the widespread belief in the power
of the “evil eye”. This results in extremely difficult life experiences that lead to
suffering and pain. This distress impacts the life and can have a lasting effect on
the individual.
In the Hellenistic texts, references to maltreatment conditions often show
up in discussions of accusations, betrayals, dishonor, deformities, illness, lon
gevity, and violent death. From a modern perspective, the level of injury indi
cated by these aspect patterns can be associated with trauma. This traum a may
be karmic, prenatal or perinatal,2 or it may derive from repressed or vividly con
scious memories of traumatic experiences from the current life. These sources
of pain become a nexus of malfunction on the physical, emotional, mental, or
spiritual level. They are the wounds that do not heal.
Most charts have whole sign aspects through which the malefics witness,
and therefore bring disharmonious influences, to other planets. Although bad
things happen, they are not necessarily catastrophic. Life is a mix of good and
bad; people deal with their difficulties, recover, and move on. However, the con
ditions of maltreatment, because they are so specific and precise, occur with
much less frequency.
It is useful for the counseling astrologer to be able to identify serious prob
lems that are unlikely to go away on their own or after the transit is over. Rec
ognizing maltreatment conditions enables the astrologer to give appropriate
guidance. In some instances, mitigating factors can be seen in a chart that point
to the possibilities of remediation and healing. Other cases indicate a level of
damage that may leave lifelong scars. In such cases, the client should be referred
to professional help. It is important for the astrologer to understand this differ
ence, and to recognize further help is needed. It is for this reason that we will
give some deeper attention to the conditions of maltreatment.
B O N IF IC A T IO N
The conceptual correlate to maltreatment is bonification, whereby a planet finds

itself in extremely fortunate circumstances due to certain aspect relations with
the benefic planets. The bonified planet is not only protected from harm, usually
2 That is, things that happened while in the womb or during the birth; see Stanislav G r o f ,
The Adventure of Self-Discovery (New York: State University of New York Press, 1988), p. 5.
BONIFICATION AND MALTREATMENT 421
by the agency of the benefic planets, but also enhanced in its capacity to bring
forth the best of fortunate outcomes for the individual. The texts often discuss
bonification conditions as a signature of notable nativities. Some of these special
bonification aspect patterns are sprinkled through the series of definitions, but
they are not explicitly enumerated as are the maltreatment conditions. In the
absence of explicit explanations of such conditions, we can propose they are
the same structural patterns as the maltreatment conditions, but involving the
benefic planets instead of the malefic planets. We will list the conditions of bon
ification as the corresponding correlates of maltreatment, but keep in mind that
in some cases this is not supported by direct textual evidence.
Table 23. M altreatm ent and Bonification Conditions
MALTREATMENT BONIFICATION
Struck with a ray by nialefics Struck with ray by benefics (stated

by Valens)
Enclosed or contained by nialefics Enclosed or contained by benefics (stated)
Connection with malefic Connection with benefic (implied)
Adherence with malefic Adherence with benefic (implied)
Opposed by badly situated malefic Opposed by benefic (stated by Petosiris)
Overcome by badly situated malefic Overcome by well-placed benefic (stated)
Has a badly situated malefic as its Has well situated benefic as domicile lord
domicile lord (implied)
In sixth or twelfth house
We are now going to proceed into the more complex interactions of the
planets. When planets stand in whole sign configurations, they are involved in
certain kinds of relationships with one another. The degree-based aspects and
directional-spatial relations point to even closer relationships. Instead of going
through all the aspect definitions in the order given in the Hellenistic texts, the
422 CHAPTER 42
ones that are relevant to our discussion will be presented in thematic groups.
However, they will be taught within the context of the larger view of the work
ings of the aspects in the Hellenistic approach. In the course of this discussion
we will itemize the specific conditions of maltreatment and bonification, which
are the main considerations in this evaluation of a planets condition concerning
its ability to do good for the person.
CHAPTER 43
Coming Together
ADHERENCE, CONNECTION, FLOWING APART
And they say that connection (sunaphe) and adherence (kollesis) is

whenever the stars join together by degree according to any figure
whatsoever or are about to join within three degrees. And it may also
be said this way. Adherence (kollesis) is whenever the faster star ap
proaches the slower star, being yet distant no more than three degrees.
In regards to the Moon, some say that within thirteen degrees—that
is the course of a day and night—that the Moon is observing the con
nection towards which she is conjoining. — po r ph y r y .1
PLAN ETS CHANGE T H E IR ASPECTUAL RELA TIONSHIPS TO ONE ANOTHER

as they move through their courses. At various points in their cycles relative to
one another, good and bad interactions can take place between them. This chap
ter will discuss the two primary ways in which planets come together: where
they connect or adhere, intermingling their natures, and then flow apart. We will
make a distinction between the process that takes place when planets are in the
same sign and when they are configured by aspect.
The first form of close union that we will examine is bodily conjunction,
where planets come together in the same zodiacal sign. This is called kollesis in
Greek, which we translate as ‘adherence”. The second way that planets make a
close union is connecting by means of their rays. This is called sunaphe in Greek,
which we translate as “connection”.
At certain moments during these processes, both bonification and maltreat
ment can occur. The closest kinds of interactions between planets, either by a d
h e r e n c e (kollesis) or by c o n n e c t io n (sunaphe), are based upon a narrow
degree range where the faster-moving planet is moving towards and applying to
the slower-moving planet, either bodily or by ray, at critical points of their cycle.
i Po r p h y r y , Introduction 11.
424 CHAPTER 43
C O M IN G TO G E TH E R B O D IL Y : C O -P R E S E N C E , A S S E M B L Y ,
A D H E R E N C E , A N D N E IG H B O R IN G
The c o n j u n c t io n , often referred to as a bodily conjunction, is defined by the

physical proximity of the planets in the same whole sign, a d h e r e n c e oc
curs when two planets come together by conjunction within 30 . When planets
are in the same whole sign, regardless of de
gree, they are said to be c o - p r e s e n t (sum-
parousia (f ig u r e 58). Planets that are
co-present mix their significations, and the
result is often a combination of the two sep
arate natures. Depending upon the benefic or
malefic nature of each planet, their relation
f ig u r e 58. ship can be harmonious or unharmonious, or
CO-PRESENCE (SUMPA ROUSIA)
a mixture: sometimes better, sometimes worse.
Planets co-present in the same whole
Valens devotes two chapters to the commix
sign, regardless o f degree.
ture of two and three planets in the same sign.2
To the extent that the planets support or ne
gate each others significations, each planet in
the commingling may have a different experi
ence. For example, a Venus-Mars whole sign
co-presence can be good for Mars but bad
for Venus. When two or more planets are in
FIGURE 59.
ASSEMBLY (SUNODOS)
the same sign regardless of degree, they have
0
Planets within a 75 interval o f
already begun to mingle their significations
one another. (imagine two roommates in the same house,
or two co-workers in the same office space).
The closer stages of relating within the whole sign conjunction require the
faster-moving planet to be moving towards (i.e., applying to) the slower-moving
planet. When the faster planet moves within 150 of the slower planet,
they are said to be ‘coming together” for a meeting, gathering, or a s s e m b l y
(sunodos) (f ig u r e 59). In contemporary parlance, one might say they are
meeting up. By now, the 150 interval should be a familiar number to you. It is
the orb of the Sun and an important number that determines when a planet is
under the beams of the Sun, or of the Moon coming under the bonds of the
Sun. The 150 range is a sensitive boundary marker that brings two planets into a
more binding relationship.
2 Va l e n s , Anthology 1.19-20.
ADHERENCE, CONNECTION, FLOWING APART 425
In Paulus discussion concerning the applications of the Moon, he writes

that the num ber of degrees between the Moons application to a planet corre
sponds to the age in life (0-3 youth, 3-7 prime, 7-15 maturity) when the sig
nifications of the aspect manifest in the life. This may suggest that when planets
have entered into this 150 range, the inherent potential of what they represent in
commixture does in fact emerge during the course of the life. This interval of
assembly extends up to the 30 interval before exact conjunction. At this point
another stage ensues.
When a faster-moving planet approaches
a slower planet within 30 in a bodily conjunc
tion, there is said to be a “gluing”, “bonding”, or
a d h e r e n c e (kollesis) between them ( f i g u r e
60). The range for the Moon’s adherence to an
FIGURE 60. other planet is within 130 of approach (i.e., the
ADHERENCE (KOLLESIS) course of a day and night, in which the Moon
Faster planet applying to slower anticipates the approaching conjunction). For
planet within a 3* interval. ( I f the example, the Sun at 18° Scorpio adheres to Ju
Moon is applying, it is a 130 interval).
piter at 200 Scorpio. The Moon at 150 Aquarius
adheres to Mercury at 250 Aquarius.
Generally speaking, adherence is the clos
est kind of relationship. It points to the deep
est kind of intimacy between planets; the two
merge into one, as if in sexual union. Adher
ence begins when the faster planet approaches
f i g u r e 61.
the slower within the 30 range. The cohesion
NEIGHBORING (HOMORESIS)
between the two planets exists uniformly
Faster planet applying to slower
0
planet within a 3 interval (kollesis),
throughout the 30 applyi ng interval. The texts do
and both planets are in the same not state that the closer the planets are to their
bounds (in this case, the bounds o f exact conjunction, the more connected they
Venus: 7°-9° Leo).
are in adherence.
An even closer relationship is called “jux
taposition” or n e i g h b o r i n g (honwresis). It occurs when two planets are in
an adherence (30 applying bodily conjunction) and they are also in the same
bounds. For example, in addition to adherence, Mercury at 70 Leo neighbors (or
is juxtaposed upon) Jupiter at 90 Leo, because both are in the bounds of Venus.
However, if M ercury were at 50 Leo (which is in the bounds of Mars) it would
not neighbor Jupiter at 70 Leo (which is in the bounds of Venus), although they
are still in adherence. So planets can be in adherence and neighboring, or they
can be in adherence and not neighboring (f i g u r e 61).
426 CHAPTER 43
If an adherence has occurred, it stays in effect until the faster planet has
passed beyond the slower planet, when it departs and is borne away. There is no
exact degree range of separation given in the texts for the adherence condition.
We will consider this topic further in the section on separating. Planets in a sep
arating bodily conjunction still commingle while in the same zodiacal sign, but
they are not in adherence.
M ALTREATM ENT AND B O N IF IC A T IO N

BY ADH ERENCE
The most important thing to note about adherence is that if one of the planets
involved is a malefic, maltreatment occurs. As you look at a chart, take note
of any planets within a 30 applying conjunction. If one of the planets is Mars
or Saturn, the faster planet is mal
treated and suffers some sort of in
jury in its capacity to bring forth its
positive significations for the indi
vidual (f ig u r e 62). As we will see
when we look at hurling rays, there
are mitigating factors to take into
account (for instance, a ray from the
Sun can block the maltreatment).
We will deal with those factors sep
arately.
Because adherence requires
a faster-moving planet applying to
wards a slower-moving planet, the
Moon, Mercury, Venus, and the Sun
f i g u r e 62. all can be maltreated by adhering
M A L TR E A T M E N T BY A D H E R E N C E to Mars or Saturn. Jupiter normally
Faster planet applies to malefic within a 3· cannot be maltreated by Mars. This
interval (o rfo r the Moon, a i f interval). is because Jupiter is slower and can
not apply to Mars, unless it is ret
rograde; but Jupiter can adhere to Saturn. Saturn in direct motion cannot be
maltreated by any other planet. However, when it is retrograde, it can back into
Mars (should Mars be within 30 behind it).
If the planet being adhered to by bodily conjunction is a benefic, it is con
sidered to be a most fortunate circumstance and is one of the implied conditions
of bonification. The Moon, Mercury, and the Sun can all potentially adhere to
Venus; but be sure to check the relative speed of Mercury and Venus in each sit
uation. The Moon, Mercury, Venus, the Sun, and Mars can all adhere to Jupiter.
However, Saturn cannot apply to Jupiter and become bonified, unless it happens
to be retrograde.
FIGURE 63.
BONIFICATION BY ADHERENCE
Faster planet applies to benefic within a 3·
interval (orfor the Moon, a 130 interval).
M A LTR EA TM EN T AND B O N IF IC A T IO N
BY A SPECT RAYS
In addition to adherence by bodily conjunction, the close connection of two

planets can also occur by aspect configuration. This was referred to as a c o n
n e c t i o n (sunaphe) by the Hellenistic authors. It occurs whenever the planets
are about to join via an aspect configuration within a range of 30 . Like adher
ence, connection (sunaphe) entails an applying aspect of the faster-moving plan
et to the slower-moving planet, with the exception of the Moon, which applies
within a 130 range.
This is practically the same definition as given for adherence, but rather than
bodily merging in the same sign, connection occurs when one planet encounters
the aspect ray of another planet. Thus, planets adhere in bodily conjunction, but
connect by means of their rays.
As with adherence, m a l t r e a t m e n t can occur if one of the planets in
volved in a connection is a malefic. A planet can be severely injured by com ing
428 CHAPTER 43
into contact with the harsh rays of Mars or Saturn. Unlike the trine and sextile,
which are supportive aspects, it is only the square and opposition rays from
Mars or Saturn that can maltreat another planet.
To illustrate m a l t r e a t m e n t
via “casting rays”, imagine Mercu
ry at 150 Gemini and Saturn at 170
Virgo. Like an archer shooting an
arrow, Saturn casts one of its square
rays to 170 Gemini. Like a bird, M er
cury (the faster-moving planet) will
fly into the ray of Saturn, and thus
be maltreated. The two planets will
connect because the faster-moving
planet moves towards and encoun
ters a projected aspect ray sent forth
from the slower planet. Similarly,
the Moon at 6° Sagittarius will also
FIGURE 64.
encounter Saturn’s square ray from
M ALTREATMENT BY C O N N E C T IO N i7°Virgo (within the 130 range), and
A faster planet applies to a square or opposition thus be maltreated (f i g u r e 64).
ray o f a malefic within a f interval (orfor the To illustrate b o n i f i c a t i o n
Moon, a i f interval).
via “casting rays”, imagine Mars at
150 Sagittarius connecting to a trine
ray cast from Jupiter at 18° Leo and
directed to 18° Sagittarius. Mars is
bonified by Jupiter. The Moon at 50
Pisces connects with a sextile ray
cast from Venus at 120 Taurus direct
ed to 120 Pisces. The Moon is boni
fied by Venus ( f i g u r e 65).
n e i g h b o r i n g , or juxtaposition
(homoresis) while forming a connec
tion (sunaphe) can also occur in an
aspect connection. As we saw with
adherence, this is a closer form of in
teraction that takes place when two
f i g u r e 65. planets form an aspect figure within
B O N IF IC A T IO N BY C O N N E C T IO N a 30 applying interval while also be
A faster planet applies to a sextile or trine ray o f a ing in the bounds of the same planet.
benefic w ithin a f interval ( i f fo r the Moon).
For example, Venus at 50 Gemini (in the bounds of Mercury) connecting to a

trine (within a 30 interval) sent from Mars at 6° Aquarius (also in the bounds of
Mercury) are said to be “neighboring” (f ig u r e 66). Note that in this example,
there is no maltreatment from Mars
because, while malefic, it is making a
trine aspect and not a square or op
position. Instead, a bonification oc
curs, because Venus is a benefic and
is casting a trine aspect.
Finally, although it is not alto
gether clear from the texts, we could
speculate that neighboring also ap
plies to whole sign configurations.
For instance, if Venus at 50 Gemini
(within the bounds of Mercury) is
configured by sextile to Mars at 230
Leo (within the bounds of Mercury),
FIG U RE 66.
their interaction could be stronger
N E IG H B O R IN G BY ASPECT C O N F IG U R A T IO N
due to juxtaposition because they are
The faster planet applies to another planet within a
both in the bounds of Mercury: i.e., 3· interval (orfor the Moon, a 13’ interval), while
both are subject to the same rules of both planets are in the bounds o f the same planet.
operation that are set by their shared (Mercury rules thefrst six degrees o f Cemini, and
the first seven degrees o f Aquarius).
bound ruler, Mercury.
FLOW ING FORTH AND SEPARATING ( a P O R R O IA ):

EM ANATION, EFFLUENCE
And Antiochus told how separation (aporroia) is whenever a

slower star departs from a connection with a faster star after hav
ing been adhered or whenever a star withdrawing from the con
nection begins to have more degrees than belong to the figure.
— ANTIOCHUS. 3
After the planets make a connection, the faster planet withdraws from the union
as it begins to separate from the slower planet. The Greek term for this separa
tion is aporroia, which literally means “flowing away” or “effluence”. Like the
3 An t i o c h u s , Summary 9.
430 C H A PTER 43
tides which cause the waters to flow out of a bay, the faster planet slowly with
draws its essence and flows away.
Human relationships provide a good symbolic paradigm for the aspect inter
actions between planets. Just as two people become aware of one another (sump-
arousia), make comments expressing interest (whole sign testimony), meet up
and spend personal time together (sunodos), enter into an intimate connection
(sunaphe), or merge bodily (kollesis),
so too do the planets. Their connec
tion can turn out either good or bad,
leaving a positive afterglow, or a re
sidual shock. They then withdraw
and separate (aporroia).
Due to ambiguities in the texts,
it is hard to know exactly when this
separation begins to occur. W hat
is certain is that, as long as the two
planets remain within the same de
gree as one another (whether bodily
or by aspect), they are locked in their
FIGURE
embrace and are not yet separated.
PLANETARY SEPARATION Partile is the term given by Medieval
Faster planets separate from a bodily conjunction astrologers to planetary aspects that
or aspect connection with slower planets: the Sun are exact by whole integer degree.
separates fro m its adherence (kollesis) to Jupiter;
Some authors place the interval
Mars separates fro m its connection (sunaphe) to
Jupiter. Note how Mars in Cemini separates from of separation at i° past this point.
the connection by moving towards opposition with One can also look to the definition
Jupiter, while Mars in Sagittarius separates from of parallage— a. passage that has
the connection by moving towards conjunction
with Jupiter.
been vexing to translators. One in
terpretation may suggest that sepa
ration occurs when planets or their rays pass by another planet by degree of an
equal-sided figure (or the exact number of degrees in an exact partile aspect).4
O ther authors place the interval of separation at 30 .5
Antiochus and Porphyry offer an alternative definition of aporroia in which
the planets require m ore intervening degrees than are necessary for the aspect
figure.6 This pertains to the “waxing” half of the cycle, when a faster planet
separates from a slower planet by increasing the distance between them. This
4 P o r ph y r y , Introduction 10; A n t i o c h u s , Summary 8.

5 H e p h a i s t i o , Apotelesmatics 1.14.
6 P o r ph y r y , Introduction 13; A n t i o c h u s , Summary 9.
stands in contrast to the "waning” aspect, where the faster planet separates from
its connection to the slower planet by decreasing the distance between them
(f ig u r e 67).
When examining the close union of a planet (by connection or adherence),
the main thing to observe is whether it involves a malefic planet. If so, it forms
two of the conditions of maltreatment. This is a red flag indicating a potential
ly serious problem in the healthy functioning of that planet. Careful attention
should be given to a planet that is maltreated in order to assess the nature of the
injury and the resulting damage in the life. If the connection is with a benefic
planet, the planet may meet the conditions of bonification (when it is especially
enhanced and supported in its efforts to bring about the positive range of its
significations).
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us look at the example charts to see if any planets are maltreated or
bonified by adherence or connection. Unlike testimony, which is by whole
sign aspect, maltreatment and bonification by connection and adherence
involve exact degree ranges. For maltreatment we are looking only to a 30
applying conjunction (13° for the Moon), square, or opposition to Mars
or Saturn. For bonification we are lookingfor a 30 applying conjunction,
sextile, or trine to Venus and Jupiter (13°for the Moon).
Note that there are two options for proceeding with this analysis. One is
from the perspective of each planet; the other is from the perspective of
each of the benefics and malefics.
432 CHAPTER 43
CHART i: m a l t r e a t m e n t / b o n i f i c a t io n BY ADHERENCE OR CONNECTION
Adhering Connecting Sextile, square, Is the planet

to planets to planets trine, opposi bonified or
tion? maltreated?
MOON — — — —
SUN — — — —
MERCURY — — — —
VENUS — Saturn Opposition Maltreated
MARS — — — —
JUPITER — — — —
SATURN — Venus Opposition No
FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF EACH PLANET
t h e s u n at 5° Leo is not conjunct, square, or opposed to either Mars or Saturn.

Thus there is no possibility of maltreatment by connection or adherence from
the malefics. The Sun at 50 Leo sextiles Jupiter at 90 Gemini and Venus at 210
Gemini, but these planets are outside of the 30 applying interval. There is no
bonification by connection or adherence from the benefics.
j u p it e r at 90 Gemini is square to Mars at 140 Virgo and opposed to Saturn
at 240 Sagittarius. It cannot apply to Mars because it is slower than Mars. It does
apply to Saturn, but is too far away from the 30 interval for maltreatment to oc
cur. While Jupiter is co-present with Venus at 210 Gemini, Jupiter is the slower
of the two and cannot apply to Venus. There is no maltreatment or bonification
by connection or adherence.
Sa t u r n is the slowest-moving planet and cannot apply to any other planet
unless it is retrograde. It is retrograde in this chart, but is too far away from the
square to Mars for maltreatment to occur; it is not trine or sextile to Venus or Ju
piter for the possibility of bonification. There is no maltreatment or bonification
by connection or adherence.
m e r c u r y at 20 Leo is not conjunct, square, or opposed to either Mars or
Saturn. Thus there is no possibility of maltreatment by connection or adherence
from the malefics. Mercury at 20 Leo sextiles Jupiter at 90 Gemini and Venus at
210 Gemini, but these planets are outside of the 30 applying interval. There is no
bonification by connection or adherence from the benefics.
t h e m o o n is not conjunct, square, or opposed to either Mars or Saturn.
Thus there is no possibility of maltreatment by connection or adherence from the
malefics. The Moon at 250 Aries is sextile to both Venus and Jupiter, but it is the
faster-moving planet and separating from both. There is no bonification by con
nection or adherence.
v e n u s at 210 Gemini is co-present with Jupiter. However, she is faster-
moving, separating, and too far away to consider bonification. Venus is square
to Mars at 140 Virgo, but separating and so no maltreatment occurs. Venus is ap
plying to the opposition with Saturn at 240 Sagittarius. Since this aspect is within
the 3 0 interval, Venus encounters the ray of Saturn projected to 24° Gemini and is
maltreated.
m a r s at 140 Virgo is not conjunct, trine, or sextile to Venus or Jupiter. Thus
there is no possibility of bonification by connection or adherence within the 30
range. Mars is applying to a square with Saturn at 240 Sagittarius, but it is too far
away for maltreatment by connection or adherence.
In sum: none of the planets are bonified by a connection or adherence. Howev
er, Venus is maltreated by a connection to Saturn.
FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF THE BENEFICS AND MALEFICS
m a r s at 140 Virgo. There are no other planets in Virgo, so Mars is not maltreat
ing any planets by adherence. Mars casts a square ray to 140 Gemini, a square
ray to 140 Sagittarius, and an opposition ray to 140 Pisces. Venus, at 210 Gemini,
moves faster than Mars, is flowing away and escaping from Mars’ ray. Jupiter, at
9° Gemini, moves slower than Mars and is behind his ray; it is not possible for
Jupiter to run into Mars’ ray. The square ray from Mars at 140 Sagittarius falls
behind slower-moving Saturn at 240 Sagittarius, but Mars is too far away from
the 30 interval. There are no planets in Pisces. Mars does not maltreat any planets
by connection or adherence conditions.
s a t u r n at 240 Sagittarius casts square rays to 240 Virgo and 240 Pisces, and
an opposition ray to 240 Gemini. There are no other planets in Sagittarius, so
adherence is not a consideration. While Mars at 140 Virgo is moving faster than
Saturn, and is approaching Saturn’s ray at 240 Virgo, Mars is too far away from
the 30 interval to suffer maltreatment. There are no planets in Pisces. However,
Saturn’s opposition ray, falling at 240 Gemini, is within the 30 interval of Venus’
faster-moving approach at 210 Gemini. Venus will hit Saturn’s malefic ray and
become injured. Saturn thus maltreats Venus by connection.
v e n u s casts a sextile ray to 210 Leo, but it is too far away for either the Sun
or Mercury to engage with it within the 30 interval. Venus’ other sextile ray falls
at 210 Aries, but the fast-moving Moon at 250 Aries has already passed it. There
are no planets in Libra or Aquarius where the trine rays fall. Venus at 210 Gemini
is faster and separating from Jupiter at 90 Gemini, so no bonification by adher
ence can occur.
434 CHAPTER 43
casts one of his sextile rays to 90 Leo. While it is tempting to think

j u p it e r
that the Sun at 50 Leo might be bonified, the 40 interval between the Sun and
Jupiter’s ray is just out of range. There are no planets in Aries (the Moon is too
far and separating), Libra, or Aquarius to engage with Jupiter’s rays there. Venus
at 210 Gemini is faster and moving away from Jupiter at 90 Gemini, so no boni
fication by adherence can occur.
CHART 11: ma l t r e a t me n t / b o n if ic a t io n by a d h e r e n c e o r c o n n e c t io n
Adhering Connecting Sextile, square, Is the planet

to planets to planets trine, opposi bonified or
tion? maltreated?
MOON — — — —
SUN — — — —
MERCURY — — — —
VENUS — — — —
MARS — — — —
JUPITER — — — —
SATURN — — — —
FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF EACH PLANET
t h e su n at 20 Scorpio is not conjunct, sextile, or trine to Venus or Jupiter. Thus

there is no possibility of bonification by connection or adherence within the
given degree interval. The Sun applies to an opposition with Saturn at 90 Taurus,
but is too far away for maltreatment. And the Sun is not conjunct, square, or
opposite Mars. The Sun is not bonified or maltreated by connection or adherence
with the benefics or malefics.
j u p i t e r at 230 Taurus can only be maltreated by Saturn, but it is separating
from Saturn. Jupiter is not bonified or maltreated by connection or adherence with
the benefics or malefics.
Sa t u r n is the slowest-moving planet and cannot apply to any other planet
unless it is retrograde. It is retrograde in this chart, but separating from Jupiter
and in aversion to Venus. It is not conjunct, square, or opposed to Mars. Sat
urn is not bonified or maltreated by connection or adherence with the benefics or
malefics.
m e r c u r y at 240 Scorpio is not conjunct, sextile, or trine to Venus or Jupi
ter. It is opposite Saturn at 90 Taurus, but separating. It is not conjunct or square
Mars. Mercury is not bonified or maltreated by connection or adherence with the

benefics or malefics.
t h e m o o n at 8° Sagittarius is sextile to Venus at 40 Libra, but separating.
It is in aversion to Jupiter and Saturn, and not square to Mars. The Moon is not
bonified or maltreated by connection or adherence with the benefics or malefics.
v e n u s at 40 Libra is not conjunct, sextile, or trine to Jupiter. Venus is not
conjunct, square, or opposite Saturn. However, Venus is square to Mars at 120
Libra and applying to him, but she is outside the 30 interval of application. Ve
nus is not bonified or maltreated by connection or adherence with the benefics or
malefics.
m a r s at 120 Cancer is not conjunct or trine to Jupiter. Mars is applying to
a sextile with Jupiter at 230 Taurus, but not within the 30 interval. Mars is not
bonified or maltreated by connection or adherence with the benefics or malefics.
FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF THE BENEFICS AND MALEFICS
ma r s is at 120 Cancer. There are no other planets in Cancer, so Mars is not

maltreating any planets by adherence. Mars casts its square rays to 120 Aries and
120 Libra. There are no planets in Aries. Venus is at 40 Libra, and while faster-
moving, she is too far away from the 30 interval for maltreatment by connection
to occur. Mars casts an opposition ray to 120 Capricorn, but there are no planets
in Capricorn to maltreat.
s a t u r n is at 90 Taurus, and retrograde. There are no planets in earlier de
grees that could apply to Saturn. Jupiter at 230 Taurus, retrograde, while moving
towards Saturn is too far away from the 30 interval to be maltreated. Saturn casts
its square rays to 90 Leo and 90 Aquarius, but there are no planets in those zodi
acal signs that could be maltreated.
v e n u s is at 40 Libra. There are no other planets in Libra, so Venus cannot
bonify any planets by adherence. Venus casts sextile rays to 40 Leo and 40 Sagit
tarius. The Moon at 8° Sagittarius is separating from the ray of Venus and hence
there is no bonification by connection. There are no planets in Leo, but if one
was inquiring into vitality, the Venus ray falling close to the Ascendant degree
would enhance or protect the life force. Venus’ trine rays are cast to 40 Gemini
and 40 Aquarius. Since there are no planets in these signs, there is no possibility
of bonification.
j u p i t e r is at 230 Taurus, and retrograde. Saturn at 90 Taurus is slower, too
far away, and moving backwards. Jupiter casts its sextile rays to 230 Cancer and
230 Pisces. There are no planets in Pisces. Mars at 120 Cancer is too far away to
apply to the ray of Jupiter within 30 . Jupiter casts its trine rays to 230 Virgo and
230 Capricorn. Since there are no planets in these zodiacal signs, there is no
436 C H APTER 43
possibility of bonification by connection. Overall, there are no instances o f mal

treatment or bonification by connection or adherence.
30
e x e r c is e
Maltreatment or Bonification by Connection or Adherence
EX ERCISE 30
M A LTREATM ENT OR B O N IFIC A T IO N BY C O N N E C TIO N
OR A D H E R EN C E
In order to do this exercise, you must know the relative speed of the plan
ets and the difference between applying and separating aspects. The average
speeds of the planets from fastest to slowest are:
Moon, Sun, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn
Note, however, that when planets are about to station, their motion is extremely
slow. When they are direct and conjunct the Sun, their motion is faster than av
erage. As you become more familiar with the basics, you will begin to recognize
this and factor it into your analysis.
In the previous exercise, you have already determined the whole sign aspect
configurations that are operative regardless of degree. In this exercise, you will
isolate the configurations that are degree-based. Specifically, you will look for a
faster-moving planet making an application (whether bodily or by aspect figure)
to a slower-moving planet. You will then ascertain whether it is within a 30 ap
plying range, or in the case of the Moon, a 130 applying range. If the aspect is par
tile—exact at the same whole integer degree—it is considered effective even if
the faster planet has passed beyond the slower planet by mere minutes. Howev
er, once the planet has moved beyond the partile point by whole integer degree,
it is considered to be separating, even if the difference is less than 60 minutes.
1. Begin by looking at the seven rays emanating from the Moon— the fastest-
moving planet. Will the Moon or one of its rays approach any other planet
within the next 13° of its motion? If so, write that down in the table below.
2. Next, check Mercury, Venus, the Sun, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, moving from
the faster-moving planets to the slower, and list any adherences (bodily con
junctions) and connections (aspect configurations: sextiles, squares, trines, op
positions) within 3 0 applications. If two planets are in the same whole integer,
you should consider that to be a connection or adherence, even if there is no
application by minutes. If you are already familiar with recognizing aspects
438 C H A P T E R 43
by degree, you can certainly just look at the degree numbers and signs, and
proceed accordingly. However, the visual approach allows you to better
understand the concept of a planet encountering the ray of another planet
within a certain range of application.
3. Finally, determine if any o f these close adhérences or connections is by a faster-

moving planet applying to a malefic (Mars or Saturn) or to a benefic (Venus
or Jupiter) within th e i° interval range (13°for the Moon).
Adhering Connecting Sextile/trine, or Bonified or

to planets to planets square/opposi- maltreated?
tion?
M OON
SUN
M ERCURY
VENUS
MARS
JUPITER
SATURN
1. Are any planets bonified or maltreated?

2. If so, how do these conditions influence your judgment concerning each
planet’s capacity to do its best for you?
CHAPTER 4 4
Superior Averts
LEFT- AND RIGHT-SIDED FIGURATIONS
WE NOW TURN TO OVERCOMING AND HURLING RAYS, THE NEXT SET OF

paired concepts in interplanetary relations. Although we are still looking at the
cycle of two planets in relation to one another, we are now considering the spa
tial directions of a planets motion along its course, rather than its relative speed
and applying aspects. These directional relationships determine which planet
is dominant in any interaction, and what recourse is available to a planet that
is being overpowered by another planet. In some instances of overcoming and
hurling rays, planets can be maltreated as well as bonified.
The first step in understanding the doctrines of overcoming and hurling
rays is to differentiate between the right and the left sides of aspect figures. We
must then say a few words about the directions in which planets cast their rays.
R IG H T A N D L E F T F IG U R E S
They say that the trigon, tetragon, and hexagon from which a star
has come are on the right side, but those [figures] towards which the
star is going towards are on the left side . . . For each star sends forth
seven rays, three upwards and three downwards, and one towards
the diameter, of which the upward ones are on the right side, but the
downward ones are on the left side.—p o r p h y r y .1
The right and left side of a planet are determined by its motion along the ecliptic
through the natural order of the zodiacal signs (counterclockwise). The aspects
on the right side of a planet are those zodiacal signs from which the planet has
recently departed as it follows the natural order of the zodiac. For example, if the
i Po r ph y r y , Introduction 9. See also An t io c h u s , Summary 7; Fir m ic u s M a t e r n u s ,

Mathesis 2.24, trans. H o l d e n .
440 CHAPTER 44
Sun is in Leo, its trine configuration with Aries is on its r ig h t side. A planet in
Aries would be said to be making a rig h t-s id e d trin e with the Sun.
In Medieval astrology, the Latin terms d e x te r (right) and s in is te r (left) are
used to refer to right and left aspect formations. You may come across phras
es such as "when Jupiter is making
a d e x te r trine to the Sun, such and
such will occur”.
Porphyry gives an example with
the Sun in Leo as the point of refer
ence. The aspect made by Aries and
Leo is a right-sided (d e x te r) trine,
but the aspect made by Sagittarius
is a left-sided (s in is te r) trine. The as
pect of Taurus and Leo is a right-sid
ed (d e x te r) square, but Scorpio is
a left-sided (s in is te r) square. The
aspect of Gemini and Leo is a
right-sided (d e x te r) hexagon, but
f i g u r e 68. that of Libra is left-sided (s in is te r)
RIGHT- AND LEFT-SIDED ASPECT FIGURES hexagon (f ig u r e 68).
The aspects on the left side o f a planet are the Note that the only aspects men
zodiacal signs which it is moving towards in its
course along the ecliptic. The aspects on the right
tioned are the sextile, the square,
side are the signs it is moving away from . In this and the trine. The conjunction is not
example, a planet in Leo has recently departed technically a configuration, and it is
fro m aspects on its right side in Gemini, Taurus,
not possible for the opposition to be
<£ Aries— all signs that precede it in the zodiacal
order (relative to its current position). By contrast, o n o r r ^g^t side of a planet.
the aspects towards which it is moving are those Right-sided aspects were con
on the left side o f the planet: Libra, Scorpio, (%
sidered more powerful because they
Sagittarius.
rise and culminate be fore the planets
that they aspect on their left; planets on the left were considered inferior because
they rise and culminate a fte r the planets that aspect them from the right. Thus,
each planet is s u p e rio r to those planets on its left and in f e r io r to those planets
on its right.2
Aspects between planets were given very different interpretations depending
upon which planet was in a superior (right-sided) position, because the benefic
or malefic natures of the superior planet would prevail over the significations
2 Note that the terms superior and inferior are used here in the context of aspect relations,
and are conceptually different than the solar phase terminology, where the superior planets
are Mars, Jupiter and Saturn and the inferior planets are Mercury and Venus.
SUPERIOR ASPECTS: LEFT AND RIGHT 441
of the inferior-positioned planet (in accordance with the nature of the aspect).
For example, Valens writes that Mars, in a nocturnal birth and in feminine
zodiacal signs, in a right trine to the Sun, signifies those who are great, estima
ble, and have the power of life and death.3
Here we see how sect conditions combine with right and left side interpre
tations to form a delineation. In this example, the nocturnal sect planet Mars
in a feminine nocturnal zodiacal sign brings about benefic outcomes when
combined with the power of the right-sided supportive trine aspect, indicat
ing an estimable individual. We will return to this theme in our discussion of
overcoming. However, before we can discuss the next two aspect relations—
overcoming and hurling rays—we must first ascertain whether the directions
of the seven rays that emanate from each planet are being cast “forward” or
“backward”. As we will see, this distinction is a logical extension of the left- and
right-sided aspects we have just been looking at.
T H E D IR E C T IO N S OF T H E RAYS
After discussing the left- and right-sided figures, Porphyry tells us that “each of
the stars sends forth seven rays, three upwards and three downwards, and one
towards the diameter, of which the upward ones are on the right side, but the
downward ones are on the left side”.4 Antiochus informs us that “the visual sight
of every beam is carried forwards (to the front), but the ray is carried backwards
(to the back)”; this distinction between a planets forward sight and its backward
rays is confirmed by Porphyry: “for every celestial light in the sky, the sight is
borne towards the star ahead, but the ray to the star behind”.5
Thus, when a planet is on the right side of its aspect figure (i.e., in the su
perior position relative to another planet), it is emitting its rays forward in the
natural order of the zodiac. The Greek word for the casting of forward rays is
hored, which means “to see”. A planet casting forward rays sees what is ahead of
it. When a planet is on the left side of its aspect figure (i.e., in the inferior po
sition relative to another planet), its rays are cast backwards towards the planet
that is behind it. This is referred to as the hurling of rays (f ig u r e 69).
It is likely that Hellenistic aspect theory was based in part upon ancient
Greek optical theory. One school of thought, called emission theory, maintained
that vision occurs when rays emanate from the eyes and fall upon objects, which
5 A n t i o c h u s , Summary 13; Po r ph y r y , Introduction 24.
442 CHAPTER 44
are then seen. Tilings that the rays do not fall upon cannot be seen. This process
could also happen by refraction, where a single ray could be split into multiple
directions, and objects could be seen as the rays emanate from the eye (Eu-
clid and Ptolemy). The other school,
known as the intromission theory
(advocated by Aristotle and Galen)
believed rays emanated from the ob
ject and entered the eyes. Modern
physics confirms that light is trans
mitted from a light source, such as
the Sun, to visible objects, and is re
ceived by a detector such as a human
eye or camera.
Contemporary beliefs con
cerning light, rays, and vision were
incorporated by Hellenistic astrol
ogers into the aspect theory. Thus,
planetary gods were understood
FIGURE 69. to both emanate rays that fell upon
FORWARD AND BACKWARD RAYS
objects (e.g., other planets), which
A planet in superior position castsforward rays to
a planet in inferior position (Jupiter casts forward
were thereby seen; at the same time,
rays to the Sun). A planet in inferior position hurls the planets themselves cast rays back
backward rays to a planet in superior position to the observer. Arabic astrologers
(Jupiter casts backward rays to Mars).
added many innovations in the as
pect doctrine, including concepts
such as the collection and transfer of light from one body to another. They may
have been influenced by the Zoroastrian religious teaching concerning the twin
forces of light and dark.6
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us look at our example charts to see which planets hold the superior
position in their aspect configurations. Remember, with this exercise we
are not taking exact degrees or applying and separating aspects into ac
count. This is strictly a spatial consideration based upon the right and left
sides o f each planet.
6 For more on this subject, see On the Stellar Rays, by the ninth-century Arabic philosopher,
A l Kin d i (translated by Robert Zoller, wv: Berkeley Springs, The Golden Hind Press,
1993).
CHART I: SUPERIOR ASPECTS
Planet Superior Aspects
su n Trine to Saturn
JUPITER Sextile to Sun
Sextile to Mercury
Square to Mars
SATURN Trine to Moon
MERCURY Trine to Saturn
MOON Sextile to Jupiter
Trine to Mercury
Trine to Sun
VENUS Sextile to Sun
Sextile to Mercury
Square to Mars
MARS Square to Saturn
t h e su n will be in a superior right-sided position relative to any planets on

its left side to which it is configured. Mars in Virgo is on its left, but Leo and
Virgo are not configured, so there is no aspect. Saturn in Sagittarius is on its left
side, and these signs are configured by the trine. Thus, the Sun is in a superior
right-sided trine to Saturn. The converse statement is that Saturn is in an inferi
or left-sided trine relative to the Sun.
j u p i t e r in Gemini is on the right side of the Sun and Mercury in Leo, and
thus holds the superior sextile to both of them. From the point of view of the
Sun and Mercury, Jupiter is on their left side, and they are inferior relative to Ju
piter. Jupiter is on the right side of Mars in Virgo and thus has a superior square
to Mars. Remember that the co-presence of Jupiter with Venus in Gemini, and
the opposition to Saturn in Sagittarius, do not figure in this determination of
superior and inferior aspects.
Sa t u r n in Sagittarius holds a superior trine to the Moon in Aries. That is
its only superior aspect.
m e r c u r y in Leo has the same configuration as the Sun. Mercury holds the
superior right-sided trine to Saturn.
t h e m o o n in Aries holds the superior right-sided sextiles to Venus and
Jupiter in Gemini, and the superior right-sided trines to Mercury and the Sun
in Leo.
444 CHAPTER 4 4
v e n u s in Gemini is similar to Jupiter. Venus holds the superior right-sided

sextiles to Mercury and the Sun, and the superior right-sided square to Mars.
m a r s in Virgo holds the superior right-sided square to Saturn in Sagittarius.
CHART II: SUPERIOR ASPECTS
Planet Superior Aspects
su n —
Ju p it e r Sextile to Mars
sa t u r n Sextile to Mars
MERCURY —
MOON —
venus Sextile toMoon
ma r s Square toVenus
t h e s u n and m e r c u r y in Scorpio are not configured to Sagittarius, and there

are no planets on their right side in Capricorn, Aquarius, or Pisces to which they
might be configured.
j u p it e r and s a t u r n in Taurus are in superior sextiles to Mars on their
right side. There are no planets in Leo or Virgo to which they might be config
ured by right-sided squares or trines.
t h e m o o n in Sagittarius is not in a superior position to any planet. There
are no planets on its right side in the zodiacal signs of Aquarius, Pisces, or Aries
to which it might be configured.
v e n u s in Libra is in a superior sextile to the Moon in Sagittarius on its right
side.
m a r s in Cancer is in a superior position to Venus, making a right-sided
square. It is also in a superior position to the Sun and Mercury with right-sided
trines.
-► e x e r c is e 31

Right-sided Superior and Left-sided Inferior Aspects
EX ERCISE 31
RIGHT-SIDED SUPERIOR AND LEFT-SIDED INFERIOR ASPECTS
Determine which planet holds the superior/dominant position in each as

pect in the chart. This planet has more influence in the interpretation of the
aspect.
1. Enter the zodiacal sign of each planet. The sign that the planet is in, and the
sign that is opposite that planet, form the zodiacal “axis” that divides the
left side from the right side of the planet in question. (It sometimes helps to
view the planet from the center of the chart to see the left and right sides).
2. Investigate each planet from its own reference point in order to determine its
right and left sides. Observing the axis between the sign and its opposition,
note which planets are to its left (i.e., ahead of it in zodiacal order), and
which planets are to its right (i.e., behind it in zodiacal order).
3. Look at the aspects that the planet makes, and determine if it is in a supe
rior position or an inferior position. A superior planet makes a right-sided
sextile, square, or trine to planets on its left side. An inferior planet makes
a left-sided sextile, square, or trine to planets on its right side. (Do not con
sider co-presence or opposition in this exercise).
4. Enter the superior aspects that a planet makes. A planet will be superior to
those planets that follow it in zodiacal order (up to its opposition sign). A
planet will be inferior to those planets that precede it in zodiacal order (up
to its opposition sign).
5. Have patience with this exercise and do it diligently. Although it may be
challenging to grasp at first, identifying superior aspects is in fact simple
and will soon become second nature. If you are having difficulty, refer to
f i g u r e s 57, 68, and 69 to help visualize the spatial and directional rela
tionships between planets. Repeat the exercise with other charts if necessary.
446 CHAPTER 44
Plcuict Sign Superior Aspects
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
MERCURY
MOON
VENUS
MARS
R E F L E C T IO N A N D A N A LYSIS
Planets in a superior position have more influence on the interpretation of the as
pect. They have the power to impress their own significations, for better or worse, in
accordance with their natures and condition, on the planet in the inferior position.
1. How might you begin to interpret each aspect based upon the domi
nance of the planet in the superior position?
2. Who has the upper hand in the aspect relation?
3. Are there any planets which only make superior aspects?
4. Are there any planets which only find themselves in the inferior posi
tion? How do you experience this in your life relative to the planetary
significations of each aspect?
5. Are there situations in which part of you dominates, and takes the ini
tiative to push its agenda onto another part, or situations where part of
you feels dominated and controlled by stronger forces?
6. Does this inner pattern have any relation to the external interactions
that you have with others?
CHAPTER 45
Overcoming
AND HURLING RAYS
O V ER C O M IN G
Every star, the one which is lying on the right triangle or square or
hexagon overcomes the one on the left, for it is going towards it. Thus,
some star which is in Capricorn prevails, overcoming one in Taurus
by trigon figure and one in Aries by tetragon figure and one in Pisces
by hexagon figure.—p o r p h y r y .1
F IG U R E 7 0 . O V E R C O M IN G AN D H U R L IN G RAYS
A planet in superior position casts forward rays to a planet in inferior

position, overcoming any planets in a right-sided sextile, square, or trine
(Mars in Capricorn overcomes Jupiter in Aries). A planet in inferior posi
tion hurls backward rays to a planet in superior position (Mars in Capri
corn casts backward rays to the Sun in Libra, but does not overcome it;
instead, the Sun overcomes Mars).
Po r ph y r y , Introduction 21.
448 C H A P T E R 45
“Overcoming is a translation of the Greek word kathuperteresis, which also

means “prevail” “overcome”, “have the upper hand” or “superior”. When a planet
is in the superior position in a right-sided figure, it is casting its rays in a forward
direction, looking upon the other
planet. Its significations prevail and
overcome those of the planet in the
inferior position. With the concept
of overcoming, it is important to
note that we are not considering
the relative speeds of the faster and
slower-moving planets as we do in
adherence by conjunction (kollesis)
and connection by aspect configu
ration (sunaphe). Nor are we look
ing at exact degrees. Rather, we are
observing the order o f the zodiacal
signs that are on the right side o f a
planet or the left side o f a planet, by
f ig u r e 71.
whole sign aspect.
JUPITER OVERCOMES SATURN
Overcoming is more powerful
when the planets are either in trine
or square configurations. The plan
et which overcomes is stronger: it
imposes its significations upon the
planet that is inferior to it, regard
less of whether it is benefic, malef
ic, or in an angular house. W hen a
benefic overcomes another planet,
the outcome of the configuration is
good, even when it is a square con
figuration. This was said to be a sign
of an em inent nativity, where an in
dividual is overcome with a surplus
of beneficial forces.
FIGURE 72.
SATURN OVERCOMES JUPITER

OVERCOMING AND HURLING RAYS 449
When a malefic overcomes another planet, the outcome is problematic. The

commentaries enumerate many kinds of adversities, suggesting a life beset by
misfortune and the lack of eminence.1
The potential difficulties of overcoming are specific to the square, and in
particular to the superior right-sided square. Indeed, a special term, epidekat-
esis, was used to describe one planet overcoming another planet by means of
the square. In this case, the overcoming planet is positioned in the tenth sign
relative to the planet being overcome. Epidekatesis literally means “lying upon
the tenth” (from the word for the number ten); it was used in the Hellenistic
world when extracting a ten-percent tithing, or the execution of every tenth
captive during the frequent wars. Epidekatesis is thus translated sometimes as
“decimate” (or alternatively, “dominate”).
This does not mean that one planet must occupy the tenth house and the
other the first house, but rather that the planet is located in a sign that is ten
signs away from the other planet (following the natural order of the zodiac).
Thus, a planet in the fifth house is overcome by a square aspect from a planet
in the second house, because (in the natural order of the zodiac) there are ten
whole signs between the fifth house and the second house. By definition, this is
the superior square.
Firmicus Maternus delineated the differences in meanings between Saturn
and Jupiter, when each was in the tenth sign relative to the other. He observes
that if Saturn and Jupiter are joined in a square aspect, and if Saturn is in the su
perior position (a right-sided square), it denotes dangers to the natives life and
a diminishment of wealth. But, if Jupiter holds the superior (i.e., right-sided)
position, the parents are famous and some measure of wealth is bestowed upon
them.23
Here we see that Saturn, in the superior position, imposes his negative
significations upon Jupiter: danger to the life and loss of wealth. When Jupiter
overcomes Saturn, by contrast, its beneficence is more powerful than Saturn’s
maleficence. Jupiter suppresses the negative manifestations of Saturn, trans
forming them into positive ones (f ig u r e s 71-72).
2 P o r ph y r y , Introduction 21
3 Fir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis$.9.2-3, trans. H o l d e n .
450 CHAPTER 45
H U R L IN G RAYS
A star that is leading hurls a ray at a star that is following according to

figure. For example, a star in Aries hurls a ray at a star in Capricorn,
and in similar manner. The star following looks upon the star leading
and prevails by overcoming it, being carried towards it, but it does not
hurl a ray. For, the visual sight of every beam is carried forwards (to
the front), but the ray is carried backwards (to the back). It is said that
hurling a ray occurs both zodiacally and by degree.—a n t i o c h u s .4
A planet on the left side of an aspect figure stands in the inferior position to
a planet overcoming it from behind. The planet on the left side of the aspect
figure—the one who is pursued—is leading (moving ahead of the planet that is
trying to overcome it). The inferior planet on the left responds by hurling rays
behind it at the superior planet, like an outlaw shooting its pursuer in an old
Western.
The details concerning the hurling of rays have been especially challenging
to decipher. The ancients themselves mention several schools of thought on this
matter, and the fine points vary among four different authors. What seems to
be clear is that hurling rays is destructive according to the square and opposi
tion figure, but according to the trine figure can be protective. Note that planets
can hurl backward rays from the opposition figure, even though they cannot be
overcome by the opposition.
Thus the right-sided superior planet in a configuration holds the dominant
position as it casts forward rays, overcoming and imposing its good or bad sig
nifications upon the left-sided inferior planet. The inferior planet in response
hurls backward rays. In some instances, the forward rays can maltreat a planet
in front of it, while the backward rays strike and destroy a planet behind it.
Our specific concerns are with how overcoming and hurling rays can maltreat
a planet.
4 An t io c h u s , Summary 13.
CHAPTER 46
Maltreatment
BY OVERCOMING
IN THE CYCLE OF ASPECT RELATIONSHIPS, CONDITIONS OF MALTREATMENT

by overcoming and the hurling of rays occur at the critical points of the two
squares, and at the opposition. Maltreatment by overcoming occurs at the su
perior square of a figure. Maltreatment by hurling rays occurs at the inferior
square.
In the course of its synodic cycle, at each of its squares to the Sun, Mars
makes two unique phases called “anomalies”. At the first square, Mars begins to
slow down as it approaches the first station (near the trine), instead of speeding
up like Jupiter and Saturn do. From its first square with the Sun, Mars travels
very slowly through the retrograde period as it moves through the first trine,
the opposition point, to the second trine. Unlike the other planets that begin to
increase speed after the direct station, Mars continues in slow motion until he
clears the final square with the Sun. In contrast to his average speed (one sign
per two months), Mars can spend up to nine months in one or two signs during
this passage.
As the thema mundi shows us, the square aspect is of the nature of Mars.
And there is something very Mars-like in the conditions of maltreatment that
occur at the superior and inferior squares. As an archetypal war god, Mars em
bodies aggression, dominance, menace, and retaliation. These malefic qualities
are expressed when planets are maltreated by overcoming or by hurled rays.
M A LTR EA TM EN T AND B O N IF IC A T IO N
BY O VERCO M IN G
Maltreatment by overcoming is based upon the planets’ relative right or left di
rectional sides and house location. Unlike maltreatment by connection (suna-
phe) and adherence (kollesis)> maltreatment by overcoming is not based upon
the planet’s speed and applying aspect by degree.
452 CHAPTER 46
In overcoming, the superior planet on the right is dominant. But this is only
problematic at the square (epidekatesis), when the superior planet is a malefic.
And while the Hellenistic authors give troublesome interpretations concerning
a malefic in a superior position, this in and of itself is not a case of maltreatment.
Maltreatment by overcoming necessitates an additional requirement. The texts
explain that a planet is maltreated when it is overcome by a “badly positioned”
destructive star. Both Antiochus and Porphyry define the “badly positioned” or
“disadvantageous” houses as the second, third, sixth, eighth, and twelfth houses.
These were considered ineffective or disadvantageous for conducting profitable
business. Later, Medieval authors called these the “unfortunate” houses. The
topics of these places encompass the bad things that can happen in life. We will
discuss the reasoning behind house significations in more detail in volume two.
For now, the following working descriptions will suffice:
Excessive greed or debt

SECOND HOUSE
THIRD HOUSERivalry and fratricide between brothers over
primogenitor inheritance
SIXTH HOUSE Illness, accidents, injuries, slavery
EIGHTH HOUSE Death, anguish of the mind
TWELFTH HOUSE Suffering, losses, enemies, incarceration
While a malefic in a whole sign superior square aspect is already harsh, this
in and of itself is not as catastrophic as maltreatment by overcoming. The malef
ic planet must be located in the houses where unfortunate activities occur. Only
then are they capable of inducing events that are destructive to the well-being of
the individual. For m a l t r e a t m e n t b y o v e r c o m in g to occur, the following
conditions have to be met:
1. A malefic planet (Mars or Saturn)

2. located in a “bad house” (second, third, sixth, eighth, or twelfth)
3. configured in a whole sign superior square (epidekatesis)
4. overcomes another planet in the inferior position
An example of maltreatment by overcoming is Mars in Cancer in the twelfth

house squaring Jupiter in Libra in the third house (f ig u r e 73). Here, the ma
lefic is in a house that represents the difficult conditions of life, and is also in
a superior position to another planet through a whole sign square. Note that
degree-based speed considerations (e.g., faster planet applying to slower planet)
MALTREATMENT BY OVERCOMING 453
are not necessary here. In regards to bonification by overcoming, although it is

not articulated in the ancient texts, we can extrapolate the following conditions:
1. A benefic planet
(Venus or Jupiter)
2. located in a “fortunate
house” (first, fourth, fifth,
seventh, ninth, tenth, or
eleventh)
3. configured in a whole sign
superior sextile or trine
4. overcomes another planet
in the inferior position
An example of bonification by
overcoming is Venus in Taurus in
the tenth house sextiling Mars in f i g u r e 73.
Cancer in the twelfth. The benefic M ALTR EA TM ENT
is in a strong, positive house, and B O N IF IC A T IO N BY O V E R C O M IN G
is in a superior position (sextile) Venus bonifies Mars by overcoming (superior

sextile). Mars maltreats Jupiter by
(f ig u r e 73). Although bonification
overcoming (superior square).
would logically apply to sextiles and
trines, it may also be applied to the square configurations. Here we follow Fir-
micus Maternus, who gives very positive interpretations for Jupiter in the supe
rior square to another planet:
If Jupiter and the Sun are conjoined in the square aspect, and Jupiter
possessing the superior part of a dexter (right) square aspects the Sun
posited in a sinister (left) square with a menacing aspect, that config
uration denotes the insignia of dignity through either his own merit
or that of his father, but it also bestows increases and promotions to
good and great honors?
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us now look at our example charts for any conditions o f maltreat
m ent or bonification by overcoming.
F i r m i c u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 6.10.4, trans. H o l d e n .

454 C H A P T E R 46
For maltreatment, Mars or Saturn must be in a superior square to another planet

and also in an unfortunate house (second, third, sixth, eighth, or twelfth). For
bonification, Venus or Jupiter must be in the superior position by sextile, trine,
or square to another planet, and also in a fortunate house (first, fourth, fifth,
seventh, ninth, tenth, or eleventh).
CHART I: MALTREATMENT AND B O N IFICA T IO N BY O V E R CO M IN G
Malefic Bad house Superior Maltreatment by

square overcoming
SATURN Yes (second) No No
MARS No Yes No
Benefic Good house Superior sextile, Bonification by

trine, or square overcoming
JUPITER No Superior sextile to No

Sun and Mercury;
superior square to
Mars
VE N U S No Superior sextile to No
Sun and Mercury;
superior square to
Mars
s a t u r n is located in the second house. However, it does not hold the superior
position in any square configuration. In its square to Mars, it holds the inferior
position, so there is no maltreatment by Saturn. While m a r s in the superior
position does overcome Saturn by a whole sign square, Mars is not located in
any of the unfortunate houses. Again, there is no maltreatment by overcoming.
Since v e n u s and j u p i t e r are both in the unfortunate eighth house, they are
not capable of bonifying any planet by overcoming.
M ALTREATM EN T BY O V E R CO M IN G 455
CHART II: M ALTREATM ENT AND B O NIFICATION BY OV ER CO M IN G

square overcoming
SATURN No No No
M ARS Yes (twelfth) Yes Mars maltreats

Venus

JU P IT E R Yes (tenth) Superior sextile to Jupiter bonifies

Mars Mars
VENUS Yes (third) Superior sextile to Venus bonifies the

the Moon Moon
Sa t u r n is located in the tenth house, so it cannot maltreat by overcoming.

m a r s in Cancer is in the twelfth house. It holds the superior position in a whole
sign square, overcoming Venus at 40 Libra. Thus, Venus is maltreated by Mars.
j u p i t e r in Taurus is located in the tenth house and holds the superior position
in the sextile with Mars. Jupiter overcomes Mars with its benefic influences, al
beit somewhat weakly due to the sextile, v e n u s is in a good house (third), and
forms a superior sextile to the Moon, thus bonifying her (albeit weakly). Note
that Jupiter’s bonifying influence over Mars helps to mitigate the destructive
actions of Mars upon Venus to some extent; as a result, Venus’ ability to bonify
the Moon (which is already weak due to the sextile) is also affected by Mars’
condition.
Maltreatment and Bonification by Overcoming
456 C H A P T E R 46
EXERCISE 32
MALTREATMENT AND B O N IFIC A T IO N BY OV ER C O M IN G
In this exercise, you are going to investigate whether any of your planets are
maltreated or bonified due to overcoming.
MALTREATMENT CONDITIONS
j. Look to see if Mars or Saturn is located in the second, third, sixth, eighth, or
twelfth houses. If not, move on to bonification conditions.
2. If a malefic is located in one o f these houses, see if it occupies the superior po
sition in a whole sign square to any planet that is in the inferior position. If so,
the inferior planet is maltreated.
BONIFICATION CONDITIONS
Keep in mind that these are implied conditions of bonification, i.e., they are not
explicitly articulated in the texts.
1. Look to see if Venus or Jupiter is located in the first, fourth, fifth, seventh,
ninth, tenth, or eleventh houses. If not, there is no bonification.
2. I f a benefic is located in one o f these houses, see if it occupies the superior posi
tion in a whole sign trine, sextile, or square to any planet that is in the inferior
position. I f so, the inferior-positioned planet is bonified.
Remember that the benefic influences of the trine aspect are stronger than
those of the sextile. Also, this is one instance when a square aspect from a
planet is actively beneficial, enhancing the positive outcomes of the inferior
planet.
M A LTR E ATM EN T BY O V E R C O M IN G 457
M ALTR EATM EN T AND B O N IFICA TIO N BY OVERCO M IN G

square overcoming
SATURN
M ARS

JU P IT ER
VENUS
1. Which planets, if any, are maltreated or bonified by overcoming?

2. How are the planetary significations made better or worse by the
power of the overcoming planet?
CHAPTER 47
Maltreatment
BY STRIKING WITH A RAY
IN THE MYTH OF THE LOVERS ORPHEUS AND EURYDICE, EURYDICE IS

bitten by a snake, dies, and descends into the underworld. Orpheus, a sublime
musician, enchants Pluto and Persephone—the King and Queen of Hades—
with his lyre, and convinces them to release Eurydice. He is given permission to
lead her up to the world of the living, on the condition that he doesn’t look back
to ensure she is following him. At the last moment, he can no longer stand the
suspense and as he turns his head, his eyes briefly connect with her wisp-like
figure before she vanishes out of his sight. Astrologically speaking, it is almost as
if he struck her with the glance of a backwards-hurled ray.
The guidelines for maltreatment by hurling rays are less clearly defined than
they are for overcoming. There is no requirement that the malefic planet be lo
cated in the badly positioned houses, so other factors must be required for mal
treatment to occur. We know that hurling a ray occurs both zodiacally and by
degree, but no specific degree ranges are given in the Antiochus or Porphyry
definitions. So we must reconstruct the underlying reasoning from clues scat
tered throughout the texts in order to arrive at working definitions.
I have spent countless hours discussing hurling and striking with rays with
colleagues. I have consulted several translations, have translated these passages
myself, and read them over and over again. Based upon the texts we have avail
able, however, definitive guidelines still remain inconclusive. I encourage you
to think about these matters as you look at charts, and to experiment with the
various options. You are invited to keep an open mind and to participate in the
ongoing reconstruction of Hellenistic astrology.
The Antiochus and Porphyry texts state that “a planet is maltreated when
struck with a ray by malefics”. There are four ways to interpret this:
i. A planet must be struck by both malefics, necessitating that both Mars and
Saturn be in the same zodiacal sign, hurling backward rays at a planet. If this
is the case, does maltreatment occur by whole sign hurled rays only, if both
4öo CH APTER 47
malefics are in collusion? For example, Mars and Saturn at any degree of
Sagittarius, both hurling square rays at Venus at any degree of Virgo, would
qualify as maltreatment by hurling rays.
2. A single malefic in an inferior square can maltreat another planet by hurling
a whole sign ray, regardless of degree. That is exceptional power. If this were
the case, it redefines whole sign testimony as well as obfuscating the power
of maltreatment by connection
(sunaphe). And it throws into
doubt the strength of the supe
rior overcoming planet.
3. The inferior planet must not
only hurl a backwards ray by
whole sign, it must also strike
the other planet by degree. We
could safely assume a 30 apply
ing orb, so the planet being mal
treated runs into the malefic ray
hurled slightly ahead of it, much
like a bird flying into an arrow
shot by a hunter just ahead of
its flight path. This necessitates
F IG U R E 7 4 .
that the planet hurling the ray M ALTR EA TM EN T # B O N IF IC A T IO N
is the slower planet, striking BY S T R IK IN G W IT H A RAY
the faster planet running into Jupiter bonifies Mars by hurling a trine ray.
its hurled ray. However, this Saturn maltreats Venus by hurling a square ray.
equates to maltreatment by con
nection (sunaphe), which is a separate condition; it also involves planetary
speed, which is not part of the right and left distinctions with which we
are working.
. According to Valens, there is a 30 range on either side of the planet that is
vulnerable to destruction when being struck by a backward hurled ray.1 If
this is the case, a malefic planet can hurl a backward square ray at another
planet, and m altreatment would occur if that ray should strike the planet
within a 30 orb on either side (thus a 70 range altogether). Saturn at 170 Sagit
tarius, for example, would hurl a square ray at Venus in Virgo (who could be
located from 14-20°). This interpretation of maltreatment by striking with
Va l e n s , Anthology 3.3. Valens also instructs that benefics that hurl rays within this 30
interval on either side become “preventers of destruction”.
MALTREATMENT BY STRIKING WITH A RAY 461
a ray has the benefit of maintaining the left/right distinction, and does not
necessitate a faster and slower planet with an applying aspect.
The working definition used in this book follows a reconstruction of the

earliest Hellenistic authors.2 Maltreatment by striking with a ray occurs by a m a
lefic planet in any house, hurling backward rays and striking the maltreated planet
within an interval 0/3° on either side of it.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us see if any planets are maltreated by being struck by a backward-

hurled ray from an inferior planet to a superior planet.
cha r t 1
Sa t u r n at 240 Sagittarius hurls a backward ray at Mars at 140 Virgo. This io° in
terval between the ray of Saturn and Mars is beyond the 30 range on either side,
so there is no maltreatment, m a r s at 140 Virgo hurls a backward square ray at
Venus at 21° Gemini, and at Jupiter at 90 Gemini. Mars’ ray falls between them at
140 Gemini, but it is too far away from either planet to strike and maltreat them.
j u p i t e r and v e n u s ’ backward-hurled sextile rays into Aries are too far
away from the Moon at 250 Aries. Their backward-hurled trine rays fall in
Aquarius, where there are no planets.
CHART 11
The backward-hurled square rays of m a r s and s a t u r n do not strike any plan

ets in the signs that are configured to Aries (for Mars) or Aquarius (for Saturn).
Hence, no maltreatment.
j u p i t e r in Taurus hurls a backward sextile ray into Pisces that does not
encounter any planets; neither does its backward-hurled trine ray into Capri
corn. v e n u s at 40 Libra hurls a backward sextile ray offering protection and
bonification to the Ascendant at 50 Leo. There are no planets in Gemini where
her backward trine rays fall.
2 In August 2010, Chris Brennan, Benjamin Dykes, and I settled upon this reconstruction
after a week-long re-translation, analysis, and discussion of the relevant texts, especially
the definitions given by Antiochus and Porphyry.
462 CHAPTER 47
-> EXERCISE 33

Maltreatment and Bonification by Striking with a Ray
MALTREATMENT BY STRIKING WITH A RAY 463
EX ERCISE 33
M A L T R E A T M E N T A N D B O N IF IC A T IO N
B Y S T R IK IN G W IT H A RAY
In this exercise, you are going to determine if any of your planets are mal
treated or bonified due to the hurling of backward rays.
M ALTREATM ENT
1. Look to see if Saturn or Mars is hurling a backward square ray to any planet
that is in a superior position to them. (The malefic can be located in any
house). In the first column of the following table, list any planets that are in
a superior square to a malefic.
2. Does the rayfrom the maleficfall within a 3° orb on either side of the planet (70
altogether)? In the second column, list any planets that receive a backward
ray from Mars or Saturn, within a 70 range. (It is not necessary that one
planet be faster- or slower-moving).
3. In the third column, list any planets that are maltreated by striking with a ray.
1. Look to see if Venus or Jupiter is hurling a backward sextile, square, or trine

ray to any planet in a superior position relative to them. List any planets that
are in a superior sextile, square, or trine to a benefic. (The benefics can be
located in any house).
2. Does this ray fall within a 30 orb on either side of the planet (7° altogether)?
List any planets that receive a backward ray from Jupiter or Venus, within
a 70 range. (It is not necessary that one planet be faster- or slower-moving).
3. List any planets that are bonified by striking with a ray.
464 CHAPTER 4 7
MALTREATMENT AND BONIFICATION BY STRIKING WITH A RAY
Malefic Backward square to Ray strikes within Maltreatment by

a superior planet a 7 0 range striking with a ray
SATURN
MARS
Benefic Backward square to Ray strikes within Bonification by

a superior planet a 7 0 range striking with a ray
JUPITER
VENUS
1. Are any planets struck by a ray from a malefic or benefic? If so, what are
their significations?
2. Are these planets improved or compromised in regards to the outcomes
that they signify in your life?
CHAPTER 48
The Opposition,
WE HAVE E X A M IN E D THE CIR C U M STA N C ES OF SPE C IA L A SPE C T

relationships around the conjunction and around both squares. Now we turn to
the opposition. At the opposition, two planets stand diametrically opposed to
one another. According to Firmicus Maternus, it is a hostile aspect in which the
two planets mutually attack each other; like the square, it is a malign aspect. It
is important to note that, with the square, one planet dominates the other, but in
the opposition, the rivals are of potentially equal power. There is a strong tension,
and the outcome could go either way.
According to Porphyry, planets can both overcome and hurl rays at the op
position, depending on whether they stand on the right or left side of the aspect
figure.1 This assertion has generated much confusion, because elsewhere in the
same text we are told that overcoming can only occur by sextile, square, or trine.
The planet on the right side of a figure overcomes, but on the left side hurls rays.
However, the opposition is the very point where a planet changes sides, from
left to right. Thus, a planet can be to the left or right in an opposition, but whole
sign aspects are too imprecise to determine this. We must use a degree-based
assessment to ascertain which side the planet is on.
We must also take speed into account. The exact line of the diameter is tak
en from the degree of the slower planet, while the faster planet changes sides. Up
to that point, the faster planet has been on the left side, in the inferior position,
increasing its distance from its earlier union with the slower planet. It hurls rays
behind itself as it is pursued. At the opposition, however, the adversaries stand
face to face across the great divide. “They strike each other in turn with the
distant power of their own forces”, remarks Firmicus.2 In the span of a degree,
a fundamental shift takes place, as the faster planet turns and begins the long
journey back. It is now on the right side, in the superior position. The hunter
P o r p h y r y , Introduction 24.
2 F i r m i c u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 6.15; Holden translation.
466 CHAPTER 48
becomes the hunted, and begins to overcome the slower planet.

Other qualities also shift at the opposition. In the solar phase cycle, when
Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn are opposite the Sun, they go through a fundamental
phase transition from being “of the morning” to being “of the evening”. There is
also a rebellious quality to a retrograde planet at the opposition to the Sun. The
opposition, therefore, is not only an archetypal exchange of hostilities by adver
saries; it also harbors the inherent risk of sudden change.
The dynamics of this change are closely bound up with the concept of par
allage, which is presented by Porphyry directly after the definition of right and
left figures:
They call it a passing beyond (parallage) whenever stars pass beyond

a configuration by degree of an equal-sided figure.3
The simplest translation of the word parallage is to “pass beyond” or “pass

by”. It is a change of position or movement, which is certainly what happens
when a planet shifts from left to right, or from morning to evening. But as Rob
ert Schmidt has pointed out, there is an inherent destabilization to the shift that
occurs at the opposition, which can throw both planets off balance. Indeed,
he discusses parallage in terms of the perturbation—the madness or frenzy of
the soul—that occurs when planets abruptly exchange their relative positions,
throwing one or both into confusion.4
M A L T R E A T M E N T BY O P P O S IT IO N
Maltreatment by opposition follows the same guidelines as maltreatment by

overcoming. A planet can be maltreated by a whole sign opposition from Mars
or Saturn, through overcoming or hurling rays, if Mars or Saturn are in one of
the disadvantageous houses (second, third, sixth, eighth, or twelfth).
In the more specific condition of maltreatment by connection (sunaphe),
where the faster planet applies within 30 to an opposition with a slower planet,
the malefic can be in any house. However, maltreatment by whole sign opposi
tion requires the malefic to be located in an unfortunate house, regardless of the
relative speed of the planets (f ig u r e 75).
3 P o r p h y r y , Introduction 10; A n t i o c h u s , Summary 8.

4 S c h m i d t , Definitions and Foundations, p. 149.
THE OPPOSITION 467
There are no specific instruc

tions given for bonification by op
position. In his delineations of the
opposition aspect, Firmicus does
not give positive outcomes for either
Venus or Jupiter opposed to anoth
er planet.5 In several instances, the
outcomes of planets in opposition
are not as severe if they belong to the
same sect. However, in the case of
spear-bearing bodyguards, there are
certain circumstances where benefic
planets can cast opposition rays that
act as protective forces in the charts
of eminent figures. A fragment from
f ig u r e 75.
Petosiris states that "in diameters,
M ALTR EA TM ENT BY O P P O S IT IO N
benefics are never bad, neither with
Saturn maltreats Mercury by opposition
each other nor with the lights”.6 from a bad house (sixth house).
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us investigate whether any planets are maltreated by an opposition

from a malefic located in an unfortunate house.
char t 1
sa t u r n is located in the unfortunate second house and casts opposition rays

into the eighth house, where both benefics are located, v e n u s and j u p i t e r are
both maltreated by the opposition from Saturn. Furthermore, because Saturn’s
ray falls at 240 Gemini, Venus at 210 Gemini runs into it, and we have already
seen that this is maltreatment by connection (sunaphe). Note that Saturn is not
bonified by Jupiter. It is unlikely that this would be the case even if Jupiter were
in a more fortunate house, m a r s is not in an unfortunate house and does not
oppose any planets.
5 Mathesis 6 ,15 -19 .

6 c c a g 6, p. 62, trans. Robert S c h m i d t in The Astrological Record o f the Early Greek Sages
(Berkeley Springs, w v : The Golden Hind Press, 1995), p. 18.
468 CHAPTER 48
CHART II
s a t u r n opposes the Sun and Mercury by sign. However, he is not in an unfor

tunate house, and so maltreatment does not occur, m a r s does not oppose any
planets.
Maltreatment by Opposition
THE OPPOSITION 469
EX ERCISE 34
M A L T R E A T M E N T BY O P P O S IT IO N FROM A M A L E F IC
In this exercise, you will ascertain whether any of your planets are maltreat
ed due to being opposed by a badly-placed malefic.
l Look to see if Mars or Saturn is located in the second, third, sixth, eighth,
or twelfth houses. (If they are not, then the conditions aren’t met). List the
house in the first column of the table below.
2. Look to see if Mars or Saturn make a whole sign opposition to any other plan
ets. No orbs are necessary if the malefic is in a bad house. Write yes or no in
the second column.
3. List any planets that are thus maltreated in the final column. This will be the
planet that is opposed by the malefic. Due to the structure of the houses, it
will also be in a bad house (i.e., the second and eighth houses oppose each
other, as do the sixth and twelfth).
M A L T R E A T M E N T BY O P P O S IT IO N FROM A M A L E F IC IN A BAD H OUSE
Malefic Located in Whole sign Planet

a bad house opposition maltreated
SATURN
MARS
R E F L E C T IO N A N D A N A L Y S IS
1. Are any planets opposed by a malefic from a bad place? If so, what are
their significations?
2. Are they compromised in regards to their significations or outcomes?
CHAPTER 49
Enclosure
CONTAINMENT, AND INTERVENTION
Enclosure (eniperischesis) is whenever two planets enclose one plan

et with no other star casting its ray between the two of them, and
certainly not whenever another star casts its ray according to figure
within 70 , either upon the degrees [the enclosed star] has passed by or
the 70 upon which the enclosed planet is going. This kind of enclosure
is good when done by benefic planets, but bad when done by malefic
planets.—An t i o c h u s .’
EMPERISCHESIS IS RELATED TO THE VERB MEANING TO “ENCOMPASS”,

“surround”, or “enclose”. As a noun, it has a specific astronomical meaning in the
Greek lexicon: “the hemming in of a planet by two others”. The Vedic astrologers
call this “scissoring”. Planets can be enclosed by other planets bodily, by physical
proximity, as well as by rays. Benefic rays encompassing a planet offer protection
and assist the planet in prospering. Malefic rays enclosing a planet surround it
with a host of difficult and sometimes dangerous circumstances; they block or
prevent a planet’s positive potential from coming about. However, another plan
et can intervene, interposing its own ray that acts as a “shield”, preventing either
the good or bad from enveloping the planet in question.
Maltreatment by enclosure occurs when the planet is enclosed by both ma-
lefics with no interposing ray from another planet blocking the enclosure. This
can occur bodily, when the malefics are in physical proximity surrounding the
planet, or by ray, when the rays from malefic planets fall on either side of the
planet in question. It can also occur by a combination of bodily proximity and
ray, where one malefic is in physical proximity to the enclosed planet, and a
ray from the other malefic falls on the other side of the planet. The Medieval
astrologers referred to this condition as besiegement. Let us illustrate with some
examples.
1 An t io c h u s , Summary 12.
472 CHAPTER 4 9
BODILY ENCLOSURE w o u ld OC-

cur with Mars at 50 Libra, the Sun at
20° Libra, and Saturn at 28° Libra.
The Sun is physically enclosed by the
bodily presence of Mars on one side
and Saturn on the other—as long as
no other planet casts a ray into the
interval of 70 on either side of the
Sun, i.e., between 13-270 Libra (f i g
u r e 76).
e n c l o s u r e b y r a y s : The Sun
is at 200 Libra. Mars in Aries sends
an opposition ray to 50 Libra, and
Saturn in Cancer sends a square ray
to 28° Libra, again with no interven
FIGURE 7 6 .
tion. If the Moon at 240 Sagittari
BO DILY ENCLOSURE
us sent a sextile ray to 240 Libra, it
Mars and Saturn bodily enclose the Sun through
physical proximity. would intervene and prevent the en
closure ( f i g u r e 77).
There is some ambiguity as to
whether the rays from malefics that
enclose planets have to be from
square or opposition figures, or if
they can also be from sextile and
trine figures. Porphyry gives an ex
ample in which a ray from a trine is
part of a “containm ent” (a variation
of enclosure). We can thus assume
that rays from any of the figures
carry, at least in part, the nature of
the planet emitting them. Enclosure
by rays is by whole sign aspect, but
intervention necessitates the 70 orb
range.
f i g u r e 77.
EN CLO SU RE BY RAYS, IN T E R V E N T IO N
Saturn and Mars enclose the Sun by rays: Saturn

via a square ray, and Mars by opposition. The Moon
intervenes with a sextile.
ENCLOSURE 473
ENCLOSURE BY BODILY PRE

SENCE a n d a r ay: Saturn at 230
Cancer is enclosed by benefics when
Venus, at 250 Cancer (bodily prox
imity), and the square ray of Jupiter,
at 170 Libra, falls at 170 Cancer. We
might surmise that in this example,
Saturn is overcoming Jupiter by the
superior square, which it is; but nev
ertheless, Jupiter still protects Sat
urn. There are some circumstances
in life where the victim is moved or
forced to protect the abuser (f i g
u r e 78).
c o n t a in m e n t (perischesis) is
FIGU RE 7 8 .
a variation on enclosure. It occurs
ENCLOSURE BY B O DILY PRESENCE A N D RAY
when a single planet sends two of Saturn is enclosed between Venus (physical
its rays onto either side of another proxim ity) and J u pite r (square ray).
planet. The example given by Por
phyry has the Moon in Virgo and
Mars in Aries.2 Mars sends a trine
ray into Leo, the sign to the right
of the Moon, and an opposition ray
into Libra, the sign to the left of the
Moon. He concludes that the Moon
is encompassed by destructive rays
( f i g u r e 79).
This example tells us several
things. The first is that containment,
like enclosure, can operate by whole
sign configurations. In the above ex
ample, Mars in Aries is in aversion
to the Moon in Virgo, and while it
cannot impact it directly, its rays can
still contain it (assuming there are f ig u r e 79.
ENCLOSURE BY C O N T A IN M E N T
no interventions) by means of the
Mars contains the M oon by tw o rays: a trine to
signs to which it is configured (Leo Leo, and an opposition to Libra. The tw o
signs th a t receive the rays Jlank Virgo.
2 Po r phyr y , In tro d u ctio n 14.

474 CHA P T E R 49
and Libra). Containment is also an example of how a malefic can harm another
planet by means of a trine ray.
Porphyry also tells us that if malefic stars surround the Moon or the Ascen
dant (horoskopos) without any benefic stars intervening, the child will be short
lived. Maltreatment is therefore not only about painful life circumstances and
trauma, but also about the viability of life itself.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Looking at our example charts, let us see if we can find any conditions
of maltreatment or bonification by enclosure or containment. For m a l
t r e a t m e n t by e n c l o s u r e , both malefics must enclose a planet bodi
ly and/or by ray; however, another planet with an intervening ray within
y° of the enclosed planet can break or shield the enclosure. For b o n if ic a
t io n by e n c l o s u r e , both benefics must enclose a planet bodily and/
or by ray; another planet outside the enclosure can intervene with a ray
falling within y°of the enclosed planet. For c o n t a in m e n t , the various
rays of one single malefic or benefic planet must surround and contain
the planet under investigation, with no intervention by the ray of another
planet falling within a y° orb on either side of the enclosed planet.
CHART I
v e n u s at 2i° Gemini is enclosed by rays from Mars and Saturn, and is thus mal
treated. m a r s at 140 Virgo sends a ray to 140 Gemini. Sa t u r n at 240 Sagittarius
sends a ray to 240 Gemini. Venus is enclosed between them, and no other plan
et interposes with a ray within 70 on either side of Venus to block the malefic
enclosure. Venus is severely injured by this maltreatment, which damages the
beneficial outcomes of her significations.
m a r s at 140 Virgo is enclosed by both of the benefics and thus bonified. Ju
piter’s ray falls on one side of Mars at 90 Virgo, and Venus’ ray falls on the other
side of Mars at 210 Virgo. Here Mars is the cause of harm to Venus, but Venus
also helps to protect Mars. The actions of Mars are protected from harming the
well-being of the native, and the condition of Mars is substantially improved to
bring forth better outcomes.
ENCLOSURE 475
ASCERTAINING ENCLOSURE BY DEGREE RANGE
A useful shortcut for ascertaining enclosure (but not containment) is to first

determ ine the degree range of the malefics, and then see if any planets fall w ith
in this range, regardless of sign. For example, in c h a r t i , the degree range
formed between the malefics is i4°-24° (Mars 140 Virgo, Saturn 240 Sagittarius).
It doesn’t matter what signs they are in. Simply ascertain the range, and see if
any other planets fall within that same range. Only the planets that fall within
this range will have the possibility of being enclosed (also, only the planets that fall
within this range will have the possibility of intervening in an enclosure). You
will still have to check the conditions of bodily presence and rays, but if a planet
is outside this range, it cannot be maltreated by enclosure by rays. The same
shortcut applies to benefics and bonification.
CHART I: ENCLOSURE, CONTAINMENT, INTERVENTION
Degree range Enclosed Contained Intervention
MALEFICS i4°-24° Venus None No interven

tion; Venus is
maltreated
BENEFICS 9-210 Mars None No interven-

tion; Mars is
bonified
CHART II
There are no instances of enclosure by malefics. A shortcut to making this deter

m ination is to note that s a t u r n is at 90 Taurus and m a r s is at 120 Cancer. Thus,
only a planet between 90 and 120 degrees of any sign can be enclosed. The Moon
at 8° Sagittarius might be such a candidate. However, both Cancer and Taurus
are in aversion to Sagittarius. Thus they do not see the Moon and cannot enclose
her with their malefic rays. All other planets fall outside of the 9-120 range.
m a r s at 120 Cancer could be enclosed by the square ray from Venus cast to
4° Cancer and the sextile ray from Jupiter cast to 230 Cancer. However, s a t u r n
at 9 0 Taurus casts his sextile ray to 90 Cancer and blocks the benefic ray from
Venus at 4 0 Cancer. This is an instance of intervention.
476 C H A P T E R 49
CHART II: ENCLOSURE, CO NTA IN M ENT, IN TER VEN TIO N
M ALEFICS 9°-i2° None None None
BENEFICS 4-23° Mars None Saturn

intervenes.
Mars is not
bonified.
EXERCISE 35

Maltreatment and Bonification by Enclosure or Containment
ENCLOSURE 477
EX ERCISE 35
MALTREATMENT AND BONIFICATION BY ENCLOSURE
OR CONTAINMENT
In this exercise, look for any planet that may be enclosed or contained by the
malefics and thus maltreated; repeat for the benefics and bonification.
1. Look at the degrees of Mars and Saturn in your chart and determine the range
that they enclose. Enter them into the first column of the table overleaf. If no
planets fall within this range, then proceed to step 3 (containment).
2. If another planet falls within the degree range of the malefics, look at the rays
cast by Mars and Saturn to see if they enclose that planet. In addition to rays,
look also for bodily proximity. Enter any enclosed planets in column two of
the table.
3. Check for containment. Do you see two rays from a single malefic surround
ing another planet? Note that the rays must hit the two signs immediately
flanking the sign that the planet is in. Check to see if any other planetary ray
intervenes within 70 on either side of the contained planet.
4. Finally, check for intervention. If a planet is enclosed or contained by malef
ics, look to see if another planet in the degree range intervenes. Specifically,
look for a ray cast within 70 on either side of the enclosed planet. If there is
intervention, the planet under investigation is not maltreated. If there is no
intervention, the planet is maltreated. Enter these details in column 4.
Repeat these steps, substituting the benefics for the malefics, in order to check
for bonification.
478 CHAPTER 4 9
ENCLOSURE, CONTAINMENT, INTERVENTION
MALEFICS
BENEFICS
1.
Are any planets enclosed or contained by malefics, with no interven
tion? If so, what are their significations?
2. Are these planets compromised in regards to their significations or out
comes?
3. Are any planets enclosed or contained by benefics, with no interven
tion? If so, what are their significations?
4. Are these planets supported in regards to their significations or out
comes?
CHAPTER 50
Maltreatment
BY DOMICILE LORDS AND HOUSE LOCATIONS
It is called counteraction [...] whenever stars that lie upon zodiacal

signs operate effectively, but the rulers of those signs are in a state of
maltreatment, rendering them ineffective—po r ph y r y .1
THERE ARE TWO MORE CONDITIONS OF MALTREATMENT ARTICULATED

by Porphyry and Antiochus that pertain to a planet’s domicile lord and house
location: counteraction (antanalusis), and disadvantageous declining places
(achrematistos apoklino).
c o u n t e r a c t io n is one of the definitions in the series about aspect rela
tions that both Antiochus and Porphyry include in their texts.2 Counteraction
comes from the Greek word antanalusis, which carries the notion of “undoing
something that has been done”. It addresses the importance of a planets domi
cile lord (which we have discussed in previous chapters). The definition states
that:
If a planet occupies a zodiacal sign that operates effectively, but its lord is
unfavorably situated, the good of the planet is counteracted or undone.
The following list of maltreatment conditions specifies that a planet is mal

treated if it occupies the domicile of a malefic and that malefic is located in one
of the unfortunate houses. Generally speaking, and as we have seen, the ongoing
support and stability that a planet receives is due to the good or bad condition
of its domicile lord. Thus, when that domicile lord happens to be a malefic, and
it is also situated within influence of a difficult house, it sends injurious matters
to its guest planet. This injurious influence damages the ability of the guest to do
good for the native.
If a planet occupies the zodiacal signs of Aries or Scorpio, its domicile lord
Po r ph y r y , Introduction 27.
2 An t io c h u s , Summary 16; Po r ph y r y , Introduction 27.
480 C H APTER 50
is Mars. If it occupies the signs of Capricorn or Aquarius, its domicile lord is

Saturn. For maltreatment to occur, Mars or Saturn must be located in the sec
ond, third, sixth, eighth, or twelfth houses. The malefic planets, when located
in these houses, can activate difficult
experiences connected with the top
ics of these houses: i.e., finances, sib
lings, illness, death, or enemies. This
in turn impacts the guest planet and
the life of the individual.
In the hierarchy of planetary
beneficence, a planets residency in
the zodiacal signs of Taurus, Libra,
Sagittarius, or Pisces, the domiciles
of Venus and Jupiter, seem to put the
planet at an automatic advantage; it
is “ahead of the game” from the start,
so to speak. One could argue that a
FIGURE 8 0 .
planet occupying the domicile of a
M ALTR EA TM ENT BY BADLY-PLACED benefic, while that benefic is well-
D O M IC IL E LORD placed in a fortunate house, could be
A planet can be maltreated i f it occupies the considered a condition of bonifica
domicile o f a malefic that is located in an unfortun tion. Once again, this is implied, but
ate house. No aspect between the two planets is
necessary. Here, Mercury is in Capricorn, the domi
is not explicitly stated in the texts.
cile o f Saturn; the domicile lord, Saturn, is located The final condition of m altreat
in the eighth house (one o f the unfortunate places). ment is a planets presence in one
of the DISADVANTAGEOUS DE

CLINING p l a c e s (or more simply: one of the unfortunate houses). The A ntio
chus text lists the second, third, sixth, eighth, or twelfth houses, but the Porphy
ry text limits it to the sixth and twelfth only. I am more inclined to accept Por
phyry’s rendering of this condition. We will discuss the significations of these
houses—and the difficult topics contained in these sectors of hum an experi
ence—in volume two.
EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us see if any planets are maltreated due to their domicile lord or house
location. We can also explore the possible corresponding bonification con
ditions.
MALTREATMENT BY DOMICILE LORD 481
CHART I
t h e mo o n is in Aries, the domicile of Mars. However, Mars is located in the

eleventh, a fortunate house. Thus there is no maltreatment, according to this
rule. However, the Moon itself is located in the sixth, a house associated with
illness, accidents, and injuries. This itself is a maltreatment concern.
There are no planets in Scorpio, Capricorn, or Aquarius, so no planets are
maltreated by the lords of these signs according to the rules of this condition.
Sa t u r n is in Sagittarius, the domicile of a benefic. However, j u p it e r is in
the eighth, an unfortunate house, so there is no possible bonification according
to this criterion. There are no planets in Pisces, Taurus, or Libra.
CHART 11
Both t h e s u n and m e r c u r y occupy the zodiacal sign of Scorpio, the domicile

of Mars. And Mars is located in the most unfortunate house, the twelfth. Thus,
the Sun and Mercury are both maltreated in accordance with this condition.
m a r s , a malefic, is located in the twelfth house, and this brings more con
cern to the destructive nature of this planet.
t h e m o o n is in Sagittarius, and her domicile lord is the benefic j u p it e r
in the angular tenth house. This is a potential instance of bonification according
to the implied condition, but with the following caveat: the aversion between
the Moon and Jupiter might divert some of the full beneficence. There are no
planets in Pisces, Jupiter s other domicile.
While Jupiter and Saturn are in Taurus, the domicile of Venus, Venus herself
is located in the disadvantageous third house. Thus there is no bonification for
these planets.
Maltreatment and Bonification by Domicile Lord and
House Location
482 CHA P T E R 50
EXERCISE 36
M A LTR E ATM EN T A N D B O N IF IC A T IO N B Y D O M IC IL E LO RD
AN D HOUSE L O C A T IO N
In this exercise you are looking for any planet that might be (1) maltreated
due to being located in the domicile of a malefic planet that is badly situated,
or in an unfortunate house; and (2) bonified due to being located in the do
micile of a benefic planet that is favorably situated, or in a fortunate house.
M A LTR E A TM E N T
1. Are any ofyour planets in the signs o f Aries, Scorpio, Capricorn, or Aquarius?
2. If so, check to see if their domicile lord—either Mars or Saturn— is in any o f
the unfortunate house locations: the second, third, sixth, eighth, or twelfth.
3. Are any o f your planets in the sixth or twelfth houses? If so, the planet is mal
treated.
4. Are any o f your planets in the signs o f Taurus, Libra, Sagittarius, or Pisces? If
not, they are not bonified.
5. I f so, check to see if their domicile lord—either Venus or Jupiter— is in any o f
the fortunate house locations: the first, fourth, fifth, seventh, ninth, tenth, or
eleventh.
M ALTR EATM EN T BY D O M IC IL E LORD 483
M ALTREATM EN T
In Aries, Scorpio, Domicile lord in an In 6th or 12th

Capricorn, or unfortunate house house
Aquarius
SUN
JU P IT E R
SATURN
M ER CU R Y
M OON
VENUS
M AR S
Planet in Taurus, Domicile lord in

Libra, Sagittarius, afortúnate house
or Pisces
SU N
JU P IT E R
SAT UR N
M ERCURY
MOON
VENUS
MARS
484 CHAPTER 50
R EFLECT IO N AND ANA LYSIS
Before you complete the final summary for your own chart, take a little more
time to understand the impact that the maltreatment and bonification of planets
has for your chart. In particular, consider the correlations that they have in your
life.
CHAPTER 51
Final Judgment of a Planet

BASED ON ASPECT CONDITIONS
WE ARE NOW READY TO MAKE OUR FINAL JUDGMENTS ON HOW A

planet’s condition is impacted by its aspect relationships with other planets. The
broad strokes of our analysis are based upon the whole sign testimony given to
the planets by the benefics and malefics (Venus, Jupiter; Mars, Saturn) through
their harmonious and inharmonious configurations. All charts will contain a
mixture of supporting and negating testimonies.
The finer details are provided by the more specific instances of maltreat
ment and bonification. Although less frequent, they are extremely important
factors, and therefore receive more weight in the final judgment.
Always keep in mind that we are evaluating the propensity of a planet, based
upon its condition, to bring about actions and events that lead to positive out
comes that are in the best long-term interests of the individual. It is important to
emphasize that, just because a person’s planets are in a bad condition, it does
not necessarily mean that the person is bad, or even that the person’s actions are
bad; rather, it indicates that those actions may lead to less positive outcomes for
the individual in question.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
In the tables below we will compile all of our previous exercises. Using
these tabulations, we will attempt to make a final judgment.
486 CHAPTER 51
CHART o n e :ONASSIS
SUMMARY OF MALTREATMENT CONDITIONS
ASPECT/ SUN JUPITER SATURN MERCURY MOON VENUS MARS

CONDITION 5° LEO 9° GEM 2 4 0 SAG 2° LEO 25°ARIES 21° GEM 14°VIRG
Struck by a
rayfrom a
malefic
Enclosed or — Enclosed —
contained by by rays
malefics
Connection — Sunaphê —
(sunaphe) to Saturn
with a by oppo
malefic sition
Adherence to —
a malefic
Overcome by —
a malefic in
a bad house
Opposed by — Opposed — Opposed —

a malefic in by Sat. by Sat.
a bad house from 2nd from 2nd
house house
Domicile _ _ _
lord is a
malefic in a
bad house
Located — — — 6th
in sixth or house
twelfth house
FINAL JUDGMENT OF ASPECT CONDITIONS 487
SUMMARY OF BONIFICATION CONDITIONS

CONDITION 5° LEO 9° GEM 2 4 0 SAG 2° LEO 25°ARIES 21° GEM 14°VIRG
Struck by a — — — — — — —
ray from a
benefic
Enclosed or — — — — — — Enclosed
contained by by rays
benefics
Connection — — — — — — —
(sunaphë)
with a
benefic
Adherence to — — — — — — —
a benefic
Overcome by — — — — — — —
a benefic in
a good house
Opposed by — — — — — — —
a beneficin
a good house
Domicile — — — — — — —
lord is a
benefic in a
good house
488 CHAPTER 51
SUMMARY OF ASPECT RELATIONSHIPS
Planet Positive Negative Maltreatment Bonification Grade

and sign testimony testimony
SUN Sup. sextile — — — A-

5° LEO from Venus;
sup. sextile
from Jupiter
JUPITER Co-presence Inf. square Opposition — c-

9° GEM with Venus from Mars; from Saturn
opposition in 2nd house
from Saturn
SATURN — Overcome by — — c
2 4 ° SAG RX sup. square
from Mars
MERCURY Sup. sextile — — — A-

2° LEO from Venus;
sup. sextile
from Jupiter
MOON Inf. sextile — In 6th house — B

25° ARIES from Venus;
inf. sextile
from Jupiter
VENUS Co-presence Inf. square Sunaphe by — D-

21° GEM with Jupiter from Mars; opposition
Opposition from Saturn
from Saturn in 2nd house;
enclosed by
malefics
MARS Sup. squares Inf. square — Enclosed by B-

14° VIRGO from Venus from Saturn rays from
and Jupiter benefics
F IN A L JU D G M E N T OF ASPECT C O N D IT IO N S 489
A SSE SSM E N T
t he s u n and m e r c u r y in Leo receive positive testimony from the two

benefics, Venus and Jupiter in Gemini, v e n u s and j u p it e r are in a superior
sextile overcoming the Sun and Mercury with their beneficent significations.
However, this is not a case of complete bonification because Venus and Jupiter
are in the unfortunate eighth house, which limits their effectiveness. While the
sextile in and of itself is not a powerful aspect, the superior sextile is stronger
than the inferior sextile. Furthermore, Gemini and Leo, equidistant from the
solstice axis, are signs that see and perceive each other and contribute towards
sympathy, friendship, and goodwill. Mars is in aversion to the Sun and Mercury,
and does not impact it; Saturn holds the inferior trine and does not harm them.
There is no maltreatment of any kind. I give both the Sun and Mercury an a -.
j u p i t e r is assisted by its co-presence with Venus, the other benefic. How
ever, Jupiter is distressed by the inferior square from Mars. In addition, Jupiter is
maltreated by Saturn, which opposes it from an unfortunate house (the second).
I am giving Jupiter a c -.
Sa t u r n is overcome by a tenth-sign square (epidekatesis) from Mars. While
this is problematic, and potentially severe, it is not considered maltreatment be
cause Mars is located in a fortunate house (the eleventh). The oppositions from
the benefics, Venus and Jupiter, are not at all helpful, mainly because they are
located in the eighth house, which limits their good. I give Saturn a c.
t h e m o o n in Aries receives inferior sextiles from Venus and Jupiter in
Gemini. The benefics are limited by their eighth-house location, and the inferior
sextile is quite weak. But the malefics do not harm the Moon in any way. There
fore I give the Moon a b .
v e n u s has the greatest difficulties of any of the planets in this chart. Although
she is assisted by her co-presence with Jupiter, she is not bonified; rather, she is
thrice maltreated. First, she applies to Saturn within 30 (connection/sunaphe)',
second, Saturn is casting its opposition ray from an unfortunate house; third,
she is enclosed by the rays of both malefics, Saturn and Mars. I give Venus a D-.
m a r s receives some help by being overcome by a superior square from both
benefics, Venus and Jupiter. However, they are limited in their good because of
their eighth-house location. Nevertheless, the two benefics enclose Mars with
their rays and provide assistance and protection as they can. Mars also receives
an inferior square from Saturn, which is not as strong as the superior square.
Saturn’s rays are not close enough to Mars to strike it. Therefore I give Mars a B-.
t h e s u n and m e r c u r y are in the best shape via their aspect relationships.
v e n u s is in the worst condition, while j u p it e r is struggling.
490 CHAPTER 51
CHART TWO: PICASSO
SUMMARY OF MALTREATMENT CONDITIONS
aspect/ SUN JUPITER SATURN MERCURY MOON VENUS MARS

CONDITION 2° SCORP 2 3 o TAUR 9 ° TAUR 24° SCORP 8°SAG 4 ° LIB 12°C A N
Struck by a — — — — — — —
rayf rom a
malefic
Enclosed or — — — — — — —
contained by
malefics
(sunaphè)
with a
malefic
a malefic
Overcome by — — — — — Square —
a malefic in from
a bad house Mars in
the 12th
Opposed by
a malefic in
a bad house
Domicile Lord — — Lord

lord is a (Mars) (Mars)
malefic in a in the in the
bad house 12th 12th
Located 12th
in sixth or house
twelfth house
SUMMARY OF BONIFICATION CONDITIONS
A SPEC T/ SUN JUPITER SATURN MERCURY MOON VENUS MARS

C O N D IT IO N 2° SCORP 2 3 ° TAUR 9 ° TAUR 24° SCORP 8°sag 4 ° LIB 12° CAN
Struck by a — — — — — — —
ray from a
benefic
Enclosed or — — — — — — —
contained by
benefics
(sunaphë)
with a
benefic
a benefic
Overcome by — — — — — — —
a benefic in
a good house
Opposed by — — — — — — —
a benefic in
a good house
Domicile — — — — Lord — —
Lord a (Jupiter)
benefic in a in 10th
good house
The Moon is potentially bonified in this chart.

492 C H A P T E R 51
SUMMARY OF ASPECT RELATIONSH IPS

and sign testimony testimony
SUN — Saturn Domicile — c

2° SCORP opposition lord in 12th
house
JUPITER — Saturn — — c+
23° TAUR co-present
RX
SATURN Jupiter — — — B+
9° TAUR co-present
RX
MERCURY Saturn Domicile — D+

2 4 ° SCORP opposition lord in n th
house
MOON Sup. sextile Domicile B+

8° SAG from Venus lord (Jupiter)
in 10th (note:
in aversion)
VENUS Sup. square Overcome by C-

4 ° LIBRA from Mars sup. square
from Mars in
n th
MARS Sup. sextile In n th Overcome by B

12° CANCER from Jupiter sup. sextile
from Jupiter
in 10th
F IN A L JU D G M E N T OF A SPECT C O N D IT IO N S 493
ASSESSMENT
t h e su n receives negative testimony from the opposition by Saturn. It has a

more severe problem of maltreatment due to having the malefic Mars as its do
micile lord, which is immersed in all of the problematic significations of the
unfortunate twelfth house. Therefore I give the Sun a d +.
j u p i t e r receives negative testimony due to Saturn’s co-presence in the
same sign. It is neither maltreated nor bonified. I give Jupiter a c+.
Sa t u r n is somewhat improved due to its affirming, positive testimony
from Jupiter’s co-presence. It does not receive any negative testimony or mal
treatment from Mars. b +.
m e r c u r y , like the s u n , receives negative adversarial testimony from Sat
urn’s opposition, and it is maltreated by its domicile lord Mars, which resides in
an unfortunate house. d +.
t h e m o o n receives mildly positive testimony by sextile from her sect mate,
Venus. The Moon in Sagittarius also occupies the domicile of benefic Jupiter,
which is well-placed in the powerful tenth house. In this case, the support can be
considered beneficial even though Jupiter is in aversion to the Moon. The Moon
does not receive any negative testimony and is not maltreated. b +.
v e n u s does not receive any positive testimony, and she is maltreated by the
superior square from Mars in the badly-placed twelfth house, c-.
m a r s does not receive any negative testimony; he has some maltreatment
due to his placement in the unfortunate twelfth house, but receives mild bonifi
cation by being overcome by a superior sextile from Jupiter, which is well-placed
in the tenth house. Because these influences seem to balance each other out, I
give Mars a b .
EXERCISE 37
Using your own chart, and referring to the previous exercises you have
done up until now, complete exercise 37: Final Judgment o f Planetary
Condition based upon Testimony and Aspect Relationships
494 CHAPTER 51
EXERCISE 37
F IN A L JU D GM ENT OF P L A N E T A R Y C O N D IT IO N
BASED U PO N T E S T IM O N Y A N D A S P E C T R E L A T IO N S H IP S
Using your own chart, enter your results from the previous exercises into the
following tables (summary of maltreatment conditions; summary of bon
ification conditions). Once you have done this, integrate and evaluate the
results in order to make a final judgment about the condition of each planet
(summary of aspect relationships).
1. Drawingfrom the previous exercises, summarize the different kinds of positive

and negative testimony that each planet receives from the benefics and malef-
ics respectively. For reasons of space, you may wish to use the glyphs for the
planets, signs, and aspects.
2. If the planet is maltreated, specify how it is maltreated and/or by which planet.
3. If the planet is bonified, specify how it is bonified and/or by which planet.
4. Give each planet an evaluation. Ask yourself if it is improved, worsened,
mixed, or not influenced.
5. Finally, write an analysis for each planet based upon the testimony it receives.
Consider the influence of the benefics and malefics, whether or not it is
maltreated or bonified, and whether it holds the superior position in any of
its aspect relations.
M A K IN G Y O U R JU D G M E N T
A planet’s condition is improved in its capacity to bring forth beneficial out

comes due to affirmative whole sign testimony from the benefics, and even more
so due to special conditions of bonification. A planets condition is impaired in
bringing forth beneficial outcomes due to negating whole sign testimony from
the malefics, and even more so due to the special conditions of maltreatment.
b e n e f i c s , when enhanced, do greater good; their benefic nature is im
proved. When impaired, they are either limited in the amount of good they can
do, or the good is undone.
m a l e f ics, when enhanced, are supported in bringing forth better out

comes. When impaired, they are damaged in their capacity to do good, and their
malefic nature is worsened; if this is the case, they can be predisposed to do bad
for the individual (and hence toothers).
A planet that receives both affirming and negating testimony, or which is
both maltreated and bonified, has mixed conditions and brings forth improved
outcomes in some cases and more difficult ones in other cases. A planet that re
ceives neither good nor bad testimony, or is neither maltreated nor bonified, is not
influenced in its overall condition by aspect configurations with other planets.
496 C H A P T E R 51
SUM M ARY OF MALTREATMENT CO N D IT IO N S

CONDITION
Struck by a
rayfrom a
malefic
Enclosed or
contained by
malefics
Connection
(sunaphê)
with a
malefic
Adherence to
a malefic
Overcome by
a malefic in
a bad house
Opposed by
a malefic in
a bad house
Domicile
lord is a
malefic in a
bad house
Located
in sixth or
twelfth house
F IN A L JU D G M E N T OF ASPECT C O N D IT IO N S 497
SU M M AR Y OF B O N IFICA T IO N COND ITIONS
ASPECT/ SUN JUPITER SATURN MERCURY MOON VEN US MARS

CO N D IT IO N
Struck by a
ray from a
benefic
Enclosed or
contained by
benefics
Connection
(sunaphê)
with a
benefic
Adherence
to a
benefic
Overcome by
a beneficin
a good house
Opposed by
a benefic in
a good house
Domicile
lord a
benefic in a
good house
498 C H A P T E R 51
SUMMARY OF ASPECT RELATIONSH IPS

and Sign Testimony Testimony
SUN
JUPITER
SATURN
MERCURY
MOON
VEN US
MARS
F IN A L JU D G M E N T OF ASPECT CO N D IT IO N S 499
1. Are any of your planets in a condition of maltreatment? If so, which

ones and in what particular ways?
2. Have you had any extremely difficult experiences that are signified by
this planet’s symbolism in regards to the topics of the house(s) it occu
pies and rules, as well as its aspect configurations with other planets?
(We will more fully develop this analysis in the forthcoming volume,
which deals with houses).
3. Have you felt injured, mistreated, victimized, negated, deprived? Or
have you experienced sorrow, loss, suffering, violence, injustice, uncon
trollable anger, hatred, or jealousy around these topics?
4. Do you see repetitive actions symbolized by the maltreated planet that
are often unconsciously motivated, and which continue to result in un
happy situations?
5. W hat kinds of spiritual or psychological practices can you employ to
help purify the toxicity of long-held pain? How can you modify your
unconscious reactions and responses so that the source traum a does
not continue to reduplicate itself in varied expressions?
6. Are any of your planets in a condition of bonification? If so, have you
encountered a steady flow of positive assistance, blessings, events, and
results in the area of your life that are under the auspices of this planet?
7. W hich planet (or planets) are in the best condition?
8. W hich planet (or planets) have the greatest challenges?
9. W hich sect is in better shape overall—the diurnal sect planets or the
nocturnal sect planets?
CHAPTER 52
Doruphoria,
SPEAR-BEARING BODYGUARDS
THE ANCIENT ASTROLOGERS PLACED CONSIDERABLE IMPORTANCE ON

whether a chart had the signature of an eminent person—someone of impor
tance who would bear power. One way that they investigated this matter was to
see if the chart had doruphoria, or “spear-bearing bodyguards”. Harkening back
to the royal courts of Persia where the king was accompanied and preceded
by spear-bearing guards, certain planetary configurations were seen to signify
someone of sufficient importance as to warrant bodyguards.
Doruphoria thus offered protection, but they also functioned as a visual
symbol of power and authority. They could signify the heralds that precede a
person, announcing their arrival, or the entourage that accompanies and follows
important figures, like the attendants who follow a queen (holding up her train
of flowing robes).
In the ancient texts, the discussions dealing with bodyguards either followed
the sections on maltreatment (Porphyry), or preceded them (Antiochus), so it is
relevant to place our own discussion of the technique here. Indeed, we can spec
ulate that bodyguards were seen as a means of protection from maltreatment, or
at least provided mitigation. However, in the context of the chart examples giv
en in the Hellenistic texts, the conditions for spear-bearing bodyguards mainly
seem linked to the signatures of eminence.
The general principles behind the doctrine of spear-bearing bodyguards
may be summarized as follows:
1. Planets that are strong enough to merit bodyguards must be angular,

and in most cases, in the first or tenth houses.
2. t h e s u n a n d m o o n (the planets that signify royalty; the archetypal
king and queen) are the best candidates to merit having bodyguards,
when they are in the first or tenth houses.
3. Planets in their own domicile or exaltation, when in any of the angular
houses, may also be eligible to be guarded.
502 CHAPTER 52
4. The bodyguards themselves ideally belong to the sect of the chart (j u p i -

t e r a n d Sa t u r n in a day chart; m a r s a n d v e n u s in a night chart;
in some cases, the Sun and Moon may also function as bodyguards).
The diurnal bodyguards rise or cast rays before the Sun; the nocturnal
bodyguards follow or cast rays behind the Moon.
U N R A V E L IN G T H E SO U RCE TEX TS
Three kinds of spear-bearing bodyguards were identified. The conditions for

determining them are a complex synthesis of many of the concepts we have
been developing concerning sect, sign rulerships, the solar phase cycle, and as
pect theory, as well as house locations. Similar to some of the maltreatment
conditions, there is disagreement and inconsistency in the definitions from one
author to the next. As the tradition went on, later astrologers provided their own
attempt to clarify the material, which seems to have been ambiguous to them. In
the presentation that follows, I will attempt to do the same.
The earliest discussion on spear-bearing bodyguards appears to come from
the first-century astrologer, Serapio. He is mostly drawing upon earlier Babylo
nian traditions, and on the work of Nechepso and Petosiris:
The stars are called morning spearbearers when they appear rising
before the Sun, but evening spearbearers when they rise before the
Sun, but rise after the Moon.*
Based on the definitions in the Antiochus and Porphyry texts, t h e f ir s t

k in d of spear-bearing bodyguard occurs when the protecting planet is in its
own domicile or exaltation and ‘closely observes” the protected planet by cast
ing a ray upon the degrees preceding that planet. Furthermore, the protected
planet should be angular and in its own domicile or exaltation. The example that
we are given has the Sun in Leo in an angular house, while Saturn is in Aquarius,
protecting the Sun with its opposition ray. It would also be possible for Jupiter
in Sagittarius or Mars in Aries to protect the Sun by casting trine rays, or Venus
in Libra by casting sextile rays (Mercury in Gemini, however, would be astro
nomically impossible).
Here we see the respect given to a planet in its own domicile and in the au
thoritative position of an angular house. Note, too, that the bodyguard must also
1 Se r a p i o , in c c a g 8.4, p. 227.
SPEAR-BEARERS 503
be powerful—in its own domicile or exaltation sign. It must cast its protective
rays like spears into the sign of the protected planet, but in the space ahead of it.
It is unclear whether the expression “closely observes” refers to the 30 orb or
not. In any event, the exact range ahead of the protected planet is not specified.
The degrees preceding the Sun refer to the primary, clockwise motion of the
planets: i.e., the degrees that have risen before the Sun. So if the Sun is at io° Leo,
the 30 interval that precedes the Sun would be from 9-7 0 Leo.
According to the given example, a bodyguard can be a member of the op
posite sect. However, according to Porphyry, a great nativity is portended if the
bodyguards are the rulers of the sect. With the Sun in the tenth (i.e., a diurnal
chart), Saturn and Jupiter as bodyguards would bring even greater eminence.
t h e s e c o n d k in d of spear-bearing bodyguard involves the Sun or the
Moon. The luminary must be in the first house (horoskopos) or tenth house
(Midheaven), but can be in any zodiacal sign. A planet belonging to the sect of
the chart can potentially act as a bodyguard if it hurls a backward ray that falls
within a certain amount of degrees before the Sun or after the Moon. In a diur
nal chart, Jupiter and Saturn can act as bodyguards for the Sun; in a nocturnal
chart, Venus and Mars for the Moon. It would therefore seem that the body
guard should ideally be of the same sect as the protected planet, but the texts are
not clear whether this is absolutely the case.
For example, if the Moon is at 150 Libra in the first house, and Venus at 250
Aquarius hurls a backward trine ray that lands at 250 Libra, that ray falls into the
zodiacal section that follows the Moon. We might wonder what might happen if
the bodyguard is a malefic. If it hurls a ray towards the luminary within a 30 in
terval, the luminary would technically be maltreated by connection (sunaphe)^
but if the interval were larger, this would not be the case. It is also possible that
a malefic of the same sect as the luminary might be in a better position to act as
a protector.
It is unclear whether intervention applies to bodyguards. That is, if another
planet interposes itself bodily or by ray between the protected planet and the
ray of the bodyguard, would this intervention prevent the efficacy of the body
guard?
t h e t h i r d k in d of spear-bearing bodyguard allows any planet to be
guarded, provided it is located in the first or tenth houses. Bodyguards must
be of the sect, although they can guard a planet of the contrary sect. The diur
nal sect bodyguards must rise before the planet being guarded, and in physical
proximity. The nocturnal sect bodyguards must follow behind the planet being
guarded. If the Moon is being guarded, her spear-bearing attendant must follow
her within 70 of proximity.
504 C H A PTE R 52
Paulus suggests that the diurnal bodyguards should be in the degrees and
signs that precede the Sun up to the aspect of the trine (presumably so that they
are not weakening due to the imminent retrograde). He also states that body
guards are stronger when they are in the same sign as the Sun.2
The texts could be interpreted to suggest that the bodyguards should be more
than 150 ahead of the Sun to avoid being weakened under the beams. However,
one of the skills of a secret service attendant (to use a more modern example) is
to remain close by, but appear inconspicuous. So the 150 interval can be argued
either way. The matter is further complicated by the statement in Porphyry and
Antiochus that bodyguards standing within 150 of the preceding portions do not
harm the Sun when they are morning risers in the east and have power.
Paulus also tells us that the bodyguards following the Moon should simply
be in the same sign as the Moon. However, for planets other than the Moon,
the texts do not specify the interval that the bodyguard must occupy in order to
offer protection. The description of this third kind of bodyguard concludes with
the statements that the Sun and Moon can act as bodyguards to an angular sect
mate. Thus, if Jupiter or Saturn are in the first or tenth house, the Sun can guard
them from the front. So too for Venus or Mars: the Moon can guard them from
the rear.
Finally, the third kind of bodyguard can be contrary to sect. Diurnal planets
can attend nocturnal ones, and nocturnal planets diurnal ones. Hence, if Mars
is angular and in the first house in a day chart, Jupiter and Saturn can guard him
from the front; if Jupiter is angular in a night chart, Mars can guard him from
the rear. “Whenever bodyguarding occurs by benefics”, remarks Porphyry in his
final comment on the topic, “the nativity will not be without significance”.3
TH REE TYPE S OF BO D YGU AR D S
Despite these ambiguities, we will nevertheless attempt to provide some general

guidelines for the three types of bodyguards. These will be based upon what we
have learned about sect, sign rulerships, the solar phase cycle, and aspect theo
ry, as well as the significance of house locations. (Houses will be explored more
fully in volume two).
t y p e 1: For a planet to warrant having a bodyguard, it must be located in
an angular house and in its own domicile or exaltation. The bodyguard m ust be
another planet, of either sect, which is in its own domicile or exaltation, casting
3 P o r p h y r y , Introduction 29.
SPEAR-BEARERS 505
a ray from either the right or the left

side (trine, opposition, square, sex
tile) upon the degrees that are in the
same sign and earlier in sequence
than the planet being guarded (f i g
u r e 81).
t y p e 11: The Sun or Moon must
be in the first or tenth house. This
makes a luminary worthy of being
guarded. It can be in any zodiacal
sign. The planets that belong to the
sect of the chart are the bodyguards,
and they must hurl a backward ray
according to one of the aspect figures FIG U RE 81.
into the degrees ahead of the Sun or SPEAR-BEARER, TYPE I
the degrees behind the Moon. The The protected planet (Mercury) is in its domicile
(Virgo) (%angular (fourth house); the bodyguard
triangular (trine) bodyguards are (Jupiter) is in its domicile (Sagittarius), angular
the best (f ig u r e s 82-83). (seventh house), fea sts an aspect ray into the
t y p e in : A planet worthy of be earlier degrees o f the protected planet’s sign ( i f
Virgo, earlier according to diurnal motion).
ing guarded must be in the first or
tenth house, in any zodiacal sign. If
the chart is diurnal, the Sun, Jupiter,
or Saturn (or morning star Mercury)
can be bodyguards if they are located
in the portion of the chart that rises
before the planet being guarded. If
the chart is nocturnal, the Moon, Ve
nus, Mars (or evening star Mercury)
must be in the portion of the chart
that follows behind the planet. If the
Moon is being guarded, her body
guards must be very close: within 70 .
If the Sun is being guarded, the
planets must be no more than 120°
ahead of the Sun ( f ig u r e s 84-85). f ig u r e 8 2 .
SPEAR-BEARER, TYPE II (D IU R N A L )
The Sun is angular (first house), the chart is diur

nal, qualifying Jupiter $ Saturn as guards; Saturn
hurls a ray to the degrees preceding the Sun.
506 CHAPTER 52
FIGU RE 83.
SPEAR-BEARER, TYPE II (N O C T U R N A L )
The Moon is angular, in the first house, and

the chart is nocturnal, qualifying Venus and
Mars as guards. Venus hurls a ray to the de
grees behind the Moon (by diurnal motion),
thus protecting herfro m the rear.
f ig u r e 8 4 .
SPEAR-BEARER, TYPE I I I (D IU R N A L )
The protected planet (Venus) is in the tenth

house in a day chart; therefore only Jupiter,
Saturn, or a morning-rising Mercury, qualify
to protect her— i f they are located in the
degrees ahead o f Venus by diurnal motion.
Jupiter, located in the degrees preceding Ve
nus, thereby acts as a bodyguard, protecting
Venus fro m the front.
f i g u r e 85.
SPEAR-BEARER, TYPE I I I (N O C T U R N A L )
The protected planet (Venus) is in the firs t

house in a night chart; only Mars, or an eve
ning-rising Mercury, qualify to protect it— i f
they are located in the degrees behind Venus
by diurnal motion. Thus, Mars acts as a body
guard, protecting Venus fro m the rear.
SPEAR-BEARERS 507
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us examine our example charts for the presence of bodyguards, taking
our analysis as far as we can based upon what we are certain of
char t 1
t h e su n is at 50 Leo, in its own domicile, and in the tenth house. It potentially

qualifies for all three bodyguard types, t y pe i is eliminated because no other
planet is in its domicile or exaltation, t y pe ii is eliminated because in this di
urnal chart, only s a t u r n qualifies as a sect mate who can hurl a backward ray
towards the Sun. However, in spite of the ray being the favored trine, the ray falls
at 240 Leo, which is in the degrees behind the Sun, not ahead of the Sun. t y pe
h i might qualify if we were more certain of the requirements. The Sun is in the
tenth house. Its diurnal sect mate, morning m e r c u r y , is at 20 Leo, and stands
in the degrees ahead of the Sun; but because Mercury is so close to the Sun, and
therefore combust under his beams, he is possibly disqualified. The Suns diurnal
sect mate, j u p i t e r , is at 90 Gemini, but the intervention by v e n u s at 210 Gem
ini possibly disqualifies Jupiter. This chart possibly has a benefic as a bodyguard,
and therefore could portend a notable nativity.
CHART 11
t y pe 1: t h e s u n at 20 Scorpio, while in the fourth house, might qualify to

have a type 1 bodyguard if it were in its own domicile or exaltation, but it is not.
Ty pe i i : Neither the Sun nor the Moon is in the first or tenth houses, t y pe h i :
j u p i t e r and s a t u r n are located in the tenth house. They may qualify for type
in bodyguards. But because this is a nocturnal chart, the bodyguards must be
either m a r s or v e n u s , and they must stand behind the planets being guard
ed—which they do. But there is uncertainty about the interval ranges of the
guards: are they restricted to 70 behind Jupiter and Saturn, to the same sign, or
to the much larger interval? If we consider the possibility of Mars or Venus as
bodyguards, there are several interventions by the rays of other planets into the
degrees between them and Jupiter. In any event, the slim possibility of protec
tion may be evident.

Spear-bearing Bodyguards
508 C H A P T E R 52
EXERCISE 38
S P E A R -B E A R IN G B O D Y G U A R D S
Check to see if your chart bears any signature of em inence or special protec
tion due to the presence of bodyguards. As the criteria are n o t absolute in
every detail, the best you can do is to ascertain how far you can go w ith what
is given in the texts.
1. First, look to see if you have any planets in angular houses. If you do not, stop.
You do not have any planets that merit having spear-bearing bodyguards.
2. t y p e 1 spear-bearing requires that the angular planet be in its domicile or
exaltation. If this is so, proceed to examine if there is another planet in its own
domicile or exaltation. If so, does that planet cast a ray into the degrees pre
ceding the angular planet that is being so guarded? If so, the dignified angular
planet has a bodyguard and signifies that you have a signature o f eminence in
your chart.
3. t y p e n requires the Sun or Moon to be in the first or tenth houses (any sign).
I f this is so, proceed to examine if there is a planet that belongs to the sect o f the
chart that is hurling rays back to the luminary, which fall ahead o f the Sun or
behind the Moon. If so, the luminary has a bodyguard, and signifies that you
have a signature o f eminence in your chart.
4. t y p e in requires that any planet, o f any sect or zodiacal sign, is in the first
or tenth house. Only a planet that is o f the sect o f the chart can act as a body
guard. In a diurnal chart, the diurnal-sect bodyguards must rise before the
planet being guarded. How fa r ahead is unclear, and the possibility o f interven
tion from another planet must be considered. I f the Sun is being guarded, the
diurnal bodyguard may need to be 15-120° ahead o f the Sun. In a nocturnal
chart, only the nocturnal sect planets can act as body guards. They must rise
after the planet being guarded, in the degrees behind the planet. Again, how
fa r behind, or the effect o f intervention, is unspecified. However, if the Moon
is being guarded, the protecting planet must be behind the Moon, within 7°.
Use the following tables to ascertain whether any of your planets might have
a spear-bearing bodyguard, and thus a signature of eminence.
SP EA R -B EA R ER S 509
TYPE I
Angular Donneile Rays cast in front o f planet by another

house or exaltation planet in its own domicile or exaltation
SUN
JU PIT ER
SATURN
M ER CU R Y
M OON
VENUS
M ARS
TYPE II
First or Planet o f sect casts Rays fa ll ahead (Sun) or

tenth house rays to luminary behind (Moon)
SU N
MOON
TYPE III
First or Diurnal chart: planet o f sect Nocturnal Chart: planet o f

tenth house bodily ahead o f protected sect behind protected planet,
planet. I f the Sun is being I f the M oon is being guarded,
guarded, diurnal planet is nocturnal planet is behind
15-120° degrees ahead o f the the Moon within 7°
Sun
SU N
JU P IT E R
SATUR N
M ERCURY
MOON
VENUS
MARS
5io CHAPTER 52
R EFLECTIO N AND ANA LYSIS
1. Which planet, if any, has a bodyguard? (If so, which type? Explain
your determination).
2. Do the significations of the protected planet stand out in your life in
any meaningful way?
3. Do the significations of the bodyguard stand out in your life in any
meaningful way?
4. Are there legitimate signs of eminence or protection in your life that
match the significations of the protected planet and/or the bodyguard?
CHAPTER 53
Sign-based Sympathies
AND PLANETARY CONNECTIONS
THE THIRD GENERAL CATEGORY OF PLANETARY COMBINATIONS IS BASED

upon zodiacal signs alone. Here, planets interact with one another in ways that
are not based upon testimony from planetary aspects. Zodiacal signs that share
the same ascensional time, the same domicile lord, that see and perceive one an
other, and that command and obey one another share sympathetic relations. This
is especially significant for planets that occupy the sets of zodiacal signs that are
in aversion, giving them a connection they would not otherwise have.
The aversion, a non-aspect in Hellenistic astrology, is called the quincunx,
inconjunct, or disconjunt aspect (30° and 150°) in modern astrology. From a
Hellenistic perspective, planets in aversion cannot “see” each other and thus
have a blind spot or disconnect regarding each others significations. Paulus
writes that planets in aversion are “disharmonious”:
Sometimes they bring upon enmities and factionalisms, other times

separations and exiles when such a stance is adopted by all, whether
by parents towards children, by brothers, by man and wife, by an as
sociation, by slaves and masters, and by all such like?
In some cases, the sympathies between certain zodiacal signs which we will
describe below can offset, or mitigate, the difficulty that planets have when they
are in aversion to one another. The planets can still share sympathetic relations,
sometimes referred to as a “mitigating sympathy”, and interpreted as a “reluctant
conjunction”. In other cases, presence in certain sets of zodiacal signs can inten
sify the existing aspects between planets located in those signs.
1 Pa u l us, Introduction 11.

512 C H A P T E R 53
SIGNS SHARING THE SAM E A SC EN SIO N A L TIM ES
Certain sets of zodiacal signs have the same ascensional times and thus share a
sympathy, which extends to planets occupying those signs. The ascensional time
of a sign refers to the amount of time that the sign takes to completely rise over
the horizon (based upon the number of degrees that pass over the Midheaven as
that zodiacal sign rises).
The signs of long and short ascension are demarcated by the solstitial axis
of Cancer and Capricorn (see chapter 9). However, when this zodiacal arrange
ment is viewed from the equinoctial axis of Aries and Libra, we have parallel
sets of signs with the same ascensional times. Thus, the signs Aries and Pisces,
Taurus and Aquarius, Gemini and Capricorn, Cancer and Sagittarius, Leo and
Scorpio, and Virgo and Libra, each take the same amount of time to rise over
the horizon at given latitudes in the Northern Hemisphere. Aries and Pisces
have the shortest ascensional times, while Virgo and Libra have the longest. The
reverse is true for the Southern Hemisphere.
Ascensional time also forms the basis of an important timing method in
Hellenistic astrology. The number of degrees, which varies by latitude, is con
verted into a corresponding number of years in order to determine when the
events associated with that sign mature and become fully manifest. Planets that
share the same ascensional times are also activated at similar times. Thus their
events occur simultaneously and are intertwined with one another.
Table 24. Pairs of Signs with the Same Ascensional Rising
ARIES AND PISCES Aversion

TAURUS AND AQUARIUS Square
GEMINI AND CAPRICORN Aversion
CANCER AND SAGITTARIUS Aversion
LEO AND SCORPIO Square
VIRGO AND LIBRA Aversion
Four of these six sets of zodiacal signs are in aversion according to the as
pect configuration model, but they nevertheless have a connection because of
similar ascensions. For example, while a planet in Aries and a planet in Pisces
are considered to be in aversion, they still have a sympathetic relationship be
cause their natural aversion is mitigated by sharing the same ascensional time,
and they are said to have a reluctant conjunction (f i g u r e 86).
If planets already form valid aspects, and they are also in signs of the same
S IG N -B A S E D SYM PATHIES 513
ascension, it creates a more in

tense bond between them. For
example, planets occupying the
signs of Taurus/Aquarius and
Leo/Scorpio have the same as
censional times; consequently,
the square aspect between them
is intensified.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
If we were doing timing proce

dures, we could explore the simul
taneous occurrence of planetary
events in zodiacal signs that have
F ig u r e 86.
the same ascensional times. How
S H A R E D A S C E N S IO N A L R IS IN G
ever, our purpose in this chapter
Jupiter and the Sun are in aversion (do not see each
is to isolate any planets in aver other by aspect ray), but because they share the signs
sion in order to see if the ill effects o f same ascensional rising, their aversion is mitigated
arising from lack of connection and they form a "reluctant conjunction".
are mitigated by their presence in
signs that share the same ascen
sional times.
c h a r t 1: The Moon in Aries is in aversion to Mars in Virgo. However, Aries

and Virgo do not have the same ascensional times, so there is no reluctant con
junction between the Moon and Mars, c h a r t 11: Mars in Cancer is in aversion
to the Moon in Sagittarius. Cancer and Sagittarius share the same ascensional
times. Thus there is a reluctant conjunction between Mars and the Moon.
SIG N S S H A R IN G T H E SAM E
D O M IC IL E LORD
There is sympathy between zodiacal signs that share the same domicile lord.
This sympathy extends to planets occupying those signs. Planets that occupy
these paired signs are guests of the same host, who provides their resources and
support, even though they might reside in different domiciles. They are connect
ed insofar as they are recipients of a similar bounty (or lack thereof) dispensed by
5M C H A P T E R 53
the same host in order to accomplish their goals. Note that the lord may witness
one of its houses but not the other, which accounts for differences in outcomes.
Ih e signs Aries and Scorpio share Mars as their lord; Taurus and Libra share
Venus as their lord; Gemini and Virgo share Mercury as their lord; Sagittarius
and Pisces share Jupiter; and Capricorn and Aquarius share Saturn.
Table 25. P a irs o f S ig n s w ith the Sa m e D o m ic ile L o r d
ARIES AND SCORPIO Mars Aversion

TAURUS AND LIBRA Venus Aversion
GEMINI AND VIRGO Mercury Square
SAGITTARIUS AND PISCES Jupiter Square
CAPRICORN AND AQUARIUS Saturn Aversion
The sets of signs that are in aver

sion to one another by configuration,
but share the same domicile lord
are Aries/Scorpio, Taurus/Libra, and
Capricorn/Aquarius. Leo and Can
cer, the signs of the two luminaries,
the Sun and the Moon, also enjoy
this sympathy. Thus, in a particular
chart, planets in Aries and Scorpio,
considered to be in aversion, still
have a sympathetic relationship be
cause the natural aversion is offset
by having the same domicile lord,
i.e., Mars.
If planets are already in valid
FIG U R E 87.
configurations, and they also have
SH A R ED D O M IC IL E LORD
the same domicile lord, this shared
Planets in aversion can establish a sympathy if
they are in signs that share the same domicile lord. sympathy creates an even more in
Here, the Sun and Jupiter are both in signs ruled by tense bond between the two planets.
Mars, which thus mitigates their aversion. Planets Planets occupying the zodiacal signs
form ing a square aspect in signs sharing the same Gemini/Virgo and Sagittarius/Pisces
domicile lord have their relationship intensified.
have the same domicile and thus the
Here, the Moon and Mars are in Mercury’s domi
square aspect between them is in
ciles, and their aspect is thus intensified.
tensified (f i g u r e 87).
SIGN-BASED SYMPATHIES 515
EXAMPLE CHARTS
Let us investigate the example charts to see if any aversions are mitigated,
or if any pre-existing configurations are intensified due to shared domicile
lords.
c h a r t i: The Moon in Aries and Mars in Virgo are in aversion, and they do not
share the same domicile lord. Mars is also in aversion to the Sun and Mercury
in Leo, and again they do not share a domicile lord. Thus there is no reluctant
conjunction. The squares between Venus and Jupiter with Mars are intensified
because Gemini and Virgo share the same domicile lord, Mercury, c h a r t 11:
Venus in Libra is in aversion to Jupiter and Saturn in Taurus, but because both
signs share Venus as a domicile lord, they have a reluctant conjunction. They
receive much more support from a powerful Venus in Libra than they otherwise
would with an aversion from one’s lord. The only square aspect is between Mars
in Cancer and Venus in Libra. However, they do not share a common domicile
lord, so there is no aspect intensification.
We have seen that particular squares, due to their sympathy based upon
similar ascensional times (Taurus/Aquarius, Leo/Scorpio) or shared domicile
lords (Gemini/Virgo, Sagittarius/Pisces), stand out as being more potent. And
this applies in both whole sign testimony and degree-based aspect relations.
There are similar situations that intensify the sextile and trine relationships. The
Hellenistic authors discuss these in terms of signs that "see and perceive” one
another, and signs that "hear” or "command and obey” one another.
PLAN ETS IN SIGNS TH AT

SEE AND PERCEIVE ONE O TH ER
The zodiacal signs that see and perceive one another are equidistant from the
Cancer/Capricorn or solstitial axis. Each pair provides equal amounts of day
and night, and rises and sets from the same part of the horizon. Gemini looks at
Leo, and Leo perceives Gemini; Taurus looks at Virgo, and Virgo perceives Tau
rus; Aries looks at Libra, and Libra perceives Aries; Scorpio looks at Pisces, and
Pisces perceives Scorpio; Sagittarius looks at Aquarius, and Aquarius perceives
Sagittarius.
It is important to note that when we speak of "seeing”, it is not the same kind
of seeing used in testimony and aspect relations. The Greek texts use different
terminology to differentiate these kinds of visual relationships.
Paulus tells us that these signs contribute toward sympathy, friendship, and
516 CHAPTER 53
good will among similar members of people in every association.2 These catego
ries later became the model used for antiscia. Except for Aries/Libra and Can-
cer/Capricorn, these sets of signs have natural sextile or trine configurations,
and these particular combinations intensify the sextile or trine relationship in
both testimonial and aspect relations between planets occupying these signs.
Tabic 26. Pairs of Signs that See and Perceive One Another
GEMINI looks at LEO l e o perceives g e m in i Sextile

t a u r u s looks at v ir g o v ir g o perceives t a u r u s Trine
ARIES looks at LIBRA l ib r a perceives a r ie s Opposition
Sc o r pio looks at pis c e s pis c e s perceives Sc o r p io Trine
SAGITTARIUS looks at AQUARIUS a q u a r iu s perceives Sa g it t a r iu s Sextile
f ig u r e 8 8 .
S E E IN G P E R C E IV IN G
Planets that see and perceive one an

other intensify their existing aspect re
lationship. Here, the sextile between
Venus in Cemini and Jupiter in Leo
is intensified due to the planets being
equidistant from the solstitial axis
(defined by Cancer and Capricorn).
Venus “sees” Jupiter, and Jupiter
“perceives” Venus. Similarly, the trine
between Mars in Pisces and Saturn
in Scorpio is made more potent.
Mars “sees" Saturn, and Saturn
“perceives” Mars.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
Looking at our example charts, let us ascertain if any planets are in signs
that see and perceive one another, heightening their aspect relationships.
c h a r t i: The sextile between Venus/Jupiter in Gemini and Mercury/Sun in Leo

is intensified because Gemini sees Leo. c h a r t i i : N o planets see each other
according to this classification.
2 Pa u l u s , Introductory Matters 8.
SIGN-BASED SYMPATHIES SI?
SIG N S T H A T C O M M A N D
A N D O B E Y ONE A N O T H E R
The signs that “hear” one another are also called signs that “command and
obey”. They are the signs that are both equally removed from the equinoctial
signs of Aries and Libra, and in opposite hemispheres. The commanding signs
were considered more powerful than the obeying signs because they were closer
to the Earth. Ptolemy tells us that these signs ascend in equal periods of time,
and are on equal parallel. The signs in the summer hemisphere, where the Sun
makes the day longer than the night, are commanding, while those in the winter
hemisphere are obedient.3 The reverse is the case in the Southern Hemisphere.
Table 27. Pairs of Signs that Command and Obey One Another
t a u r u s commands pis c e s pis c e s obeys t a u r u s Sextile

Ge m in i commands a q u a r iu s a q u a r iu s obeys g e m in i Trine
c a n c e r commands c a pr ic o r n c a pr ic o r n obeys c a n c e r Opposition
l e o commands Sa g it t a r iu s Sa g it t a r iu s obeys l e o Trine
v ir g o commands s c o r pio s c o r pio obeys v ir g o Sextile
a r ie s commands l ib r a l ib r a obeys a r ie s Opposition
F IG U R E 8 9 .
C O M M A N D I N G Gf O B E Y IN G
Planets that command and obey one

another intensify their existing aspect
relationship. Here, the trine between
Saturn in Gemini and Jupiter in
Aquarius is intensified due to the
planets being equidistant from the
equatorial axis (defined by Aries and
Libra). Saturn "commands"Jupiter,
and Jupiter "obeys". Similarly, the
sextile between the Moon in Virgo
and the Sun in Scorpio is made more
potent. The Moon "commands" the
Sun, and the Sun "obeys".
3 Pt o l e m y , Tetrabiblos 1.14.
518 C H A P T E R 53
Technically, Aries and Libra neither command nor obey one another, but
some astrologers place Aries with the commanding signs because when the Sun
is in Aries, the day hours increase; Libra was placed with the obeying signs be
cause when the Sun is in Libra, the day hours decrease.
Once again, there is an intensification of the relationship in both testimony
and aspect relations between planets occupying these signs, whether it is the
trines between Gemini/Libra and Leo/Sagittarius; the sextiles between Taurus/
Pisces and Virgo/Scorpio; or the Cancer/Capricorn opposition.
EXAMPLE CHARTS
Looking at our example charts, let us see if any planets are in signs
that command and obey one another, thus heightening their aspect
relationships.
char t i: The Sun in Leo commands Saturn in Sagittarius, which obeys.

char t n: No planets are in signs that command and obey one another.
SU M M A R Y OF S IG N S S H A R IN G
S Y M P A T H E T IC R E L A T IO N S
The following table shows the signs that share sympathetic relations. Italicized
signs are in aversion by aspect configuration, but have mitigating sympathies in
accordance with these sign-based combinations.
Table 28. Signs that Share Sympathetic Relations
SAME ASCENSION- SAME DOMICILE SEEING AND COMMANDING

AL TIMES LORDS PERCEIVING AND OBEYING
Aries/Pisces Aries/Scorpio Aries/Libra Taurus commands

Pisces
Taurus/Aquarius Taurus/Libra Taurus/Virgo Gemini commands

Aquarius
Gemini/Capricorn Gemini/Virgo Gemini/Leo Cancer commands

Capricorn
Cancer/Sagi tta rius Sagittarius/Pisces Scorpio/Pisces Leo commands

Sagittarius
Leo/Scorpio Capricorn/Aquar- Sagittarius/Aquar Virgo commands

ius ius Scorpio
Virgo/Libra Cancer/Leo Aries commands

Libra
n o t e : Although Cancer and Leo do not share the same domicile lord, their
signs are home to the two royal luminaries—the Sun and Moon—and host the
greatest hours of daylight in the Northern Hemisphere. Therefore, when they
occupy each others signs, they enjoy sympathetic relations with one another.
-4- EXAM PLE CHARTS
Let us summarize our findings, and identify the planets that have special
or additional connections based upon their zodiacal signs alone.
520 CHAPTER 53
CHART I: SIGN-BASED SYMPATHIES
Planets/Signs Aversions Mitigated Aspects Intensified
SAME — — —
ASCENSIONAL
TIMES
SAME Venus/Jupiter — Square intensified

DOMICILE (Gemini), Mars
LORD (Virgo)
SEEING AND Venus/Jupiter — Sextile intensified

PERCEIVING (Gemini), Sun/
Mercury (Leo)
COMMANDING Sun (Leo) — Trine intensified

AND OBEYING Saturn (Sagit
tarius)
The s q u a r e between Venus and Jupiter (both in Gemini) to Mars in Virgo is

intensified because Gemini and Virgo share the same domicile lord, m e r c u r y .
The s e x t il e between Venus and Jupiter (both in Gemini) and the Sun and
Mercury (both in Leo) is intensified because Gemini sees and beholds Leo. t h e
s u n in Leo commands Saturn in Sagittarius, which obeys.
CHART II: SIGN-BASED SYMPATHIES
SAME Mars (Cancer), Reluctant —

ASCENSIONAL Moon (Sagittar conjunction
TIMES ius)
SAME Venus (Libra), Reluctant —

DOMICILE Jupiter/Saturn conjunction
LORD (Taurus)
SEEING AND — — —
PERCEIVING
COMMANDING — — —
AND OBEYING
m a r s in Cancer and t h e m o o n in Sagittarius share the same ascensional time,

and thus have a reluctant conjunction, v e n u s in Libra, and j u p it e r and Sa t
u r n (both in Taurus), have a reluctant conjunction because they share the same
domicile lord, v e n u s .
522 C H A P T E R 53
EXERCISE 39
S IG N -B A S E D P L A N E T A R Y S Y M P A T H IE S
Referring to the tables provided throughout this chapter, determine which

planets have connections that mitigate their aversions, intensify their as
pects, or share other special connections. Enter your results in the provided
table.
1. Planets sharing same ascensional times

Which aversions, if any, are mitigated by reluctant conjunctions?
Which configurations, if any, are intensified?
2. Planets sharing same domicile lord

Which aversions, if any, are mitigated by reluctant conjunctions?
3. Planets that see and perceive one another

4. Planets that command and obey

SAME
ASCENSIONAL
TIMES
SAME DOMICILE
LORD
SEEING AND
PERCEIVING
COMMANDING
AND OBEYING
1. When interpreting these particular planets in the delineation of your

chart, how could you take these additional factors into consideration?
2. In what ways do they provide nuance to your understanding?
CHAPTER 54
Summary
AND SOURCE READINGS
M A IN P O IN T S
OF TH E A SPECT D O C T R IN E
1. Aspects between planets are operative by both whole sign and specific
degree.
2. Planets that occupy zodiacal signs that are configured according to the
sextile, square, and trine can see each other and can testify about what
they have witnessed.
3. The sextile, square, trine, and opposition are the only valid aspects.
Planets occupying the same sign, while not configured, are said to be
co-present, and treated like aspects. The semi-sextile and quincunx are
not configurations; they are called aversions.
4. The whole sign sextile and trine aspects indicate sympathetic testimo
ny and helpful relations between planets. The whole sign square aspect
indicates harsh, negating testimony and obstructive relations between
planets. The whole sign opposition aspect indicates adversarial relations
between planets. Co-presence by whole sign indicates a co-mingling of
the individual planetary natures. There is no relation between planets
in aversion, only estrangement (unless mitigated by certain sign-based
sympathies).
5. A planet’s condition is enhanced to bring forth its best outcomes when
it receives positive testimony from the benefics by co-presence, sextile,
or trine aspects.
6. A planet’s condition is made more problematic when it receives nega
tive testimony from the malefics by co-presence, square, or opposition
aspects.
526 CHAPTER 54
7. Planets engage in closer, friendly, or hostile relations when one planet

makes a 30 (or for the Moon, 130 ) applying aspect to another planet. This
impacts each planets significations, as well as the topics of the houses
they rule.
8. Bonification and maltreatment refer to the specific degree-based, spa
tial, or directional situations whereby one planet is significantly im
proved and protected (bonified) or injured and harmed (maltreated) by
another planet. When a benefic planet is maltreated, its benefic signifi
cations are suppressed or impeded. When a malefic planet is maltreat
ed, it can turn violent. When a malefic planet is bonified, it is pacified.
W hen a benefic planet is bonified, it becomes even more beneficent.
9. The conditions of maltreatment and bonification can be counteracted
or neutralized.
10. Planets in aversion, and which have the same domicile lord or same
ascensional time, can still enter into relations with one another. This can
be interpreted as a reluctant conjunction.
11. A chart that has the presence of spear-bearing bodyguards indicates
protection from harm, which is provided to eminent individuals, or to
those with power and authority. These complex indications integrate
the concepts of sect, zodiacal rulership, solar phase, aspects, and house
locations.
CONCLUSION
As you have discovered, planets engage in many different, complex interactions.

These planetary patterns m irror the complexity of human relationships with
all of the attachments, loyalties, support, obligations, commitments, entangle
ments, betrayals, jealousies, conflicts, hurtful actions, and destructiveness that
we participate in and partake of in the dance of self with other. No person is an
island. The testimonial and aspectual relations between the planets dem onstrate
how difficult it is for a planet—or a person—to function independently of the
myriad relationships that exist in the larger matrix of our lives. A close exam
ination and reflection upon the planetary patterns in the birth chart can provide
us with illumination and understanding of the challenges and blessings that we
encounter when relating to others over the course of life.
The identification of maltreatment conditions, which some find to be overly
complicated, tedious, and fatalistic, are nevertheless of extreme im portance for
anyone who approaches astrology as a healing art. Maltreated planets are the
direct line into the parts of the psyche that are extremely wounded. If the issues
SUMMARY 527
that they represent remain ignored or unaddressed, the individual continues

the self-destructive attitudes and behaviors that often serve as coping mecha
nisms. But their actions will still perpetuate outcomes characterized by pain,
rejection, conflict, and failure. Counseling astrologers who give guidance for
psychological insight and healing modalities, medical astrologers who diagnose
illness, and evolutionary astrologers who address past life karmic afflictions can
all benefit their clients by developing a proficiency in recognizing the serious
wounds that these red flags alert us to. This is the beneficial application of the
maltreatment conditions.
The fundamental teachings concerning planetary condition are now com
plete. In the next section, you will integrate all the previous indications—both
broad and subtle—concerning sect and sect-rejoicing, zodiacal rulerships, solar
phase cycles, special lunar considerations, testimony, and aspect relations. The
purpose of this synthesis is to arrive at a final judgment of each planets capacity
to be effective and beneficial on behalf of the native.
P R IM A R Y S O U R C E R E A D IN G S
F O R P A R T F IV E : A S P E C T S
P e t o s ir is A Surprising Point from Petosiris Concerning Harmonious Squares

(c c a g 6, p. 62; translation in Sc h m id t , The Astrological Record of
the Early Sages, p. 18).
M a n i l iu s Astronomica 2.270-432.
Va l e n s Anthology 1.19: The Co-presences of the Stars.
Anthology 1.20: The Co-presence of Three Stars; Triangular,
Hexagonal, and Diametrical Figures.
Pt o l e m y Tetrabiblos 1.13: The Aspects of the Zodiacal Signs.
Tetrabiblos 1.14: Commanding and Obeying Signs.
Tetrabiblos 1.15: Signs which Behold Each Other and Signs
of Equal Power.
Tetrabiblos 1.16: Disjunct Signs.
Tetrabiblos 1.24: Applications and Separations.
An t io c h u s Summary 6: Witnessing.
Summary 7: Right and Left Figures.
Summary 8: Passing Beyond and Connecting.
Summary 9: Adherence, Meeting, and Separation.
Summary 10: Domination.
Summary 11: Traveling Together and Traveling Alone.
Summary 12: Enclosure.
Summary 13: Hurling a Ray.
Summary 17: Spear-bearing Bodyguards.
Summary 18: Maltreatment.
528 C H A P T E R 54
P o r ph y r y Introduction 8: Witnessing.
Introduction 9: Right and Left Figures.
Introduction 11: Connecting and Adhering.
Introduction 12: Separating.
Introduction 13: Separating.
Introduction 14: Containment.
Introduction 15: Enclosure.
Introduction 16: Intervention.
Introduction 20: Domination.
Introduction 21: Overcoming.
Introduction 22: Traveling Together.
Introduction 23: Traveling Alone (Void in Course).
Introduction 24: Hurling a Ray.
Introduction 28: Maltreatment.
Introduction 29: Spear-bearing Bodyguards.
F ir m ic u s Mathesis 6.3-28.
Pa u l u s Introduction 10: Hie Trine, Sextile, Square, and Opposition Aspects.
Introduction 11: Zodiacal Signs in Aversion with Each Other.
Introduction 12: Zodiacal Signs in Aversion and Sympathy
to Each Other.
Introduction 13: Zodiacal Signs in Homozone and Equal-Rising.
H e ph a is t io Apotelesniatics 1.9: Sections that Command and Obey.
Apotelesniatics 1.10: Sections of Equal Power and those Seeing.
Apotelesniatics 1.11: Unconnected Sections.
Apotelesniatics 1.14: Applications and Separations.
Apotelesniatics 1.15: Enclosure.
Apotelesniatics 1.16: Hurling of Rays.
Apotelesniatics 1.17: Spear-bearing.
R h e t o r iu s Compendium 15: Trines, Squares, Oppositions, and Disjunctions.
Compendium 16: Disjunct Signs and those having Sympathy.
Compendium 17: Squares that are Sympathetic and those that are Not.
Compendium 19: Hearing and Seeing Signs.
Compendium 20: Beholding.
Compendium 21: Casting a Ray.
Compendium 22: Right and Left Aspects.
Compendium 23: Doruphory.
Compendium 26: Domination.
Compendium 27: Affliction and Ineffective Houses.
Compendium 34: Adherence.
Compendium 35: Application.
Compendium 36: Intervention.
Compendium 37: Separation.
Compendium 39: Void in Course.
Compendium 41: Besieging (Enclosure).
PART SIX
T H E A R T OF J U D G M E N T
CHAPTER 55
The Celestial Condition,

OF THE PLANETARY GODS
Each star is the lord of its own essence with regard to its sympathies
and antipathies and mutual influences in the cosmos. They are blend
ed with one another according to their connections and separations
and overcoming, and enclosures and spear-bearing bodyguards and
the hurling of rays and the approach of their masters. The Moon is the
lord of foresight, the Sun is the lord of light, Saturn is the lord of igno
rance and fated necessity, Jupiter is the lord of reputation, wreaths of
honor, and goodwill, the star of Mars is the lord of actions and hard
ships, the star of Venus is the lord of love and desire and beauty, and
the star of Mercury is the lord of law and custom and faith.—v a l e n s .*
EACH PLANET HAS AN AGENDA THAT IT BRINGS TO THE LIFE OF AN INDI-

vidual. In addition to the worldly significations that each planet has jurisdic
tion over—such as occupations, personality traits, body parts, illnesses, metals,
stones, plants—it also represents a certain quality of the soul, which is an emana
tion of its essential nature. A planet’s essence is then filtered through the image
of the zodiacal sign it occupies, and from which it draws certain characteristics,
resources, and powers. Strengthened, weakened, or intensified by its relation
ship with the Sun, this planet is then influenced and impacted as a result of the
testimonies and aspectual relationships it has with other planets.
The science of astrology involves the accurate calculation of the birth chart
and the determination and tabulation of all the various criteria that influence
the condition of a planet. In the previous chapters, we have detailed the many
criteria that affect the outcomes of a planet’s significations in the individual life.
The fine details of a planet’s sect status, zodiacal sign, solar and lunar phase, and
aspect configurations all impact the planet’s ability to bring about its most ben
eficial matters and events.
534 CHAPTER 55
The art of astrology entails the process of synthesizing all the indications of
each planet, weighing and balancing the pros and cons, and then making a judg
ment about its condition relative to its capacity to bring forth its positive signifi
cations and events in the life of the individual. This requires understanding the
full spectrum of the planets strengths and weaknesses, as well as the particular
ways it is able to bring about beneficial outcomes for the individual, and where
it is most vulnerable to disappointment or failure for the individual.
According to basic Buddhist teachings, every sentient being desires happi
ness and the causes of happiness. Within an astrological context, each archetyp
al planetary divinity desires to bring about its own beneficial significations into
the lives of the individual. However, there are a myriad of conditions that have
the potential to obstruct the successful outcome of this process. The originat
ing cause of these difficulties may have various sources—fate, karma, ignorance,
bad luck, one’s own actions, or trauma outside ones control. The chart does
not indicate the specific environmental reasons why good and bad things hap
pen to people (unless one views the chart through the lens of inherited karma);
instead, it simply depicts the planetary signatures indicating the existence of
these patterns in the life, regardless of their origin. It is important to emphasize
that although we might describe a planet, house, or aspect as “good” or “bad”,
this does not mean that planets are inherently good or bad. It is more the case
that their conditions shape the helpful or harmful outcomes of the matters and
events that they represent.
When the analysis of the birth chart is approached from a healing perspec
tive, the purpose of identifying difficulties is so that they can be remedied (if
possible). The chart itself can point to factors that counteract, mitigate, or trans
mute the severely injured, disabled, or malignant parts of the psyche.
C H A PT ER 56
Summary
FOR FIN AL SYNTHESIS
The benefic stars, suitably and well situated, bring forth their own
matters according to their nature and the nature of their zodiacal
sign, with the additional mixture of the aspect testimonies and the
co-presences of each star. When they are unfavorably situated, they
are indicative of obstacles. Likewise, even the malefic stars, when they
operate suitably and are of the sect, are givers of good and indicative
of greater rank and success. But when they are in unprofitable places,
they bring about banishment and accusations.—v a l e n s .1
FOR BOTH BENEFICS AND MALEFICS: THE BETTER A PLANET’S CO N D ITIO N ,

the better the outcome of its events for the interests of the individual. The fol
lowing table summarizes the factors that predispose a planet towards a good or
bad condition.
Table 29. Good and Bad Planetary Conditions
GOOD PLANETARY CONDITION BAD PLANETARY CONDITION
Same sect as chart & sect rejoicing Sect contrary to chart

Zodiacal signs of own domicile, Zodiacal signs of detriment
exaltation, triplicity, or bound or fall
Connected to a benefic and strong Not connected to its domicile lord, or
domicile lord badly-situated domicile lord
Fast, direct, visible Slow, retrograde, invisible, under beams
Phase intensification: rising and Phase intensification: setting and
direct station retrograde station
Witnessed by benefics from good aspects Witnessed by malefics from bad aspects
Bonification and spear-bearers Maltreatment
536 CHAPTER 56
Various conditions can predispose a planet to bring forth better outcomes,

act in more powerful and hence more effective ways, or weaken a planets
strength so it cannot act, leading to ineffective, problematic, or harmful out
comes. Hie task of the astrologer is to understand, specifically, what makes a
planets actions turn out better or worse. The final evaluation entails the careful
weighing of each factor. What planetary strength might be likely to outweigh,
mitigate, or counteract the weakness indicated by another factor? Which pat
terns can indicate the possibility of transmutation of the bad into something
good, or the destruction of the good, once realized, into something bad?
-> Turn to the m a s t e r e v a l u a t i o n t a b l e s at the end of this section,

and familiarize yourself with the layout. After we review the guidelines
for each category, we will explore the tables using our examples charts,
and explicate the process of synthesis and evaluation. You will then have
the opportunity to integrate your understanding using your own chart.
Remember, we are not yet makingfinal interpretations of what the planets
mean in the chart. That will happen in the next volume. All we are doing
now is thoroughly assessing the planets condition. But this judgment is the
foundational step that must precede all further interpretation.
SECT
Sect is the first consideration in any evaluation of a planet’s condition. The de
termination of sect is based upon the Sun’s terrestrial condition—its location
above or below the horizon at the time of birth. A daytime birth gives a diurnal
chart, while a nighttime birth gives a nocturnal chart. Sect determination is pre
liminary to most other considerations because the conditions of the planets are
modified according to the sect status of the chart.
The planets that belong to the sect of the chart (the diurnal planets in a day
chart and the nocturnal planets in a night chart) have more potential to bring
about their beneficial agendas. Their ability to actually fulfill this promise, how
ever, is modified by all the other conditions to which they are subject. A planet’s
sect status thus establishes its baseline capacity to bring forth more or less ben
eficial outcomes.
Sect-rejoicing conditions bring the evaluation up or down from that baseline.
Thus, a planet that belongs to the sect of the chart, and which meets all three
rejoicing conditions, is improved. However, sect-rejoicing conditions, while im
proving the condition of a contrary-sect planet, cannot change the fundamental
SU M M ARY FOR FINAL SYN TH ESIS 537
rank of that planet on its own. Other factors might, but sect rejoicing alone can
not. Sect rejoicing simply gives nuance to our understanding of sect.
There are some techniques for ascertaining the most qualified planet for a
certain role in the natives life. When two or more planets vie for this status, sect
rejoicing factors can be useful for tipping the scales in the final decision.
In a diurnal chart, the s u n , j u p it e r , s a t u r n , and a m o r n in g - r is in g

mer c u r y are predisposed to bring about their agendas in more benefi
cial ways for the individual. Jupiter is the greater benefic, and Saturn by
day can also lead to benefic outcomes. Mars, as the malefic contrary to
sect, is the potential nexus of greatest difficulty in a day chart.
In a nocturnal chart, the m o o n , v e n u s , m a r s , and an e v e n in g
r is in gm e r c u r y are predisposed to bring about their agendas in
more beneficial ways for the individual. Venus is the greater benefic,
and Mars by night can also lead to benefic outcomes, s a t u r n is the
potential nexus of greatest difficulty in a night chart.
t h e s u n , j u p i t e r , s a t u r n , and a m o r n in g - r is in g m e r c u r y re
joice (i) when in the same hemisphere as the Sun, (2) when rising before
the Sun in the morning, and (3) when occupying the masculine/diurnal
signs.
t h e m o o n , v e n u s , m a r s , and an e v e n in g - r is in g m e r c u r y
rejoice
(1) when in the opposite hemisphere to the Sun, (2) when rising after the
Sun sets in the evening, and (3) when occupying the feminine/noctur-
nal signs.
ma r s has a mixed judgment. He is happier as a morning riser and in a
masculine sign, but acts betterfor the interests of the individual when he
is an evening riser in a feminine sign. This is because these conditions
temper his rash nature.
ZODIACAL SIGN RULERSHIPS
After sect, a planets zodiacal sign is perhaps the next most important factor
in the evaluation of its condition. The meanings of the zodiacal signs are de
rived from the images formed by the fixed stars, which stand closer to the di
vine source in the celestial hierarchy of the cosmos. Each of the four rulership
systems (domicile, exaltation, triplicity, bounds) accords a planet various kinds
538 CHAPTER 56
of powers when it occupies them. Domicile and exaltation rulership are con
sidered to be the most potent, but following the lead of Dorotheus, many Ar
abic and Medieval astrologers gave precedence to the triplicity lords over the
domicile lords for house rulers. Some Hellenistic astrologers, such as Firmicus
Maternus, looked to the bound lord as equal in strength to the domicile lord.
The more a planet is the lord of its own zodiacal divisions (d o m i c i l e ,

e x a l t a t io n , t r i p l i c i t y , b o u n d s ), the more power and resources it
has available in order to accomplish its agenda. Occupying one or more
of its own signs significantly raises the planets overall rating.
If a planet is not the lord of its own zodiacal signs, the next best lords
to have are its s e c t m a t e s , and the benefic sect mate is better than the
malefic sect mate (unless the malefic sect mate is quite powerful on its
own). The most challenging zodiacal signs are those where the lords of
those signs are planets of the contrary sect, with the malefic of the con
trary sect being the most problematic placement.
If a planet occupies the signs of its d e t r im e n t , it experiences challenges
obtaining the power and resources it needs to accomplish its agenda. The
resources may be lacking, scarce, or inconsistent. Therefore, the person
may have to work harder for poorer results. This significantly lowers its
rating. If the planet is in the sign of its fall, it suffers from a lack of in
fluence. This arises from being held in low esteem, or simply not being
recognized for its merits.
A planet that is weak on its own may be improved by being in m u t u a l

with another planet regarding their joint endeavors. Here,
r e c e pt io n
each planet contributes to and supports the other. The Hellenistic astrol
ogers used only domicile rulership for assessing mutual reception, but
the Medieval tradition looked to mutual reception by exaltation, triplic
ity, and bounds as well.
A planet in its o w n d o m i c i l e —i.e., a planet that is its own domicile
lord—has the optimal resources that it needs for the accomplishment of
its agenda. It also has full, free, and independent access to them. The five
planets are the lords of two signs each, but they rejoice in the zodiacal
sign of their own sect, where they have even more power. Venus, for
example, has more power in Taurus because it is ¿feminine sign, rather
than Libra, which is a masculine sign. Venus rejoices in Taurus, Jupiter
rejoices in Sagittarius, Mercury rejoices in Virgo, Mars rejoices in Scor
pio, and Saturn rejoices in Aquarius.
SUM M ARY FOR FIN A L SYN T H E SIS 539
A planet in a domicile other than its own must look to the lord of that
domicile as its h o s t , who provides it with the resources to accomplish
its agenda. These resources may or may not be optimal or easily given.
The condition of a planets domicile lord also informs the long-term
prognosis for the successful outcomes of the planet.
It is important for the planet to be c o n f ig u r e d by co-presence or
whole sign aspect (sextile, square, trine, or opposition) to its domicile
lord in order to access those resources. If it is not, the host cannot see
its guest planet, for which it is responsible. The trine is the best aspect,
followed by the conjunction (in which case the lord will be in its own
domicile sign), then the sextile. A square indicates that the resources
are given with conditions; these conditions are harsher and more strin
gent from malefics than from benefics. A planet that is opposed by its
domicile lord indicates that the lord is in the sign of its detriment and
is therefore potentially unable to provide much help, which can make
their relationship demanding, unfulfilling, and adversarial.
In your delineation, it is important not only to know if a planet has
po w e r , but to know exactly what kind of power it has to accomplish its
affairs. If a planet is its own domicile lord, it has resources. If a planet
is its own exaltation lord, it has influence from being held in esteem.
If a planet is its own triplicity lord, it has the support of followers. If a
planet is its own bound lord, it has autonomy and the freedom to play
by its own rules.
Planets in m u t u a l r e c e p t io n should ideally be configured by some
kind of aspect in order for them to pool their resources for mutual en
deavors and benefit.
SO LA R PHASE
A planets relationship to the Sun and Moon has a crucial impact on its perfor
mance in the life of an individual. Its relationship to the Sun during its synodic
cycle shapes the observable dynamics of the planet. A planets speed, direction,
and visibility all impact its capacity to make its affairs manifest.
A planet can better bring about its matters when it is swift in speed, di
rect in motion, and visible when rising or setting on the horizon.
540 CHAPTER 56
Its condition is weakened and its significations are less fortunate when
it is slow, retrograde in direction, or invisible when rising or setting over
the horizon. In techniques that entail looking for a planets suitability
for a certain role, a planet is rejected if it is under the Suns beams or
retrograde. Mercury and Venus are especially problematic when retro
grade and in the combust zone.
The exception to this guideline is the protection that is accorded to
planets when they are in the heart of the Sun, or in their chariot. The
heart of the Sun is defined as being within i° on either side of Sun (Hel
lenistic) or 17 on either side (Medieval). A planet in its chariot (its own
domicile, exaltation, triplicity, or bound) is protected from being weak
ened when under the beams of the Sun.
Hie significations of a planet are intensified at its f o u r p h a s e t r a n
s it io n s . A planet
shifts to its strengthening phase at the heliacal morn
ing rising (or evening rising for Mercury and Venus), and at the direct
station. It shifts to its weakening phase at the heliacal evening setting
(morning setting for Mercury and Venus), and at the retrograde station.
m a r s , j u p it e r and Sa t u r n are most effective as morning stars from
the interval of 150 from the Sun until the retrograde station near the
right trine to the Sun. They are particularly effective with a sextile or
with a still-direct trine aspect to the Sun. They are also effective as eve
ningstars from the interval of the direct station near the left trine to the
Sun, through to the 150 interval from the Sun.
m e r c u r y and v e n u s are effective as morning stars from their morn

ing rising (150 from the Sun), through to their greatest elongation, until
their morning setting (150 from the Sun). As evening stars, they are most
effective from their evening rising (150 from the Sun), through to their
greatest elongation, until their evening setting (150 from the Sun).
a l l p l a n e t s are ineffective during their lying-hidden phase under the

Suns beams, unless they lie in the heart of the Sun or in their chariot.
m a r s , j u p i t e r , and s a t u r n are also ineffective during their acrony-
chalphase, while they are retrograde, and particularly when in curtailed
passage.
SU M M AR Y FOR FIN A L SYN TH ESIS 541
LUNAR CONSIDERATIONS
Several factors unique to the m o o n impact its condition.

The Moons condition is improved when its waxing or waning phase ac
cords with a diurnal or nocturnal birth, causing her to rejoice; when it
is active (making an applying aspects to other planets) rather than slack
(void in course); and when free (not captive under the bond of the Sun).
The Moon is precarious when conjunct either her North or South Node,
as she is making a transitional shift on the ecliptic (from below to above,
or above to below). The Moon is also intensified when part of a lunar or
solar e c l i p s e , resulting in life events that seem fated in some way.
The Moon brings forth difficult outcomes when it is eclipsed, under the
bond (within 150 on either side of the conjunction or opposition to the
Sun), with the Nodes, or extremely slow in motion.
Medieval astrologers added the via combusta, the “burnt path” of Libra
and Scorpio, where the Sun and Moon have their falls.
A planets condition is improved by certain contacts with the Moon.
When a planet receives an applying aspect from the Moon, the Moon
helps that planet anchor its own agenda into the everyday life of the
individual.
A planet is also enhanced when conjunct the l o t o f f o r t u n e , the
special l o t o f t h e m o o n . Any planetary contact with the n o d e s
partakes of the ominous quality of the eclipsing places. The good of
benefic planets is increased when conjunct the n o r t h l u n a r n o d e ,
and weakened when conjunct the s o u t h l u n a r n o d e . The difficulties
of the malefics are reduced when conjunct the s o u t h n o d e , but accen
tuated when conjunct the n o r t h n o d e .
A SPE CT TESTIM O N Y, M A LTR EA TM EN T,

AND B O N IF IC A T IO N
No man is an island, and no planet in the solar system can act independently
from the influences of the other planets. They all participate in the cosmic dance.
The positive and negative testimony that a planet receives from the benefics and
malefics has an impact on the assessment of a planets condition. And the special
542 CHAPTER 56
conditions of bonification and maltreatment can radically change the evaluation

of a planet.
The more positive testimony a planet has from the benefic planets, the
more support it has to ensure the successful completion of its objec
tives, general good fortune, and happiness in life. A planet’s condition is
improved by whole sign co-presences, sextiles, and trines from v e n u s
and j u p i t e r . The superior trine from Jupiter is the best aspect testimo
ny, and even the superior square from Jupiter can be very helpful.
The more negative testimony a planet receives from the malefics, the
more obstacles and conflicts there are to thwart its successful outcomes,
leading to misfortune and unhappiness. A planets condition is impaired
by co-presences, squares, and oppositions from m a r s and s a t u r n .
The superior square from Mars is perhaps the most difficult of all aspect
testimony.
If a planet receives both positive and negative testimony, its condition
is mixed. The good fortune is lessened, but the misfortune is mitigated.
The planets circumstances are more moderate, and the protective qual
ities of the benefics guard one from the painful effects of the malefics.
Firmicus Maternus detailed the effects of the Moon separating from a
benefic and then applying to a malefic or vice versa.2 Medieval astrolo
gers then generalized this principle to all planets so that a planet sep
arating from a benefic and then applying to another benefic amplifies
its good fortune. A planet separating from a malefic and applying to
another malefic deepens its misfortune.
Conditions of m a l t r e a t m e n t and b o n if ic a t io n are less frequent,

but more important in dramatically raising or lowering a planets over
all rating, c o n t a in m e n t and e n c l o s u r e are extremely potent in
protection or injury, depending on whether it is done by benefics or
malefics. The 30 applying conjunction, square, or opposition to a malefic
is a red flag for painful outcomes. The superior square from a malefic
is also cause for concern. Abu Mashar specifies that if a planet is in the
bounds or domicile of a malefic, and that malefic overcomes the planet
by a superior square, it is most harmful if the malefic does not receive
the planet.
2 Mathesis 4.
SUM M ARY FOR FINAL SYN TH ESIS 543
s p e a r - b e a r in g b o d y g u a r d s
can be difficult or even impossible to
determine based upon the available textual evidence. However, in the
cases where the pattern is obvious, spear-bearers indicate eminence
in the nativity, especially in regards to the planet that is guarded or
attended.
M IT IG A T IO N , C O U N T E R A C T IO N ,
A N D T R A N S M U T A T IO N
When the benefics are not involved, the person who is ill will die im
mediately up to the opposition [of the Moon to the malefic planet].
When the benefics are present beholding the Moon from the right,
even though the patient is endangered, he will recover.3
When astrologers reach a judgment about a planet that is less than optimal, and
the indications point to severe difficulties in a particular area of life, the question
arises as to whether anything can be done to reverse the prognosticated out
comes. Many astrologers recount situations from their client files where some
thing seemingly bad turned out to be a blessing in disguise. This observation is
often used as a warning against saying anything negative about a planet because
we may not know the final outcome of the situation.
However, there are indications in the chart to guide the astrologer’s judg
ment about the possibility of reversals, improvement, and healing. After deter
mining the fairness or poorness of a planets condition, other patterns in the
chart may require us to alter our judgment.
Traditional astrologers saw Jupiter as the greater benefic and Venus as the
lesser benefic. In medical diagnosis, if the significator of an illness was afflict
ed, it portended the onset of a disease that could be life-threatening. However,
many texts added that if the significator was witnessed by the benefics, the pa
tient would recover.4 From this we can extrapolate that recovery from pain, dis
tress, trauma, or failure is possible if a planet is in a difficult condition, but has
a trine with Jupiter (especially an applying trine to Jupiter, and even better, a 30
sunaphe bonification). To a lesser extent, this is also true for Venus, particularly
in a night chart. Other forms of bonification, such as enclosure by the benefics,
or being overcome by Jupiter in a superior trine or even square aspect, lead us to
3 latromathematika: From Hermes to Ammun to Egyptian·, J. L. I d e l er , Physici et Medici

gracci minores, vol. 1, Berlin 1841, pp. 387-96; 430-40.
4 Ibid.
544 CHAPTER 56
encourage the client to find an appropriate form of healing that has the signature
to be effective. Positive relationships with the benefic planets can mitigate and
lessen the severity or pain produced by planets in poor condition.
Antiochus and Porphyry discuss the concept of counteraction in their series
of aspect definitions, whereby certain conditions of a planet can be undone or
reversed.5 A planet may be in good condition, favorably situated by zodiacal sign
and house location, but its beneficial effects can be counteracted and undone if
its ruler is injured or maltreated, rendering it ineffective.
This doctrine came to have a much broader interpretation as the tradition
went on; it was linked to the zodiacal sign of ones domicile lord (host planet)
as well as its house location. Firmicus Maternus instructs the astrologer to ex
amine the condition of a planets domicile lord by both zodiacal sign and house
location. If a planets lord is in good condition, the planet will benefit from its
lord s good fortune and happiness. However, if a planets lord is in poor zodiacal
condition and in an unfortunate house location, the planet shares its lord s mis
fortunes and sorrows.6
This can be taken one step further. The misfortunes of a planet in poor con
dition can be mitigated to some extent by the excellent condition of its lord.
Over time, its own situation improves. For example, someone might be poor,
but a wealthy and generous relative might help them over the course of their
life and leave them an inheritance. In contrast, the affluence of a planet in good
condition can dissipate over time if its domicile lord is in poor condition. For
example, someone may be born into family wealth, but it is squandered by the
parents or lost in a financial crash.
In evaluating a planet that is distressed, check to see if its domicile lord is
strong, well-placed, and connected by aspect: this indicates that healing and
recovery are possible or that the life circumstances will improve over time. If its
domicile lord is in poor condition, and badly placed in an unfavorable house,
the prognosis for improvement is considerably lessened. As a counseling astrol
oger, it is im portant to know when to encourage the client to pursue healing,
and when to acknowledge (at least to yourself) that some things simply must be
accepted, and to do whatever is possible within limited parameters.
In some instances, a planet has the capacity to go beyond mitigation and
counteraction to actively transm ute the ill effects portended by its condition,
transform ing the negative situation into positive outcomes. We will detail these
indications more thoroughly in the next volume in our discussion of houses.
5 A n t i o c h u s , Summary 16; Po r ph y r y , Introduction 27.

6 Fir m ic u s M a t e r n u s , Mathesis 2.22.8-9, trans. H o l d e n .
SU M M AR Y FOR FINA L SYNTH ESIS 545
After making your evaluations for each category separately, the final step is
to synthesize them into a final judgment. The order of importance and weight
ing is generally the order in which we have presented the concepts above. First
of all, look at sect status. A planet that belongs to the same sect as the chart is
ahead of the game from the start in its capacity to effect beneficial outcomes.
Next, factor in zodiacal rulerships. A planet that is in one or more of its own rul
ership positions is powerful, but in its detriment or fall, weakened. Then check
solar phase. A planet that is swift, direct, and visible is effective. Finally, look at
witnessing by benefics and malefics for assistance or obstruction. Bonification
for protection, and maltreatment for damage, are the final considerations, but
they can overturn the previous evaluations.
Although this can seem like a very subjective process, and your conclusions
may differ from those of other astrologers, the strength of your judgment arises
from the precision of your reasoning. With practice, you will develop increasing
speed, precision, and confidence in the process.
Keep in mind that the final judgments for each planet have different impli
cations depending upon whether the planet is a benefic or a malefic. Benefics in
good condition bring about beneficial outcomes. Benefics in poor condition are
limited in the amount of good they can do, or the good they do can be reversed.
Malefics in good condition also bring about beneficial outcomes for the individ
ual, but often with strife, hard work, and at the expense of others. Malefics in
poor condition are challenged in bringing about good, and are predisposed to
bring about difficult outcomes for the individual. Be clear: this does not mean
that the individual is a bad person, or that their actions are bad; it just means
that, in the best case scenario, things don’t turn out that well for them, and in the
worst case, it can lead to active harm.
You will find that most planets have a mixed condition. They provide a
blend of good and bad results, either at the same time, or at different times
throughout the natives life. Look for the extreme cases to give very positive or
very challenging delineations. Planets of mixed condition often give an average
or m uddled performance.
-> EXAMPLE CHARTS
in t h e n e x tt w o c h a p t e r s we will look at our example charts in

detail, performing a final synthesis and judgment, taking into account ev
erything that we have examined so far. For your convenience, we have
reproduced the charts again, followed by detailed master tables to assist a
complete evaluation o f each planets condition.
FIG U R E 9 0 .
C H AR T OF JA C Q U E L IN E K E N N ED Y O N A S SIS
C H A P T E R 57
Chart Onœ
JA C Q U E L IN E K E N N ED Y ON A SSIS
TH E SUN IN LEO
THIS IS A DAY BIRTH, SO THE SUN IS THE SECT LEADER OF THE CHART
and has the authority to set the beneficial agenda for the life of this person. The
Sun rejoices and gains power in its masculine diurnal sign of Leo, which is its
only sect-rejoicing option. This further amplifies its ability to actualize its ben
eficial nature in this chart. The Sun in its own domicile of Leo has royal power
and full and easy access to its optimal resources. It is also its own triplicity lord,
which gives it additional power from the support of followers, and it operates
within the parameters of a generous and lenient bound lord, its benefic sect
mate, Jupiter. The Suns good evaluation is raised higher because it occupies two
of its own signs of rulership, plus the bounds of a benefic sect mate that is of the
same sect as this diurnal chart.
None of the solar phase criteria apply to the Sun because the Sun is the ref
erence point for those conditions. The Sun does not receive an applying aspect
from the Moon to help ground its significations. Both benefics, Venus and Jupi
ter, overcome the Sun with superior, harmonious, sextile testimony, impressing
it with more positive influences. Neither of the malefic planets give negative
testimony. The Sun is not maltreated.
I give the Sun a grade of A+ because it is the leader of the sect in favor, oc
cupies two of its own places of rulership, receives positive testimony from both
benefics, and no negative testimony or maltreatment. Its only weakness is that it
does not receive an application from the Moon, but that is not enough to war
rant lowering the evaluation. When, in the next chapters, we place the Sun in
its house, we can give an excellent delineation of its capacity to bring about the
most fortunate and stable significations of that house. When the Sun becomes a
time lord, we can predict great things about that period in the life.
548 CHAPTER 57
JU P IT E R IN G E M IN I
Diurnal Jupiter is the greater benefic and belongs to the same sect as the chart
in this diurnal nativity. Like the Sun, he has the authority to set its most fortu
nate agenda for the life. Jupiter rejoices in all three sect-rejoicing conditions: the
diurnal sign Gemini, the same hemisphere as the Sun, and as a morning star in
the interval of 15-120° ahead of the Sun.
We begin to see some of Jupiters problems emerge from his location in
Gemini, the sign of his detriment. This can lead to scarcity or instability in the
supply of resources, or to reversals of fortune. But Jupiter is configured to Mer
cury, his domicile lord, by the harmonious sextile aspect; and Mercury is a di
urnal sect mate, strong in the angular tenth house. Jupiter has Saturn for its tri
plicity lord; Saturn is Jupiter’s sect mate and is a guest in Jupiter’s own domicile
of Sagittarius, obligating Saturn to give whatever support it can to Jupiter. And
Jupiter is his own bound lord: autonomous and playing by his own rules. Even
though Jupiter is weak by domicile, having the power of the Sun and Mercury
as his other lords, and being his own bound lord, mitigate many of the ill effects
of the detriment. Jupiter is also strong by solar phase criteria—fast, direct, visi
ble—and effective as a morning star.
Jupiter’s greatest difficulties arise from the negative testimony given by
Mars, the contrary-sect malefic (although this is somewhat lessened by Mars
being in the inferior square position). Jupiter is also maltreated by Saturn, who
opposes him from the unfortunate second house. This is somewhat mitigated by
the co-presence of Venus in Jupiter’s sign.
I am giving Jupiter a c+. His sect condition is excellent; the zodiacal rul
erships, though initially problematic, turn out fine in the end. The solar phase
conditions are excellent, but the negative testimony, and especially the maltreat
ment, pull his evaluation down. When we delineate Jupiter in the house he oc
cupies and the houses he rules, we can expect a mixture of some very good
outcomes, and also some very bad ones.
SA T U R N IN S A G IT T A R IU S
Saturn is the malefic that belongs to the same sect as the chart. He has the poten
tial ability to bring about his benefic significations for the individual. He rejoices
in the diurnal sign of Sagittarius, but does not rejoice in the two other sect
rejoicing conditions. He is of the evening, rising after the Sun, and located in the
opposite hemisphere to the Sun. Thus, according to sect-rejoicing, his happiness
CHART ONE: ONASSIS 549
index is marginal; this causes the evaluation to drop a little from its baseline.
Saturn occupies the domicile of his benefic sect mate, Jupiter, to whom he is
configured by opposition. This points to an adversarial relationship with his host
and sect mate, but at least Saturn is seen by and connected to Jupiter. He is more
beneficially connected by the trine to his sect leader, the powerful Sun, who as
his triplicity lord, provides the support of the community. Saturn occupies his
own bounds, which greatly strengthens his power of autonomy. He therefore
sits in the zodiacal sector of one of his own rulership positions (bounds), and
his two sect mates are his lords for the other rulership powers (domicile and
triplicity). He is doing quite well in this category.
Saturn is retrograde and thus moving very slowly, but is visible. However,
being in the acronychal phase, he falls outside the effective evening star range
(120-15° behind the Sun). The retrograde can indicate reversal or the taking back
of what has been given. Saturn does not receive any benefic testimony from Ve
nus and Jupiter. His predicament becomes even more severe due to the superior
square he receives from the contrary-to-sect malefic Mars, who overcomes him
from the tenth sign (epidekatesis). However, this is not a case of maltreatment,
because Mars is not in an unfortunate house.
I am going to give Saturn a b . Even though he is retrograde, he is doing
somewhat better than Jupiter because, like Jupiter, he has one zodiacal position
of power (being in his own bounds), but he is not in detriment (as is Jupiter).
Moreover, while he is overcome by Mars, he is not maltreated (as is Jupiter).
Jupiter holds his own as an essential benefic, but Saturn, functionally speaking,
is slightly more benefic. When we delineate Saturn according the houses that he
occupies and rules, we can expect some relatively good outcomes—albeit with
a certain measure of fear, struggle and hardship—as well as some reversals in
fortune.
M ERCURY IN LEO
Rising ahead of the Sun in the morning, Mercury belongs to the diurnal sect. As
such, he rejoices in the diurnal, masculine sign of Leo, and enjoys its proximity to
the Sun in the same hemisphere. Mercury has the powerful Sun, his sect leader,
as his domicile and triplicity lord, with whom he is co-present. His benefic sect
mate, Jupiter, who is a guest in his own domicile of Gemini, is his bound lord.
As such, while Mercury is not the lord of any of his zodiacal places, the planets
who govern them are his friends and hold power in their own right. M ercury is
traveling very fast, since he is direct and conjunct the Sun. However, because he
is within a 30 applying interval to the Sun, he is in the combust zone. M ercury
550 CHAPTER 57
is weakened by the overwhelming heat of a very hot Sun in Leo (though some
Medieval traditions dispute that Mercury is debilitated when under the Suns
beams if located in Leo or Aries, the signs of the Suns domicile and exaltation).
Being under the beams also serves to conceal Mercurys significations for good
or for ill. The Sun absorbs the significations of Mercury into itself and becomes
more mercurial in its expression. Both Venus and Jupiter overcome Mercury
with their positive testimony, giving good fortune by means of superior sextiles.
Neither of the malefic planets interferes by presenting negative testimony.
I give Mercury a b +. The uncertainty of being under the beams of the Sun
is his main problem. Otherwise, he is in good condition, even though he is not
in any of its own positions of power. When we delineate Mercury in the house
he occupies and rules, we can surmise that while moderately beneficial overall,
there is some weakness in the topics of the houses he rules. We also suspect that
some of what is going on is behind closed doors, and is not visible or apparent
to the outside observer.
M O O N IN A RIES
In this day birth, the Moon does not belong to the same sect as the chart. Thus,
she has less authority to bring about her beneficial agenda, and she does not re
joice in her masculine diurnal sign of Aries. However, removed from the glaring
light of the Sun, she is the undisputed queen of her own hemisphere.
Her domicile lord is Mars, to whom she is in aversion. Although Mars is a
sect mate, he cannot see her and thus cannot provide for nor protect her. The
Sun is her exaltation and triplicity lord, and Saturn is her bound lord. The Sun
and Saturn are not her sect mates, but both are configured to her by sympathetic
trines. She is in a tenuous situation where she is tacitly supported by power
ful members of the opposite sect. The Moon is waning and thus not rejoicing
in this day chart, which provides further reason for feeling unhappy or out of
sync. Mildly supportive testimony comes from the inferior sextiles of Venus
and Jupiter.
I give the Moon a c+. While there is no active detriment, maltreatment, or
affliction, she nevertheless suffers from a lack of substantial support from her
sect mates, particularly from her host, Mars. When we delineate the Moon in
the house she occupies, we will see that the delineation turns toward outcomes
of unhappiness.
CHART o n e : o n a s s is 551
VENUS IN G EM INI
Nocturnal-sect Venus is contrary to the sect in this diurnal birth chart, and is
thus not positioned to bring forth her best outcomes. Venus does not rejoice
in any of the three sect-rejoicing conditions. She occupies a diurnal masculine
zodiacal sign, she is of the morning solar phase, and is located in the same hem i
sphere as the Sun. Thus, Venus is uncomfortable. Her environment is too bright
and active for her more nocturnal sense of pleasure. Her domicile lord is Mer
cury, “the friend to all”, and she enjoys a mildly harmonious sextile with him.
Her triplicity and bound lords—Saturn and Mars—are the two malefics, whose
support is begrudging and contentious. She does not occupy any of her own
signs of rulership, and two of her three lords are not her sect mates. In regards
to sign, she is relatively powerless.
Venus is of average speed, direct, and visible, so she is able to make manifest
her significations, but she would be more effective as an evening star than as a
m orning star. As a consequence, her events do not contribute to lasting hap
piness. The greatest and most formidable difficulties regarding her condition
are the negative testimony from both malefics, compounded by triple maltreat
ment. Mars and Saturn enclose her with their rays, and she is injured by running
into an opposition ray cast by Saturn, the malefic of the contrary sect, within a
3° applying connection (sunaphe). Furthermore, Saturn casts his opposition ray
from the unfortunate second house. These lead to outcomes that are fraught
with danger and pain. Benefic Jupiter, co-present in Gemini, mitigates some of
the hardship and adds to a mixed delineation of good with bad. Venus also ben
efits mildly from a harmonious relationship with her domicile lord, Mercury, so
there is some improvement of her condition over time.
I give Venus a d in the evaluation of her condition. She is unhappy by sect
and sect rejoicing, powerless in her zodiacal sign, and severely injured by both
malefics. When we delineate Venus according to the house she occupies and the
houses she rules, we will see that Venus represents some of the greatest chal
lenges that the native faces, and that the topics and outcomes are painful and
disappointing.
M ARS IN V IR G O
Nocturnal-sect Mars in this day chart is not automatically in a position to bring

about his most positive outcomes. His naturally hot nature is overheated and
m ade more reckless by his presence in the same hemisphere as the Sun. H ow
ever, he occupies the nocturnal sign of Virgo, and is of the evening phase in
552 CHAPTER 57
relation to the Sun. The later Hellenistic astrologers understood that, while Mars
would prefer occupying a masculine sign and thrive in the activity of day, his
outcomes are more beneficial to the individual when his nature is tempered by
the cooling, nocturnal conditions. So he has a mixed reading for sect-rejoicing
conditions: “you may not like it, but it’s good for you”.
His domicile and exaltation lord is Mercury; but Mercury is in aversion to
Mars, does not see him, and thus does not readily provide resources or honors.
Mars’ triplicity and bound lord is his benefic sect mate, Venus; but while she is
willing due to her intrinsic nature, she is limited in what she can and will do for
him due to his maltreatment of her and her own challenges.
Mars is moving fast, is visible, and in the effective evening star interval;
thus, solar phase conditions allow him to actively manifest his significations.
Mars’ essential malefic nature is subdued and overcome by the superior square
testimony from both Venus and Jupiter, which also enclose and bonify him, thus
dramatically improving his condition and ability to do good. He receives nega
tive testimony via the square from Saturn, but Saturn’s inferior, backward-hurled
ray does not maltreat him.
I give Mars a B-. According to sect, he is in the position to bring about the
most malefic outcomes. He does not have much power from his zodiacal sign,
is not seen by his domicile lord, and receives negative testimony from Saturn.
However, his solar phase conditions make him active and effective in doing his
job, and his bonification from both benefics predisposes him to doing good in
spite of himself, at least some of the time. When we delineate Mars in the house
he occupies and the houses he rules, we will see that the tendency toward bad
outcomes is often mitigated, and in the final account, the topics eventuate better
than expected.
Table 30. Ranking of Planets from Best to Worst: Onassis
SUN
MERCURY
SATURN B
MARS B-
JUPITER C+
MOON C+
VENUS D
M ASTER TABLES: ONASSIS
b ir t h da t a : Sunday July 28,1929; 2:30 pm; Southampton, New York

sec t of c h a r t : Diurnal
su n : 50 l e o 09'
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary Luminary
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary Day, same (sect leader)
SECT R E JO IC IN G
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase Rejoices by sign
LORDS
Domicile, Exaltation,
Triplicity, Bound Sun*, —, Sun*, Jupiter
ESSE N T IA L D IG N ITY
Domicile, Detriment,
Exaltation, Fall, Bound
Mutual Reception Domicile, triplicity
SO LA R PHASE
Speed, Direction, Station,
Visibility/Beams/Chariot,
Morning/Evening, Phasis n/a (Sun defines category)
LU N A R A SPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection Sun squares nodes (by sign)
TE ST IM O N Y
Favorable/Unfavorable
Maltreated/Bonified Favorable from Venus and Jupiter
C O N D IT IO N OF D O M IC IL E LORD
Helps/Hinders Own domicile lord
JU D G M E N T GR A DE
a /b/c /d /f A+
= P LA N E T IS ITS OWN LORD

554 CHAPTER 57
JUPITER : 9 ° GEM INI 34*
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
conimon/luminary Benefic
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary Day, same (benefic of sect)
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase Rejoices by hemisphere, sign, phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Mercury, —, Saturn, Jupiter*
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
Mutual Reception Detriment, Bound
SOLAR PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis Fast, direct, visible, morning star
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection None
TESTIMONY
Favorable/Unfavorable Favorable from Venus, unfavorable from
Maltreated/Bonified Mars, maltreated by Saturn
CONDITION OF DOMICILE LORD
Helps/Hinders Helped by Mercury
JUDGMENT GRADE
a /b/c/d /b c+
S A T U R N : 2 4 ° S A G IT T A R IU S 39' RX
NATURE
Ben efi c/m alefic/
common/luminary Malefic
SECT
Day/ night,
Same/contrary Day, same (malefic of sect)
SE CT R E JO IC IN G
Hemisphere, Sign, Rejoices by sign
Solar Phase Does not rejoice by hemisphere or phase
LORD S
Triplicity, Bound Jupiter, —, Sun, Saturn*
E SSE N T IA L D IG N IT Y
Mutual Reception Bound
SO L A R PHASE
Vi sibil ity/Beams/Cha riot,
Morning/Evening, Phasis Slow, retrograde, visible, acronychal
LU N A R A SPECTS
Lunar application
T EST IM O N Y
Favorable/Unfavorable Unfavorable from Mars
Maltreated/Bonified
Helps/Hinders Some reluctant help from Jupiter
JU D G M E N T GRADE
a I b / c / d I? B
556 CHAPTER 57
MERCURY: 0 2 ° LEO 2 4 '
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
comnwn/luminary Common; in this chart, benefic
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary Day, same
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase Rejoices by hemisphere, sign, and phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Sun, —, Sun, Jupiter
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
Mutual Reception None
SOLAR PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis Fast, direct, combust, lying hidden
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection Squares the Nodes
TESTIMONY
Helps/Hinders Much help from the Sun
JUDGMENT GRADE
a /b/ c /d / b B+
MOON: 2 5 ° ARIES 3 6 '
NATURE
Benefic/mal efi c/
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary Night, contrary
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign, Rejoices by hemisphere
Solar Phase Does not rejoice by sign or phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Mars, Sun, Sun, Saturn
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
SOLAR PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis Average speed
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection n/a, none.
TESTIMONY
Helps/Hinders Not helped by Mars (in aversion).
JUDGMENT GRADE
a / b/ c /d / p c+
558 CHAPTER 57
V E N U S: 2 1 ° GEM INI 4 6 '
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary Benefic
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary Night, contrary
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign, Does not rejoice by hemisphere, sign,
Solar Phase or phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Mercury, —, Saturn, Mars
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
SOLAR PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis Average, direct, visible, morning star
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection n /a , none.
TESTIMONY
Favorable/Unfavorable Favorable from Jupiter
Maltreated/Bonified Triple maltreatment
Helps/Hinders Some help from Mercury
JUDGMENT GRADE
a /b/ c /d /b D
M A R S : 14° V IR G O 49*
NATURE
Ben efi d mal efi d
SECT
Day/night,
Samdcontrary Night, contrary
Hemisphere, Sign, Does not rejoice by hemisphere
Solar Phase Rejoices by sign and phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Mercury, Mercury, Venus, Venus
ESSE N T IA L D IG N ITY
SO LAR PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis Faster, direct, visible, evening star
LU N A R A SPECTS
Lunar application
T E ST IM O N Y
Favorable/Unfavorable Unfavorable from Saturn
Maltreated/Bonified Bonified by enclosure from benefics
Helps/Hinders Not helped (aversion to Mercury)
JU D G M E N T G RADE
a /b /c /d /f B-
FIG U R E 91.
CH AR T OF PABLO PICASSO
CHAPTER 58
Chart Two
PABLO PICASSO
SU N IN SC O R P IO
IN THIS NOCTURNAL CHART, THE DIURNAL SUN IS CONTRARY TO SECT

and thus not positioned to bring about his best outcomes. He does not rejoice in
the nocturnal feminine sign of Scorpio, his only sect-rejoicing option. The Sun
is in the domicile, triplicity, and bounds of Mars, the malefic that is of the sect,
and this points to a contentious relationship with his only lord. Even though
Mars is configured to the Sun by the trine aspect, Mars is in the zodiacal sign of
his fall, and placed in the unfortunate twelfth house. This, in fact, is an instance
of maltreatment: the planet occupies the domicile of a malefic that is itself in a
bad house. The sympathetic assistance given is questionable: it is like help from
a shadowy stranger involved in nefarious dealings.
The Sun does not receive positive testimony from the benefics (unless one
considers Petosiris’ statement that an opposition from the benefics is never bad
in relation to the lights). Saturn is giving negative testimony by his opposition.
Given all of this, and placing due weight on the maltreatment, which accentu
ates the planets difficulty, I give the Sun a c.
JU P IT E R IN TAU RU S
In this nocturnal chart, diurnal Jupiter is contrary to the sect of the chart, and
thus not positioned to bring about his best outcomes. He does not rejoice in the
opposite hemisphere from his sect leader, the Sun; he does not rejoice in the
nocturnal feminine sign of Taurus; but he does rise ahead of the Sun. Overall,
Jupiter is rather weak in terms of sect-related conditions.
Jupiter is in the domicile of Venus, in the exaltation and triplicity of the
Moon, and within the bounds of Saturn. Three of his four lords are not his own
sect mates, and Saturn, while Jupiter’s sect mate, is still a harsh malefic in the
5^2 CHAPTER 58
marginalized sect. However, Venus, as his domicile lord, is relatively friendly

and generous as the in-sect benefic, and she is also powerful in Libra, her sign
of rulership. The problem is that Venus is in aversion to Jupiter and cannot see
him. But because she is also the lord of Jupiters sign, Taurus, she does have some
familial relationship to his domicile, even if that connection is not linked by an
aspect. Thus Jupiter has access to Venus’ rich aesthetic resources and assistance.
Jupiter is slow, retrograde, and while visible, is in the ineffective acronychal
phase. There is no applying aspect from the Moon. His only testimony is nega
tive, from his co-presence with his sect mate, Saturn. He is neither bonified nor
maltreated. I give Jupiter a c+ , with the proviso that the Jupiterian significa
tions of the native’s life will improve over time because of a powerful Venus as
his lord.
SATURN IN TAURUS
In this nocturnal chart, diurnal Saturn is contrary to the sect of the chart, and
thus not positioned to bring about its best outcomes. Similar to Jupiter, it does
not rejoice in the hemisphere opposite the Sun, nor in the feminine nocturnal
sign of Taurus. However, it is technically of the morning in terms of its solar
phase. Saturn is also in the domicile of Venus, in the exaltation and triplicity
of the Moon, and within the bounds of Mercury, none of whom are his sect
mates. He does not derive any power from his zodiacal sign placement. Saturn
is in aversion to his domicile lord, a potent Venus who turns away from him.
But because Venus has a shared sympathy with both signs (as domicile lord
of both Taurus and Libra), she nevertheless continues to provide artistic and
romantic resources.
Saturn is slow in speed, retrograde in motion, and invisible rising over the
eastern horizon, as it is in curtailed passage within a 7 ^ ° opposition to the Sun. It
is especially ineffective in its acronychal phase. There is no help from the Moon,
which, also in aversion, does not make an applying aspect. Saturn is helped by
positive testimony received from Jupiter, which is co-present in the same sign,
but is not bonified or maltreated. I give Saturn the same grade as Jupiter. Its sect
and sect-rejoicing conditions are weak, it has no power in its zodiacal sign, no
steady and consistent flow of resources from a reluctant domicile lord, and its
solar phase conditions make it quite ineffective. While it is better than Jupiter
because of the positive testimony, it is worse than Jupiter because of the invisi
bility on the horizon due to curtailed passage. I therefore give Saturn a c+ .
CHART TWO: PICASSO 563
MERCURY IN SCORPIO
Traveling behind the Sun, Mercury belongs to the nocturnal sect in this night
chart. He is thus positioned to bring forth his more positive significations. Mercury
rejoices in the nocturnal feminine sign of Scorpio, but as a nocturnal planet he does
not rejoice in the same hemisphere as the diurnal Sun. Mercury is in the domicile
and triplicity of Mars, and in the bounds of Saturn. There is no exaltation lord of
Scorpio. While Mars is a sect mate of Mercury and looks upon him with a trine
aspect, Mars is in his fall in the 12th house, and cannot offer much positive help. In
fact, this is a condition of maltreatment. And restrictive Saturn is not a friend to
nocturnal Mercury.
Mercury is moving very slowly as he will make a retrograde station a few
days later. He is still visible and effective in the evening star phase, but about
to make his heliacal set within the seven-day phasis range. Both the retrograde
station and heliacal set intensify Mercurys significations, but the tendency is
moving towards weakening. Mercury is in aversion to his sect leader, the Moon,
and thus does not receive any applying aspect that would help ground his sig
nifications. Mercury does not receive testimony' from Venus, and receives neg
ative testimony from the Saturn opposition, the malefic of the contrary’ sect.
Mercury's biggest problem is the maltreatment that comes from being in the
domicile of the malefic Mars, which is located in the unfortunate 12th house.
Mercury is middling by sect conditions, does not receive any power from
his zodiacal sign, and is actively maltreated by his domicile lord. While visible
and mildly effective, he is about to take a dramatic plunge into the lying-hidden
retrograde phase, and will experience a weakening of what power he has. I give
M ercury a c - .
M OON IN SA G ITTA R IU S
The Moon is the sect leader of this nocturnal chart, so theoretically she is in a
good position to bring forth a benefic agenda. The Moon does not rejoice in the
same hemisphere as the Sun, nor in the masculine diurnal sign Sagittarius. The
Moon is in the domicile, triplicity, and bounds of benefic Jupiter, but Jupiter in
Taurus is in aversion to the Moon, does not see her, and thus cannot provide for
her needs.
The Moon is traveling with average speed, but her close conjunction with
the N orth Node places her in a precarious transition: she leaves the south lati
tude situations, which seem tenuous, and heads north, where her significations
tend towards increase. The Moon receives mild positive testimony due to the
564 CHAPTER 58
inferior sextile from her well-endowed sect mate, Venus, and some possible
bonification from being in the domicile of a well-placed benefic, Jupiter. Be
cause Jupiter cannot see the Moon, his potential help is questionable. There is no
negative testimony or maltreatment. The Moon’s condition is problematic, not
because she is being injured by the malefics, but rather because she navigates a
challenging and turbulent course with uncertain help from her lord. I give the
Moon a B-.
V EN U S IN LIB R A
Venus belongs to the sect of this nocturnal chart. However she is not happy in
any of her sect-rejoicing conditions, as she is in the same hemisphere as the
diurnal Sun, the masculine diurnal sign of Libra, and rising ahead of the Sun
in the morning. Venus’ greatest power comes from being in her own domicile
of Libra, replete with aesthetic sensitivities. Venus’ exaltation and bound lord
is the harsh and disciplined taskmaster, Saturn—the malefic of the contrary
sect—who relentlessly demands enormous productivity; her triplicity lord is an
intense, unpredictable Mercury.
Venus is moving faster than average, direct in motion, is visible, and ef
fective (but not rejoicing) as a morning star. However she is suffering severe
maltreatment due to being overcome and dominated (epidekatesis) by a superior
square from Mars in the unfortunate 12th house. In spite of the maltreatment
and lack of sect rejoicing, I give Venus a b + because of the power that comes
from being in her own domicile, and the effectiveness from her solar phase con
ditions. She is the strongest of the natives planets.
M A RS IN C A N C E R
Mars belongs to the sect of this night chart and, as such, is positioned to do good
for this individual. As a nocturnal planet, he rejoices in the opposite hemisphere
from the Sun and in the feminine nocturnal sign of Cancer, but not as a m orn
ing star. Mars has a mixed rulership situation. While he is in the domicile of his
sect leader the Moon, Cancer is the sign of his fall, where Mars does not receive
the honors of respect. And he is in aversion to the Moon: the gaze of his lady is
averted from him; she is indifferent to providing resources for his needs. How
ever, because Cancer and Sagittarius share a sympathy due to having the same
ascensional times, a reluctant connection exists, as both of their events occur
simultaneously. Mars is his own triplicity lord, and this place of rulership ac-
cords the power of support from his followers. Mars’ location in the 12th house
brings to mind the image of the thief and his merry band of robbers. Mars is
further helped by having the two benefics, Jupiter and Venus, as his exaltation
and bound lords, who give him the benefit of the doubt and act to mitigate the
unfortunate repercussions of his actions. Mars is maltreated due to his place
ment in the twelfth house.
Mars is traveling with slower-than-average speed, direct in motion, visible,
and effective in the morning star range. He does not receive any negative tes
timony, and is mildly bonified by a superior sextile from Jupiter, who is well-
placed in the tenth house. I give Mars a B-, despite being in his fall and mal
treated by house placement. He is the malefic of the sect of the chart, has two
of three sect rejoicing conditions, is in one of his own places of rulership along
with benefics as his lords, does not receive any negative testimony, and has some
mild bonification.
Table 32. Ranking of Planets from Best to Worst: Picasso
VENUS B+
MOON B-
M ARS B-
JU P IT E R C+
SATURN C+
SU N C
M ERCURY C-
M ASTER TABLES: PICASSO
b ir t h d a t a : October 25, 1881; 11:15 pm; Málaga, Spain

sect of c h a r t : Nocturnal
THE SUN: 0 2 ° SCORPIO 4 2 '
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary Day, contrary
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign, Does not rejoice by sign
Solar Phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Mars, —, Mars, Mars
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
Exaltation, Fall,
SOLAR PHASE
Vis ibil ity/B eams/Chariot,
Morning/Evening, Phasis n/a (Sun defines category)
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
TESTIMONY
Favorable/Unfavorable Unfavorable from Saturn
Maltreated/Bonified Maltreated by Mars
Helps/Hinders Sympathetic trine of dubious assistance
JUDGMENT GRADE
a / b/ c /d /f c
= PLANET IS ITS OWN LORD

568 CHAPTER 58
JUPITER: 23° TAURUS 33' RX
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary Beneiic
SECT
Day/night,
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign, Does not rejoice by hemisphere or sign
Solar Phase Rejoices by phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Venus, Moon, Moon, Saturn
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
Exaltation, Fall,
SOLAR PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis Slow, retrograde, visible, acronychal
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
TESTIMONY
Maltreated/Bonified Unfavorable from Saturn
Helps/Hinders Aversion mitigated by shared sympathy of
domicile lord Venus
JUDGMENT GRADE
a /b/ c /d /f c+
S A T U R N : O 9 0 T A U R U S 27' RX
NATURE
Ben efi c/malefic/
SECT
Day/night,
Hemisphere, Sign, Does not rejoice by hemisphere or sign
Solar Phase Rejoices by phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Venus, Moon, Moon, Mercury
Exaltation, Fall,
SO LA R PHASE
Visibility/Beams/Chariot, Slow, retrograde, invisible, curtailed
Morning/Evening, Phasis passage, acronychal
LU NA R A SPECTS
Lunar application
T E ST IM O N Y
Maltreated/Bonified Favorable from Jupiter
C O N D IT IO N OF D O M IC ILE LORD
Helps/Hinders Aversion mitigated by shared sympathy of
domicile lord Venus
a /b /c /d /f c+
570 CHAPTER 58
MERCURY: 2 4 0 SCORPIO 14'
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary Common
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary Night, same
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign, Does not rejoice by hemisphere
Solar Phase Rejoices by solar phase and sign
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Mars, —, Mars, Saturn
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
Exaltation, Fall,
SOLAR PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis Slow, direct, visible
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
TESTIMONY
Favorable/Unfavorable Unfavorable from Saturn,
CONDITION OF DOMICILE LORD Sympathetic trine of dubious assistance
Helps/Hinders from sect mate, Mars
JUDGMENT GRADE
a / b / c / d /? c-
M OON: O 8° SAG ITTARIUS 12*
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
SECT
Day/night,
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign, Does not rejoice by hemisphere, sign, or
Solar Phase solar phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Jupiter, —, Jupiter, Jupiter
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
Exaltation, Fall,
SOLAR PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis Average speed
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application Does not rejoice as waxing in night chart
Nodal Connection Conjunct North Node
TESTIMONY
Favo ra ble/ Unfa vorable
Maltreated/Bonified Favorable from Venus
Helps/Hinders Aversion to Jupiter
JUDGMENT GRADE
a / b/ c /d /f B-
572 CHAPTER 58
V E N U S : 0 4 ° L IB R A 31'
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary Bencfic
SE CT
Day/night,
Hemisphere, Sign, Does not rejoice by hemisphere,
Solar Phase sign, or phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Venus*, Saturn, Mercury, Saturn
Exaltation, Fall,
Mutual Reception Domicile
SO LA R PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis Faster, direct, visible, morning star
LU NAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
T E ST IM O N Y
Favorable/Unfavorable Unfavorable from Mars
Helps/Hinders Best condition (own domicile lord)
JU D G M E N T G R A D E
a /b/ c /d /f B+
M ARS: 1 2 ° CANCER 21'
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
SECT
Day/night,
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign, Rejoices by hemisphere and sign
Solar Phase Does not rejoice by phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound Moon, Jupiter, Mars*, Venus
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
Exaltation, Fall,
Mutual Reception Triplicity, fall
SOLAR PHASE
Visib Hi tyIB eams/Chariot,
Morning/Evening, Phasis Slower, direct, visible, morning star
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
TESTIMONY
Favorable/Unfavorable Favorable from Jupiter
Maltreated/Bonified Mild bonification from Jupiter
CONDITION OF DOMICILE LORD Aversion to Moon mitigated by shared
Helps/Hinders sympathy of same ascensional times
JUDGMENT GRADE
a /b IcId /p B-
CHAPTER 59
Final Evaluation,
OF PLANETARY CONDITION
In this final exercise, you will integrate all the criteria that we have studied thus
far. You will make a complete evaluation of each planets condition, and assess its
capacity to bring forth its significations in ways that are beneficial for the indi
vidual. Using the Master Tables of Planetary Condition, enter all the criteria that
apply to each planet. Be sure to review the earlier chapters or exercises in order
to refresh anything you are unclear on.
b ir t h d a t a : Enter the name, date, time, and place of birth.

sect : Is the chart diurnal or nocturnal: day/night.
pl a n e t : Enter the zodiacal sign and degree of the planet.
1. na t ur e: Enter the nature of the planet: benefic/malefic/common/lumi-

nary.
2. s e c t o f pl a n e t : (i) Enter the sect of the planet: day/night,
(2) note if the planet is of the same sect or contrary to the sect of the
chart: same/contrary.
3. s e c t r e j o i c i n g : Note if the planet rejoices by (i) hemisphere, (2) sign,
and (3) solar phase. Remember that Venus, Jupiter, Mars, and Saturn
have all three possible sect-rejoicing conditions; the Moon and Mercury
have two possible options (hemisphere and sign); and the Sun has only
one option (sign).
4. l o r d s : Referring to the rulership tables, enter the (1) domicile lord, (2)
exaltation lord, (3) triplicity lord, and (4) bound lord of each planet, based
upon the sign, degree, and sect of the planet in question. (Rem ember
to round up to the next degree for the bound lord: e.g., 6° Aries oi' = 70
Aries). If a planet is its own domicile, exaltation, trigon, or bound lord,
m ark it with an asterisk.
5. d i g n i t y : Note if the planet is in its sign of domicile, exaltation, detri
ment, or fall, or if it has mutual reception.
576 CHAPTER 59
6. s o l a r p h a s e : Note any relevant solar phase information. (1) Is the

planet fast or slow in speed, (2) direct or retrograde in direction, (3)
visible (greater than 150 degrees before or after the Sun), or under the
beams (less than 150 before or after the Sun)? If the planet is under the
beams, check to see if it is in its chariot (domicile, exaltation, triplicity,
or bound) or cazimi (Hellenistic: i° on either side; Medieval: 17'). (4)
Phase: is the planet effective as a morning star (15-120° degrees ahead
of the Sun for Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn; or heliacal rise to morning set
for Mercury and Venus), or as an evening star (120-15° degrees behind
the Sun for Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn; or evening rise to evening set for
Mercury and Venus). (5) Is the planet is making a phase transition (pha-
sis): heliacal morning rising/setting (Mercury and Venus only), heliacal
evening setting/rising (Mercury or Venus only); does it make a direct or
retrograde station within seven days before/after the birth.
7. l u n a r a s p e c t s : (i) Note if the Moon is making an applying aspect to
the planet, (2) note if a planet is conjunct one of the Nodes.
8. a s p e c t t e s t im o n y : Note if a planet has/flvorab/e testimony (whole
sign conjunction, sextile, or trine from Venus or Jupiter), or unfavorable
testimony (whole sign conjunction, square, or opposition from Saturn
or Mars). For each of these aspects, note if it is superior (stronger) or
inferior (weaker). Note if the planet is maltreated or bonified.
9. c o n d it io n o f d o m ic il e l o r d : Note of the planet is helped or hin
dered. A planet is helped and made more fortunate if its domicile lord
is in good condition and well-placed by house location. A planet is hin
dered and shares in the afflictions of its lord if that lord is in a bad con
dition and in an unfortunate house. If a planet’s lord is in aversion to
it, check to see if their zodiacal signs have any shared sympathies that
could mitigate the aversion.
10. j u d g m e n t : The best condition is when a planet: belongs to the same
sect as the chart; is in all of its sect-rejoicing conditions; occupies one
or more zodiacal signs of its own rulership; is fast, direct, and visible;
receives favorable testimony from the benefics and no unfavorable tes
timony from the malefics; is bonified. The worst condition is when a
planet: belongs to the opposite sect of the chart; has no sect-rejoicing
conditions; occupies none of its signs of rulership; is in detriment or
fall; is under the Sun’s beams and not in its chariot; is retrograde; is wit
nessed unfavorably by the malefics and not witnessed favorably by the
benefics; is maltreated. Judge each planet’s overall condition and give it
a grade from a to f with plus or minus gradations.
FIN A L EVALUATION 577
M ASTER TABLES OF PLANETARY CO NDITIO N
B IR T H d a t a :
SECT OF CHART:
su n :
NATURE
Ben efic/m alefi d
common/luminary
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary
SECT R E JO IC IN G
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound
E SSE N T IA L D IG N ITY
Exaltation, Fall, Triplicity,
Bound, Mutual Reception
SO LA R PHASE
Morning/Evening, Phasis
LU NA R ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection
T ESTIM O N Y
Maltreated/Bonified
Helps/Hinders
a /bIcId If
- PLA NE T IS ITS OWN LORD

578 CHAPTER 59
JUPITER:
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
SOLAR PHASE
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection
TESTIMONY
Fa vo rable/ Unfa vorable
Maltreated/Bonified
Helps/Hinders
JUDGMENT GRADE
a /b/c/d /b
SAT URN :
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound
SO LA R PHASE
Visib Hity/B earns/Ch ar iot,
LU N A R ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection
T EST IM O N Y
Maître ated/B on ifi ed
Helps/Hinders
a / b/ c /d / f
580 CHAPTER 59
mer cur y :
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary
SECT
Day/night.
Same/contrary
SECT REJOICING
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound
ESSENTIAL DIGNITY
SOLAR PHASE
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection
TESTIMONY
Maltreated/Bonified
Helps/Hinders
JUDGMENT GRADE
a /b/ c/d /b
M OON:
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound
SO LA R PHASE
LU N A R ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection
TE ST IM O N Y
Maltreated/Bonified
Helps/Hinders
a /b /c /d /f
582 CHAPTER 59
VEN U S:
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary
SECT
Day/night,
Same/contrary
SECT R E JO IC IN G
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase
LORDS
Triplicity, Bound
SOLAR PHASE
LUNAR ASPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection
TESTIM O N Y
Maltreated/Bonified
Helps/Hinders
JU D G M E N T G R A D E
a /b/c /d /f
Ma r s :
NATURE
Benefic/malefic/
common/luminary
SE CT
Day/night,
Same/contrary
Hemisphere, Sign,
Solar Phase
LORD S
Triplicity, Bound
E S S E N T IA L D IG N IT Y
SO L A R PHASE
Vi sibil ity/Beams/Cha ri 01,
LU N A R A SPECTS
Lunar application
Nodal Connection
T E ST IM O N Y
Maltreated/Bonified
Helps/Hinders
a /b/c /d /f
584 CHAPTER 59
R A N K IN G A N D JU D G M E N T
After you have completed the tables for each individual planet, make a final
evaluation of each planets condition by weighing up all the results.
R EM EM B ER
Sect is primary
Domicile and exaltation rulerships give power and resources
Solar phase indicates effectiveness and intensity
Testimony helps or harms
Bonification and maltreatment are rarer but radically tip the
scales
At the end of your analysis of each planet, rank them in order from best to
worst, and then step back and reflect upon the questions presented at the end of
this section. Write out a complete evaluation for each planet, being sure to give
the reasons for your judgments.
Ranking of Planets from Best to Worst
PLANET GRADE
1.
2.
3-
4·
5-
6.
7·
R E F L E C T IO N A N D A N A L Y SIS
i. Which planet is in overall best condition? What are the planet’s significations
and essential nature? Does it belong to the sect of the chart? What are its
strengths? Does it have any weaknesses that could lead to less than ideal
outcomes? Keep in mind that when you place this planet in the house it
occupies and determine the house it rules, it can marshal its powers to bring
forth the best outcomes for your self-interest. And when it becomes a time
F IN A L EV A L U A T IO N 585
lord by any of the various time-lord procedures, you can prognosticate that
this will be a good period for you.
2. What planet is in the worst overall condition? What are this planets significa
tions and essential nature? Does it belong to the sect of the chart? W hat are
its specific weaknesses that could lead to problematic experiences, reversals
of fortune, or outcomes that are not in your best interests? Does it have
any mitigating strengths that can point to transformation of the difficul
ties into something ultimately more positive? Keep in mind that when you
place this planet in the house it occupies and determine the house it rules,
it can indicate obstacles, limitations, ineffectiveness, conflicts, and failure in
successfully bringing about the best outcomes regarding the house topics.
Know that you may have to work harder than others in this area, or some
things just may not happen, or they may not happen easily or consistently.
And when this planet becomes a time lord by any of the various time-lord
procedures, you can prognosticate that this may be a difficult period for
you, or one in which things just don’t happen as expected or hoped.
3. What planets are in middling condition, or are between the best and worst?
In general, their significations and those of the houses they occupy and rule
will be more moderate in their outcome. Often there will be a mixture of
some good and some difficult outcomes and events.
4. As a whole, which sect is in better condition? Is it the sect of the chart, or
the sect contrary to the chart? Think about the interpretive implications of
this judgment. When planets of the same sect as the chart are in good con
dition, and are well connected to each other and to their sect leader, they
function as a strong team that is able to bring about its collective agenda in
a clear and decisive manner on behalf of the individual. When they are in
bad condition, and unconnected to each other and to their sect leader, they
are unable to take leadership, or cannot effectively bring about their best for
the person. When the planets of the contrary sect are in good condition,
and well connected to each other and their sect leader, they may dem on
strate great potential and results. But in the final accounting, the matters
they bring forth may not work out for the best interests of the individual,
or may not be consistent over the course of the life. When they are in p oor
condition, they can lead to less than optimal outcomes because they are
ineffective and powerless in accomplishing their significations. If they have
negative testimony or maltreatment, their events are harmful and dam aging
to the person.
5. Heeding the maxim, “physician, heal thyself”, reflect upon the planet th at
is in the best condition. How can you support and fortify that which is m ost
586 CHAPTER 59
positive in yourself by bringing forth the best that you have to offer to others
and to the world? Turning to the planet that is most impaired, try to under
stand the ways in which it is the cause o f your suffering, so that the propensity
to bring harm to yourself and others is decreased. The natal chart can provide
the key to diagnosing the good and bad conditions of your life, but in the
end you must follow the prescription in order to benefit from the knowl
edge it provides.
CHAPTER 6 0
Afterword
I FIRST IMAGINED WRITING THIS BOOK IN THE SUMMER OF 2 0 0 6 WHILE

presenting at the Project Hindsight Conclave. All that week there was a palpable
excitement in the room as we uncovered long-hidden treasures of ancient astro
logical wisdom for more than one hundred attendees. Robert Schmidt and Ellen
Black were the presiding luminaries, attended by Bill Johnston and Alan White,
who had spent years working through the Hellenistic doctrines with Bob during
many long nights on the back porch. Ben Dykes, Kenneth Johnson, Ken Bowser,
Robert Corre, and myself were the support team, so to speak.
I looked at the sea of eager faces, desirous of learning and at the same time
overwhelmed with the seeming complexity of the concepts, the strange foreign
terminology, and the daily dismantling of their previous astrological structures.
Wouldn’t it be a good idea, I thought to myself, to make a simple workbook, in
the style of Astrology For Yourself, that would help people learn this material in
a clear, straightforward, and concise manner?
It took the next ten years to actually complete the work, and another two to
publish it. As I began to write, more and more words kept coming, with more
and more details. I tried to delete paragraphs, pages, and entire sections only to
have them show up again. At a certain point I realized that the richness of the
Hellenistic tradition—and the core of its value—was the conceptual thinking
that underpinned its techniques. To strip away the elegant rationales and evoc
ative language from the techniques was like disrobing the revered Queen of the
Sciences of her glorious raiment before presenting her to her audience. As a
double Leo, I found that I was simply unable to do that.
This first volume, Assessing Planetary Condition, as long and labyrinthine
as it may seem, is but the foundational teachings for understanding the entirety
of the ancient astrological tradition. In the nautical metaphor that suffuses a n
cient astrology and philosophy, this is the gangplank that gets you onto the ship,
which will have many ports of call before reaching its destination. But then, each
of you can embark upon your own journey of uncovering additional b u ried
588 C H A P T E R 60
treasures, using arcane tools to benefit your clients, and sharing your knowledge
with other colleagues.
I have faith, based upon having guided students through the program in this
book, that if you do the exercises step by step, in the order presented, that you
can master the material. You may become frustrated with the repetition of cer
tain points. This is the voice of my oral teachings to students; motivated by the
understanding that some things just don’t sink in until you have said them over
and over in the same words. I apologize if you have found this irritating and ask
for your patience with the process. Brick by brick, you are laying the foundation
for the temple where you can have many kinds of conversations with the plane
tary gods, to which Valens alluded two thousand years ago.
Much of the material will come together in the second volume, Delineating
Planetary Meaning, which focuses upon the twelve astrological houses. There
you will see how the celestial planetary influences come down to earth into the
realm of the experiences of the human condition.
My final words go to acknowledging the editorial expertise and aesthetic vi
sion of Aaron Cheak. When the initial publication of this book was stalled—too
long, complex and difficult to edit—Chris Brennan and Tony Howard forged the
links to bring it to Rubedo Press. To the extent that the overall clarity, tone, look,
and feel of this book sparkles like diamond stars in the night sky, my gratitude
is to Aaron Cheak.
DEMETRA GEORGE
September 14, 2018
A B O U T THE A U T H O R
De m e t r a Geo r ge (m a , Classics) is a pioneering mythic-

archetypal astrologer, who studies Greek astrological texts, as
well as the transmission o f classical doctrines into the Arabic
and Medieval worlds. An international lecturer since 1992,
she has taught the history o f astrology at both Kepler College
and the University o f Oregon. She presently lives in Eugene,
Oregon, maintains a private practice, offers mentoring and
educational programs, and leads tours to archaeological sites
in the Mediterranean. Recipient o f the Regulus Award, her
work provides the keys to understanding all forms o f tradi
tional astrology.
Her previous books include Asteroid Goddesses: The Mythol

ogy, Psychology, and Astrology o f the Re-emerging Feminine
(a c s , 1986; revised ed., Ibis, 2003), Astrology for Yourself:
How to Understand and Interpret your own Birth Chart: A
Workbook for Personal Transformation (Wingbow, 1987; re
vised ed., Ibis, 2006), Mysteries o f the Dark Moon: The Heal
ing Power of the Dark Goddess (HarperCollins, 1992), Find
ing Our Way through the Dark (a c s , 1994; a f a , 2008), and
Astrology and the Authentic Self: Integrating Traditional and
Modern Astrology to Uncover the Essence o f the Birth Chart
(Ibis, 2008).
C P S IA information can be obtained
at www .IC Gtesting com
Printed in the U S A
L V H W 102108031220
6 7 3 3 1 9 L V 0 0 0 0 9 B /6 1 7
9 ll780473"44539 3 l
i
Illii W i
n ............................................................................ ............
foot.w w
tiglW lite
§
.
i-
?' _V
? - .....
d ev el o ped u n d er t h e s h a d o w s o f t h eEg y p t ia n t e m p l e s , H ellenistic astrol-
f-
ogy is an ancient form of divination inherited from Mesopotamian wisdom traditions*
Distilled in Greco-Roman, antiquity, and refined in the fires of philosophy and astrono
my, it forms the bedrock of traditional western astrology. Drawing on a body of Greek
texts that have remained largely untranslated for almost two-thousand years, d e m e t r a
g e o r g e brings the contemporary practice of astrology back to its ancient roots. Scholar,
translator, and practitioner, her work reveals the potent cosmological veins that bear the
lifeblood of traditional astrology, a n c i e n t a s t r o l o g y in t h e o r y a n d p r a c t ic e is,
in essence, a training manual for the study and practice of Hellenistic astrology. In two
. volumes, it provides the complete foundations and detailed dynamics of ancient chart
readingtechniques. Each volume is richly illustrated with diagrams, example charts, and
practical exercises.
v o l u m e o n e : a s s e s s in g pl a n et a r y c o n d it io n
provides a series of rigorous meth
ods for evaluating each planet in a birth chart through the lenses of classification (sect,
gender, benefic/malefic), signs and rulerships (residences, reception, exaltation, trigons,
bounds), the solar phase cycle (speed, direction, visibility, phase, phasis), lunar consid
erations (course, phases, bonding, nodes, bending, eclipses, prenatal lunation), and
aspects (configurations, witnessing, testimony, bonification, maltreatment, adherence,
overcoming, rays). Finally, it brings all of these factors together in a powerful synthesis
that unlocks the layers of a chart with unrivaled precision.

Ancient Astrology in Theory and Practice - A Manual of Traditional Techniques, Volume I - Assessing Planetary Condition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ancient Astrology in Theory and Practice - A Manual of Traditional Techniques, Volume I - Assessing Planetary Condition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A N CIEN T

VOLUME ONE: ASSESSING PLANETARY CONDITION

First published in 2019 by

Second edition, with minor corrections, March 2019

© Demetra George 2019

Demetra George asserts the moral right

All rights reserved.

Design and Typography

The cover image represents the astronomical ceiling

SCRIBE SANGUINE QUIA SAN G U IS SPIR IT U S

M anual o f Traditional Techniques

Assessing Planetary Condition

1. THE HIERARCHY OF THE COSMOS 23

Hierarchy of Planetary Condition 26

2, THE FIRST FIVE STEPS 31

PART ONE: PLANETS AND SECT 41

The Names of the Planets 43

Elemental Qualities of the Planets 54

5. GENDER OF THE PLANETS 61

Planets and Gender 62

6. SECT OF THE PLANETS 73

Diurnal and Nocturnal Sect 74

8. SUMMARY AND SOURCE READINGS 115

PART TW O : SIGNS AND RULERSHIPS 119

9. ZODIACAL SIGNS 121

In the Heavens 121

10. FU N C T IO N S AND C LA SSIFICA TIO N S 127

Zodiacal Signs as Images 128

11. ZODIACAL SIGNS AS C O N FIG U R A TIO N S 149

The Hexagon: Polarity and Gender 150

12. SIGNS AND RESIDENCES OF THE PLANETS 169

Domicile Rulerships 171

13. PLANETARY RECEPTION 177

Planetary Guest and Host 177

14. THE EXALTATION LORDS 189

Exercise 14: The Exaltation Lord 196

1$. TRIPLICITY RULERSHIPS 199

Other Uses of the Triplicity Lords 202

16. BOUND RULERSHIPS 209

Other Uses of the Bound Lords 214

17. DECANS 221

Interpreting the Decans 224

18. THE JUDGMENT 229

Exercise 17: Final Judgment of the Planets Condition 237

PART THREE: THE SOLAR PHASE CYCLE 247

20. SPECIAL SOLAR CO N SIDERATION S: 249

Diurnal and Zodiacal Motion 250

21. THE SYNODIC SOLAR PHASE CYCLE 253

22. PLANETARY SPEED, D IR E C T IO N , AND V ISIB IL IT Y 263

Planetary Speed and Direction 263

23. V IS IB IL IT Y AT THE H O R IZ O N 275

Interpretation of Visibility 276

24. PLANETARY PHASES 285

Interpreting the Phases 287

Superior Planets: Mars, Jupiter, Saturn 299

26. THE SYNODIC CYCLE 309

27. SUMMARY AND SOURCE READINGS 313

PART FOUR: THE LUNAR PHASE CYCLE 317

28. SPECIAL LUNAR CONSIDERATIONS 319

Lunar Applications and Separations 320

29. THE LUNAR PHASES 331

Determining the Lunar Phase 336

The publisher would like to thank Austin Coppock, Chris Bren